Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2013

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Each Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   6500   26-2048427
Delaware   6500   80-0846293

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification number)

345 Park Avenue

8th Floor

New York, New York 10154

(212) 715-3170

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Marc Fox

Chief Financial Officer

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

345 Park Avenue

8th Floor

New York, New York 10154

(212) 715-3170

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copy to:

Joshua N. Korff, Esq.

Michael Kim, Esq.

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 446-4800

 

 

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as reasonably practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Check One):

 

Large accelerated filer:   ¨    Accelerated filer:   ¨
Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting company):   x    Smaller reporting company:   ¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer):   ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer):   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to Be Registered(1)

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

7.375% Senior Notes due 2017

  $325,000,000   $44,330

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act.

THE REGISTRANTS HEREBY AMEND THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANTS SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not offer or sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. The preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offering, solicitation or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated April 29, 2013

Preliminary Prospectus

 

LOGO

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

$325,000,000

7.375% Senior Notes due 2017

 

 

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP (the “Company”) and Ladder Capital Finance Corporation (the “Co-Issuer” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”) are offering to exchange up to $325,000,000 of the Issuers’ 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Old Notes”) for up to $325,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017 which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Exchange Notes” and, together with the Old Notes, the “Notes”).

Terms of the Exchange Offer:

 

   

Expires 5:00 p.m., New York City time,                     , 2013, unless extended.

 

   

You may withdraw tendered outstanding Old Notes any time before the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

   

Not subject to any condition other than that the exchange offer does not violate applicable law or any interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

   

The Issuers can amend or terminate the exchange offer.

 

   

The Issuers will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

 

   

The exchange of Old Notes for the Exchange Notes should not be a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Terms of the Exchange Notes:

 

   

The terms of the Exchange Notes are substantially identical to those of the outstanding Old Notes, except the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the Old Notes do not apply to the Exchange Notes.

 

 

For a discussion of the specific risks that you should consider before tendering your outstanding Old Notes in the exchange offer, see “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

There is no established trading market for the Old Notes or the Exchange Notes.

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. A broker dealer who acquired Old Notes as a result of market making or other trading activities may use this exchange offer prospectus, as supplemented or amended from time to time, in connection with any resales of the Exchange Notes.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the Exchange Notes or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2013.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     15   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     60   

CAPITALIZATION

     61   

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

     62   

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     63   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     64   

BUSINESS

     89   

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     106   

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     110   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     115   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     117   

EXCHANGE OFFER

     120   

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

     129   

BOOK ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM

     187   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     189   

CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO U.S. RETIREMENT PLANS AND ARRANGEMENTS

     190   

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     193   

LEGAL MATTERS

     194   

EXPERTS

     194   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     194   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. By so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. A broker-dealer who acquired Old Notes as a result of market making or other trading activities may use this prospectus, as supplemented or amended from time to time, in connection with any resales of the Exchange Notes. We have agreed that, for a period of up to 180 days after the closing of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities other than those specifically offered hereby or an offer to sell any securities offered hereby in any jurisdiction where, or to any person whom, it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Notes.

 

i


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We refer to the term “adjusted net income” in various places in this prospectus. This is a supplemental financial measure that is not presented in accordance with GAAP. Any analysis of non-GAAP financial measures should be used only supplementally with results presented in accordance with GAAP, and you should primarily rely on our GAAP results. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) has adopted rules to regulate the use in filings with the SEC and in public disclosures of “non-GAAP financial measures,” such as adjusted net income. Our measurement of adjusted net income may not be comparable to those of other companies. For a description of how this measure is defined and the reasons that we believe this information is useful to management and to investors, see “Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Information.”

Market and Industry Data and Forecasts

This prospectus includes industry data and forecasts that we obtained from industry publications and surveys, public filings and internal company sources. Industry publications and surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of the included information. Statements as to our ranking, market position and market estimates are based on independent industry publications, government publications, third-party forecasts and management’s good faith estimates and assumptions about our markets and our internal research. We have not independently verified such third-party information nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon in those sources. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”), and we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Capital Structure and Operations—As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements.”

Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

We may remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which we had total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous 3-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt or (iv) the date on which we are deemed a “large accelerated issuer” as defined under the federal securities laws.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights material information about our business and the exchange offer. This is a summary of material information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is not complete and does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of our business and the exchange offer, you should read this entire prospectus, including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” as well as the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto.

Unless otherwise noted or indicated by the context, the terms “Ladder,” “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP only and not any of its subsidiaries.

Certain figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Therefore, figures shown as totals in certain tables may not sum due to rounding.

Our Company

We are a leading commercial real estate finance company primarily focused on (i) the direct origination of mid-market senior secured commercial real estate first mortgage loans of $5 million to $100 million, (ii) investing in investment grade-rated securities secured by first mortgage loans on commercial real estate, and (iii) investing in net leased and other commercial real estate. Our proprietary origination platform enables us to invest on a national basis through our offices in New York, Los Angeles and Boca Raton.

As of December 31, 2012, we had $2.6 billion in total assets and $1.1 billion in book equity capital. As of that date, our assets included $2.1 billion of senior secured assets, including $853.3 million of first mortgage loans secured by commercial real estate, and $1.1 billion of investment grade-rated commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) and other commercial real estate securities guaranteed by a U.S. government agency or by a government-sponsored entity (“GSE”) (together, “U.S. Agency Securities”). We also owned $380.0 million of real estate at December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we earned net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders of $178.1 million and adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders of $172.5 million. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Summary Consolidated Financial Information” for our definition of adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders and a reconciliation to net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders.

From inception in October 2008 through December 31, 2012, we directly originated and funded $4.8 billion of commercial real estate loans and invested in $4.5 billion of CMBS and U.S. Agency Securities. We generally seek to maintain the ability to offer certain of our first mortgage loans for sale into CMBS trusts as part of a securitization process. From inception through December 31, 2012, we sold $2.9 billion of mortgage loans into 11 securitizations, consisting of two securitizations in 2010, three securitizations in 2011, and six securitizations in 2012. In addition, we sold $316.7 million in market value of U.S. Agency Securities, the large majority of which were subsequently securitized in seven transactions. Our primary sources of revenue include interest income on our investments and income from regular sales and securitizations of certain such investments. We also generate net rental revenues from certain of our real estate and fee income from our loan originations and the management of our institutional bridge loan partnership.

We were initially founded as a Delaware limited liability company with commitments that resulted in initial equity contributions of $611.6 million from a diverse group of institutional investors and our management team. In the third quarter of 2011, we successfully completed a $257.4 million follow-on institutional equity offering, and in connection with that offering, we changed our corporate structure to a Delaware limited liability limited partnership. As of December 31, 2012, we had $1.1 billion of committed term financing for our loans from multiple institutional counterparties ($226.4 million outstanding as of December 31, 2012) and $600.0 million of

 

 

1


Table of Contents

committed term financing for our securities ($278.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2012). We also had other significant financing arrangements, including membership in a Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) that finances our securities, and $325.0 million of senior notes due 2017.

We are led by a highly experienced management team that has substantial experience in all aspects of commercial real estate, including origination, credit, underwriting, structuring, capital markets and asset management. On average, our management team members have 24 years of experience in the industry. Our management team includes Brian Harris, our Chief Executive Officer; Michael Mazzei, our President; Greta Guggenheim, our Chief Investment Officer; Pamela McCormack, our General Counsel and Co-Head of Securitization; Marc Fox, our Chief Financial Officer; Thomas Harney, our Head of Merchant Banking & Capital Markets; and Robert Perelman, our Head of Asset Management.

Preservation and growth of capital is core to our corporate culture, and as such, we apply a predominantly credit-centric, fundamental underwriting approach to all of our investments based on our significant in-house expertise in commercial real estate finance and our orientation toward retention of capital.

Our Businesses

We invest primarily in loans, securities, and other investments in U.S. commercial real estate, with a focus on senior secured assets. Our business segments include loans, securities, and real estate. The following table summarizes the value of our investment portfolio as reported in our consolidated financial statements ($ in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

Loans

        

Conduit first mortgage loans

   $ 623,333       $ 258,842       $ 353,946   

Balance sheet first mortgage loans

     229,926         235,210         154,868   

Other commercial real estate-related loans

     96,392         19,986         990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     949,651         514,038         509,804   

Securities

        

CMBS investments

     833,916         1,664,001         1,736,043   

U.S. Agency Securities investments

     291,646         281,069         189,467   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities

     1,125,562         1,945,070         1,925,510   

Real Estate

        

Total real estate

     380,022         28,835         25,669   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     2,455,234         2,487,943         2,460,983   

Cash, cash equivalents and cash collateral held by broker

     109,169         138,630         105,138   

Other assets

     64,626         27,816         21,667   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,629,030       $ 2,654,389       $ 2,587,788   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans

Conduit First Mortgage Loans . We originate first mortgage loans that are secured by cash-flowing commercial real estate. These first mortgage loans are typically structured with fixed rates and five- to ten- year terms. Our loans are originated by an internal origination team that has longstanding and strong relationships with borrowers and brokers throughout the U.S. We follow a rigorous investment process, which begins with an initial due diligence review; continues through a comprehensive legal and underwriting process incorporating multiple

 

 

2


Table of Contents

internal and external checks and balances; and culminates in approval or disapproval of each prospective investment by our Investment Committee. Conduit first mortgage loans over $50 million also require approval of our Board of Directors’ Risk and Underwriting Committee.

We generally seek to maintain the ability to keep our conduit first mortgage loans on our balance sheet, offer them for sale to CMBS trusts as part of a securitization process or otherwise sell them as whole loans to third-party institutional investors. From inception through December 31, 2012, we originated and funded $3.9 billion of conduit first mortgage loans, and securitized $2.9 billion of such mortgage loans in 11 separate transactions, including two securitizations in 2010, three securitizations in 2011, and six securitizations in 2012. We generally securitize our loans together with other securitization partners, which to date have included subsidiaries of Deutsche Bank, Wells Fargo, J.P. Morgan, UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) and others. As of December 31, 2012, we held 34 first mortgage loans that were eligible to be offered for sale into a securitization with an aggregate book value of $623.3 million. Based on the loan balances and the “as-is” third-party Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”) appraised values at origination, the weighted average loan-to-value ratio of this portfolio was 61.0%.

Balance Sheet First Mortgage Loans . We also originate and invest in balance sheet first mortgage loans secured by commercial real estate properties that are undergoing lease-up, sell-out, renovation or repositioning. These mortgage loans are structured to fit the needs and business plans of the borrowers, and generally have floating rates and terms (including extension options) ranging from one to three years. Balance sheet first mortgage loans are originated, underwritten, approved and funded using the same underwriting approach, process and personnel as used to originate our conduit first mortgage loans, although the Risk and Underwriting Committee approval threshold is instead $20 million.

We generally seek to hold our balance sheet first mortgage loans for investment, or offer them for sale to our institutional bridge loan partnership. From inception through December 31, 2012, we originated and funded $870.1 million of balance sheet first mortgage loans. These investments have been typically repaid at or prior to maturity (including by being refinanced by us into a new conduit first mortgage loan upon property stabilization) or sold to our institutional bridge loan partnership. As of December 31, 2012, we held a portfolio of 12 balance sheet first mortgage loans with an aggregate book value of $231.8 million. Based on the loan balances and the “as-is” third-party FIRREA appraised values at origination, the weighted average loan-to-value ratio of this portfolio was 61.8%.

Other commercial real estate-related loans . We selectively invest in note purchase financings, subordinated debt, mezzanine debt, and other structured finance products related to commercial real estate. As of December 31, 2012, we held $96.4 million of other commercial real estate-related loans. Based on the loan balance and the “as-is” third-party FIRREA appraised values at origination, the weighted average loan-to-value ratio of the portfolio was 79.8%.

Securities

CMBS Investments . We invest in CMBS secured by first mortgage loans on commercial real estate, and own predominantly short-duration, AAA-rated securities. These investments have provided a stable and attractive base of net interest income and have helped us manage our liquidity. We have significant in-house expertise in the evaluation and trading of CMBS, due in part to our experience in originating and underwriting mortgage loans that comprise the assets within CMBS trusts, as well as our experience in structuring CMBS transactions. As of December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of our portfolio of CMBS investments totaled $833.9 million in 96 CUSIPs ($8.7 million average investment per CUSIP). As of that date, the portfolio was comprised of 96.75% AAA-rated securities, and 3.25% other investment grade-rated securities, and had a weighted average duration of 1.49 years.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

U.S. Agency Securities Investments . Our U.S. Agency Securities portfolio consists of securities for which the principal and interest payments are guaranteed by a U.S. government agency, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), or by a GSE, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”). As of December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of our portfolio of U.S. Agency Securities was $291.6 million in 61 CUSIPs ($4.8 million average investment per CUSIP), with a weighted average duration of 3.46 years.

Real estate

Net lease real estate . As of December 31, 2012, we owned 33 single tenant retail properties with an aggregate book value of $261.0 million. These properties are leased on a net basis where the tenant is generally responsible for payment of real estate taxes, building insurance and maintenance. Fifteen of our properties are leased to a national pharmacy chain, and the remaining properties are leased to a national discount retailer, a regional sporting goods store, and a regional membership warehouse club. We originated and funded $124.2 million of mortgage loan financing secured by 21 of these assets internally, of which $85.2 million of mortgage loan financing secured by 10 of these assets have subsequently been securitized and are included as nonrecourse long-term financing on our balance sheet at December 31, 2012.

Selected other real estate. As of December 31, 2012, we owned 427 residential condominium units at Veer Towers in Las Vegas with a book value of $119.0 million through a joint venture with an operating partner. The units were 77% rented and occupied as of December 31, 2012.

Other

Institutional bridge loan partnership. In 2011, we established an institutional partnership with a major pension fund to invest in first mortgage bridge loans that meet pre-defined criteria. Our partner owns 90% of the equity and we own the remaining 10% on a pari passu basis. Our partner retains the discretion to accept or reject individual loans. As the general partner, we earn management fees and incentive fees from the partnership. In addition, we are entitled to retain origination fees of up to 1% on loans that we sell to the partnership. As of December 31, 2012, the partnership owned $229.9 million of first mortgage bridge loan assets that were financed by $106.8 million of term debt. Debt of the partnership is nonrecourse to the limited and general partners, except for customary nonrecourse carve-outs for certain actions and environmental liability. As of December 31, 2012, the book value of our investment in the institutional partnership was $12.7 million.

Other asset management activities. As of December 31, 2012, we also managed three separate CMBS investment accounts for private investors with combined total assets of $11.5 million. Although, as of October 2012, we are no longer purchasing any new investments for these accounts, we will continue to manage the existing investments until their full prepayment or other disposition.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our competitive strengths include:

 

 

Leading commercial mortgage franchise . We operate a vertically integrated commercial mortgage origination platform on a national basis that allows us to manage and control the loan process from origination through closing and, when appropriate, disposition, with over 50 experienced employees specializing in origination, underwriting, structuring, capital markets and asset management. We have a strong credit culture stemming from the extensive experience of our management team in commercial real estate transactions. Our business is supported by $1.1 billion of book equity from over 20 global institutional investors and our management team which allows us to maintain a significant market presence as a lender and investor in the commercial real estate finance markets.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

Proven proprietary origination platform . Our proprietary origination platform enabled us to originate $2.5 billion of mortgage loans on commercial real estate in the year ended December 31, 2012. Our management team and our origination team of approximately 20 professionals have long-established client relationships with major owners and operators of commercial real estate across the country as well as mortgage brokers on a national basis. We believe that we understand the financial needs of our borrowers, the geographic markets in which they operate, relevant market conditions for different types of commercial properties, and how to structure commercial real estate loans to meet their needs as well as our needs as a lender. Our originators are compensated based on profit metrics, which aligns their interests with ours, and helps to create and maintain a loan performance-driven culture versus a loan volume-driven culture.

 

 

Rigorous credit and underwriting process. We complete a comprehensive credit and underwriting process for all of our investments. Our credit process includes detailed due diligence on the property (including by conducting a site visit), market, tenants, and sponsor, coupled with multiple third-party reviews including a property appraisal. Our Investment Committee, comprised of four members of our management team with extensive experience in commercial real estate finance, must approve every loan investment; and the Risk and Underwriting Committee of our Board of Directors must additionally approve investments above specified size limits. We have had no events of default or credit losses on the loans we originated since inception.

 

 

Diversified non-bank investment platform. We put our knowledge of commercial real estate to work across multiple investment structures, including whole loans, securities, and equity and partnership interests. Our diversified, fixed income-oriented investment platform affords us the opportunity to capture relative value opportunities amongst the various products in different market environments. We also manage our loan and securities portfolios for diversification across property types, geographic regions, and sponsors. As Basel III and other risk-based capital regulations increasingly impact banks’ commercial real estate operations, we believe we and other non-bank lenders can benefit from the constraints placed on banks in this regulatory environment and expect to continue to profit from our ability to act with speed and flexibility to benefit our borrowers when warranted.

 

 

Senior secured assets. We seek to maintain a balance sheet that is characterized principally by senior secured assets and adequate liquidity. As of December 2012, 79.6% of our total assets were senior secured assets or cash. As of December 31, 2012, 44.5% of our total assets were comprised of unrestricted cash and AAA-rated securities.

 

 

Moderate leverage and strong access to capital. As of December 31, 2012, our debt to equity ratio was 1.35:1.0, and we had $1.2 billion of committed, undrawn funding capacity available to finance our business. We have access to low-cost and diverse sources of capital, including secured and repurchase financing from four institutional counterparties, financing from our subsidiary’s membership in the FHLB, the high-yield bond market, and the private equity market. We believe our ability to raise both equity and debt capital during periods of high market volatility underscores the confidence our equity investors and lenders have in our ability to manage our business prudently. Our access to diverse and low-cost debt capital, particularly our subsidiary’s FHLB membership, is a mark of distinction amongst our non-bank competitors.

 

 

Experienced management team with significant ownership. Our management team has extensive expertise in the commercial real estate industry, with an average of 24 years of experience. The core of our management team has worked together during both volatile and stable market conditions and has expertise in origination, underwriting, transaction management, structuring, capital markets, and asset management. As of December 31, 2012, our management team and Board of Directors held capital accounts with $79.8 million of book equity value, which we believe aligns their interests with the financial and strategic objectives. We believe that their significant ownership stake and incentive structure closely align the interests of our management team and Board of Directors with those of our other stakeholders and creditors.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Our Financing Strategies

Our financing strategies are critical to the success and growth of our business. We manage our financing to complement our asset composition and to diversify our exposure across multiple capital markets and counterparties.

We fund our investments in commercial real estate loans and securities through multiple sources, including the $611.6 million of gross cash proceeds we raised in our initial equity private placement beginning in October 2008, the $257.4 million of gross cash proceeds we raised in our follow-on equity private placement in the third quarter of 2011, current and future earnings and cash flow from operations, existing debt facilities, and other borrowing programs in which we participate.

We finance our portfolio of first mortgage loans using committed term facilities provided by multiple financial institutions, with total commitments of $1.1 billion. As of December 31, 2012, we borrowed $226.4 million against the availability under these facilities. We finance our securities portfolio, including CMBS and U.S. Agency Securities, via our FHLB membership, a $600 million credit facility from a leading domestic financial institution, and via other financing arrangements with numerous counterparties. As of December 31, 2012, we had total outstanding balances of $826.1 million under these facilities. We finance our real estate investments with nonrecourse first mortgage loans. As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding balances of $103.8 million on these nonrecourse mortgage loans. We also had $325 million of senior notes due 2017 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012. See Note 7 to our consolidated annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information about our financing arrangements.

We enter into interest rate and credit spread derivative contracts to mitigate our exposure to changes in interest rates and credit spreads. We generally seek to hedge assets that have a duration longer than two years, including newly-originated conduit first mortgage loans, securities in our CMBS portfolio if long enough in duration, and most of our U.S. Agency Securities portfolio. We monitor our asset profile and our hedge positions to manage our interest rate and credit spread exposures and seek to match fund our assets according to the liquidity characteristics and expected hold periods of our assets.

We seek to maintain a debt-to-equity ratio in the range of 2:1-3:1. We expect this ratio to fluctuate during the course of a fiscal year due to the normal course of business in our conduit lending operations, in which we generally securitize our inventory of loans at intervals, and also because of changes in our asset mix, due in part to such securitizations. We believe that our predominantly senior secured assets and our defensive financing strategy allow us to maintain financial flexibility to capitalize on attractive market opportunities as they arise.

Overview of the Commercial Real Estate Finance Industry

Commercial real estate is a capital -intensive business that uses substantial amounts of debt capital to develop, acquire, maintain, reposition and refinance commercial properties. There were $3.1 trillion of commercial mortgage loans outstanding in the U.S. as of December 31, 2012. These mortgage loans were predominantly held as investments by banks ($1.5 trillion), securitization trusts ($592 billion), and insurance companies ($326 billion). Securitization trusts and the CMBS they issue have risen in importance as a financing source for the commercial real estate industry, growing from $11 billion in assets in 1990, representing 1.0% of commercial mortgage loans outstanding at the time, to $592 billion in assets, and representing 19.3% of commercial mortgage loans outstanding as of December 31, 2012.

We believe there is currently a compelling market opportunity to invest in commercial real estate finance products, including loans and securities, as a result of the constrained supply of commercial real estate financing coupled with the significant demand for debt capital on newly acquired or refinanced commercial real estate properties. The commercial real estate market faces high near-term debt maturities, in that $1.7 trillion of

 

 

6


Table of Contents

commercial and multifamily real estate debt is scheduled to mature from 2013 through 2017. At the same time, the flow of capital available to finance commercial real estate has decreased. Traditional commercial real estate lenders, including banks and insurance companies, are currently facing tighter capital constraints and regulatory changes.

The CMBS market is recovering following the global financial crisis, with $12 billion in new issuance in 2010, $33 billion in new issuance in 2011 and $48 billion in new issuance in 2012. We believe there is capacity for a substantial market recovery and that the CMBS market will continue to play an important role in the financing of commercial real estate in the U.S. We also believe we will be able to capitalize on the relative lack of capital available for balance sheet loans, commanding relatively high yields on conservatively underwritten commercial real estate mortgage loans.

Corporate Information

The Company was founded in October 2008 and is a Delaware limited liability limited partnership. Our principal executive offices are located at 345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10154 and our telephone number is (212) 715-3170. We maintain a website at www.laddercapital.com. The information contained on or connected to our website is not intended to form a part of or be incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Exchange Offer

On September 19, 2012, the Issuers sold, through a private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, $325,000,000 of the Issuers’ 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017, all of which are eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes. The Old Notes were issued under the indenture, dated as of September 19, 2012, among the Issuers and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (as supplemented, amended or modified, the “Indenture”).

Simultaneously with the private placement, the Issuers entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the Old Notes (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Under the Registration Rights Agreement, as amended, we are required to use our reasonable best efforts to cause a registration statement for substantially identical notes, which will be issued in exchange for the Old Notes, to be filed with the SEC and to complete the exchange offer within 30 days after the date such registration statement is declared effective. You may exchange your Old Notes for Exchange Notes in this exchange offer. You should read the discussion under the headings “Exchange Offer” and “Description of Notes” for further information regarding the Exchange Notes.

 

Securities Offered

$325,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017.

 

Exchange Offer

We are offering to exchange the Old Notes for a like principal amount at maturity of the Exchange Notes. Old Notes may be exchanged only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral principal multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The exchange offer is being made pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement which grants the initial purchasers and any subsequent holders of the Old Notes certain exchange and registration rights. This exchange offer is intended to satisfy those exchange and registration rights with respect to the Old Notes. After the exchange offer is complete, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your Old Notes.

 

Expiration Date; Withdrawal of Tender

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                    , 2013, or a later time if we choose to extend this exchange offer in our sole and absolute discretion. You may withdraw your tender of Old Notes at any time prior to the expiration date. All outstanding Old Notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged. Any Old Notes not accepted by us for exchange for any reason will be returned to you at our expense as promptly as possible after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

Resales

We believe that you can offer for resale, resell and otherwise transfer the Exchange Notes without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act so long as:

 

   

you acquire the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business;

 

   

you are not participating, do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the Exchange Notes;

 

 

8


Table of Contents
   

you are not an affiliate of ours; and

 

   

you are not a broker-dealer.

 

  If any of these conditions is not satisfied and you transfer any Exchange Notes without delivering a proper prospectus or without qualifying for a registration exemption, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. We do not assume, or indemnify you against, any such liability.

 

Broker-Dealer

Each broker-dealer acquiring Exchange Notes issued for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, which it acquired through market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a proper prospectus when any Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer are transferred. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus for an offer to resell, a resale or other retransfer of the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer.

 

Conditions on the Exchange Offer

Our obligation to accept for exchange, or to issue the Exchange Notes in exchange for, any Old Notes is subject to certain customary conditions, including our determination that the exchange offer does not violate any law, statute, rule, regulation or interpretation by the Staff of the SEC or any regulatory authority or other foreign, federal, state or local government agency or court of competent jurisdiction, some of which may be waived by us. We currently expect that each of the conditions will be satisfied and that no waivers will be necessary. See “Exchange Offer—Conditions on the Exchange Offer.”

 

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes Held in the Form of Book-entry Interests

The Old Notes were issued as global securities and were deposited upon issuance with Wilmington Trust, National Association, which issued uncertificated depositary interests in those outstanding Old Notes, which represent a 100% interest in those Old Notes, to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).

 

  Beneficial interests in the outstanding Old Notes, which are held by direct or indirect participants in DTC, are shown on, and transfers of the Old Notes can only be made through, records maintained in book-entry form by DTC.

 

  You may tender your outstanding Old Notes by instructing your broker or bank where you keep the Old Notes to tender them for you. In some cases you may be asked to submit the letter of transmittal that may accompany this prospectus. By tendering your Old Notes you will be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed to be bound by the terms set forth under “Exchange Offer.” Your outstanding Old Notes must be tendered in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

 

In order for your tender to be considered valid, the exchange agent must receive a confirmation of book-entry transfer of your outstanding Old Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC,

 

 

9


Table of Contents
 

under the procedure described in this prospectus under the heading “Exchange Offer,” on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer.

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The exchange offer should not result in any income, gain or loss to the holders of Old Notes or to us for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes in the exchange offer.

 

Exchange Agent

Wilmington Trust, National Association is serving as the exchange agent for the exchange offer.

 

Shelf Registration Statement

In limited circumstances, holders of Old Notes may require us to register their Old Notes under a shelf registration statement.

Consequences of Not Exchanging Old Notes

If you do not exchange your Old Notes in the exchange offer, your Old Notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer currently applicable to the Old Notes. In general, you may offer or sell your Old Notes only:

 

   

if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws;

 

   

if they are offered or sold under an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; or

 

   

if they are offered or sold in a transaction not subject to the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

We do not currently intend to register the Old Notes under the Securities Act. Under some circumstances, however, holders of the Old Notes, including holders who are not permitted to participate in the exchange offer or who may not freely resell Exchange Notes received in the exchange offer, may require us to file, and to cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement covering resales of Old Notes by these holders. For more information regarding the consequences of not tendering your Old Notes and our obligation to file a shelf registration statement, see “Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange” and “Description of Notes—Registration Rights.”

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Description of Exchange Notes

The summary below described the principal terms of the Exchange Notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. Please see “Description of Notes” for a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the Notes. The Exchange Notes will have terms identical in all material respects to the Old Notes, except that the Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional payments upon a failure to fulfill certain of our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Issuers

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership, and Ladder Capital Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

Securities

$325 million aggregate principal amount of 7.375% senior notes due 2017.

 

Maturity Date

The Exchange Notes will mature on October 1, 2017.

 

Interest Rate

7.375% per annum.

 

Interest Payment Dates

Each April 1 and October 1. Interest accrues from the original issue date of the outstanding notes or from the most recent date on which interest has been paid on the Notes.

 

Ranking

The Exchange Notes will be the Issuers’ senior unsecured obligations and will:

 

   

rank senior in right of payment to all of the Issuers’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness;

 

   

rank equally in right of payment with all of the Issuers’ existing and future senior indebtedness;

 

   

be effectively subordinated to all of the Issuers’ secured indebtedness and obligations to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and obligations; and

 

   

be structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

 

Optional Redemption

We may redeem the Exchange Notes, in whole, at any time, or from time to time in part, prior to their stated maturity. The redemption price for Notes that are redeemed before April 1, 2017 will be equal to (i) 100% of their principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption, plus (ii) a make-whole premium. The redemption price for Notes that are redeemed on or after April 1, 2017 will be equal to 100% of their principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption, and will not include a make-whole premium. See “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

 

At any time before October 1, 2015, we may on one or more occasions redeem up to 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity

 

 

11


Table of Contents
 

offerings, at a redemption price equal to 107.375% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

 

Change of Control Offer

If we experience certain kinds of changes of control and the Exchange Notes receive a ratings downgrade, we will be required to offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes at prices described under “Description of Notes—Change of Control.”

 

Asset Sale Proceeds

If we or our restricted subsidiaries engage in asset sales, we generally must either invest the net cash proceeds from such asset sales in our business within a specified period of time, repay certain senior debt or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the Notes equal to the excess net proceeds. The purchase price of the Exchange Notes will be 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. See “Description of Notes—Limitation on Sale of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.”

 

Certain Covenants

The Indenture governing the Notes, including the Exchange Notes, contains covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of the restricted subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness or issue certain disqualified stock and preferred shares;

 

   

pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem, capital stock or make other restricted payments;

 

   

incur liens;

 

   

allow to exist certain restrictions on the ability of restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to us;

 

   

merge or consolidated with another company or sell all or substantially all assets; and

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates.

 

  These covenants will be subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. For more details, see “Description of Notes—Certain Covenants.”

 

  Certain of these covenants will cease to apply to the Exchange Notes at all times when the Exchange Notes have investment grade ratings from two of the three following rating agencies: Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (“Standard & Poor’s”), Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”). For more details, see “Description of Notes.”

 

No Prior Market

The Exchange Notes will be new securities for which there is currently no market. We cannot assure you that a liquid market for the Exchange Notes will develop or be maintained.

 

Risk Factors

You should carefully consider all information in this prospectus. In particular, you should evaluate the specific risks described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus for a discussion of risks relating to an investment in the Notes.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Information

The following tables set forth our summary consolidated financial data as of and for the periods indicated. The statements of operating data for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes that are not included in this prospectus.

The following summary consolidated financial data are qualified in their entirety by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and the information under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information” and other financial information included in this prospectus. Historical results included below and elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future performance ($ in thousands).

 

     For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2012     2011     2010  

Operating Data:

      

Net Interest Income

   $ 99,726      $ 97,461      $ 80,427   

Other Income

     192,021        91,786        57,452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Net Interest Income and Other Income

     291,747        189,247        137,879   

Total Costs and Expenses

     112,364        117,944        48,781   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Earnings from Investment in equity method investee

     179,383        71,303        89,098   

Earnings from Investment in equity method investee

     1,256        347        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Taxes

     180,639        71,650        89,098   

Tax Expense

     2,584        1,510        600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

     178,055        70,140        88,498   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     49        (15     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders

   $ 178,104      $ 70,125      $ 88,498   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

      

Adjusted Net Income(1)

   $ 172,535      $ 102,789      $ 91,213   

Other Financial and Credit Metrics (at end of period):

      

Debt to Equity

     1.3     1.6     2.6

Tangible Equity to Assets

     41.9     37.3     27.8

Unrestricted Cash and Investment Grade Securities as % of Assets

     44.5     74     77.4

Amount of Undrawn Committed Financings

   $ 1,195,612      $ 952,616      $ 738,241   

Cash Flow Data:

      

Net Cash Flows provided by (used in):

      

Operating Activities

   $ (108,415   $ 340,302      $ (231,274

Investing Activities

     283,310        (320,699     (434,396

Financing Activities

     (214,450     (12,564     568,717   

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

      

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 43,796      $ 83,350      $ 76,311   

Real Estate Securities

     1,125,562        1,945,070        1,925,510   

Mortgage Loan Receivables

     949,651        514,038        509,804   

Real Estate

     380,022        28,835        25,669   

Total Assets

     2,629,030        2,654,389        2,587,788   

Total Debt Outstanding

     1,484,672        1,615,641        1,839,720   

Total Liabilities

     1,527,840        1,665,326        1,869,282   

Total Capital (Equity)

     1,101,190        989,062        718,506   

 

 

13


Table of Contents

 

(1) We present adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders, which is a non-GAAP measure, as a supplemental measure of our performance. We define adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders as net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders adjusted to add back real estate depreciation and eliminate the impact of derivative gains and losses related to the hedging of assets on our balance sheet as of the end of the specified accounting period. As more fully discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we do not designate derivatives as hedges to qualify for hedge accounting and therefore any net payments under, or fluctuations in the fair value of, our derivatives are recognized currently in our income statement. However, fluctuations in the fair value of the related assets are not included in our income statement. We believe that excluding these specifically identified gains and losses adjusts for timing differences between when we recognize changes in the fair values of our assets and derivatives which we use to hedge asset values.

Set forth below is a reconciliation of adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders to net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders ($ in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011      2010  

Net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders

   $ 178,104      $ 70,125       $ 88,498   

Real estate depreciation

     3,093        704         263   

Adjustments for derivative results

     (8,662     31,961         2,452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

   $ 172,535      $ 102,789       $ 91,213   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

We present adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders because we believe it assists investors in comparing our performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding a non-cash expense as well as an item that makes such comparisons less relevant due to timing differences related to changes in the values of assets and derivatives. In addition, we use adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders: (i) to evaluate our earnings from operations and (ii) because management believes that it may be a useful performance measure for us.

Adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders has limitations as an analytical tool. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders does not reflect the impact of certain cash charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders or other performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Participating in the exchange offer is subject to a number of risks. You should carefully consider the following risk factors as well as the other information and data included in this prospectus prior to participating in the exchange offer. The risks described below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition or results of operations. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition or results of operations. In such case, you may lose all or part of your original investment in your Notes.

Risks Related to the Exchange Notes

Holders of Old Notes who fail to exchange their Old Notes in the exchange offer will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer.

If you do not exchange your Old Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer applicable to the Old Notes. The restrictions on transfer of your Old Notes arise because we issued the Old Notes under exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, you may only offer or sell the Old Notes if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or offered and sold under an exemption from these requirements. We do not plan to register the Old Notes under the Securities Act. For further information regarding the consequences of tendering your Old Notes in the exchange offer, see the discussion below under the caption “Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange.”

You must comply with the exchange offer procedures in order to receive new, freely tradable Exchange Notes.

Delivery of Exchange Notes in exchange for Old Notes tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of book-entry transfer of Old Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, as depositary, including an agent’s message (as defined herein). We are not required to notify you of defects or irregularities in tenders of Old Notes for exchange. Exchange Notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but we do not accept for exchange will, following consummation of the exchange offer, continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions under the Securities Act and, upon consummation of the exchange offer, certain registration and other rights under the Registration Rights Agreement will terminate. See “Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes Through Brokers and Banks” and “Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange.”

Some holders who exchange their Old Notes may be deemed to be underwriters, and these holders will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements in connection with any resale transaction.

If you exchange your Old Notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the Notes.

We have, and upon consummation of this exchange offer, will continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. At December 31, 2012, we and our subsidiaries had approximately $1.5 billion of aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding, of which $1.2 billion was secured indebtedness. Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the risk that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay amounts due in respect of our indebtedness. Our substantial indebtedness could have other important consequences to you and significant effects on our business. For example, it could;

 

 

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Notes and our other debt;

 

 

increase our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions;

 

15


Table of Contents
 

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital and other general partnership purposes;

 

 

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

 

restrict us from capitalizing on business opportunities;

 

 

make it more difficult to satisfy our financial obligations, including payments on the Notes;

 

 

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

 

 

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our business strategy or other general partnership purposes.

In addition, the credit agreements governing our funding debt contain and the Indenture will contain, and the agreements governing future indebtedness may contain, restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our indebtedness.

We will depend on distributions from our subsidiaries to fulfill our obligations under the Notes.

We are a holding company and our assets consist primarily of investments in our subsidiaries. Our ability to service debt obligations, including our ability to pay the interest on and principal of the Notes when due, will be dependent upon cash distributions or other transfers from our subsidiaries. Payments to us by our subsidiaries will be contingent upon their respective earnings and subject to any limitations on the ability of such entities to make payments or other distributions to us, including limitations imposed by individual debt arrangements at these subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation to make any funds available to us.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

Subject to the debt to equity ratio covenants in our credit facilities, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the Indenture will limit our ability and the ability of our present and future subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, the terms of the Indenture permit us to incur significant additional indebtedness. At December 31, 2012, we and our subsidiaries had approximately $1.5 billion of aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding, of which $1.2 billion was secured indebtedness. To the extent that we incur additional indebtedness or such other obligations, the risk associated with our substantial indebtedness described above, including our possible inability to service our debt, will increase. In addition, because certain of our outstanding indebtedness bear interest at variable rates of interest, we are exposed to risk from fluctuations in interest rates. We may enter into interest rate swaps that involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments in order to reduce interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to all of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk, or may create additional risks.

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control, and any failure to meet our debt service obligations could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Generally, the debt we have incurred to finance the mortgage loans we originate matures sooner than those mortgage loans. Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the Notes, and to

 

16


Table of Contents

fund working capital needs will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This ability, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or if future borrowings are not available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the Notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the Notes, on or before the maturity thereof, sell assets or seek to raise additional capital, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operations. In addition, we may not be able to effect any of these actions, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our ability to restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the Notes, will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments may limit or prevent us from taking any of these actions. In addition, any failure to make scheduled payments of interest or principal on our outstanding indebtedness would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or to refinance or restructure our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or at all, would have an adverse effect, which could be material, on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as on our ability to satisfy our obligations in respect of the Notes.

Our failure to comply with the agreements relating to our outstanding indebtedness, including as a result of events beyond our control, could result in an event of default that could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

If there were an event of default under any of the agreements relating to our outstanding indebtedness, the holders of the defaulted debt could cause all amounts outstanding with respect to that debt to be due and payable immediately. We cannot assure you that our assets or cash flow would be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments if accelerated upon an event of default. Further, if we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness under our secured debt, the holders of such debt could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness. In addition, any event of default or declaration of acceleration under one debt instrument could also result in an event of default under one or more of our other debt instruments. As a result, any default by us on our indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on our business and could impact our ability to make payments under the Notes.

The Indenture and the credit agreements governing our funding debt will restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The Indenture and the credit agreements governing our funding debt will impose significant operating and financial restrictions and limit the ability of the Issuers and their restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

 

incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;

 

 

pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem, partnership interests or capital stock;

 

 

prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt;

 

 

sell or otherwise dispose of assets;

 

 

sell stock of our subsidiaries;

 

 

incur liens;

 

 

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

 

enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and

 

 

consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

 

17


Table of Contents

As a result of these covenants and restrictions, we are and will be limited in how we conduct our business, and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. In addition, we will be required to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants.

Our failure to comply with the restrictive covenants described above as well as others contained in our future debt instruments from time to time could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in our being required to repay these borrowings before their due date. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Your right to receive payments on the Notes will be effectively subordinated to the right of lenders who have a security interest in our assets to the extent of the value of those assets.

Subject to the restrictions in the Indenture, we and our subsidiaries may incur significant additional indebtedness secured by assets. If we are declared bankrupt or insolvent, or if we default under any of our existing or future indebtedness, including our funding debt, that is secured by assets, the holders of such indebtedness could declare all of the funds borrowed thereunder, together with accrued interest, immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay such indebtedness, the holders of such indebtedness could foreclose on such assets to the exclusion of holders of the Notes, even if an event of default exists under the Indenture at such time. In any such event, because the Notes will not be secured by such assets or the equity interests in the Issuers, it is possible that there would be no assets remaining from which your claims could be satisfied or, if any assets remained, they might be insufficient to satisfy your claims fully.

The Notes will be structurally subordinated to the claims of the creditors of our subsidiaries.

We conduct a substantial portion of our business through our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries do not guarantee the Notes. Claims of creditors of our subsidiaries, including trade creditors, generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiaries over the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes. As of December 31, 2012, after giving effect to this offering, our subsidiaries would have had $1.5 billion of outstanding liabilities (excluding intercompany liabilities).

We may be unable to repurchase the Notes upon a change of control.

Upon the occurrence of specified kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.

However, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the required repurchase of the Notes. If we are required to repurchase the Notes, we would probably require third-party financing. We cannot be sure that we would be able to obtain third-party financing on acceptable terms, or at all.

One of the circumstances under which a change of control may occur is upon the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets. However, the phrase “all or substantially all” will likely be interpreted under applicable state law and will be dependent upon particular facts and circumstances. As a result, there may be a degree of uncertainty in ascertaining whether a sale or disposition of “all or substantially all” of our capital stock or assets has occurred, in which case, the ability of a holder of the Notes to obtain the benefit of an offer to repurchase all of a portion of the Notes held by such holder may be impaired. See “Description of Notes—Change of Control” and “Description of Notes—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.”

 

18


Table of Contents

If the Notes are rated investment grade by two out of three rating agencies, certain covenants contained in the Indenture will be suspended, and you will lose the protection of these covenants unless or until the Notes subsequently fall back below investment grade.

The Indenture contains certain covenants that will be suspended for so long as the Notes are rated investment grade by two out of the three following rating agencies: Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch. These covenants restrict, among other things, our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

 

incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;

 

 

make distributions or other restricted payments;

 

 

sell capital stock or other assets;

 

 

engage in transactions with affiliates; and

 

 

designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted.

Because these restrictions will not apply when the Notes are rated investment grade, we will be able to incur additional debt and consummate transactions that may impair our ability to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Notes. In addition, we will not have to make certain offers to repurchase the Notes. These covenants will only be restored if the credit ratings assigned to the Notes later fall below investment grade.

Ratings of the Notes may affect the market price and marketability of the Notes.

The Notes have been rated by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch. These ratings are limited in scope and do not address all material risks relating to an investment in the Notes, but rather reflect only the view of each rating agency at the time the rating is issued. An explanation of the significance of such rating may be obtained from such rating agency. There is no assurance that such credit ratings will remain in effect for any given period of time or that such ratings will not be lowered, suspended or withdrawn entirely by the ratings agencies, if, in each rating agency’s judgment, circumstances so warrant. It is also possible that such ratings may be lowered in connection with the application of the proceeds of this offering or in connection with future events, such as future acquisitions. Holders of Notes will have no recourse against us or any other parties in the event of a change in or suspension or withdrawal of such ratings. Any lowering, suspension or withdrawal of such ratings may have an adverse effect on the market price or marketability of the Notes.

Your ability to transfer the Exchange Notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market and an active trading market may not develop for the Exchange Notes.

The Exchange Notes will be a new issue of securities for which there is no established trading market. We do not intend to list the Notes or any Exchange Notes on any national securities exchange or include the Exchange Notes in any automated quotation system. The initial purchasers of the Old Notes have advised us that they intend to make a market in the Old Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor, as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the initial purchasers are not obligated to do so, and, if commenced, they may discontinue their market making activities at any time without notice. In addition, market making activities may be limited during the exchange offer or while the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement is pending.

Therefore, an active market for the Exchange Notes may not develop or be maintained, which would adversely affect the market price and liquidity of the Exchange Notes. In that case, the holders of the Exchange Notes may not be able to sell their Notes at a particular time or at a favorable price. The liquidity of any market for the Notes will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

 

the number of holders of Notes;

 

 

our operating performance and financial condition;

 

 

our ability to complete the offer to exchange the Notes for the Exchange Notes;

 

19


Table of Contents
 

the market for similar securities;

 

 

the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the Notes;

 

 

prevailing interest rates; and

 

 

the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding.

Even if an active trading market for the Exchange Notes does develop, there is no guarantee that it will continue. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to severe disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the Exchange Notes. The market, if any, for the Exchange Notes may experience similar disruptions, and any such disruptions may adversely affect the liquidity in that market or the prices at which you may sell your Exchange Notes. In addition, subsequent to their initial issuance, the Exchange Notes may trade at a discount from their initial offering price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for similar Notes, our performance and other factors.

Risks Related to Our Capital Structure and Operations

Our business model may not be successful. We may change our investment strategy and financing policy in the future and any such changes may not be successful.

There can be no assurance that any business model or business plan of ours will prove accurate, that our management team will be able to implement such business model or business plan successfully in the future or that we will achieve our performance objectives. Any business model of ours, as well as any assumptions and predictions thereof, merely reflect our assessment of the short and long-term prospects of the business, finance and real estate markets in which we operate and should not be relied upon in determining whether to invest in the Notes. We have discretion regarding the assets we originate or acquire, and our management team is authorized to follow very broad investment guidelines and has great latitude within those guidelines to determine which assets make proper investments for us, in each case subject to any restrictions set forth in any limited liability limited partnership agreements or other of our applicable agreements. You will not be able to evaluate the nature of and the terms on which we will originate, acquire, invest in, securitize, warehouse, hold or dispose of particular assets.

Our Board of Directors may change our investment, financing or other policies and this may harm our business.

Our Board of Directors generally determines our operational policies and may amend or revise our policies, including policies with respect to acquisitions, dispositions, joint ventures, growth, operations, capital structure, indebtedness, capitalization and dividends, or approve transactions that deviate from these policies. We may change our target asset guidelines and investment, leverage, financing and operating strategies at any time, which could result in our making investments that are different in type from, and possibly riskier than, the investments as described to, or expected by, any potential investor. Operational policy changes or changes in target asset guidelines and investment, leverage, financing and operating strategies may increase our exposure to interest rate risk, default risk, financing risk, business risk, legal risk, tax risk, real estate market fluctuations and other risks.

In the case of any real estate investment trust (“REIT”) affiliated with us, such REIT’s board may determine that such REIT should conduct its business through a taxable REIT subsidiary (“TRS”), should cease to maintain its REIT qualification or should wind down and liquidate if the commercial real estate market does not constitute an attractive investment strategy for a REIT.

Our General Partner does not manage us and it is not liable for our liabilities and obligations.

Our sole general partner is LCFH GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “General Partner”). Pursuant to our limited liability limited partnership agreement, as amended (the “LLLP Agreement”), the General

 

20


Table of Contents

Partner has irrevocably delegated to our Board of Directors all management powers over our business and affairs. Accordingly, the General Partner does not have management authority over us. As we are a Delaware limited liability limited partnership, the General Partner will not be liable for our liabilities and obligations. Thus, the noteholders will not be able to look to the General Partner to satisfy any of our liabilities or obligations.

Our Lead Investors may take actions with respect to our business that are contrary to those recommended by our Board of Directors.

Although certain affiliates of TowerBrook Capital Partners L.P. (“TowerBrook”) and GI Partners (collectively, the “Lead Investors”) have and are expected to continue to provide assistance to our management team, the Lead Investors have no obligation to provide any such assistance and will not be responsible for our day-to-day operations or management. Such responsibility will be vested solely in our management team. The Lead Investors do not have any obligation to commit any resources to us.

Private equity funds advised by the Lead Investors (the “Lead Investor Funds”) have invested a total of $350 million in us. Although private equity funds advised by each of the Lead Investors have in the past invested in companies operating in the financial services sector and that represented build-up opportunities, none of such investments was in the commercial real estate industry. The financial results of past investments made by any Lead Investor Fund or other investment vehicles managed by any Lead Investor are not indicative of our future financial results. You should not place any reliance on any Lead Investor’s investment track record.

In their capacity as our limited partners, the Lead Investor Funds will have the ability, directly or indirectly, to appoint a majority of the members of the Board of Directors and will have certain approval rights that are unique to the Lead Investor Funds. As our limited partners, no Lead Investor Fund has any fiduciary duties to us and, as such, each Lead Investor Fund will take actions that are in the best interest of such Lead Investor Fund, which actions may not be in your best interest as a holder of Notes. Additionally, any Lead Investor Fund, as a limited partner of the Company, may take actions that are contrary to those recommended by our Board of Directors.

We are dependent on our management team, and loss of any of these individuals or an inability to hire additional team members could adversely affect our ability to operate profitably.

We depend to a significant extent upon the experience of our management team. The loss of the services of one or more of such individuals could have an adverse effect on our operations, and in such case we will be subject to the risk that no suitable replacement could be found. Furthermore, any termination of a member of the management team may be difficult and costly for us and create obligations for us to the departing individual. In the future, if we are unable to staff our management team fully with individuals who possess the skills and experience necessary to excel in their positions on the management team, we may be adversely affected. Furthermore, if one or more of our senior executive officers are no longer employed by us, financial institutions providing any financing arrangements to us may not provide future financing to us, which could materially and adversely affect our business.

We may not be able to hire and retain qualified loan originators or grow and maintain our relationships with key loan brokers, and if we are unable to do so, our ability to implement our business and growth strategies could be limited.

We depend on our loan originators to generate borrower clients by, among other things, developing relationships with commercial property owners, real estate agents and brokers, developers and others, which we believe leads to repeat and referral business. Accordingly, we must be able to attract, motivate and retain skilled loan originators. The market for loan originators is highly competitive and may lead to increased costs to hire and retain them. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to attract or retain qualified loan originators. If we cannot attract, motivate or retain a sufficient number of skilled loan originators, or even if we can motivate or retain them but at higher costs, we could be materially and adversely affected. We also depend on our network of loan

 

21


Table of Contents

brokers, who generate a significant portion of our loan originations. While we strive to cultivate long-standing relationships that generate repeat business for us, brokers are free to transact business with other lenders and have done so in the past and will do so in the future. Our competitors also have relationships with some of our brokers and actively compete with us in bidding on loans shopped by these brokers. We also cannot guarantee that we will be able to maintain or develop new relationships with additional brokers.

As an independent company, we may, in the future, have difficulty finding partners in distribution, securitization and financing, may struggle to generate new business, may face difficulties in obtaining required authorizations or licenses to do business and may face considerable competition from other firms in our line of business.

We often rely on other third-party companies for assistance in origination, warehousing, distribution, securitization and other finance-related and loan-related activities. Although our management team anticipates continuing to partner with other firms in order to conduct such activities, we may not be successful at developing or maintaining such partnerships, or the terms of such partnerships may become less favorable, and failure to properly develop such partnerships or maintain such partnerships on favorable terms may adversely affect our business.

In order to implement our business strategies, we may be required to obtain, maintain or renew certain licenses and authorizations (including “Doing Business” authorizations and licenses with respect to loan origination) from certain governmental entities. While we do not anticipate any delays or other complications relating to such licenses and authorizations, there is no assurance that any particular license or authorization will be obtained, maintained or renewed quickly or at all. Any failure of ours to obtain, maintain or renew such authorizations or licenses may adversely affect our business.

Competition in the commercial real estate finance sector may limit the availability of loan origination and investment opportunities, which could, in turn, negatively affect our business. Other companies may have business objectives that overlap with ours. That overlap may create competition for business opportunities. We face competition from finance companies, REITs, commercial banks and thrift institutions, investment banks, insurance companies, hedge funds and others. We cannot assure you that the competitive pressures we face will not have an adverse effect on our business.

We may not be able to maintain our joint ventures and strategic alliances.

Some of our business may be conducted through non wholly-owned subsidiaries, joint ventures in which we share control (in whole or in part) and strategic alliances formed by us with other strategic or business partners that we do not control. There can be no assurance that any of these strategic or business partners will continue their relationships with us in the future or that we will be able to pursue our stated strategies with respect to non wholly-owned subsidiaries, joint ventures, strategic alliances and the markets in which we operate. Our ability to influence our partners in joint ventures or strategic alliances may be limited, and non-alignment of interests on various strategic decisions in joint ventures or strategic alliances may adversely impact our business. Furthermore, joint venture or strategic alliance partners may (i) have economic or business interests or goals that are inconsistent with ours; (ii) take actions contrary to our policies or objectives; (iii) undergo a change of control; (iv) experience financial and other difficulties; or (v) be unable or unwilling to fulfill their obligations under a joint venture or strategic alliance, which may affect our financial conditions or results of operations.

We may not be able to raise sufficient capital to implement our business plan, which could negatively affect our financial results.

If we do not raise sufficient capital through our issuance of debt or equity securities in the future, we may not be able to fully implement our business plan. An inability to fully execute the business plan could negatively affect our financial results.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our business is highly leveraged, which could lead to greater losses than if we were not as leveraged.

We do and, in the future, intend to use financial leverage in executing our business plan. Such borrowings may take the form “financing facilities” in the form of bank credit facilities, credit facilities from government agencies (including the FHLB), repurchase agreements and warehouse lines of credit, which are secured revolving lines of credit that we utilize to warehouse portfolios of real estate instruments until we exit them through securitization. We do and, in the future, intend to enter into securitization and other long-term financing transactions and to use the proceeds from such transactions to reduce the outstanding balances under these financing facilities. However, such agreements may include a recourse component. Further, any financing facilities that we currently have or may use in the future to finance our assets may require us to provide additional collateral or pay down debt if the market value of our assets pledged or sold to the provider of the credit facility or the repurchase agreement counterparty decline in value. We may issue more unsecured corporate bonds in the future depending on the financing requirements of our business and market conditions. In addition, our borrowings are generally based on floating interest rates, the fluctuation of which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Our use of leverage in a market that moves adversely to our business interests could result in a substantial loss to us, which would be greater than if we were not leveraged.

Our failure to maintain the credit ratings on the Notes could negatively affect our ability to access capital and could increase our interest expense.

The credit ratings agencies periodically review our capital structure and the quality and stability of our earnings. Deterioration in our capital structure or the quality and stability of our earnings could result in a downgrade of the credit ratings on our Notes. Any negative ratings action could constrain the capital available to Ladder and could limit our access to funding for our operations. We are dependent upon our ability to access capital at rates and on terms we determine to be attractive. If our ability to access capital becomes constrained, our interest costs could increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our access to additional financing may be limited. There can be no assurance that we will be able to utilize financing facilities in the future on favorable terms, or at all.

There is no assurance that we will be able to maintain, obtain or renew our financing facilities on terms favorable to us or at all. Furthermore, any financing facility that we enter into will be subject to conditions and restrictive covenants relating to our operations, which may inhibit our ability to grow our business and increase revenues. To the extent we breach a covenant or cannot satisfy a condition, such facility may not be available to us, or may be required to be repaid in full or in part, which could limit our ability to pursue our business strategies. Further, such borrowings may limit the length of time during which any given asset may be used as eligible collateral.

Additionally, if we are unable to securitize our loans to replenish a warehouse line of credit, we may be required to seek other forms of potentially less attractive financing or otherwise to liquidate our assets. Furthermore, some of our warehouse lines of credit contain cross-default provisions. If a default occurs under one of these warehouse lines of credit and the lenders terminate one or more of these agreements, we may need to enter into replacement agreements with different lenders. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in entering into such replacement agreements on the same terms as the terminated warehouse line of credit.

The utilization of any of our repurchase and warehouse facilities is subject to the pre- approval of the lender, which we may be unable to obtain.

In order to borrow funds under a repurchase or warehouse agreement, the lender has the right to review the potential assets for which we are seeking financing and approve such asset in its sole discretion. Accordingly, we may be unable to obtain the consent of a lender to finance an investment and alternate sources of financing for such asset may not exist.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our use of repurchase agreements to finance our securities and/or loans may give our lenders greater rights in the event that either we or a lender files for bankruptcy, including the right to repudiate our repurchase agreements, which could limit or delay our claims.

In the event of our insolvency or bankruptcy, certain repurchase agreements may qualify for special treatment under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the effect of which, among other things, would be to allow the lender under the applicable repurchase agreement to avoid the automatic stay provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and to foreclose on the collateral agreement without delay. In the event of the insolvency or bankruptcy of a lender during the term of a repurchase agreement, the lender may be permitted under applicable insolvency laws to repudiate the contract, and our claim against the lender for damages may be treated simply as an unsecured claim. In addition, if the lender is a broker or dealer subject to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, or an insured depository institution subject to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, our ability to exercise our rights to recover our securities under a repurchase agreement or to be compensated for any damages resulting from the lender’s insolvency may be further limited by those statutes. These claims would be subject to significant delay and, if and when received, may be substantially less than the damages we actually incur. Therefore, our use of repurchase agreements to finance our portfolio assets exposes our pledged assets to risk in the event of a bankruptcy filing by either a lender or ourselves.

If a counterparty to our repurchase transactions defaults on its obligation to resell the underlying security and/or loans to us at the end of the transaction term, or if the value of the underlying security and/or loans has declined as of the end of that term, or if we default on our obligations under the repurchase agreement, we will lose money on our repurchase transactions.

When we engage in repurchase transactions, we generally sell securities and/or loans to lenders (i.e., repurchase agreement counterparties) in return for cash from the lenders. The lenders then are obligated to resell the same securities and/or loans to us at the end of the term of the transaction. In a repurchase agreement, the cash we receive from a lender when we initially sell the securities and/or loans to such lender is less than the value of the securities and/or loans sold. If the lender defaults on its obligation to resell the same securities and/or loans to us under the terms of a repurchase agreement, we will incur a loss on the transaction equal to the amount of the haircut (assuming there was no change in the value of the securities and/or loans). We also would lose money on a repurchase transaction if the value of the underlying securities and/or loans has declined as of the end of the transaction term, as we would have to repurchase the securities and/or loans for their initial value but would receive securities and/or loans worth less than that amount. Further, if we default on one of our obligations under a repurchase transaction, the lender will be able to terminate the transaction and cease entering into any other repurchase transactions with us. Our repurchase agreements generally contain cross-default provisions, so that if a default occurs under any one agreement, the lenders under our other agreements also could declare a default. If a default occurs under any of our repurchase agreements and the lenders terminate one or more of their repurchase agreements, we may need to enter into replacement repurchase agreements with different lenders. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in entering into such replacement repurchase agreements on the same terms as the repurchase agreements that were terminated or at all. Any losses that we incur on our repurchase transactions could adversely affect our earnings.

We may be subject to repurchases of loans or indemnification on loans that we have sold if certain representations or warranties in those sales are breached.

If loans that we sell or securitize do not comply with representations and warranties that we make about the loans, the borrowers, or the underlying properties, we may be required to repurchase such loans (including from a trust vehicle used to facilitate a structured financing of the assets through a securitization) or replace them with substitute loans. Additionally, in the case of loans that we have sold, we may be required to indemnify persons for losses or expenses incurred as a result of a breach of a representation or warranty. Repurchased loans typically will require a significant allocation of working capital to be carried on our books, and our ability to borrow against such assets may be limited. Any significant repurchases or indemnification payments could adversely affect our business.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our financial statements may be materially affected if our estimates, including loan loss reserves, prove to be inaccurate as a result of our limited experience in making critical accounting estimates.

Financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP require the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts. Different estimates, judgments and assumptions reasonably could be used that would have a material effect on the financial statements, and changes in these estimates, judgments and assumptions are likely to occur from period to period in the future. Significant areas of accounting requiring the application of management’s judgment include, but are not limited to (i) assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, (ii) determining the fair value of investment securities and (iii) assessing other than temporary impairments on real estate. These estimates, judgments and assumptions are inherently uncertain, especially in turbulent economic times, and, if they prove to be wrong, then we face the risk that charges to income will be required.

The timing of our securitization activities will greatly affect our quarterly financial results.

We expect to distribute the loans we originate through securitizations, and, upon completion of a securitization, we will recognize certain non-interest revenues and cease to earn net interest income on the securitized loans. Our quarterly revenue, operating results and profitability have varied substantially from quarter to quarter based on the timing of our securitizations. For the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2012, our total non-interest revenues represented approximately 65.8% of our net revenues, and approximately 80.5% of our total non-interest revenues were recognized in connection with the completion of our six securitizations. Moreover, we completed one securitization in each of the second and third quarters of 2012. Our quarterly revenue will also vary primarily because of the timing of the securitizations that we complete. The timing of our securitization activities will be affected by a number of factors, including our loan origination volumes, changes in loan values, quality and performance during the period such loans are on our books and conditions in the securitization and credit markets generally and at the time we seek to launch and complete our securitizations.

We are dependent on communications and information systems, the failure of which could negatively impact our operations and business activities.

Our business is highly dependent on our communications and information systems and those of our counterparties. Any failure or interruption of these systems, such as due to malware attacks or severe weather related damages, could cause delays or other problems in our securities trading activities and other operations and business activities.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of integrated internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results.

We depend on our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements in order to run our business. If we fail to do so, our business could be negatively affected and our independent registered public accounting firm may be unable to attest to the accuracy of our financial statements.

A deficiency in internal control exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or employees, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent, or detect and correct, misstatements on a timely basis. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the entity’s financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected, on a timely basis.

Although we continuously monitor the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, there can be no assurance that significant deficiencies or material weaknesses may not occur in the future. If we fail to maintain effective internal controls in the future, it could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements that may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, which could cause stakeholders to lose confidence in our financial information.

 

25


Table of Contents

The Indenture governing the Notes will allow us to enter into and/or acquire similar businesses in the future, which may pose additional risks not currently faced by our existing business and investments.

The Indenture governing the Notes allows us to enter into and/or acquire similar businesses in the future that are related, complementary or similar to those we engage in today. While we expect to continue to evaluate potential similar businesses that might augment our businesses and investments, we may be unable to successfully integrate businesses we enter into or acquire, and such similar businesses may fail to achieve the financial results we expected. Integrating completed acquisitions into our existing operations involves numerous short-term and long-term risks, including diversion of our management’s attention, failure to retain key personnel, and failure of the similar business to be financially successful. In addition, we cannot be certain of the extent of any unknown or contingent liabilities of any acquired business, including liabilities for failure to comply with applicable laws. We may incur material liabilities for past activities of acquired businesses. Also, depending on the location of the acquired business, we may be required to comply with laws and regulations that may differ from those of the jurisdictions in which our operations are currently conducted. Our inability to successfully integrate businesses we acquire, or if such businesses do not achieve the financial results we expect, may increase our costs and have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to “lender liability” litigation.

In recent years, a number of judicial decisions have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has either violated a duty, whether implied or contractual, of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. We cannot assure you that such claims will not arise or that we will not be subject to significant liability if a claim of this type were to arise.

Litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are, from time to time, subject to legal and regulatory requirements applicable to our business and industry. We may be subject to various legal proceedings and these proceedings may range from actions involving a single plaintiff to class action lawsuits. Litigation can be lengthy, expensive, and disruptive to our operations and results cannot be predicted with certainty. There may also be adverse publicity associated with litigation, regardless of whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found liable. As a result, litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There can be no assurance that our corporate insurance policies will mitigate all insurable losses, costs or damages to our business.

Based on our history and type of business, we believe that we maintain adequate insurance coverage to cover probable and reasonably estimable liabilities should they arise. However, there can be no assurance that these estimates will prove to be sufficient, nor can there be any assurance that the ultimate outcome of any claim or event will not have a material negative impact on our business prospects, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We have not made a decision whether to take advantage of any or

 

26


Table of Contents

all of these exemptions. If we do take advantage of any of these exemptions, we do not know if some investors will find our securities less attractive as a result. The result may be a less active trading market for our securities and our security prices may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.

Market Risks Related to Real Estate Securities and Loans

We have a concentration of investments in the real estate sector, which may increase our exposure to the risks of certain economic downturns.

We operate largely in the commercial real estate area. Such concentration in one economic sector may increase the volatility of our returns and may also expose us to the risk of economic downturns in this sector to a greater extent than if our portfolio also included other sectors of the economy. As a result, economic downturns in this sector could have an adverse effect on our business.

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which may negatively impact our business and operating activities.

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities. Our profitability depends, in large part, on our ability to acquire target assets at attractive prices. In acquiring target assets, we compete with many other market participants. Many competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than us. Furthermore, competition for target assets may lead to the price of such assets increasing. Also as a result of this competition, desirable investments in target assets may be limited in the future.

Our investment guidelines and underwriting guidelines may restrict our ability to compete with others for desirable commercial mortgage loan origination and acquisition opportunities.

We must comply with certain investment guidelines and underwriting guidelines with respect to commercial mortgage loan origination and acquisition opportunities unless the investment guidelines and/or underwriting guidelines are waived by our co-general partners. Additionally, under our credit facilities, the lenders have the right to review the assets for which we are seeking to finance and approve the purchase and financing of such assets in their sole discretion. These investment and underwriting guidelines and lender approvals may restrict us from being able to compete with others for commercial mortgage loan origination and acquisition opportunities and these guidelines may be stricter than the guidelines employed by our competitors. As a result, we may not be able to compete with others for desirable commercial mortgage loan origination and acquisition opportunities. In addition, these investment and underwriting guidelines and approvals impose conditions and limitations on our ability to originate certain of our target assets, including, in particular, restrictions on our ability to originate junior mortgage loans, mezzanine loans and preferred equity investments.

 

27


Table of Contents

Deterioration of the real estate markets may significantly increase the likelihood of payment delinquencies, foreclosures and losses on our loans, which would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe the risks associated with our business will be more severe during periods of economic slowdown or recession if these periods are accompanied by declining real estate values such as during the current period. Declining real estate values may reduce the level of new mortgage and other real estate-related loan originations since borrowers often use appreciation in the value of their existing properties to support the purchase or investment in additional properties. Borrowers may also be less able to pay principal and interest on our loans if the value of real estate weakens. Further, declining real estate values significantly increase the likelihood that we will incur losses on our loans in the event of default because the value of our collateral may be insufficient to cover our cost on the loan. Any sustained period of increased payment delinquencies, foreclosures or losses could adversely affect both our net interest income from loans in our portfolio as well as our ability to originate/acquire/sell loans, which would materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and business.

Our earnings may decrease because of changes in prevailing interest rates.

Our primary interest rate exposures relate to the yield on our assets and the financing cost of our debt, as well as the interest rate swaps that we utilize for hedging purposes. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations and other factors beyond our control. Interest rate fluctuations present a variety of risks, including the risk of a mismatch between asset yields and borrowing rates, variances in the yield curve and fluctuating prepayment rates, and such fluctuations may adversely affect our income and may generate losses.

Prepayment rates on mortgage loans are unpredictable and prepayments may result in losses to the value of our assets.

The frequency at which prepayments (including voluntary prepayments by the borrowers and liquidations due to defaults and foreclosures) occur on our investments can adversely impact our business, and prepayment rates cannot be predicted with certainty, making it impossible to completely insulate us from prepayment or other such risks. Any adverse effects of prepayments may impact our portfolio in that particular investments, which may experience outright losses in an environment of faster actual or anticipated prepayments or may underperform relative to hedges that the management team may have constructed for such investments (resulting in a loss to our overall portfolio). Additionally, borrowers are more likely to prepay when the prevailing level of interest rates falls, thereby exposing us to the risk that the prepayment proceeds may be reinvested only at a lower interest rate than that borne by the prepaid obligation.

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war may affect the real estate industry generally and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We cannot predict the severity of the effect that potential future terrorist attacks would have on us. Any future terrorist attacks, the anticipation of any such attacks, the consequences of any military or other response by the U.S. and its allies, and other armed conflicts could cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease or result in increased volatility in the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and economy. We may suffer losses as a result of the adverse impact of any future attacks and these losses may adversely impact our performance. A prolonged economic slowdown, a recession or declining real estate values could impair the performance of our assets and harm our financial condition and results of operations, increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. The economic impact of such events could also adversely affect the credit quality of some of our loans and investments and the property underlying our securities. Losses resulting from these types of events may not be fully insurable.

 

28


Table of Contents

The events of September 11, 2001 created significant uncertainty regarding the ability of real estate owners of high profile assets to obtain insurance coverage protecting against terrorist attacks at commercially reasonable rates, if at all. With the enactment of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (the “TRIA”) and the subsequent enactment of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007, which extended the TRIA through the end of 2014, insurers must make terrorism insurance available under their property and casualty insurance policies, but this legislation does not regulate the pricing of such insurance. The absence of affordable insurance coverage may adversely affect the general real estate lending market, lending volume and the market’s overall liquidity and may reduce the number of suitable opportunities available to us and the pace at which we are able to acquire assets. If the properties underlying our interests are unable to obtain affordable insurance coverage, the value of our interests could decline, and in the event of an uninsured loss, we could lose all or a portion of our assets.

Risks Related to Our Portfolio

Income from, and the value of, our investments may be adversely affected by many factors that are beyond our control.

The yields available from investments in the real estate sector generally depend on the structure of the investment and the success of the property or properties which effectively serve as collateral for such investments as evidenced by the amount of net income earned and capital appreciation generated by such properties. Income from, and the value of, our investments may be adversely affected by many factors that are beyond our control, including:

 

 

adverse changes in international, national and local economic and market conditions;

 

 

changes in interest rates and in the availability, costs and terms of financing;

 

 

changes in generally accepted accounting principles; changes in governmental laws and regulations, fiscal policies and zoning and other ordinances and costs of compliance with laws and regulations;

 

 

the ongoing need for capital improvements, particularly in older structures; changes in operating expenses; and

 

 

civil unrest, terrorism, acts of war, nuclear or radiological disasters and natural disasters, including earthquakes, hurricanes, tornados, tsunamis and floods, which may result in uninsured and underinsured losses.

In addition to other analytical tools, our management team utilizes financial models to evaluate loans and real estate assets, the accuracy and effectiveness of which cannot be guaranteed.

In all cases, financial models are only estimates of future results which are based upon assumptions made at the time that the projections are developed. There can be no assurance that management’s projected results will be obtained and actual results may vary significantly from the projections. General economic and industry-specific conditions, which are not predictable, can have an adverse impact on the reliability of projections.

The vast majority of the mortgage loans that we originate or purchase are nonrecourse loans and the assets securing the loans may not be sufficient to protect us from a partial or complete loss if the borrower defaults on the loan.

Payments under nonrecourse mortgage loans are not insured, and are generally either not guaranteed or should not be considered to be, by any person or entity. If a default occurs, our remedies generally are limited to foreclosing against the borrower and/or the specific mortgaged properties and other assets that have been pledged to secure the mortgage loan, subject to, in some cases, customary nonrecourse carveouts either to the borrower and/or its sponsor. Even if a mortgage loan is recourse to the borrower (or if a nonrecourse carveout to the borrower applies), in most cases, the borrower’s assets are limited primarily to its interest in the related mortgaged property. Such real property may not be sufficient to protect us from a partial or complete loss if the borrower defaults on the loan. Payment of amounts due under the mortgage loan prior to the maturity date is

 

29


Table of Contents

consequently dependent primarily on the sufficiency of the net operating income of the property. Even if the mortgage loan provides for limited recourse to a principal or affiliate of the related borrower, there is no assurance of any recovery from such principal or affiliate will be made or that such principal’s or affiliate’s assets would be sufficient to pay any otherwise recoverable claim.

The volatility of real property could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

While many of our loans will be secured by a mortgage on specified real property of the borrower, there is no assurance that the real property securing any particular loan will protect us from suffering a partial or complete loss if the loan becomes non-performing and we move to foreclose on the property. The real property securing our loans is subject to inherent risks that may limit our ability to recover the principal of a non-performing loan. Such risks include, without limitation:

 

 

changes in general or local market conditions;

 

 

changes in the occupancy or rental rates of the property or, for a property that requires new leasing activity, a failure to lease the property in accordance with the projected leasing schedule;

 

 

limited availability of mortgage funds or fluctuations in interest rates which may render the sale and refinancing of a property difficult;

 

 

development projects that experience cost overruns or otherwise fail to perform as projected; unanticipated increases in real estate taxes and other operating expenses; challenges to the borrower’s claim of title to the real property;

 

 

environmental considerations;

 

 

zoning laws;

 

 

other governmental rules and policies;

 

 

unanticipated structural defects or costliness of maintaining the property;

 

 

uninsured losses, such as possible acts of terrorism; and

 

 

a decline in the operational performance of a facility on the real property (such facilities may include multifamily rental facilities, office properties, retail facilities, hospitality facilities, healthcare-related facilities, industrial facilities, warehouse facilities, restaurants, mobile home facilities, recreational or resort facilities, arenas or stadiums, religious facilities, parking lot facilities or other facilities).

In instances where the borrower is acting as a landlord on the underlying property, the ability of such borrower to satisfy the debt obligation we hold will depend on the performance and financial health of the underlying tenants, which may be difficult for us to assess or predict. In addition, as the number of tenants with respect to a commercial property decreases or as tenant spaces on a property must be relet, the nonperformance risk of the loan related to such commercial property may increase. Any one or more of the preceding factors could materially impair our ability to recover principal in a foreclosure on the related loan.

A substantial portion of our portfolio may be committed to the origination or purchasing of commercial loans to small and medium-sized, privately owned businesses. Compared to larger, publicly owned firms, such companies generally have limited access to capital and higher funding costs, may be in a weaker financial position and may need more capital to expand or compete. The above financial challenges may make it difficult for such borrowers to make scheduled payments of interest or principal on their loans. Accordingly, advances made to such types of borrowers entail higher risks than advances made to companies who are able to access traditional credit sources.

A portion of our portfolio also may be committed to the origination or purchasing of commercial loans where the borrower is a business with a history of poor operating performance, based on our belief that we can realize value

 

30


Table of Contents

from a loan on the property despite such borrower’s performance history. However, if such borrower were to continue to perform poorly after the origination or purchase of such loan, including due to the above financial challenges, we could be adversely affected.

Further, interim loans may be relatively less liquid than loans against stabilized properties due to their short life, their potential unsuitability for securitization, any unstabilized nature of the underlying real estate and the difficulty of recovery in the event of a borrower’s default. This lack of liquidity may significantly impede our ability to respond to adverse changes in the performance of our portfolio and may adversely affect the value of the portfolio. Such “liquidity risk” may be difficult or impossible to hedge against and may also make it difficult to effect a sale of such assets as we may need or desire. As a result, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our interim loan portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which such investments were previously recorded, which may fail to maximize the value of the investments or result in a loss.

There can be no assurance that the U.S. or global financial systems will remain stable, and the occurrence of another significant credit market disruption may negatively impact our ability to dispose of the commercial mortgage loans that we originate or acquire. Significant adverse changes in financial market conditions may result in a significant contraction in liquidity for mortgage loans and mortgage-related assets, which may adversely affect the performance and market value of our assets.

Our results of operations will be materially affected by conditions in the markets for mortgage loans and mortgage-related assets as well as the broader financial markets and the economy generally. The global financial markets experienced significant disruptions from late 2007 through 2009, during which time the global credit markets collapsed, borrowers defaulted on their loans and banks and other lending institutions suffered heavy losses. As a result of these conditions, many traditional mortgage loan investors suffered severe losses in their mortgage loan portfolios and several major market participants failed or have been impaired, resulting in a significant contraction in market liquidity for mortgage-related assets. This illiquidity negatively affected both the terms and availability of financing for most mortgage-related assets, and resulted in these assets trading at significantly lower prices compared to recent periods. More recently, during the second half of 2011 and throughout 2012, volatility in the financial markets resulting from the European sovereign debt crisis, U.S. debt ceiling crisis and U.S. government credit downgrade caused certain market participants to curtail their CMBS lending activities. Further increased volatility and deterioration in the markets for mortgage loans and mortgage-related assets as well as in the broader financial markets may adversely affect the performance and market value of our assets. Furthermore, as a result of these conditions, institutions from which we may seek financing may become insolvent or tighten their lending standards, which could make it more difficult for us to obtain financing on favorable terms or at all. Our profitability may be adversely affected if we are unable to obtain cost-effective financing for our assets.

We may at times have a concentration in certain property types, which could result in defaults on a number of our assets within a short time period.

We are not required to observe specific diversification criteria. Therefore, our portfolio may at times have concentrations in certain property types that are subject to higher risk of foreclosure, or secured by properties concentrated in a limited number of geographic locations, as well as borrower concentrations. To the extent that the portfolio is concentrated in any one region or type of asset, downturns relating generally to such region or type of asset may result in defaults on a number of our assets within a short time period. Additionally, borrower concentration, in which a particular borrower is or group of related borrowers are associated with multiple real properties securing mortgage loans or CMBS held by us, may reduce diversification. Diversification also may be limited if our various debt instruments are concentrated in a certain commercial or industrial sector, a certain tenant or geographic area or if certain of our loans have outstanding principal balances that are substantially larger than others. A limited degree of diversification increases risk because the aggregate return of our business may be substantially adversely affected by the unfavorable performance of a single market, single property type, single tenant or even a single investment.

 

31


Table of Contents

The commercial mortgage and other commercial real estate-related loans, and the commercial mortgage loans underlying the CMBS in which we may invest, are subject to the ability of the commercial property owner to generate net income from operating the property (and not the independent income or assets of the borrower). Any reductions in net operating income increases the risks of delinquency, foreclosure and default, which could result in losses to us of principal to the extent of any deficiency between the value of the collateral and the principal and accrued interest of the mortgage or other loan.

Commercial mortgage loans are secured by multifamily or commercial property and are subject to risks of delinquency and foreclosure, and risks of loss that are greater than similar risks associated with loans made on the security of single-family residential property. The ability of a borrower to repay a loan secured by an income-producing property typically is dependent primarily upon the successful operation of such property rather than upon the existence of independent income or assets of the borrower. If the net operating income (“NOI”), of the property is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. NOI of an income-producing property can be affected by factors including the following: tenant mix, success of tenant businesses, property management decisions, property location and condition, competition from comparable types of properties, changes in laws that increase operating expense or limit rents that may be charged, any need to address environmental contamination at the property, the occurrence of any uninsured casualty at the property, changes in national, regional or local economic conditions and/or specific industry segments including the credit and securitization markets, declines in regional or local real estate values, declines in regional or local rental or occupancy rates, increases in interest rates, real estate tax rates and other operating expenses, costs of remediation and liability associated with environmental conditions, the potential for uninsured property losses, changes in governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies, including environmental legislation and the related costs of compliance, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances.

Most commercial mortgage loans underlying CMBS are effectively nonrecourse obligations of the sponsor, meaning that there is no recourse against the sponsor’s assets other than the underlying collateral. In the event of any default under a mortgage or other real-estate related loan held directly by us, we will bear a risk of loss of principal to the extent of any deficiency between the value of the collateral and the principal and accrued interest of the mortgage or other loan, which could have a material adverse effect on our cash flow from operations. In the event of the bankruptcy of a mortgage or other real-estate related loan borrower, the loan to such borrower will be deemed to be secured only to the extent of the value of the underlying collateral at the time of bankruptcy (as determined by the bankruptcy court), and the lien securing the loan will be subject to the avoidance powers of the bankruptcy trustee or debtor-in-possession to the extent the lien is unenforceable under state law. Foreclosure of a mortgage loan can be an expensive and lengthy process that could have a substantial negative effect on our anticipated return on the foreclosed mortgage loan.

Further, our portfolio includes first mortgage loan financings which are loans made to holders of commercial real estate first mortgage loans that are secured by commercial real estate. While we have certain rights with respect to the real estate collateral underlying a first mortgage loan, the holder of the commercial real estate first mortgage loans may fail to exercise its rights with respect to a default or other adverse action relating to the underlying real estate collateral or fail to promptly notify us of such an event which would adversely affect our ability to enforce our rights. In addition, in the event of the bankruptcy of the borrower under the first mortgage loan, we may not have full recourse to the assets of the holder of the commercial real estate mortgage loan, or the assets of the holder of the commercial real estate mortgage loan may not be sufficient to satisfy our first mortgage loan financing. Accordingly, we may face greater risks from our first mortgage loan financings than if we had made a first loan directly to a borrower.

Certain balance sheet loans may involve a greater risk of loss than long-term mortgage loans.

We originate and acquire balance sheet loans secured by first lien mortgage loans on commercial real estate that provide interim financing to borrowers seeking short-term capital for the acquisition or transition (for example, lease up and/or rehabilitation) of commercial real estate generally having a maturity of three years or less. Such a borrower under an interim loan often has identified a transitional asset that has been under-managed and/or is

 

32


Table of Contents

located in a recovering market. If the market in which the asset is located fails to recover according to the borrower’s projections, or if the borrower fails to improve the quality of the asset’s management and/or the value of the asset, the borrower may not receive a sufficient return on the asset to satisfy the interim loan, and we bear the risk that we may not recover some or all of our initial expenditure.

In addition, borrowers usually use the proceeds of a long-term mortgage loan to repay an interim loan. We may therefore be dependent on a borrower’s ability to obtain permanent financing to repay our interim loan, which could depend on market conditions and other factors. Interim loans are also subject to risks of borrower defaults, bankruptcies, fraud, losses and special hazard losses that are not covered by standard hazard insurance. In the event of any default under interim loans that we hold, we bear the risk of loss of principal and non-payment of interest and fees to the extent of any deficiency between the value of the mortgage collateral and the principal amount and unpaid interest of the interim loan.

We may originate or acquire construction loans, which may expose us to an increased risk of loss.

We may originate or acquire construction loans. If we fail to fund our entire commitment on a construction loan or if a borrower otherwise fails to complete the construction of a project, there could be adverse consequences associated with the loan, including: a loss of the value of the property securing the loan, especially if the borrower is unable to raise funds to complete construction from other sources; a borrower claim against us for failure to perform under the loan documents; increased costs to the borrower that the borrower is unable to pay; a bankruptcy filing by the borrower; and abandonment by the borrower of the collateral for the loan.

We are subject to additional risks associated with loan participations.

Some of our loans are participation interests or co-lender arrangements in which we share the rights, obligations and benefits of the loan with other lenders. We may need the consent of these parties to exercise our rights under such loans, including rights with respect to amendment of loan documentation, enforcement proceedings in the event of default and the institution of, and control over, foreclosure proceedings. Similarly, a majority of the participants may be able to take actions to which we object but to which we will be bound if our participation interest represents a minority interest. We may be adversely affected by this lack of full control.

We may originate B-Notes, a form of subordinated mortgage loan, and we may be subject to additional risks relating to the privately negotiated structure and terms of the transaction, which may result in losses to us.

We may originate or acquire B-Notes. A B-Note is a mortgage loan typically (i) secured by a first mortgage on a single large commercial property or group of related properties and (ii) subordinated to an A-Note secured by the same first mortgage on the same collateral. As a result, if a borrower defaults, there may not be sufficient funds remaining for B-Note owners after payment to the A-Note owners. B-Notes reflect similar credit risks to comparably rated CMBS. However, since each transaction is privately negotiated, B-Notes can vary in their structural characteristics and risks. For example, the rights of holders of B-Notes to control the process following a borrower default may be limited in certain investments. Further, B-Notes typically are secured by a single property, and so reflect the increased risks associated with a single property compared to a pool of properties. B-Notes also are less liquid than CMBS, thus we may be unable to dispose of underperforming or non-performing investments.

Our investments in subordinate loans, subordinate participation interests in loans and subordinate CMBS rank junior to other senior debt and we may be unable to recover our investment in these loans.

We may originate or acquire subordinate loans (including mezzanine loans), subordinate participation interests in loans and subordinate CMBS. In the event a borrower defaults on a loan and lacks sufficient assets to satisfy our loan, we may suffer a loss of principal or interest. In the event a borrower declares bankruptcy, we may not have full recourse to the assets of the borrower, or the assets of the borrower may not be sufficient to satisfy the loan. In addition, certain of our loans may be subordinate to other debt of the borrower. If a borrower defaults on a

 

33


Table of Contents

loan to us or on debt senior to our loan, or in the event of a borrower bankruptcy, our loan will be satisfied only after the senior debt is paid in full. Where debt senior to our loan exists, the presence of intercreditor arrangements may limit our ability to amend loan documents, assign our loans, accept prepayments, exercise remedies and control decisions made in bankruptcy proceedings relating to borrowers.

If a borrower defaults on our mezzanine loan, subordinate loan or debt senior to any loan, or in the event of a borrower bankruptcy, our mezzanine loan will be satisfied only after the senior debt is paid in full. As a result, we may not recover some or all of our initial expenditure. In addition, mezzanine and subordinate loans may have higher loan-to-value ratios than first mortgage loans, resulting in less equity in the property and increasing the risk of loss of principal. Significant losses related to our mezzanine loans or subordinate loans would result in operating losses for us.

In general, losses on a mortgaged property securing a mortgage loan included in a securitization will be borne first by the equity holder of the property, then by a cash reserve fund or letter of credit, if any, then by the holder of a mezzanine loan or B-Note, if any, then by the “first loss” subordinated security holder (generally, the “B-Piece” buyer) and then by the holder of a higher-rated security. In the event of default and the exhaustion of any equity support, reserve fund, letter of credit, mezzanine loans or B-Notes, and any classes of securities junior to those in which we may invest, we may not be able to recover all of our investment in the securities we purchased. In addition, if the underlying mortgage portfolio has been overvalued by the originator, or if the values subsequently decline and, as a result, less collateral is available to satisfy interest and principal payments due on the related mortgage-backed securities, the securities in which we may invest may effectively become the “first loss” position behind the more senior securities, which may result in significant losses to us. The prices of lower credit quality securities are generally less sensitive to interest rate changes than more highly rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic downturns or individual issuer developments. A projection of an economic downturn, for example, could cause a decline in the price of lower credit quality securities because the ability of obligors of mortgage loans underlying the mortgage-backed securities to make principal and interest payments may be impaired. In such event, existing credit support in the securitization structure may be insufficient to protect us against loss of our principal in these securities.

Our investments in Structured Finance Securities are subject to the significant credit risks inherent in the underlying collateral and to the risk that the servicer fails to perform.

“Structured Finance Securities” are securities that entitle the holders thereof to receive payments that depend primarily on the cash flow from or sale proceeds of a specified pool of assets, either fixed or revolving, that by their terms convert into cash within a finite time period, together with rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to holders of such securities.

Holders of Structured Finance Securities bear various risks: credit risks, liquidity risks, interest rate risks, market risks, operations risks, structural risks and legal risks. Structured Finance Securities are subject to the significant credit risks inherent in the underlying collateral and to the risk that the servicer fails to perform. The performance of Structured Finance Securities is also dependent on the allocation of principal and interest payments as well as losses among the classes of such securities of any issue, whether underlying collateral assets are revolving or closed-end, whether proceeds from the underlying assets may be reinvested and the applicable redemption features. In addition, concentrations of Structured Finance Securities of a particular type, as well as concentrations of Structured Finance Securities issued or guaranteed by affiliated obligors, serviced by the same servicer, directed by the same subordinate certificate holder, backed by a single or limited number of underlying assets or backed by assets having concentrated exposure to a single industry or geographic region, may subject the Structured Finance Securities to additional risk. A portion of our business consists of investment in Structured Finance Securities that are subordinate in right of payment and rank junior to other securities that are secured by or represent an ownership interest in the same pool of assets. Certain of the transactions may have structural features that divert payments of interest and/or principal to more senior classes when the delinquency or loss experience of the pool exceeds certain levels, which would reduce or eliminate payments of interest on

 

34


Table of Contents

one or more classes of such securities for one or more payment dates. Additionally, as a result of cash flow being diverted to payments of principal on more senior classes, the average life of the more junior securities may lengthen.

The market value of our investments in CMBS could fluctuate materially as a result of various risks that are out of our control and may result in significant losses.

We currently invest in and may continue to invest in a specific type of Structured Finance Securities—CMBS. CMBS are, generally, investment grade and below investment grade securities backed by obligations (including certificates of participation in obligations) that are principally secured by commercial mortgage loans or interests therein having a multi-family or commercial use, such as shopping malls, other retail space, office buildings, industrial or warehouse properties, hotels, nursing homes and senior living centers. Accordingly, investments in CMBS are subject to the various risks described herein which relate to the pool of underlying assets in which the CMBS represents an interest. Additional risks may be presented by the type and use of a particular commercial property. Special additional risks apply to special property types, such as, for example, hospitals, nursing homes, hospitality properties and other property types. The exercise of remedies and successful realization of liquidation proceeds relating to commercial mortgage loans underlying CMBS may be highly dependent on the performance of the servicer or special servicer. There may be a limited number of special servicers available, particularly those which do not have conflicts of interest. We will bear the risk of loss on any CMBS we purchase. Further, the insurance coverage for various types of losses is limited in amount and we would bear losses in excess of the applicable limitations.

We may attempt to underwrite our investments on a “loss-adjusted” basis, which projects a certain level of performance. However, there can be no assurance that this underwriting will accurately predict the timing or magnitude of such losses. To the extent that this underwriting has incorrectly anticipated the timing or magnitude of losses, our business may be adversely affected. Some mortgage loans underlying CMBS may default. Under such circumstances, cash flows of CMBS investments held by us may be adversely affected as any reduction in the mortgage payments or principal losses on liquidation of any mortgage loan may be applied to the class of CMBS relating to such defaulted loans that we hold.

The market value of our CMBS investments could fluctuate materially over time as the result of changes in mortgage spreads, treasury bond interest rates, capital market supply and demand factors, and many other factors that affect high-yield fixed income products. These factors are out of our control, and could influence our ability to obtain short-term financing on the CMBS. The CMBS in which we may invest may have no, or only a limited, trading market. The financial markets in the past have experienced and could in the future experience a period of volatility and reduced liquidity which may reoccur or continue and reduce the market value of CMBS. Some or all of the CMBS that we hold may be subject to restrictions on transfer and may be considered illiquid.

We may be required to report taxable income for certain investments in excess of the economic income we ultimately realize from them, which may harm our business results.

We may acquire debt instruments in the secondary market for less than their face amount. The amount of such discount will generally be treated as “market discount” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accrued market discount is reported as income when, and to the extent that, any payment of principal of the debt instrument is made, unless we elect to include accrued market discount in income as it accrues. Principal payments on certain loans are made monthly, and consequently accrued market discount may have to be included in income each month as if the debt instrument were assured of ultimately being collected in full. If we collect less on the debt instrument than our purchase price plus the market discount we had previously reported as income, we may not be able to benefit from any offsetting loss deductions.

Similarly, some of the CMBS that we acquire may have been issued with original issue discount (“OID”). We will be required to report such OID based on a constant yield method and will be taxed based on the assumption

 

35


Table of Contents

that all future projected payments due on such CMBS will be made. If such CMBS turns out not to be fully collectible, an offsetting loss deduction will become available only in the later year that uncollectability is provable.

Finally, in the event that any debt instruments or CMBS acquired by us are delinquent as to mandatory principal and interest payments, or in the event payments with respect to a particular debt instrument are not made when due, we may nonetheless be required to continue to recognize the unpaid interest as taxable income as it accrues, despite doubt as to its ultimate collectability. Similarly, we may be required to accrue interest income with respect to subordinate mortgage-backed securities at its stated rate regardless of whether corresponding cash payments are received or are ultimately collectable. In each case, while we would in general ultimately have an offsetting loss deduction available to us when such interest was determined to be uncollectible, the utility of that deduction could depend on our having taxable income in that later year or thereafter.

We have acquired and, in the future, may acquire net leased real estate assets, or make loans to owners of net leased real estate assets (including ourselves), which carry particular risks of loss that may have a material impact on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

A net lease requires the tenant to pay, in addition to the fixed rent, some or all of the property expenses that normally would be paid by the property owner. The value of our investments and the income from our investments in net leased properties, if any, will depend upon the ability of the applicable tenant to meet its obligations to maintain the property under the terms of the net lease. If a tenant fails or becomes unable to so maintain a property, the cash flow and/or the value of the property would be adversely affected. In addition, under many net leases the owner of the property retains certain obligations with respect to the property, including among other things, the responsibility for maintenance and repair of the property, to provide adequate parking, maintenance of common areas and compliance with other affirmative covenants in the lease. If we, as the owner, or the borrower, were to fail to meet these obligations, the applicable tenant could abate rent or terminate the applicable lease, which may result in a loss of capital invested in, and anticipated profits from, the property. In addition, we, as the owner, or the borrower may find it difficult to lease certain property to new tenants if that property had been suited to the particular needs of a former tenant.

The expense of operating and owning real property may impact our cash flow from operations.

We have in the past and may in the future make equity investments in real property. Costs associated with real estate investment, such as real estate taxes, insurance and maintenance costs, generally are not reduced even when a property is not fully occupied, rental rates decrease or other circumstances cause a reduction in income from the property. As a result, cash flow from the operations of our properties may be reduced if a tenant does not pay its rent or we are unable to rent out properties on favorable terms. Under those circumstances, we might not be able to enforce our rights as landlord without delays and may incur substantial legal costs. Additionally, new properties that we may acquire or redevelop may not produce significant revenue immediately, and the cash flow from existing operations may be insufficient to pay the operating expenses and principal and interest on debt associated with such properties until they are fully leased.

For example, in December 2012, we entered into a joint venture to purchase 427 residential condominium units in Veer Towers, which we believe presents an attractive option to potential buyers. However, there can be no assurance that this investment will generate positive cash flows, revenues or returns from the investment in the expected timeframe, or at all.

Our investments in securities and mortgages issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government face risks of prepayments or defaults on U.S. Agency Securities that we own at a premium and of “negative convexity.”

We currently invest in and may continue to invest in securities and mortgages issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, including Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”), Freddie Mac and other government agency mortgages secured by single multifamily

 

36


Table of Contents

properties or skilled nursing facilities. Additionally, we invest in real estate mortgage investment conduit (“REMIC”) securities collateralized by these mortgages. We invest in U.S. Agency Securities, the principal of which is guaranteed implicitly or explicitly by the U.S. government. Therefore, the most significant risks present in U.S. Agency Securities owned by us are first, in prepayments or defaults on U.S. Agency Securities that we own at a premium and second, “negative convexity,” as defined below.

We are exposed to the risk of increased prepayments or defaults by any mortgage or security that we own at a premium, such as any interest-only securities, most single mortgage securities and all construction and permanent loans. Any principal paydown diminishes the amount outstanding in these securities and reduces the yield to us. Before purchasing a loan or security, we judge the likelihood of prepayment based on certain prepayment and default parameters and our own experience in the government agency security market. Different estimates, judgments and assumptions reasonably could be used that would have a material effect on our judgment and, accordingly, result in losses to our business.

“Negative convexity” is the inverse relationship between interest rates and the average expected life of a pool of mortgage loans; when interest rates rise, a mortgage may extend and when interest rates fall, a mortgage may prepay or default. As in any mortgage security, negative convexity is a concern as the yield on mortgage-backed securities is based on the average expected life of the underlying pool of mortgage loans. The actual prepayment experience of such pools may cause the yield we realize to differ from that calculated by us in making the investment, resulting in losses or profits. To protect against prepayments in a falling interest rate environment, typically each newly originated multifamily loan owned by us has a combination of 10 years of call/prepayment protection. However, an unexpected default in a single large property may reduce yield. In each transaction, we attempt to understand the agencies’ underwriting processes in order to assess the risk of default associated with a particular U.S. Agency Security. We also endeavor to diversify our holdings and at periodic points in time, sell our older positions for newer product, which may have less likelihood of default. There is no guarantee that we will be successful in either of these activities. When interest rates are rising, the rate of prepayment tends to decrease, thereby lengthening the actual average life of such pools. We frequently update our extension risk analyses and, if necessary, our hedging to account for this risk. The same is true when interest rates fall and prepayments tend to increase.

Other risks associated with U.S. Agency Securities are illiquidity, re-investment and the slight risk that a construction loan may not roll into a permanent loan.

A change to the conservatorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and related actions, along with any changes in laws and regulations affecting the relationship between Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the U.S. federal government, could adversely affect our business.

There continues to be substantial uncertainty regarding the future of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, including the length of time for which they may continue to exist and in what form they may operate during that period. Due to increased market concerns about the ability of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to withstand future credit losses associated with securities on which they provide guarantees and loans held in their investment portfolios without the direct support of the U.S. federal government, in September 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (the “FHFA”) placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship and, together with the Treasury, established a program designed to boost investor confidence in Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac by supporting the availability of mortgage financing and protecting taxpayers. The U.S. government program includes contracts between the Treasury and each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac that seek to ensure that each GSE maintains a positive net worth by providing for the provision of cash by the Treasury to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac if FHFA determines that its liabilities exceed its assets. Although the U.S. government has described some specific steps that it intends to take as part of the conservatorship process, efforts to stabilize these entities may not be successful and the outcome and impact of these events remain highly uncertain. Under the statute providing the framework for the GSE’s conservatorship, either or both GSEs could also be placed into receivership under certain circumstances.

 

37


Table of Contents

In August 2012, the Treasury announced its intention to restructure the preferred stock agreements with the GSEs. Under the new agreement, the GSEs will (a) pass on all profits to the Treasury when they make money and pay nothing when they have losses (as opposed to paying a flat 10% dividend), (b) wind down their mortgage portfolios by 15% per annum with the goal of reaching a total portfolio size of $150 billion by 2018 and (c) submit a plan to the Treasury to reduce mortgage risk for both the guaranteed book and retained portfolio by December 15, 2012. In March 2013, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac announced that they will build a new entity as they wind down operations and may eventually be replaced by the new entity. Although these plans may be positive for us, there is no guarantee that they will take effect as stated or at all.

We may make equity and preferred equity investments which involve a greater risk of loss than traditional debt financing.

We may invest in equity and preferred equity interests in entities owning real estate. Such investments are subordinate to debt financing and are not secured. Should the issuer default on our investment, we would only be able to proceed against the entity that issued the equity in accordance with the terms of the security, and not any property owned by the entity. Furthermore, in the event of bankruptcy or foreclosure, we would only be able to recoup our capital after any creditors to the entity are paid. As a result, we may not recover some or all of our capital, which could result in losses.

Recent dislocations, illiquidity and volatility in the markets for CMBS as well as the broader financial markets have and may continue to adversely affect the demand for CMBS and the profitability of our securitization business.

During the recent financial crisis, the real estate and securitization markets, including the market for CMBS, as well as global financial markets and the economy generally, have experienced significant dislocations, illiquidity and volatility. Declining real estate values, coupled with diminished availability of leverage and/or refinancings for commercial, multifamily and manufactured housing community real estate have resulted in increased delinquencies and defaults on commercial, multifamily and manufactured housing community mortgage loans. In addition, the downturn in the general economy has affected the financial strength of many commercial, multifamily and manufactured housing community real estate tenants and has resulted in increased rent delinquencies and decreased occupancy. Any further economic downturn may lead to further reductions in the occupancy, rents, income and value of, commercial, multifamily and manufactured housing community real estate, which would likely have an adverse effect on CMBS that are backed by loans secured by such commercial, multifamily and manufactured housing community real estate. We cannot assure you that dislocations in the CMBS market will not continue to occur or become more severe.

In addition to credit factors directly affecting CMBS, the continuing fallout from a downturn in the residential mortgage-backed securities market and markets for other asset-backed and structured products has also affected the CMBS market by contributing to a decline in the market value and liquidity of securitized investments such as CMBS. All of these factors may impact the demand for CMBS and the profitability of our securitization business.

Our participation in the market for nonrecourse long-term securitizations may expose us to risks that could result in losses to us.

Following the dislocation of credit markets that commenced in 2007, the market for nonrecourse long-term securitizations has resumed and we have generally participated in that market by contributing loans to securitizations led by various large financial institutions and by leading a single-asset securitization on a single mortgage loan we originated. We may, in the future, take a larger role in leading single-asset and multi-asset securitizations of mortgage loans. To date, when we have primarily acted as a mortgage loan seller into securitizations, we have been obligated to assume substantially similar liabilities as were required of a mortgage loan seller prior to the credit market dislocation, including with respect to representations and warranties required

 

38


Table of Contents

to be made for the benefit of investors. In particular, in connection with any particular securitization, we: (i) make certain representations and warranties regarding ourselves and the characteristics of, and origination process for, the mortgage loans that we contribute to the securitization; (ii) undertake to cure, or to repurchase or replace any mortgage loan that we contribute to the securitization that is affected by a material breach of any such representation and warranty or a material loan document deficiency; and (iii) assume, either directly or through the indemnification of third-parties, potential securities law liabilities for disclosure to investors regarding ourselves and the mortgage loans that we contribute to the securitization. When we lead single-asset or multi-asset securitizations as issuer and/or lead manager, we assume, either directly or through indemnification agreements, additional potential securities law liabilities and third-party liabilities beyond the liabilities we would assume when we act only as a mortgage loan seller into a securitization.

As a result of the dislocation of the credit markets, the securitization industry has crafted and continues to craft proposed changes to securitization practices, including proposed new standard representations and warranties, underwriting guidelines and disclosure guidelines. In addition, the securitization industry is becoming more regulated. For example, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), various federal agencies have promulgated, or are in the process of promulgating regulations with respect to various issues that affect securitizations, including (i) a requirement under the Dodd-Frank Act that issuers in securitizations retain 5% of the risk associated with securities they issue, (ii) requirements for additional disclosure, (iii) requirements for additional review and reporting, (iv) a possible requirement that a portion of potential profit that would be realized on the securitization must be deposited in a reserve account and used as additional credit support for the related commercial mortgage-backed securities until the loans are repaid and (v) certain restrictions designed to prevent conflicts of interest. The implementation of any regulations ultimately adopted will occur over a time period that could range from two months to as long as two years. Certain regulations have already been adopted and others remain under consideration by various governmental agencies, in some cases past the deadlines set in the Dodd-Frank Act for adoption. It is expected that the risk-retention regulations will be adopted in 2013 and that, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act as presently in effect, those regulations would take effect two years after adoption. Certain proposed regulations, if adopted, could alter the structure of securitizations in the future and could pose additional risks to our participation in future securitizations or could reduce or eliminate the economic benefits of participating in future securitizations.

Prior to any securitization, we generally finance mortgage loans with relatively short-term facilities until a sufficient portfolio is accumulated. We are subject to the risk that we will not be able to originate or acquire sufficient eligible assets to maximize the efficiency of a securitization. We also bear the risk that we might not be able to obtain new short-term facilities or would not be able to renew any short-term facilities after they expire should we need more time to seek and acquire sufficient eligible assets for a securitization. Our inability to refinance any short-term facilities would also increase our risk because borrowings thereunder would likely be recourse to us or one of our subsidiaries. If we are unable to obtain and renew short-term facilities or to consummate securitizations to finance our assets on a long-term basis, we may be required to seek other forms of potentially less attractive financing or to liquidate assets at an inopportune time or price.

Any credit ratings assigned to our investments could be downgraded, which could have a material impact on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

Some of our investments may be rated by one or more of Moody’s, Fitch, Standard & Poor’s, Realpoint, Dominion Bond Rating Service, Kroll Bond Ratings or other ratings agencies. Any credit ratings on our investments are subject to ongoing evaluation by credit rating agencies, and we cannot be assured that any such ratings will not be changed or withdrawn by a rating agency in the future if, in its judgment, circumstances warrant. If rating agencies assign a lower-than-expected rating or reduce or withdraw, or indicate that they may reduce or withdraw, their ratings of our investments in the future, the value of these investments could significantly decline, which would adversely affect the value of our portfolio and could result in losses upon disposition or the failure of borrowers to satisfy their debt service obligations to us.

 

39


Table of Contents

The credit ratings currently assigned to our investments may not accurately reflect the risks associated with those investments.

Rating agencies rate our investments based upon their assessment of the perceived safety of the receipt of principal and interest payments from the issuers of such debt securities. Credit ratings assigned by the rating agencies may not fully reflect the true risks of an investment in such securities. Also, rating agencies may fail to make timely adjustments to credit ratings based on recently available data or changes in economic outlook or may otherwise fail to make changes in credit ratings in response to subsequent events, so that our investments may in fact be better or worse than the ratings indicate. We try to reduce the impact of the risk that a credit rating may not accurately reflect the risks associated with a particular debt security by not relying solely on credit ratings as the indicator of the quality of an investment. We make our acquisition decisions after factoring in other information, such as the discounted value of a CMBS security’s projected future cash flows, and the value of the real estate collateral underlying the mortgage loans owned by the issuing REMIC trust. However, our assessment of the quality of a CMBS investment may also prove to be inaccurate and we may incur credit losses in excess of our initial expectations.

We could incur losses from investments in non-conforming and non-investment grade-rated loans or securities, which could have a material impact on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

Our investments may not conform to conventional loan standards applied by traditional lenders and either will not be rated or will be rated as non-investment grade by the rating agencies. The non-investment grade ratings for these assets typically result from the overall leverage of the loans, the lack of a strong operating history for the properties underlying the loans, the borrowers’ credit history, the properties’ underlying cash flow or other factors. As a result, these investments will have a higher risk of default and loss than investment grade-rated assets. Any loss that we incur may be significant. There may be no limits on the percentage of unrated or non-investment grade rated assets that we may hold in our portfolio.

We may experience a decline in the fair value of our assets, which may have a material impact on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

A decline in the fair market value of our assets may require us to recognize an “other-than-temporary” impairment (“OTTI”), against such assets under GAAP if we were to determine that, with respect to any assets in unrealized loss positions, we do not have the ability and intent to hold such assets to maturity or for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery to the amortized cost of such assets. If such a determination were to be made, we would recognize unrealized losses through earnings and write down the amortized cost of such assets to a new cost basis, based on the fair value of such assets on the date they are considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired. Such impairment charges reflect non-cash losses at the time of recognition; subsequent disposition or sale of such assets could further affect our future losses or gains, as they are based on the difference between the sale price received and adjusted amortized cost of such assets at the time of sale.

Some of our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value and, as a result, there will be uncertainty as to the value of these investments. Furthermore, our determinations of fair value may have a material impact on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

We expect that the value of some of our investments may not be readily determinable. We will value these investments quarterly at fair value, as determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification ( Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement, or ASC 820. Because such valuations are subjective, the fair value of certain of our assets may fluctuate over short periods of time and our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these assets existed. Our determinations of fair value may have a material impact on our earnings, in the case of impaired loans and other assets, trading securities and available-for-sale securities that are subject to OTTI, or our accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) in our shareholders’ equity, in the case of available-for-sale securities that are subject only to temporary impairments.

 

40


Table of Contents

In many cases, our determination of the fair value of our investments will be based on valuations provided by third-party dealers and pricing services. Valuations of certain of our assets are often difficult to obtain or unreliable. In general, dealers and pricing services heavily disclaim their valuations. Dealers may claim to furnish valuations only as an accommodation and without special compensation, and so they may disclaim any and all liability for any direct, incidental or consequential damages arising out of any inaccuracy or incompleteness in valuations, including any act of negligence or breach of any warranty. Depending on the complexity and illiquidity of an asset, valuations of the same asset can vary substantially from one dealer or pricing service to another. Additionally, our results of operations for a given period could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of these investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon their disposal.

Our ability to realize upon the mortgage loans may be limited by the application of state laws.

Each of our mortgage loans permits us to accelerate the debt upon default by the borrower. The courts of all states will enforce acceleration clauses in the event of a material payment default, subject in some cases to a right of the court to revoke such acceleration and reinstate the mortgage loan if a payment default is cured. The equity courts of any state, however, may refuse to allow the foreclosure of a mortgage, deed of trust, or other security instrument or to permit the acceleration of the indebtedness if the exercise of those remedies would be inequitable or unjust or the circumstances would render the acceleration unconscionable. Thus, a court may refuse to permit foreclosure or acceleration if a default is deemed immaterial or the exercise of those remedies would be unjust or unconscionable or if a material default is cured.

Further, the ability to realize upon mortgage loans may be limited by the application of state and federal laws. Several states (including California) have laws that prohibit more than one “judicial action” to enforce a mortgage obligation. Some courts have construed the term “judicial action” broadly.

The borrowers under the loans underlying our investments may be unable to repay their remaining principal balances on their stated maturity dates, which could negatively impact our business results.

Our mortgage loans may be non-amortizing or partially amortizing balloon loans that provide for substantial payments of principal due at their stated maturities. Balloon loans involve a greater risk to the lender than amortizing loans because a borrower’s ability to repay a balloon mortgage loan on its stated maturity date typically will depend upon its ability either to refinance the mortgage loan (although some loans such as those on condominium projects, may be at least partially self-liquidating) or to sell the mortgaged property at a price sufficient to permit repayment. A borrower’s ability to effect a refinancing or sale will be affected by a number of factors. We are not obligated to refinance any of these mortgage loans.

Mortgaged properties underlying our investments may be currently undergoing, or are expected to undergo in the future, construction, development, redevelopment, renovation or repairs, the failure of which could negatively impact the repayment of the related mortgage loan or value of the property.

Any construction, redevelopment, renovation or repairs at the mortgaged properties underlying our investments may not be completed, may not be completed in the time frame contemplated, or, when and if redevelopment or renovation is completed, such redevelopment or renovation may not improve the operations at, or increase the value of, the subject property. Failure of any of the foregoing to occur could have a material negative impact on the related mortgage loan and/or the value of the related mortgaged property, which could affect the ability of the borrower to repay the related mortgage loan. Additionally, in the event that the related borrower or tenant fails to pay the costs for work completed or material delivered in connection with such ongoing construction, redevelopment, renovation or repairs, the related mortgaged property may be subject to mechanic’s or materialmen’s liens that may be senior to the lien of the related mortgage loan. Also, the existence of construction or renovation at a mortgaged property may make such mortgaged property less attractive to tenants or their customers or other users and, accordingly, could have a negative impact on net operating income.

 

41


Table of Contents

Performance of mortgaged properties underlying our investments depends on the successful performance of the property manager.

The successful operation of a real estate project, including those underlying our investments, depends upon the property manager’s performance and viability. Management errors can, in some cases, impair short-term cash flow and the long-term viability of an income producing property. No representation or warranty can be made by us as to the skills or experience of any present or future property managers. Many of the property managers are affiliated with the borrower and, in some cases, such property managers may not manage any other properties. Additionally, there can be no assurance that the related property manager will be in a financial condition to fulfill its management responsibilities throughout the terms of its respective management agreement.

Third-party diligence reports on mortgaged properties are made as of a point in time and are therefore limited in scope.

Appraisals and engineering and environmental reports, as well as a variety of other third party reports, are generally obtained with respect to each of the mortgaged properties underlying our investments at or about the time of origination. Appraisals are not guarantees of present or future value. One appraiser may reach a different conclusion than the conclusion that would be reached if a different appraiser were appraising that property. Moreover, the values of the mortgaged properties may have fluctuated significantly since the appraisals were performed. In addition, any third party report, including any engineering report, environmental report, site inspection or appraisal represents only the analysis of the individual consultant, engineer or inspector preparing such report at the time of such report, and may not reveal all necessary or desirable repairs, maintenance, remediation and capital improvement items.

The owners of, and borrowers on, the properties which secure our investments may seek the protection afforded by bankruptcy, insolvency and other debtor relief laws, which may create potential for risk of loss to us.

Although commercial mortgage lenders typically seek to reduce the risk of borrower bankruptcy through such items as nonrecourse carveouts for bankruptcy and special purpose entity/separateness covenants and/or non-consolidation opinions for borrowing entities, the owners of, and borrowers on, the properties which secure our investments may still seek the protection afforded by bankruptcy, insolvency and other debtor relief laws. One of the protections offered in such proceedings to borrowers or owners is a stay of legal proceedings against such borrowers or owners, and a stay of enforcement proceedings against collateral for such loans or underlying such securities (including the properties and cash collateral). A stay of foreclosure proceedings could adversely affect our ability to realize on its collateral, and could adversely affect the value of those assets. Other protections in such proceedings to borrowers and owners include forgiveness of debt, the ability to create super priority liens in favor of certain creditors of the debtor, the potential loss of cash collateral held by the lender if the lender is over-collateralized, and certain well defined claims procedures. Additionally, the numerous risks inherent in the bankruptcy process create a potential risk of loss of our entire investment in any particular investment.

Liability relating to environmental matters may impact the value of properties that we may acquire or the properties underlying our investments.

Liability relating to environmental matters may decrease the value of the underlying properties of our investments and may adversely affect the ability of a person to sell such property or real estate instrument related to the property or borrow using such property as collateral and may adversely affect the security afforded by a property for a mortgage loan. Under various federal, state and local laws, an owner or operator of real property may become liable for the costs of removal of certain hazardous substances released on, about, under or in its property. Such laws often impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the release of such hazardous substances. To the extent that an owner of an underlying property becomes liable for removal costs, testing, monitoring, remediation, bodily injury or property damage, the ability of the owner to make debt payments may be reduced, which in turn may adversely affect the value of the relevant

 

42


Table of Contents

mortgage asset related to such property. If we acquire any properties by foreclosure or otherwise, the presence of hazardous substances on a property may adversely affect our ability to sell the property and we may incur substantial remediation costs, thereby harming our financial conditions. The discovery of material environmental liabilities attached to such properties could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, some federal and state laws provide that, in certain situations, a secured lender, such as us, may be liable as an “owner” or “operator” of the real property, regardless of whether the borrower or previous owner caused the environmental damage. Therefore, the presence of hazardous materials on certain property could have an adverse effect on us in our capacity as the owner of such property, as the mortgage lender to the owner of such property, or as the holder of a real estate instrument related to such property.

Insurance on the real estate underlying our loans and investments may not cover all losses, and this shortfall could result in both loss of cash flow from and a decrease in the asset value of the affected property.

The borrower, or we as property owner and/or originating lender, as the case may be, might not purchase enough or the proper types of insurance coverage to cover all losses. Further, there are certain types of losses, generally of a catastrophic nature, such as earthquakes, floods, hurricanes, terrorism or acts of war that may be uninsurable or not economically insurable. Inflation, changes in building codes and ordinances, environmental considerations and other factors, including terrorism or acts of war, also might make the insurance proceeds insufficient to repair or replace a property if it is damaged or destroyed. Under such circumstances, the insurance proceeds received might not be adequate to restore our economic position with respect to the affected real property. Any uninsured loss could result in both loss of cash flow from and a decrease in the asset value of the affected property.

Our entitlement to repayment on a loan may be impacted by the doctrine of equitable subordination, which would result in the subordination of our claim to the claims of other creditors of the borrower.

Courts have, in some cases, applied the doctrine of equitable subordination to subordinate the claim of a lending institution against a borrower to claims of other creditors of the borrower, when the lending institution is found to have engaged in unfair, inequitable or fraudulent conduct. The courts have also applied the doctrine of equitable subordination when a lending institution or its affiliates are found to have exerted inappropriate control over a borrower, including control resulting from the ownership of equity interests in a borrower. In certain instances where we own equity in a property, we also may make one or more loans to the owner of such property. Payments on one or more of our loans, particularly a loan to a borrower in which we also hold equity interests, may be subject to claims of equitable subordination that would place our entitlement to repayment of the loan on an equal basis with holders of the borrower’s common equity only after all of the borrower’s obligations relating to its other debt and preferred securities has been satisfied.

If we purchase or originate loans secured by liens on facilities that are subject to a ground lease and such ground lease is terminated unexpectedly, our interests could be adversely affected.

A ground lease is a lease of land, usually on a long-term basis, that does not include buildings or other improvements on the land. Normally any real property improvements made by the lessee during the term of the lease will revert to the owner at the end of the lease term. We may purchase or originate loans secured by liens on facilities that are subject to a ground lease, and, if the ground lease were to terminate unexpectedly, due to the borrower’s default on such ground lease, our business could be adversely affected.

State laws governing assignments of leases could adversely affect our interests.

Some loans originated or purchased by us may be secured by, among other things, an assignment of leases and rents. In some cases, state law may require that the lender take possession of the property and obtain a judicial appointment of a receiver before becoming entitled to collect such rents. Such a procedure could be time-consuming and costly to us or could be adversely affected by the commencement of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding. In such instances, our business could be adversely affected.

 

43


Table of Contents

For certain of our loans, we rely on loan agents and special servicers and such agents and servicers may not act in the manner that we expect.

With respect to some of our loans, we will be neither the agent of the lending group that receives payments under the loan nor the agent of the lending group that controls the collateral for purposes of administering the loan. When we are not the agent for a loan, we may not receive the same financial or operational information as we would receive for loans for which we are the agent and, in many instances, the information on which we must rely may be provided by the agent rather than directly by the borrower. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to track or rate such loans than it is for the loans for which we are the agent. Additionally, we may be prohibited or otherwise restricted from taking actions to enforce the loan or to foreclose upon the collateral securing the loan without the agreement of other lenders holding a specified minimum aggregate percentage, generally a majority or two-thirds of the outstanding principal balance. It is possible that an agent or other lenders for one of such loans may choose not to take the same actions to enforce the loan or to foreclose upon the collateral securing the loan that we would have taken had we been agent for the loan.

We may not be able to control the party who services the mortgage loans included in the CMBS in which we may invest if those loans are in default and, in such cases, our interests could be adversely affected.

With respect to each series of the CMBS in which we may invest, overall control over the special servicing of the related underlying mortgage loans will be held by a “directing certificate-holder” or a “controlling class representative,” which is appointed by the holders of the most subordinate class of CMBS in such series. We may not have the right to appoint the directing certificate-holder or controlling class representative. In connection with the servicing of the specially serviced mortgage loans, the related special servicer may, at the direction of the directing certificate-holder or controlling class representative, take actions with respect to the specially serviced mortgage loans that could adversely affect our interests. However, the special servicer is not permitted to take actions that are prohibited by law or violate the applicable servicing standard or the terms of the mortgage loan documents.

We may be required to make determinations of a borrower’s creditworthiness based on incomplete information or information that we cannot verify, which may cause us to purchase or originate loans that we otherwise would not have purchased or originated and, as a result, may negatively impact our business.

The commercial real estate lending business depends on the creditworthiness of borrowers, which we must judge. In making such judgment, we will depend on information obtained from non-public sources in making many decisions related to our portfolio, and such information may be difficult to obtain. As a result, we may be required to make decisions based on incomplete information or information that is impossible or impracticable to verify. A determination as to the creditworthiness of a prospective borrower is based on a wide-range of information including, without limitation, information relating to the form of entity of the prospective borrower, which may indicate whether the borrower can limit the impact that its other activities have on its ability to pay obligations related to the mortgaged property. Even if we are provided with full and accurate disclosure of all material information concerning a borrower, members of the management team may misinterpret or incorrectly analyze this information, which may cause us to purchase or originate loans that we otherwise would not have purchased or originated and, as a result, may negatively impact our business. Additionally, we will maintain reserves for credit losses that are inherent in a commercial real estate portfolio, but we cannot be certain that our reserves will be adequate to cover credit losses. If our credit reserves are insufficient, we may be adversely affected.

Our reserves for loan losses may prove inadequate, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

We maintain and regularly evaluate financial reserves to protect against potential future losses. Our reserves reflect management’s judgment of the probability and severity of losses. We cannot be certain that our judgment will prove to be correct and that reserves will be adequate over time to protect against potential future losses because of unanticipated adverse changes in the economy or events adversely affecting specific assets,

 

44


Table of Contents

borrowers, industries in which our borrowers operate or markets in which our borrowers or their properties are located. We must evaluate existing conditions on our debt investments to make determinations to record loan loss reserves on these specific investments. If our reserves for credit losses prove inadequate, we could suffer losses which would have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.

Fraud by potential borrowers could cause us to suffer losses.

A potential borrower could defraud us by, among other things: directing the proceeds of collections of its accounts receivable to bank accounts other than our established lockboxes; failing to accurately record accounts receivable aging; overstating or falsifying records showing accounts receivable; or providing inaccurate reporting of other financial information. The failure of a potential borrower to accurately report its financial position, compliance with loan covenants or eligibility for additional borrowings could result in the loss of some or the entire principal of a particular loan or loans.

If the loans that we originate or purchase do not comply with applicable laws, we may be subject to penalties.

Loans that we originate or purchase may be directly or indirectly subject to U.S. laws. Real estate lenders and borrowers may be responsible for compliance with a wide range of law intended to protect the public interest, including, without limitation, the Truth in Lending, Equal Credit Opportunity, Fair Housing and Americans with Disabilities Acts and local zoning laws (including, but not limited, to zoning laws that allow permitted non-conforming uses). If we or any other person fail to comply with such laws in relation to a loan that we have purchased or originated, legal penalties may be imposed, and our business may be adversely affected as a result. Additionally, jurisdictions with “one action,” “security first” and/or “antideficiency rules” may limit our ability or the ability of a special servicer of a CMBS issuance to foreclose on a real property or to realize on obligations secured by a real property. In the future, new laws may be enacted or imposed by federal, state or local governmental entities, and such laws may have an adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to various risks relating to non-U.S. securities and loans that may make them more risky than our investments in U.S.-based securities and loans.

Investments in securities or loans of non-U.S. issuers or borrowers and securities denominated or whose prices are quoted in non-U.S. currencies pose, to the extent not hedged, currency exchange risks (including blockage, devaluation and nonexchangeability), as well as a range of other potential risks which could include expropriation, confiscatory taxation, withholding or other taxes on interest, dividends, capital gain or other income, political or social instability, illiquidity, price volatility, market manipulation and the burdens of complying with international licensing and regulatory requirements and prohibitions that differ between jurisdictions. In addition, less information may be available regarding securities of non-U.S. issuers or borrowers and non-U.S. issuers or borrowers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to or as uniform as those of U.S. issuers. Transaction costs of investing in non-U.S. securities or loan markets are generally higher than in the U.S., and there may be less government supervision and regulation of exchanges, brokers and issuers than there is in the U.S. We might have greater difficulty taking appropriate legal action in non-U.S. courts and non-U.S. markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures which in some markets have at times failed to keep pace with the volume of transactions, thereby creating substantial delays and settlement failures that could adversely affect our performance.

Risks Related to Regulatory and Compliance Matters

One of our subsidiaries is registered as a broker-dealer and is subject to various broker-dealer regulations. Violations of these regulations could result in revocation of broker-dealer licenses, fines or other disciplinary action.

We have a subsidiary that is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). This subsidiary is subject to regulations that cover all aspects of its business, including

 

45


Table of Contents

sales practices, use and safekeeping of clients’ funds and securities, the capital structure of the subsidiary, recordkeeping and the conduct of directors, officers and employees. Violation of these regulations can result in the revocation of broker-dealer licenses (which could result in our having to hire new licensed investment professionals before continuing certain operations), the imposition of censure or fines and the suspension or expulsion of the subsidiary, its officers or employees from FINRA. As a registered broker-dealer and member of a self-regulatory organization, this subsidiary is subject to the SEC’s uniform net capital rule. Rule 15c3-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) specifies the minimum level of net capital a broker-dealer must maintain and also requires that a significant part of a broker-dealer’s assets be kept in relatively liquid form. The SEC and FINRA impose rules that require notification when net capital falls below certain predefined criteria, limit the ratio of subordinated debt to equity in the regulatory capital composition of a broker-dealer and constrain the ability of a broker-dealer to expand its business under certain circumstances. Additionally, the SEC’s uniform net capital rule imposes certain requirements that may have the effect of prohibiting a broker-dealer from distributing or withdrawing capital and requiring prior notice to the SEC for certain withdrawals of capital.

If our subsidiaries that are regulated as registered investment advisers are unable to meet the requirements of the SEC or successfully negotiate the terms of their management fees, our results of operations could be negatively impacted.

Two of our subsidiaries are regulated by the SEC as registered investment advisers. Registered investment advisers are subject to the requirements and regulations of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). Such requirements relate to, among other things, fiduciary duties to advisory clients, maintaining an effective compliance program, solicitation agreements, conflicts of interest, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on agency cross and principal transactions between an advisor and advisory clients and general anti-fraud prohibitions. In addition, our investment adviser subsidiaries are subject to routine periodic examinations by the staff of the SEC.

Our asset management business depends in large part on our ability to raise capital from third-party investors. If we are unable to raise capital from third-party investors, we would be unable to collect management fees or deploy their capital into investments and potentially receive additional fees and compensation, which would materially reduce our revenue and cash flow and adversely affect our financial condition.

In connection with creating new investment products or securing additional investments in existing accounts and vehicles, we negotiate terms with existing and potential investors. The outcome of such negotiations could result in our agreement to terms that are materially less favorable to us than the terms of other accounts or vehicles one of our investment adviser subsidiaries has advised. Such terms could restrict our subsidiaries’ ability to advise accounts or vehicles with investment objectives or strategies that compete with existing accounts or vehicles, reduce fee revenues we earn, reduce the percentage of profits on third-party capital that we share in or add expenses and obligations for us in managing the accounts or vehicles or increase our potential liabilities, all of which could ultimately reduce our profitability. Moreover, certain institutional investors have publicly criticized certain fund fee and expense structures, including management fees. Any modification of the compensation structures for new investment funds could adversely affect our results of operations.

If our subsidiary that operates as a captive insurance company fails to comply with insurance laws or is no longer a member of the FHLB, our sources of financing may be limited, which may have an adverse financial impact on the captive and us.

We maintain a captive insurance company to provide coverage previously self-insured by us, including nuclear, biological or chemical coverage, excess property coverage and excess errors and omissions coverage. The captive is regulated by the State of Michigan and is subject to regulations that cover all aspects of its business, including a requirement to maintain a certain minimum net capital. Violation of these regulations can result in revocation of its authorization to do business as a captive insurer or result in censures or fines. The captive could also be found to be in violation of the insurance laws of states other than Michigan (i.e., states where insureds are

 

46


Table of Contents

located), in which case fines and penalties could apply from those states. Any limitation on the activities of the captive and regulatory proceeding, regulatory limitation or sanction, loss of license or change of laws or regulation affecting the captive could affect the ability of the captive to borrow from the FHLB and thereby limit a source of financing for our operations.

The captive is a member of the FHLB, and as such, is eligible to borrow funds, on a fully collateralized basis, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the FHLB’s Advances, Pledge and Security Agreement. As a member, the captive is required to purchase shares of the FHLB based on the amount of funds borrowed. The organization of the captive and its membership in the FHLB is viewed as a risk financing and investment vehicle of Ladder. Like any other investment, the captive’s participation in the FHLB involves some risk of loss, both with respect to the shares of the FHLB and the assets provided by the captive as collateral. Furthermore, if the captive’s membership in the FHLB is terminated, then it may have an adverse financial impact on the captive and us.

The FHFA may pass regulatory initiatives adverse to captive insurance companies which may lead to limited lending to captive insurance companies and possibly termination of our FHLB membership.

The FHFA is the regulator of the FHLB. The FHFA has issued two formal regulatory initiatives to address its concerns regarding captive insurance companies as members of the FHLB. These initiatives could (i) impact whether additional captive insurance companies may become members of an FHLB, (ii) limit lending by FHLB to captive insurance companies members, (iii) incentivize captive insurance companies to voluntarily withdraw from membership or (iv) dictate the involuntary termination of captive insurance companies and the associated repayment of their outstanding financing. Although we do not expect the FHFA to issue proposed rules in the near term, there can be no assurance that any such proposed rules will not adversely impact our captive insurance company and its access to lending by the FHLB.

Regulatory changes in the U.S., regulatory compliance failures and the effects of negative publicity surrounding the financial industry in general could adversely affect our reputation, business and operations.

Potential regulatory action poses a significant risk to our reputation and our business. Certain of our subsidiaries’ businesses are subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. and may rely on exemptions from various requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act, and the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). These exemptions are sometimes highly complex and may in certain circumstances depend on compliance by third-parties who we do not control. If for any reason these exemptions were to be revoked or challenged or otherwise become unavailable to us, we could be subject to regulatory action or third-party claims, and our business could be materially and adversely affected.

We may become subject to additional regulatory and compliance burdens as our investment adviser subsidiaries expand their product offerings and investment platform. For example, if one of our investment adviser subsidiaries were to advise a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act, such registered investment company and our subsidiary that serves as its investment adviser would be subject to the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder, which, among other things, regulate the relationship between a registered investment company and its investment adviser and prohibit or severely restrict principal transactions and joint transactions. This could increase our compliance costs and create the potential for additional liabilities and penalties.

Each of the regulatory bodies with jurisdiction over one or more of our subsidiaries has regulatory powers dealing with many aspects of financial services, including the authority to grant, and in specific circumstances to cancel, permissions to carry on particular activities. A failure to comply with the obligations imposed by the Advisers Act, including recordkeeping, advertising and operating requirements, disclosure obligations and prohibitions on fraudulent activities, could result in investigations, sanctions and reputational damage. We may be involved in trading activities which implicate a broad number of U.S. securities law regimes, including laws

 

47


Table of Contents

governing trading on inside information, market manipulation and a broad number of technical trading requirements that implicate fundamental market regulation policies. Violation of these laws could result in severe restrictions on our activities and damage to our reputation.

In addition, if we become a publicly traded company or otherwise have publicly traded securities, we may be subject to additional regulation, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations may increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources.

Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, censure, suspensions of personnel or other sanctions, including revocation of the registration of our relevant subsidiary as an investment adviser or registered broker-dealer. Even if a sanction imposed against us, one of our subsidiaries or our personnel by a regulator is for a small monetary amount, the adverse publicity related to the sanction could harm our reputation, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business in a number of ways, such as causing investors to redeem their capital (to the degree they have that right), making it harder for us to create new investment products and discouraging others from doing business with us.

As a result of market disruption as well as highly publicized financial scandals, regulators and investors have exhibited concerns over the integrity of the U.S. financial markets, and the business in which we operate both in the U.S. and outside the U.S. is likely to be subject to further regulation. In recent years, there has been debate in the U.S. and abroad about new rules or regulations to be applicable to hedge funds or other alternative investment products and their managers. On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, imposes significant new regulations on nearly every aspect of the U.S. financial services industry, including oversight and regulation of systemic market risk (including the power to liquidate certain institutions); authorizing the Federal Reserve to regulate nonbank institutions; generally prohibiting insured depository institutions and their affiliates from conducting proprietary trading and investing in private equity funds and hedge funds; promulgating regulations that affect securitizations and imposing new registration, recordkeeping and reporting requirements on private fund investment advisers. Importantly, many key aspects of the changes imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act will be established by various regulatory bodies and other groups over the next several years. Several key terms in the Dodd-Frank Act have been left to regulators to define through rulemaking authority, including terms relating to various issues that affect securitizations. As discussed in “—Our participation in the market for nonrecourse long-term securitizations may expose us to risks that could result in losses to us” and “Business—Regulation,” various federal agencies have promulgated, or are in the process of creating, regulations which, if adopted, could alter the structure of securitizations, pose additional risks to our participation in future securitizations, or could reduce or eliminate the economic incentives of participating in future securitizations. Further, while we already have one of our subsidiaries registered as an investment adviser subject to SEC examinations and another subsidiary registered as a broker-dealer subject to FINRA examinations, the imposition of any additional legal or regulatory requirements could make compliance more difficult and expensive, affect the manner in which we conduct our business and adversely affect our profitability.

In addition, on February 8, 2012, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), adopted new rules eliminating certain exemptions from commodity pool operator (“CPO”), and commodity trading advisor (“CTA”), registration on which may have relied in operating any new investment funds. The repeal of these exemptions and the new rules are designed to enhance the CFTC’s oversight of market participants and to allow it to more effectively manage the risks that such participants may pose to the markets. If we were to become subject to CPO or CTA registration and compliance obligations, then we would likely incur increased administrative costs from the additional regulatory, reporting and compliance burdens imposed on our subsidiaries’ fund-related activities.

In June 2010, the SEC approved Rule 206(4)-5 under the Advisers Act regarding “pay to play” practices by investment advisers involving campaign contributions and other payments to government clients and elected

 

48


Table of Contents

officials able to exert influence on such clients. The rule prohibits investment advisers from providing advisory services for compensation to a government client for two years, subject to very limited exceptions, after the investment adviser, its senior executives or its personnel involved in soliciting investments from government entities make contributions to certain candidates and officials in position to influence the hiring of an investment adviser by such government client. Advisers are required to implement compliance policies designed, among other matters, to track contributions by certain of the adviser’s employees and engagement of third-parties that solicit government entities and to keep certain records in order to enable the SEC to determine compliance with the rule. Any failure on our part to comply with the rule could expose us to significant penalties and reputational damage. In addition, there have been similar rules on a state-level regarding “pay to play” practices by investment advisers.

It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact on us of the Dodd-Frank Act or any other new laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed or whether any of the proposals will become law. Any changes in the regulatory framework applicable to our business, including the changes described above, may impose additional costs on us, require the attention of our senior management or result in limitations on the manner in which we conduct our business. Moreover, as calls for additional regulation have increased, there may be a related increase in regulatory investigations of the investment activities of alternative asset management funds, including any funds advised by our investment adviser subsidiaries. In addition, we may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations. Compliance with any new laws or regulations could make compliance more difficult and expensive, affect the manner in which we conduct our business and adversely affect our profitability.

Employee misconduct could harm us by impairing our ability to attract and retain clients and subjecting us to significant legal liability and reputational harm.

There is a risk that our employees could engage in misconduct that adversely affects our business. We are subject to a number of obligations and standards arising from our regulated businesses and our authority over the assets managed by our asset management business. The violation of these obligations and standards by any of our employees would adversely affect our clients and us. If our employees were improperly to use or disclose confidential information obtained during discussions regarding a potential investment, we could suffer serious harm to our reputation, financial position and current and future business relationships. It is not always possible to detect or deter employee misconduct, and the extensive precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in all cases. If one of our employees were to engage in misconduct or were to be accused of such misconduct, our business and our reputation could be adversely affected.

The historical returns attributable to the accounts and investment vehicles managed by our asset management business are not indicative of the future results of the accounts and investment vehicles managed by this business, our future results or the performance of the Notes.

The historical and potential future returns of the accounts and investment vehicles managed by our asset management business are not directly linked to returns on our Notes. Therefore, any positive performance of the accounts and investment vehicles that we manage will not necessarily result in positive returns on an investment in our Notes. However, poor performance of the accounts and investment vehicles that we manage would cause a decline in our revenue from such accounts and investment vehicles, and would therefore have a negative effect on our performance.

 

49


Table of Contents

One of our subsidiaries that advises private investment funds may provide investors the right to redeem their investments in these funds or to cause these funds to be dissolved. In addition, the investment management agreements related to our separately managed accounts may permit the investor to terminate our management of such account on short notice. Any of these events would lead to a decrease in our revenues, which could be substantial.

Investors in any private investment funds advised by one of our subsidiaries may have the right redeem their investments on an annual, semi-annual or quarterly basis following the expiration of a specified period of time when capital may not be withdrawn, subject to the applicable fund’s specific redemption provisions. In a declining market, the pace of redemptions and consequent reduction in our subsidiary’s assets under management could accelerate. The decrease in revenues that would result from significant redemptions in our subsidiary’s funds could have a material adverse effect on our business, revenues, net income and cash flows.

One of our subsidiaries currently manages certain separately managed accounts whereby it earns management and incentive fees. The investment management agreements our subsidiary enters into in connection with managing separately managed accounts on behalf of certain clients may be terminated by such clients on relatively short notice. In the case of any such terminations, the management and incentive fees our subsidiary earns in connection with managing such account would cease, which could result in an adverse impact on our revenues.

The governing agreements of any private investment funds advised by one of our subsidiaries may provide that, subject to certain conditions, third-party investors in those funds will have the right to remove the general partner of the fund or to accelerate the liquidation date of the investment fund without cause by a simple majority vote, resulting in a reduction in the compensation we would earn from such investment funds. Finally, the applicable funds would cease to exist. In addition to having a negative impact on our revenue, net income and cash flow, the occurrence of such an event with respect to any of our investment funds could result in significant reputational damage to us.

We cannot be certain that consents required for assignments of our investment management agreements will be obtained if a change of control occurs at the Company, which may result in the termination of these agreements and a corresponding loss of revenue.

All of our separately managed accounts and private funds do and would have an adviser that is regulated as a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act, which requires these investment management agreements to be terminated upon an “assignment” without investor consent. Such “assignment” may be deemed to occur in the event such adviser was to experience a direct or indirect change of control (at the Company level). Termination of these agreements would cause us to lose the fees we earn from such accounts or funds.

Accounting rules for certain of our transactions are highly complex and involve significant judgment and assumptions. Changes in accounting interpretations or assumptions could impact our consolidated financial statements.

Accounting rules for transfers of financial assets, securitization transactions, consolidation of variable interest entities, or VIEs, and other aspects of our anticipated operations are highly complex and involve significant judgment and assumptions. These complexities could lead to a delay in preparation of financial information and the delivery of this information to our stockholders. Changes in accounting interpretations or assumptions could impact our consolidated financial statements, result in a need to restate our financial results and affect our ability to timely prepare our consolidated financial statements. Our inability to timely prepare our consolidated financial statements in the future would likely adversely affect our security prices significantly.

 

50


Table of Contents

Risks Related to our REIT Subsidiary

The federal income tax laws governing REITs are complex, and we have limited experience managing REITs. Therefore, there is no assurance that our subsidiary that is a REIT has qualified or will continue to qualify as a REIT.

We believe that our subsidiary that is a REIT (the “Ladder REIT”) qualifies as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes and has qualified as a REIT under the federal income tax rules since its organization. The REIT rules and regulations under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) are highly technical and complex. To qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Ladder REIT must continually satisfy tests concerning, among other things, the sources of its income (“income tests”), the nature and diversification of its assets (“asset tests”), the amounts that it distributes to its shareholders and the ownership of its shares. Moreover, we have limited experience managing REITs, which may hinder the Ladder REIT in its ability to achieve its business objectives or result in the loss of such Ladder REIT’s qualification as a REIT. Accordingly, there is no assurance that our Ladder REIT has qualified or will continue to qualify as a REIT.

We could be adversely affected by legislative or regulatory tax changes governing REITs, which could have retroactive effect.

At any time, the U.S. federal income tax laws or regulations governing REITs or the administrative interpretations of those laws or regulations may be changed, possibly with retroactive effect. We cannot predict if or when any new U.S. federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation, or any amendment to any existing U.S. federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation, will be adopted, promulgated or become effective or whether any such law, regulation or interpretation may take effect retroactively. We could be adversely affected by any such change in, or any new, U.S. federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation.

Failure to qualify as a REIT would subject the Ladder REIT to federal income tax, which may harm its financial performance and affect its ability to elect REIT status in the future.

If the Ladder REIT fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year for which the statute of limitations remains open, it would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates (including any applicable alternative minimum tax, and possibly increased state and local taxes) for such taxable year. The Ladder REIT might need to borrow money or sell assets in order to obtain the funds necessary to pay any such tax. Unless the Ladder REIT’s failure to qualify as a REIT was excused under U.S. federal income tax laws, it could not re-elect REIT status until the fifth calendar year following the year in which it failed to qualify.

The Ladder REIT may not qualify as a REIT, which would subject it to significant taxes.

The Ladder REIT’s ability to satisfy the asset tests for REIT qualification depends upon its analysis of the characterization and fair market values of its assets, some of which are not susceptible to a precise determination, and for which the Ladder REIT will not obtain independent appraisals. While we intend to operate the Ladder REIT so that it will qualify as a REIT, given the highly complex nature of the rules governing REITs, the ongoing importance of factual determinations, and the possibility of future changes in our circumstances, our Ladder REIT may not qualify for REIT status for any particular year and thus may be subject to significant taxes.

The Ladder REIT intends to enter into repurchase agreements under which it will nominally sell certain assets to a counterparty and simultaneously enter into an agreement to repurchase the sold assets. However, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) could assert that the Ladder REIT does not own the relevant assets during the term of such repurchase agreement, in which case the Ladder REIT could fail to qualify as a REIT. The Ladder REIT may fail to qualify for certain safe harbors relating to the IRS’s REIT asset tests, or the IRS could successfully challenge the REIT asset and income tests of the Ladder REIT.

 

51


Table of Contents

Liquidation of the Ladder REIT’s assets may jeopardize its REIT qualification or subject it to significant taxes.

To qualify as a REIT, an entity must continually comply with requirements including, among other things, the assets and income tests. If the Ladder REIT is compelled to liquidate its assets to repay obligations to its lenders, it may be unable to comply with these requirements, thereby jeopardizing its qualification as a REIT, or it may be subject to a 100% tax on any resultant gain if it sells assets that are treated as inventory or property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business.

Complying with REIT requirements may cause the Ladder REIT to forgo otherwise attractive investment opportunities or business combination opportunities.

To qualify as a REIT, the Ladder REIT must continually satisfy tests including the asset and income tests, and comply with tests concerning, among other things, the amounts it distributes to its shareholders and the ownership of its stock. The Ladder REIT may be required to make distributions to us at disadvantageous times or when it does not have funds readily available for distribution, and may be unable to pursue investments or business combinations that would be otherwise advantageous in order to satisfy the income or asset test. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder the ability of the Ladder REIT to make, or cause the Ladder REIT to liquidate, certain attractive investments, or engage in business combination transactions.

Complying with REIT requirements may limit the Ladder REIT’s ability to hedge effectively.

The REIT provisions of the Code may limit the Ladder REIT’s ability to hedge its assets and operations. Under these provisions, any income that a REIT generates from transactions intended to hedge its interest rate risk will be excluded from gross income for purposes of the income tests if the instrument hedges interest rate risk on liabilities used to carry or acquire real estate assets, and such instrument is properly identified under applicable Treasury Regulations. Income from hedging transactions that do not meet these requirements generally will constitute nonqualifying income for purposes of the income tests. As a result of these rules, the Ladder REIT may have to limit its use of hedging techniques that might otherwise be advantageous, or implement those hedges through a TRS. This limitation could expose us to greater risks associated with changes in interest rates than we would otherwise want to bear, or increase the Ladder REIT’s cost of hedging activities, because a TRS would be subject to tax on gains. In addition, losses in such TRS generally will not provide any tax benefit, except for being carried forward against future taxable income in such TRS.

The tax on prohibited transactions will limit the Ladder REIT’s ability to engage in transactions, including certain methods of securitizing mortgage loans, that would be treated as sales for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A REIT’s net income from prohibited transactions is subject to a 100% excise tax. In general, prohibited transactions are sales or other dispositions of property (excluding foreclosure property, but including mortgage loans) held as inventory or primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. A REIT might be subject to this tax if it were to sell or securitize loans in a manner that was treated as a sale of the loans as inventory for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Therefore, in order to avoid the prohibited transactions tax, the Ladder REIT may choose not to engage in certain sales of loans, other than through a TRS, and such REIT may be required to limit the structures it uses for its securitization transactions, even though such sales or structures might otherwise be beneficial for our business.

Our Ladder REIT may be subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes on its income and assets and this may decrease the cash available for distribution to the Issuer.

Even if the Ladder REIT qualifies for taxation as a REIT, it may be subject to certain U.S. federal, state and local taxes on its income and assets, including taxes on any undistributed income, taxes on income from some activities conducted as a result of a foreclosure, and state or local income, franchise, property and transfer taxes,

 

52


Table of Contents

including mortgage recording taxes. In addition, any TRSs owned by the Ladder REIT will be subject to U.S. federal, state and local corporate taxes. Any taxes paid by such TRSs would decrease the cash available for distribution to the Issuers.

Risks Related to Our Investment Company Act Exemption

Maintenance of our exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act imposes significant limits on our operations. The value of our securities or our ability to satisfy our obligations in respect of the Notes may be adversely affected if we are required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

We intend to conduct our operations so that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries are required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. If we were unable to maintain an exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act, we could, among other things, be required either to (a) substantially change the manner in which we conduct our operations to avoid being required to register as an investment company, (b) effect sales of our assets in a manner that, or at a time when, we would not otherwise choose to do so, or (c) register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, any of which could have an adverse effect on us and the value of our securities or our ability to satisfy our obligations in respect of the Notes.

If we or any of our subsidiaries were required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, the registered entity would become subject to substantial regulation with respect to capital structure (including the ability to use leverage), management, operations, transactions with affiliated persons (as defined in the Investment Company Act), portfolio composition, including restrictions with respect to diversification and industry concentration, compliance with reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy disclosure and other rules and regulations that would significantly change our operations. For example, because affiliate transactions are generally prohibited under the Investment Company Act, we would not be able to enter into certain transactions with any of our affiliates if we are required to register as an investment company, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to operate our business.

If we were required to register us as an investment company but failed to do so, we would be prohibited from engaging in our business, and criminal and civil actions could be brought against us. In addition, our contracts would be unenforceable unless a court required enforcement, and a court could appoint a receiver to take control of us and liquidate our business.

We believe we will not be considered an investment company under Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act because we will not engage primarily, or hold ourselves out as being engaged primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. However, under Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act, because we are a holding company that will conduct its businesses primarily through wholly-owned subsidiaries, the securities issued by these subsidiaries that are excepted from the definition of “investment company” under Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act, together with any other investment securities we may own, may not have a combined value in excess of 40% of the value of our adjusted total assets (exclusive of U.S. Government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis (the “40% test”). This requirement limits the types of businesses in which we may engage through our subsidiaries. In addition, the assets we and our subsidiaries may originate or acquire are limited by the provisions of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, which may adversely affect our business.

We expect that certain of our subsidiaries may rely on the exemption from registration as an investment company under the Investment Company Act pursuant to Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act, which is available for entities “primarily engaged” in the business of “purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate.” This exemption generally requires that at least 55% of these subsidiaries’ assets must comprise qualifying real estate assets and at least 80% of each of their portfolios must

 

53


Table of Contents

comprise qualifying real estate assets and real estate-related assets under the Investment Company Act. We expect each of our subsidiaries relying on Section 3(c)(5)(C) to rely on guidance published by the SEC staff or on our analyses of such guidance to determine which assets are qualifying real estate assets and real estate-related assets. However, the SEC’s guidance was issued in accordance with factual situations that may be substantially different from the factual situations we may face, and much of the guidance was issued more than 20 years ago. We have not received, nor have we sought, a no-action letter from the SEC regarding how our investment strategy fits within the exclusions from regulation under the Investment Company Act that we and our subsidiaries are using. The SEC staff may, in the future, issue further guidance that may require us to re-classify our assets for purposes of qualifying for an exclusion from regulation under the Investment Company Act. If we are required to re-classify our assets, certain of our subsidiaries may no longer be in compliance with the exemption from the definition of an “investment company” provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act. To the extent that the SEC staff publishes new or different guidance with respect to any assets we have determined to be qualifying real estate assets, we may be required to adjust our strategy accordingly. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make certain investments and these limitations could result in a subsidiary holding assets we might wish to sell or selling assets we might wish to hold.

Any of the Company or our subsidiaries may rely on the exemption provided by Section 3(c)(6) of the Investment Company Act to the extent that they primarily engage, directly or through majority-owned subsidiaries, in the businesses described in Sections 3(c)(3), 3(c)(4) and 3(c)(5) of the Investment Company Act. The SEC staff has issued little interpretive guidance with respect to Section 3(c)(6) and any guidance published by the staff could require us to adjust our strategy accordingly.

We determine whether an entity is one of our majority-owned subsidiaries. The Investment Company Act defines a majority-owned subsidiary of a person as a company 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of which are owned by such person, or by another company which is a majority-owned subsidiary of such person. The Investment Company Act further defines voting securities as any security presently entitling the owner or holder thereof to vote for the election of directors of a company. We treat companies in which we own at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities as majority-owned subsidiaries for purposes of the 40% test. We have not requested the SEC to approve our treatment of any company as a majority-owned subsidiary and the SEC has not done so. If the SEC were to disagree with our treatment of one or more companies as majority-owned subsidiaries, we would need to adjust our strategy and our assets in order to continue to pass the 40% test. Any such adjustment in our strategy could have a material adverse effect on us.

The SEC recently solicited public comment on a wide range of issues relating to Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act, including the nature of the assets that qualify for purposes of the exemption and whether companies that are engaged in the business of acquiring mortgages and mortgage-related instruments should be regulated in a manner similar to investment companies. There can be no assurance that the laws and regulations governing the Investment Company Act status of such companies, including the SEC or its staff providing more specific or different guidance regarding Section 3(c)(5)(C), will not change in a manner that adversely affects our operations. If we or our subsidiaries fail to maintain an exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act, we could, among other things, be required either to (a) change the manner in which we conduct our operations to avoid being required to register as an investment company, (b) effect sales of our assets in a manner that, or at a time when, we would not otherwise choose to do so, or (c) register as an investment company, any of which could negatively affect our financial results, the sustainability of our business model, the value of our securities, or our ability to satisfy our obligations in respect of the Notes.

 

54


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest

Our officers and directors may be involved in other businesses related to the commercial real estate industry and potential conflicts of interests may arise if we invest in commercial real estate instruments or properties affiliated with such businesses.

Our officers or directors may be involved in other businesses related to the commercial real estate industry, and we may wish to invest in commercial real estate instruments or properties affiliated with such persons. Potential conflicts of interest may exist in such situations, and as a result, the benefits to our business of such investments may be limited. We do not have a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in any transaction in which we have an interest or engaging for their own account in business activities of the types that we conduct.

We may compete with our investors and our affiliated entities for certain investment opportunities.

Each Lead Investor, which is affiliated with one or more of the Lead Investor Funds, which collectively are currently the investors with the ability to appoint a majority of the members of the board of directors of each of the Company or its direct or indirect subsidiaries, or one or more of their affiliates, may compete against us for investment opportunities in the future. The investment in the Company by the Lead Investor Funds did not result in any limitations on the types of investments and activities that may be made or pursued by any of the Lead Investor Funds or the Lead Investors. In the future, any Lead Investor (or one of any Lead Investor’s affiliates) or one or more of the Lead Investor Funds may invest in and/or control one or more other entities or businesses with investment and operating focuses that overlap with our investment and operating focus. Certain potential conflicts of interest may also arise with respect to the allocation of prospective investments between us and one or more of the Lead Investor Funds or other investment entities controlled or managed by any Lead Investor and its affiliates. Where such allocations are appropriate, a Lead Investor generally will act or choose not to act in a fashion that it deems reasonable and fair to each investment entity that is a party to the transaction. These decisions may result in our foregoing desirable and beneficial investment opportunities. Additionally, representatives of each Lead Investor who may be appointed to our Board of Directors and our direct or indirect subsidiaries may also serve as directors of one or more other entities that compete with or have a business relationship with us.

Meridian Capital Group, LLC (“Meridian”), a strategic investor in us, expects, in its capacity as a commercial real estate mortgage loan broker, to present us with a geographically diverse volume of loan opportunities for our review. Meridian, however, will also provide our competitors with many, if not all, of the same loan opportunities and there can be no assurance that we will accept any of these opportunities for origination. Additionally, representatives of Meridian who may be appointed to our Board of Directors and our subsidiaries may also serve as directors of one or more other entities that compete with us.

Certain of our entities have in the past and may in the future make loans to other of our entities. Such loans may be made on other-than-arms’-length terms, and as a result, we could be deemed to be subject to an inherent conflict of interest in the event that the interest rates and related fees of such loans differ from those rates and fees then available in the marketplace. We expect that such loans will not give rise to a conflict of interest because such loans generally will be made at rates, and subject to fees, lower than those available in the marketplace; however, we will attempt to resolve any conflicts of interest that arise in a fair and equitable manner.

We hold CMBS and the master servicer, special servicer or sub-servicer or their affiliates may have relationships with borrowers under related mortgage loans and such relationships may impact the value of such CMBS.

In instances where we hold CMBS, the master servicer, special servicer or sub-servicer or any of their respective affiliates may have interests in, or other financial relationships with, borrowers under related mortgage loans. Such relationships may create conflicts of interest that negatively impact the value of such CMBS.

 

55


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Hedging

We may enter into hedging transactions that could expose us to contingent liabilities in the future and adversely impact our financial condition.

Part of our strategy will involve entering into hedging transactions that could require us to fund cash payments in certain circumstances (such as the early termination of the hedging instrument caused by an event of default or other early termination event, or the decision by a counterparty to request margin securities it is contractually owed under the terms of the hedging instrument). These potential payments will be contingent liabilities and therefore may not appear in our financial statements. The amount due would be equal to the unrealized loss of the open swap positions with the respective counterparty and could also include other fees and charges. These economic losses will be reflected in our results of operations, and our ability to fund these obligations will depend on the liquidity of our assets and access to capital at the time, and the need to fund these obligations could adversely impact our financial condition.

Hedging against interest rate exposure may adversely affect our earnings.

We intend to pursue various hedging strategies to seek to reduce our exposure to adverse changes in interest rates. Our hedging activity will vary in scope based on the level and volatility of interest rates, the type of assets held and other changing market conditions. Interest rate hedging may fail to protect or could adversely affect our business because, among other things:

 

 

interest rate hedging can be expensive, particularly during periods of rising and volatile interest rates;

 

 

available interest rate hedges may not correspond directly with the interest rate risk for which protection is sought;

 

 

due to a credit loss or other factors, the duration of the hedge may not match the duration of the related liability;

 

 

in the case of a Ladder REIT, the amount of income that a REIT may earn from hedging transactions to offset interest rate losses may be limited by U.S. federal tax provisions governing REITs;

 

 

the credit quality of the hedging counterparty owing money on the hedge may be downgraded to such an extent that it impairs our ability to sell or assign its side of the hedging transaction; and

 

 

the hedging counterparty owing money in the hedging transaction may default on its obligation to pay.

In addition, we may fail to recalculate, readjust and execute hedges in an efficient manner.

Any hedging activity in which we engage may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. Therefore, while we may enter into such transactions seeking to reduce interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in interest rates may result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions or liabilities being hedged may vary materially. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio positions or liabilities being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss.

Hedging instruments often are not traded on regulated exchanges, guaranteed by an exchange or its clearing house, or regulated by any U.S. or foreign governmental authorities and therefore may involve risks and costs that could result in material losses.

The enforceability of agreements underlying hedging transactions may depend on compliance with applicable statutory and commodity and other regulatory requirements and, depending on the identity of the counterparty, applicable international requirements. The business failure of a hedging counterparty with whom we enter into a hedging transaction will most likely result in its default, resulting in the loss of unrealized profits and force us to

 

56


Table of Contents

cover our commitments, if any, at the then current market price. A liquid secondary market may not exist for hedging instruments purchased or sold, and we may be required to maintain a position until exercise or expiration, which could result in significant losses.

The recently enacted Dodd-Frank Act regulates derivative transactions, which include certain hedging instruments we may use in our risk management activities. The Dodd-Frank Act contemplates that most swaps will be required to be cleared through a registered clearing facility and traded on a designated exchange or swap execution facility. There are some exceptions to these requirements for entities that use swaps to hedge or mitigate commercial risk. While we may ultimately be eligible for such exceptions, the scope of these exceptions is currently uncertain, pending further definition through rulemaking proceedings. Although the Dodd-Frank Act includes significant new provisions regarding the regulation of derivatives, the impact of those requirements will not be known definitively until regulations have been adopted by the SEC and the CFTC. The new legislation and any new regulations could increase the operational and transactional cost of derivatives contracts and affect the number and/or creditworthiness of available hedge counterparties to us.

We may enter into derivative contracts that could expose us to contingent liabilities in the future.

We may enter into derivative contracts that could require us to fund cash payments in the future under certain circumstances (e.g., the early termination of the derivative agreement caused by an event of default or other early termination event, or the decision by a counterparty to request margin securities it is contractually owed under the terms of the derivative contract). The amount due would be equal to the unrealized loss of the open swap positions with the respective counterparty and could also include other fees and charges. These economic losses may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

Increased regulatory oversight of derivatives could adversely affect our hedging activities.

The Obama administration recently proposed a significant restructuring of the U.S. financial regulatory system. Among other things, the proposed reforms would increase regulatory oversight of financial derivatives. We expect to use derivative arrangements to hedge against changes in interest rates and to manage credit risk. Increased regulation of financial derivatives may make our hedging strategy more expensive to execute and reduce its effectiveness.

 

57


Table of Contents

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This prospectus includes statements that express our opinions, expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or projections regarding future events or future results and therefore are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements.” The forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and projections about future events. Discussions containing forward-looking statements may be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Risk Factors,” and elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “predicts,” “projects,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” or the negative of those terms and other variations of them or by comparable terminology.

These forward-looking statements are only predictions, not historical facts, and involve certain risks and uncertainties, as well as assumptions. Actual results, levels of activity, performance, achievements and events could differ materially from those stated, anticipated or implied by such forward-looking statements. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and of course, it is impossible to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements we make in this prospectus include, among others:

 

 

changes in economic conditions generally, changes in our industry and changes in the commercial finance and the real estate markets specifically;

 

 

our business and investment strategy;

 

 

our ability to obtain and maintain financing arrangements;

 

 

the financing and advance rates for our assets;

 

 

our expected leverage;

 

 

the adequacy of collateral securing our loan portfolio and a decline in the fair value of our assets;

 

 

interest rate mismatches between our assets and our borrowings used to fund such investments;

 

 

changes in interest rates and the market value of our assets;

 

 

changes in prepayment rates on our assets;

 

 

the effects of hedging instruments and the degree to which our hedging strategies may or may not protect us from interest rate and credit risk volatility;

 

 

the increased rate of default or decreased recovery rates on our assets;

 

 

the adequacy of our policies, procedures and systems for managing risk effectively;

 

 

a downgrade in the credit ratings assigned to our investments;

 

 

the impact of and changes in governmental regulations, tax law and rates, accounting guidance and similar matters;

 

 

the ability of certain of our subsidiaries’ to maintain qualification as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

 

the ability of our subsidiaries to maintain their exemptions from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

 

 

potential liability relating to environmental matters that impact the value of properties we may acquire or the properties underlying our investments;

 

 

the inability of insurance covering real estate underlying our loans and investments to cover all losses;

 

58


Table of Contents
 

the availability of investment opportunities in mortgage-related and real estate-related instruments and other securities;

 

 

fraud by potential borrowers;

 

 

the availability of qualified personnel;

 

 

the degree and nature of our competition;

 

 

the market trends in our industry, interest rates, real estate values, the debt securities markets or the general economy; and

 

 

the prepayment of the mortgage and other loans underlying our mortgage-backed and other asset backed securities.

 

59


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

This exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes. The Old Notes properly tendered and exchanged for Exchange Notes will be retired and cancelled. Accordingly, no additional debt will result from the exchange. We have agreed to bear the expense of the exchange offer.

 

60


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2012.

The information in this table is presented and should be read in conjunction with the information under “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information,” Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus ($ in thousands).

 

     As of December 31, 2012  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 43,796   
  

 

 

 

Debt:

  

Funding debt

     1,159,672   

7.375% Senior Notes

     325,000   
  

 

 

 

Total debt

     1,484,672   
  

 

 

 

Total capital (equity)

     1,101,190   
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 2,585,862   
  

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The following table sets for our ratio of earnings to fixed charges on a historical basis for the periods indicated:

 

Year ended December 31,
2012    2011    2010    2009    2008
5.87x    2.99x    2.82x    3.44x    —  (a)

 

(a) Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2008 were not sufficient to cover fixed charges by $6.4 million.

For the purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income (loss) before provision for income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense on all indebtedness (including amortization of deferred financing costs) and the portion of operating lease rental expense that is representative of the interest factor.

 

62


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. You should read the following financial information together with the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data for years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the selected consolidated statement of operating and cash flows data for years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and the operating and cash flows data for the year ended 2009 and for the period from inception through December 31, 2008 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes that are not included in this prospectus. All amounts are in thousands:

 

     For the year ended December 31,     For the period
from inception
through
December 31,
 
     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Operating Data:

          

Interest income

   $ 136,198      $ 133,297      $ 129,301      $ 54,894      $ 923   

Interest expense

     (36,472     (35,836     (48,874     (16,727     (1,040
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

     99,726        97,461        80,427        38,167        (117

Total other income

     192,021        91,786        57,452        22,232        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net interest income and other income (expense)

     291,747        189,247        137,879        60,399        (117

Total costs and expenses

     (112,364     (117,944     (48,781     (19,197     (6,322
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before earnings from investment in equity method investee

     179,383        71,303        89,098        41,202        (6,439

Earnings from investment in equity method investee

     1,256        347        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     180,639        71,650        89,098        41,202        (6,439

Tax expense

     (2,584     (1,510     (600     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 178,055      $ 70,140      $ 88,498      $ 41,202      $ (6,439
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     49        (15     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to preferred and common unit holders

     178,104        70,125        88,498        41,202        (6,439
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Flows Provided By (Used in):

          

Operating activities

   $ (108,415   $ 340,302      $ (231,274   $ (45,524   $ (3,063

Investing activities

     283,310        (320,699     (434,396     (1,481,283     (104,809

Financing activities

     (214,450     (12,564     568,717        1,579,510        229,137   

Balance Sheet Data:

          

Securities

   $ 1,125,562      $ 1,945,070      $ 1,925,510      $ 1,550,901      $ 106,370   

Loans

     949,651        514,038        509,804        123,136        —     

Real estate

     380,022        28,835        25,669        —          —     

Other

     64,626        27,815        21,667        15,700        4,691   

Total assets

     2,629,030        2,654,389        2,587,788        1,879,776        232,461   

Total financing arrangements

     1,484,672        1,615,641        1,839,720        1,219,425        —     

Total liabilities

     1,527,840        1,665,326        1,869,282        1,231,286        (3,679

Total noncontrolling interest

     582        125        —          —          —     

Total partners’/members’ capital

     1,101,190        989,062        718,506        648,490        228,782   

 

63


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in our “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a leading commercial real estate finance company primarily focused on (i) the direct origination of mid-market senior secured commercial real estate first mortgage loans of $5 million to $100 million, (ii) investing in investment grade-rated securities secured by first mortgage loans on commercial real estate, and (iii) investing in net leased and other commercial real estate. Our proprietary origination platform enables us to invest on a national basis through our offices in New York, Los Angeles, and Boca Raton.

As of December 31, 2012, we had $2.6 billion in total assets and $1.1 billion in book equity capital. As of that date, our assets included $2.1 billion of senior secured assets, including $853.3 million of first mortgage loans secured by commercial real estate, $833.9 million of investment grade-rated CMBS, and $291.6 million of U.S. Agency Securities. We also owned $380.0 million of real estate at December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we earned net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders of $178.1 million and adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders of $172.5 million. See “—Non-GAAP financial measures” for our definition of adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders and a reconciliation to net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders.

From inception in October 2008 through December 31, 2012, we directly originated and funded $4.8 billion of mortgage loans and invested in $4.5 billion of CMBS and U.S. Agency Securities. We generally seek to maintain the ability to offer certain of our first mortgage loans for sale into CMBS trusts as part of a securitization process. From inception through December 31, 2012, we sold $2.9 billion of mortgage loans into 11 securitizations, consisting of two securitizations in 2010, three securitizations in 2011, and six securitizations in 2012. In addition, we sold $316.7 million in market value of U.S. Agency Securities, the large majority of which were subsequently securitized in seven transactions. Our primary sources of revenue include interest income on our investments and income from sales and securitizations of certain such investments. We also generate net rental revenues from certain of our real estate and fee income from our loan originations and the management of our institutional bridge loan partnership.

We were initially founded with commitments that resulted in initial equity contributions of $611.6 million from a diverse group of institutional investors and our management team. In the third quarter of 2011, we successfully completed a $257.4 million follow-on institutional equity offering. As of December 31, 2012, we had $1.1 billion of committed term financing for our loans from multiple institutional counterparties ($226.4 million outstanding as of December 31, 2012) and $600.0 million of committed term financing for our securities ($278.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2012). We also had other significant financing arrangements, including membership in a FHLB that finances our securities and $325 million of senior notes due 2017.

We were initially established as a private limited liability company. Effective August 9, 2011, we changed our corporate structure to a limited liability limited partnership, or LLLP, in connection our follow-on equity offering. We conduct operations through our subsidiaries. One of our subsidiaries is Ladder Capital Realty Finance Trust (“LCRFT”), which has elected to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. We operate our business in a manner that will permit us to maintain our exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act.

Refer to Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements for disclosure regarding events subsequent to December 31, 2012.

 

64


Table of Contents

Our Businesses

The following table summarizes the value of our investment portfolio as reported as of the following dates ($ in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

Loans

        

Conduit first mortgage loans

   $ 623,333       $ 258,842       $ 353,946   

Balance sheet first mortgage loans

     229,926         235,210         154,868   

Other commercial real estate-related loans

     96,392         19,986         990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     949,651         514,038         509,804   

Securities

        

CMBS investments

     833,916         1,664,001         1,736,043   

U.S. Agency Securities investments

     291,646         281,069         189,467   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities

     1,125,562         1,945,070         1,925,510   

Real Estate

        

Total real estate

     380,022         28,835         25,669   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     2,455,234         2,487,943         2,460,983   

Cash, cash equivalents and cash collateral held by broker

     109,169         138,630         105,138   

Other assets

     64,626         27,816         21,667   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,629,030       $ 2,654,389       $ 2,587,788   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We invest in the following types of assets:

Loans

Conduit first mortgage loans . We originate first mortgage loans that are secured by cash-flowing commercial real estate. These first mortgage loans are typically structured with fixed rates and five- to ten- year terms. As of December 31, 2012, we held 34 first mortgage loans that were eligible to be offered for sale into a securitization with an aggregate book value of $623.3 million. Based on the loan balances and the “as-is” third-party FIRREA appraised values at origination, the weighted average loan-to-value ratio of this portfolio was 61.0%.

Balance sheet first mortgage loans . We also originate and invest in balance sheet first mortgage loans secured by commercial real estate properties that are undergoing lease-up, sell-out, renovation or repositioning. These mortgage loans generally have floating rates and terms (including extension options) ranging from one to three years. We generally seek to hold our balance sheet first mortgage loans for investment, or offer them for sale to our institutional bridge loan partnership. As of December 31, 2012, we held a portfolio of 12 balance sheet first mortgage loans with an aggregate book value of $231.8 million. Based on the loan balances and the “as-is” third-party FIRREA appraised values at origination, the weighted average loan-to-value ratio of the portfolio was 61.8%.

Other commercial real estate-related loans . We selectively invest in note purchase financings, subordinated debt, mezzanine debt, and other structured finance products related to commercial real estate. As of December 31, 2012, we held $92.6 million of other commercial real estate-related loans. Based on the loan balance and the “as-is” third-party FIRREA appraised values at origination, the weighted average loan-to-value ratio of the portfolio was 79.8%.

 

65


Table of Contents

Securities

CMBS investments. We invest in CMBS secured by first mortgage loans on commercial real estate, and own predominantly short-duration, AAA-rated securities. As of December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of our portfolio of CMBS investments totaled $833.9 million in 96 CUSIPs ($8.7 million average investment per CUSIP). As of that date, the portfolio was comprised of 96.75% AAA-rated securities, and 3.25% other investment grade-rated securities, and had a weighted average duration of 1.49 years.

U.S. Agency Securities investments . Our U.S. Agency Securities portfolio consists of securities for which the principal and interest payments are guaranteed by a U.S. government agency, such as Ginnie Mae, or by a GSE, such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. As of December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of our portfolio of U.S. Agency Securities was $291.6 million in 61 CUSIPs ($4.8 million average investment per CUSIP), with a weighted average duration of 3.46 years.

Real estate

Net lease real estate . As of December 31, 2012, we owned 33 single tenant retail properties with an aggregate book value of $261.0 million. These properties are leased on a net basis where the tenant is generally responsible for payment of real estate taxes, building insurance and maintenance. Fifteen of our properties are leased to a national pharmacy chain, and the remaining properties are leased to a national discount retailer, a regional sporting goods store, and a regional membership warehouse club. We originated and funded $124.2 million of mortgage loan financing secured by 21 of these assets internally, of which $85.2 million of mortgage loan financing secured by 10 of these assets have subsequently been securitized and are included as nonrecourse long-term financing on our balance sheet at December 31, 2012.

Selected other real estate. As of December 31, 2012, we owned 427 residential condominium units at Veer Towers in Las Vegas with a book value of $119.0 million through a joint venture with an operating partner. The units were 77% rented and occupied as of December 31, 2012.

Other

Institutional bridge loan partnership . In 2011, we established an institutional partnership with a major pension fund to invest in first mortgage bridge loans that meet pre-defined criteria. Our partner owns 90% of the equity and we own the remaining 10% on a pari passu basis. Our partner retains the discretion to accept or reject individual loans. As the general partner, we earn management fees and incentive fees from the partnership. In addition, we are entitled to retain origination fees of up to 1% on loans that we sell to the partnership. As of December 31, 2012, the partnership owned $229.9 million of first mortgage bridge loan assets that were financed by $106.8 million of term debt. Debt of the partnership is nonrecourse to the limited and general partners, except for customary nonrecourse carve-outs for certain actions and environmental liability. As of December 31, 2012, the book value of our investment in the institutional partnership was $12.7 million.

Other asset management activities. As of December 31, 2012, we also managed three separate CMBS investment accounts for private investors with combined total assets of $11.5 million. Although, as of October 2012, we are no longer purchasing any new investments for these accounts, we will continue to manage the existing investments until their full prepayment or other disposition.

Business Outlook

We believe the commercial real estate finance market currently presents substantial opportunities for new origination, as it is characterized by stabilizing property values, a low interest rate environment, and a supply-demand imbalance for financing. Over $1.7 trillion of commercial real estate debt is scheduled to mature over the next five years according to Trepp, while at the same time traditional real estate lenders such as banks and insurance companies face significant new capital and regulatory requirements.

 

66


Table of Contents

April 2010 marked the first new-issue, multi-borrower CMBS securitization since June 2008. For 2010 as a whole, new CMBS issuances totaled $12 billion. In 2011, new CMBS issuances totaled $33 billion, despite a slowdown in originations of commercial real estate mortgage loans during the second half of the year because of the uncertain economic climate created by the Euro-area crisis. In 2012, new CMBS issuance totaled $48 billion, a 48% increase over 2011. We believe the CMBS market will continue to play an important role in the financing of commercial real estate in the U.S.

We believe our ability to quickly and efficiently shift our focus between lending, securities, and real estate investment opportunities allows us to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities under a variety of market conditions. There are times when the conduit lending/securitization market conditions are very favorable and we shift our focus and reallocate our equity toward that market. At other times, especially when markets are under stress, investment in securities is more attractive and we quickly shift focus and equity accordingly. In the current market environment, we believe we will be able to benefit from the relative lack of capital available for loans and certain types of real estate, commanding relatively high yields on conservatively underwritten commercial real estate investments.

The passage of the Dodd-Frank Act introduced complex, comprehensive legislation into the financial industry, which will have far reaching effects on the securitization industry and its participants. There is uncertainty as to how, in the coming years, the Dodd-Frank Act may affect us or our competitors. In addition, there can be no assurance that the recovery will continue or that we will be able to find appropriate investment opportunities.

Factors Impacting Operating Results

There are a limited number of factors that influence our operating results in a meaningful way. The most meaningful include (1) our competition; (2) market and economic conditions; (3) loan origination volume; (4) profitability of securitizations; (5) avoidance of credit losses; (6) availability of debt and equity funding and the costs of that funding; (7) the net interest margin on our investments; and (8) effectiveness of our hedging and other risk management practices.

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable. Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, as an “emerging growth company,” we may choose to rely on certain exemptions. See “Risk Factors—Risk related to our capital structure and operations—As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements.”

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011

Overview

Net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders totaled $178.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $70.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in net

 

67


Table of Contents

income attributable to preferred and common unit holders was primarily the result of increased volume in loan securitizations from $1.0 billion in 2011 to $1.6 billion in 2012, combined with an increased securitization profit in 2012.

Adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders totaled $172.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $102.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders was also due to the improved securitization results discussed in the preceding paragraph.

Investment and Financing Overview

Investment activity in 2012 focused on loan originations and real estate investments. We originated and funded $2.5 billion in principal value of commercial mortgage loans in the year ended December 31, 2012. We also invested $428.7 million in real estate. Our securities portfolio continued to amortize over the course of the year. We acquired $425.8 million of new securities, which was not enough to offset $279.3 million of sales and $951.2 million of amortization in the portfolio, resulting in a net reduction in our securities portfolio of $819.5 million.

The financing climate continued to improve in 2012. In the third and fourth quarters of 2012 we entered into two significant new financing arrangements, including a subsidiary’s membership in the FHLB, and the issuance of $325 million of Notes. We also successfully extended several of our key loan and securities financing facilities over the course of the year.

We originated and funded $1,444.4 million in principal value of commercial mortgage loans in the year ended December 31, 2011, and securitized and sold $1,245.5 million in principal value of loans over the course of the year. We also invested in $991.2 million in securities in 2011, which was largely offset by $547.5 million of repayment of securities and $406.9 million in sales of securities. The investment climate in 2011 was generally stable, with the exception of the third quarter of the year, when uncertainty related to a number of domestic and foreign economic issues, including concerns regarding the finances of a number of member countries of the European Union, had a slow-down effect on the CMBS market. During the third quarter of 2011, we curtailed our origination of first mortgage loans and made additional securities investments, as the adverse market conditions affecting lending translated into greater availability of attractively priced securities investments.

In 2011, we successfully raised additional equity capital and additional committed financing. In the third quarter of 2011, we completed our second offering of equity interests and raised commitments totaling $257.4 million. A total of $86.1 million of the capital was called in the third quarter of 2011, and the remaining $171.3 million was called in December 2011. At that time, we used the proceeds of the capital call to pay down debt and fund new investments, resulting in a year-end debt to equity ratio of 1.6:1.0. The impact of this additional equity funding on interest income, interest expense, and other income was limited in 2011. Other notable funding events during the year included successful extensions of existing funding facilities, the creation of the institutional bridge loan partnership, and the final repayment of TALF debt.

Net Interest Income

Interest income totaled $136.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $133.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The $2.9 million increase in interest income was primarily attributable to increase in our average investment in our loan portfolio. In 2012, securities investments averaged $1.6 billion (68.6% of average interest bearing investments) versus an average loan investment balance of $712.3 million. In the preceding year, securities investments averaged $1.9 billion (79.5% of average interest bearing investments) versus an average loan investment balance of $502.3 million.

Interest expense totaled $36.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $35.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The $0.7 million increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to the declining cost of funds on our more recent debt facilities.

 

68


Table of Contents

Net interest income totaled $99.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $97.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The $2.2 million increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to increased loan origination and balance throughout the year at a higher yield combined with more efficient financing both in leverage and rate.

Income from Sales of Securities, Net

Income from sales of securities, net, totaled $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $1.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we sold $279.3 million of securities, comprised of $190.7 million of CMBS for income of $10.0 million, and $88.6 million of U.S. Agency Securities in two separate securitizations of those securities for income of $9.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we sold $406.9 million of securities, comprised of $239.4 million of CMBS securities for income of $6.6 million, and $167.5 million of U.S. Agency Securities in two separate securitizations of those securities for income of $13.4 million.

Income from Sales of Loans, Net

Income from sales of loans, net, totaled $154.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $66.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $88.3 million. In the year ended December 31, 2012, we participated in six separate securitization transactions, selling 78 loans with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $1.6 billion. In the year ended December 31, 2011, we participated in three separate securitization transactions, selling 61 loans with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $1.0 billion and we also sold one first mortgage whole loan with an outstanding principle balance of $229.0 million in a separate transaction with an insurance company.

Income from sales of loans, net, represents gross proceeds received from the sale of loans into securitization trusts, less the book value of those loans at the time they were sold, less any costs associated with the securitization transactions.

When evaluating the performance of our loan securitization business, we generally consider the income from sales of loans, net, in conjunction with other income statement items that are directly related to such securitization transactions, including portions of the realized net result from derivative transactions that are specifically related to hedges on the securitized or sold loans.

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  

Sold Conduit Loans

      

Number of loans

     95        61        31   

Face amount of loans sold ($ in millions)

   $ 1,599.9      $ 1,016.5      $ 329.8   

Securitizations

     6.0        3.0        2.0   

Income from sale of loans, net ($ in millions)

   $ 152.6      $ 43.9      $ 31.4   

Hedge gain/(loss) ($ in millions)

   $ (20.1   $ (11.8   $ (8.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net result ($ in millions)

   $ 132.5      $ 32.1      $ 23.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Income

Operating lease income totaled $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase of $6.0 million reflects the larger portfolio of real estate in 2012.

Sale of real estate, net totaled $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. During 2012 we sold 13 properties that were leased to drugstores under long-term leases. There were no sales of real estate in 2011.

 

69


Table of Contents

Fee income totaled $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. We generate fee income from the management of our institutional partnership as well as from origination fees, exit fees and other fees on the loans we originate and in which we invest. The $5.7 million increase in fee income year over year was due to an increase in fee generating activity, primarily the increase in loan origination volume.

Net Result from Derivative Transactions

Net result from derivative transactions represented a loss of $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to a loss of $81.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $45.7 million. The derivative positions that generated these results were a combination of interest rate swaps, caps, and futures that we employed in an effort to hedge the value of our fixed rate assets and the net interest income we earn against the impact of changes in interest rates. The lower level of losses in 2012 was primarily related to a more moderate decline in interest rates, which generally increased the value of our fixed rate loan and securities investments, and decreased the fair value of our offsetting derivative transactions. During 2011, the market volatility in the third quarter resulted in significant losses in the interest rate hedge positions. The market conditions throughout 2012 did not reflect a similar level of volatility and therefore did not result in an equivalent level of losses on the open hedge positions. The total net result from derivative transactions is comprised of hedging interest expense, realized losses related to hedge terminations and unrealized losses related to changes in the fair value of asset hedges. The hedge positions were related to fixed rate conduit-eligible loans and securities investments.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses totaled $72.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $35.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Operating expenses are comprised primarily of compensation and benefits expense, professional fees, lease expense, and technology expenses. The increase in operating expenses was primarily related to increased compensation and benefits expense associated with improved operating results and additional headcount.

Other Costs and Expenses

Depreciation totaled $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The $2.6 million increase in depreciation is attributable to increased real estate of $380.0 million at December 31, 2012 versus $28.8 million at December 31, 2011.

We had a $0.4 million provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to no provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2011. We invest primarily in loans with high credit quality, and we sell our conduit mortgage loans in the ordinary course of business. We estimate our loan loss provision based on our historical loss experience and our expectation of losses inherent in the portfolio but not yet realized. We have had no events of default or credit losses on the loans we originated since inception. As a result, our reserve for loan losses remained relatively unchanged in 2012.

Earnings from Investment in Equity Method Investee

In 2011, we entered into an institutional partnership for which we use the equity method of accounting. Earnings from investment in equity method investee totaled $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. We own a 10% equity interest in the institutional partnership on a pari passu basis with one other financial institution’s 90% equity interest. Our proportionate share of the net income of the institutional partnership is reflected on our income statement as earnings from investment in equity method investee.

 

70


Table of Contents

Tax Expense

Tax expense totaled $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase of $1.1 million is primarily attributable increased revenue earned on securitization which is subject to the New York City Unincorporated Business Tax.

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010

Overview

Net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders totaled $70.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $88.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders was primarily the result of higher net interest income and income from sales of loans that was more than offset by an unfavorable change in net result from derivative transactions.

Adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders totaled $102.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $90.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders was primarily attributable to the same factors as cited above, adjusted to exclude interest rate hedging losses of $32.0 million and $2.5 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively, related to hedges on the value of assets still residing on the balance sheet as of the end of each respective year.

Investment and Financing Overview

We originated and funded $1,444.4 million in principal value of commercial mortgage loans in the year ended December 31, 2011, and securitized and sold $1,245.5 million in principal value of loans over the course of the year. We also invested in $991.2 million in securities in 2011, which was largely offset by $547.5 million of repayment of securities and $406.9 million in sales of securities. The investment climate in 2011 was generally stable, with the exception of the third quarter of the year, when uncertainty related to a number of domestic and foreign economic issues, including concerns regarding the finances of a number of member countries of the European Union, had a slow-down effect on the CMBS market. During the third quarter of 2011, we curtailed our origination of first mortgage loans and made additional securities investments, as the adverse market conditions affecting lending translated into greater availability of attractively priced securities investments.

In 2011, we successfully raised additional equity capital and additional committed financing. In the third quarter of 2011, we completed our second offering of equity interests and raised commitments totaling $257.4 million. $86.1 million of the capital was called in the third quarter of 2011, and the remaining $171.3 million was called in December 2011. At that time, we used the proceeds of the capital call to pay down debt and fund new investments, resulting in a year-end debt to equity ratio of 1.6:1.0. The impact of this additional equity funding on interest income, interest expense, and other income was limited in 2011. Other notable funding events during the year included successful extensions of existing funding facilities, the creation of the institutional bridge loan partnership, and the final repayment of TALF debt.

In 2010, commercial mortgage lending markets continued to improve and the market for new issue, multi-borrower CMBS was in the early stages of re-starting after a period of low activity in the wake of the preceding financial crisis. In 2010, we originated and funded $784.1 million of commercial mortgage loans and, capitalizing on the increased activity in the new issue CMBS market, participated in two securitization transactions in which we profitably sold $329.8 million in principal value of loans we had originated. CMBS credit spreads generally narrowed over the course of the year, which had the effect of increasing the profitability of those securitization transactions and also increased the values of our CMBS and U.S. Agency Securities portfolios.

 

71


Table of Contents

Also in 2010, we enhanced our access to secured debt financing while reducing our cost of that financing. We entered 2010 with a total of $300 million of committed secured debt financing from one major financial institution. By the end of the year, we had added $650 million of committed secured funding capacity to finance our loan originations from two major banks and one insurance company. With respect to securities financing, the TALF Program ceased to provide access to additional funding at the end of March 2010. At that point, we had over $1.1 billion of long term fixed rate debt outstanding under that program. In October 2010, we established a $1.0 billion term secured funding facility for our CMBS holdings that we used to refinance a substantial portion of the securities previously financed under TALF. We amended the facility and the funding was reduced to $600.0 million during 2012. The result was a substantial reduction in our cost of financing. The impact of that cost reduction was evident in only our fourth quarter results in 2010.

Net Interest Income

Interest income totaled $133.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $129.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Loan investments in both years yielded higher average interest rates than our securities investments. The $4.0 million increase in interest income was primarily attributable to a change in the mix of investments we carried from year to year. In 2011, securities investments averaged $1.9 billion (79.5% of average interest bearing investments) versus an average loan investment balance of $502.3 million. In the preceding year, securities investments averaged $2.1 billion (90.2% of average interest bearing investments) versus an average loan investment balance of $231.5 million. The impact of this additional volume and change in the mix of interest bearing investment assets was partially offset by a decline in the average yield on earning assets as market conditions moderated.

Interest expense totaled $35.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $48.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The $13.1 million decrease in interest expense was primarily attributable to the replacement of higher cost TALF financing with lower cost asset repurchase financing and lower debt costs in general.

Net interest income totaled $97.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $80.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The $17.1 million increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to the decrease in interest expense as noted above.

Income from Sales of Securities, Net

Income from sales of securities, net, totaled $20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $2.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we sold $406.9 million of securities, comprised of $239.4 million of CMBS securities for income of $6.6 million, and $167.5 million of U.S. Agency Securities in two separate securitizations of those securities for income of $13.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we sold $483.6 million of CMBS securities.

Income from Sales of Loans, Net

Income from sales of loans, net, totaled $66.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $30.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $35.8 million. In the year ended December 31, 2011, we participated in three separate securitization transactions, selling 61 loans with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $1.0 billion. We also sold one first mortgage whole loan with an outstanding principal balance of $229.0 million in a separate transaction with an insurance company. In the year ended December 31, 2010, we participated in two separate securitization transactions, selling 31 loans with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $329.8 million.

Income from sales of loans, net, represents gross proceeds received from the sale of loans into securitization trusts, less the book value of those loans at the time they were sold, less any costs associated with the securitization transactions.

 

72


Table of Contents

When evaluating the performance of our loan securitization business, we generally consider the income from sales of loans, net, in conjunction with the realized net result from derivative transactions that are specifically related to hedges on the securitized or sold loans.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, our income from sales of loans of $66.3 million was offset by realized losses on derivative transactions of $11.8 million for a net result from sales of loans of $54.5 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, our income from sales of loans, net, of $30.5 million was offset by realized losses on derivative transactions of $8.0 million for a net result from sales of loans of $22.5 million.

Other Income

Operating lease income totaled $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Although we only acquired one relatively small net rental property in 2011, we had the benefit of a full year of rental income on the properties acquired in the preceding year.

There were no sales of real estate in 2011. Sale of real estate, net totaled $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. During 2010, we sold a portfolio of seven properties that were leased under long-term leases to drugstores.

Fee income totaled $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. We generate fee income from the management of our institutional partnership as well as from origination fees, exit fees and other fees on the loans we originate and in which we invest. The $1.7 million increase in fee income year over year was due to an increase in volume of activity generating these fees, primarily the increase in loan origination volume.

Net Result from Derivative Transactions

Net result from derivative transactions represented a loss of $81.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to a loss of $20.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an unfavorable increase of $60.7 million. The derivative positions that generated these results were a combination of interest rate swaps, caps, and futures that we employed in an effort to hedge the value of our fixed rate assets and the net interest income we earn against the impact of changes in interest rates. The higher level of losses in 2011 was due to declines in interest rates and the larger volume of hedge positions required as a result of an increased quantity of fixed rate loan origination in that year.

The total net result from derivative transactions is comprised of hedging interest expense, realized losses related to hedge terminations and unrealized losses related to changes in the fair value of asset hedges. The hedge positions were related to fixed rate conduit-eligible loans and securities investments.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses totaled $35.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $26.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in operating expenses was primarily related to increased compensation and benefits expense associated with improved operating results and additional headcount.

Other Costs and Expenses

Depreciation totaled $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in depreciation is attributable to continued investment in our net lease and other equity portfolio.

 

73


Table of Contents

We had no provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to a $0.9 million provision for the year ended December 31, 2010. We invest primarily in loans with high credit quality, and we sell our conduit mortgage loans in the ordinary course of business. We estimate our loan loss provision based on our historical loss experience and our expectation of losses inherent in the portfolio but not yet realized. We have had no events of default or credit losses on the loans we originated since inception. As a result, our reserve for loan losses remained unchanged in 2011.

Earnings from Investment in Equity Method Investee

Earnings from our investment in equity method investee totaled $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. In 2011, we entered into an institutional partnership for which we use the equity method of accounting. We own a 10% equity interest in the institutional partnership on a pari passu basis with one other financial institution’s 90% equity interest. Our proportionate share of the net income of the institutional partnership is reflected on our income statement as earnings from investment in equity method investee.

Tax Expense

Tax expense totaled $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The change is primarily attributable to an increase in income subject to the New York City Unincorporated Business Tax.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our financing strategies are critical to the success and growth of our business. We manage our financing to complement our asset composition and to diversify our exposure across multiple capital markets and counterparties.

We require substantial amounts of capital to support our business. The management team, in consultation with our Board of Directors, establishes our overall liquidity and capital allocation strategies. A key objective of those strategies is to support the execution of our business strategy while maintaining sufficient ongoing liquidity throughout the business cycle to service our financial obligations as they become due. When making funding and capital allocation decisions, members of our senior management consider business performance; the availability of, and costs and benefits associated with, different funding sources; current and expected capital markets and general economic conditions; our balance sheet and capital structure, and our targeted liquidity profile and risks relating to our funding needs.

Our primary uses of liquidity are for (1) the funding of loan and real estate-related investments, (2) the repayment of short-term and long-term borrowings and related interest, (3) the funding of our operating expenses and (4) distributions to our equity investors to finance their income tax obligations related to the portion of our taxable income allocated to each of them. We require short-term liquidity to fund loans that we originate and hold on our consolidated balance sheet pending sale, including through whole loan sale, participation, or securitization. We generally require longer-term funding to finance the loans and real estate-related investments that we hold for investment.

Our primary sources of liquidity have been (1) cash and cash equivalents, (2) cash generated from operations, (3) borrowings under various financing arrangements, (4) principal repayments on investments including mortgage loans and securities, (5) proceeds from securitizations and sales of loans, (6) proceeds from the sale of securities, (7) proceeds from the sale of real estate, and (8) proceeds from the issuance of equity capital.

We have historically maintained a debt-to-equity ratio the range of 2:1-3:1. This ratio typically fluctuates during the course of a fiscal year due to the normal course of business in our conduit lending operations, in which we have generally securitized our inventory of loans at intervals, and also because of changes in our asset mix, due in part to such securitizations. We generally seek to match fund our assets according to their liquidity

 

74


Table of Contents

characteristics and expected hold period. We believe that the defensive positioning of our predominantly senior secured assets and our financing strategy has allowed us to maintain financial flexibility to capitalize on an attractive range of senior secured market opportunities as they have arisen.

Our principal debt financing sources include: (1) committed secured funding provided by banks and an insurance company, (2) uncommitted secured funding sources, including asset repurchase agreements with a number of banks, (3) long term nonrecourse mortgage financing, (4) long term senior unsecured Notes in the form of corporate bonds and (5) borrowings on both a short and long-term committed basis, made by our wholly-owned subsidiary, Tuebor Captive Insurance Company LLC (“Tuebor”), from the FHLB.

As of December 31, 2012, we had unrestricted cash of $43.8 million, unencumbered loans of $600.3 million, unencumbered securities of $110.8 million and restricted cash of $65.4 million.

Our captive insurance company subsidiary is subject to state regulations which require that dividends may only be made with regulatory approval.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We held unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of $43.8 million and $83.4 million at December 31, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Cash Generated from Operations

Our operating activities were a net user of cash of $108.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, generated net cash of $340.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, and were a net user of $231.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Cash from operations includes the purchase of loans held for sale, and the proceeds from sale of loans and gains from sales of loans.

Borrowings Under Various Financing Arrangements

Our financing strategies are critical to the success and growth of our business. We manage our leverage policies to complement our asset composition and to diversify our exposure across multiple counterparties. Our debt financing was comprised of the following at December 31, 2012 and 2011 ($ in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  

Committed loan facilities

   $ 226,367       $ 152,686   

Committed securities facility

     278,021         826,134   

Uncommitted securities facilities

     289,528         618,257   

Long term mortgage loan financing

     103,756         18,564   

Borrowings from the FHLB

     262,000         —     

Senior unsecured Notes

     325,000         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,484,672       $ 1,615,641   

Committed Loan Facilities

We entered into multiple major committed master repurchase agreements, as outlined in the table below, totaling $1.1 billion of credit capacity. Assets pledged as collateral under these facilities are generally limited to whole mortgage loans collateralized by first liens on commercial real estate. In addition to those listed in the table, during 2012, we entered into a single asset secured non-recourse financing with a new counterparty that provided an additional $30 million of funding, which was fully repaid as of December 31, 2012. Our repurchase facilities include covenants covering net worth requirements, minimum liquidity levels, and maximum debt/partners’ capital ratios. We believe we are in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

75


Table of Contents

We have the option to extend some of our existing facilities subject to a number of customary conditions. The lenders have sole discretion with respect to the inclusion of collateral in these facilities, to determine the market value of the collateral on a daily basis, and, if the estimated market value of the included collateral declines, have the right to require additional collateral or a full and/or partial repayment of the facilities (margin call), sufficient to rebalance the facilities. Typically, the facilities are established with stated guidelines regarding the maximum percentage of the collateral asset’s market value that can be borrowed. We often borrow at a lower percentage of the collateral asset’s value than the maximum leaving us with excess borrowing capacity that can be drawn upon at a later date and/or applied against future margin calls so that they can be satisfied on a cashless basis. Our committed loan facilities as of December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

Committed
Amount

   

Outstanding
Amount

   

Interest Rate(s) at
Dec. 31, 2012

 

Maturity

 

Remaining
Extension

Options

 

Eligible Collateral

 

Carrying
Amount of
Collateral

 
$ 300,000,000      $ 40,806,925      Between 2.459% and 2.958%   9/26/2013   N/A   First mortgage commercial real estate loans & investment grade commercial mortgage backed securities   $ 54,603,105   
$ 50,000,000      $ 28,995,000      2.708%   1/29/2013   N/A   First mortgage commercial real estate loans   $ 37,800,000   
$ 450,000,000      $ 133,165,026      Between 2.458% and 3.208%   5/24/2015   Two additional twelve month periods at Company’s option   First mortgage commercial real estate loans   $ 225,934,255   
$ 300,000,000      $ 23,400,000      2.710%   1/24/2014   N/A   First mortgage commercial real estate loans   $ 36,000,000   

 

 

   

 

 

           

 

 

 
$ 1,100,000,000      $ 226,366,951              $ 354,337,359   

 

 

   

 

 

           

 

 

 

Committed Securities Facility

We also entered into a term master repurchase agreement with a major U.S. banking institution for CMBS securities. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were $278.0 million and $826.1 million, respectively, in borrowings outstanding which mature in 2014. The borrowings under this agreement had funding rates of 1.408% and were collateralized by real estate securities with a fair market value of $324.9 million and $927.4 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As we do in the case of borrowings under committed loan facilities, we often borrow at a lower percentage of the collateral asset’s value than the maximum leaving us with excess borrowing capacity that can be drawn upon a later date and/or applied against future margin calls so that they can be satisfied on a cashless basis.

Uncommitted Securities Facilities

We also entered into multiple master repurchase agreements with several counterparties to finance our investments in CMBS and U.S. Agency Securities. There was $289.5 million and $618.3 million outstanding under such facilities with several counterparties as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The borrowings

 

76


Table of Contents

under these agreements had less than three month tenors, funding rates ranging from 0.70% to 1.711%, with typical advance rates between 60% and 95% of the collateral. These borrowings were collateralized by real estate securities with fair market values of $349.6 million and $713.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The securities that served as collateral for these borrowings are highly liquid and marketable assets that are typically of relatively short duration. As we do in the case of other secured borrowings, we often borrow at a lower percentage of the collateral asset’s value than the maximum leaving us with excess borrowing capacity that can be drawn upon a later date and/or applied against future margin calls so that they can be satisfied on a cashless basis.

Long Term Debt Financing

We generally finance our real estate using long term nonrecourse mortgage financing. During 2012, we executed 10 term debt agreements to finance real estate. During 2011, we executed one term debt agreement to finance real estate. These nonrecourse debt agreements are fixed rate financing at rates ranging from 4.85% to 6.75% and mature in 2020, 2021 and 2022 and totaled $103.8 million and $18.6 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

FHLB Financing

On July 11, 2012, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Tuebor, became a member of the FHLB and subsequently drew its first secured funding advances from the FHLB. As of December 31, 2012, Tuebor had $262.0 million of borrowings outstanding, with terms of 6 months to 5 years, interest rates of 0.39% to 0.93%. Collateral for the borrowings was comprised of $333.0 million of CMBS and U.S. Agency Securities. Tuebor is subject to state regulations which require that dividends (including dividends to us as its parent company) may only be made with regulatory approval.

Senior Unsecured Notes

On September 14, 2012, we issued $325 million in principal amount of 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017 at par. The Notes are unsecured and are subject to covenants, including limitations on the incurrence of additional debt, restricted payments, liens, sales of assets, affiliate transactions and other covenants typical for financings of this type.

Principal Repayments on Investments

We receive principal amortization on our loans and securities as part of the normal course of our business. Repayment of real estate securities provided net cash of $951.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $547.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $344.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Repayment of mortgage loan receivables provided net cash of $280.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $64.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $69.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Proceeds from Securitizations and Sales of Loans

We sell our conduit mortgage loans to securitization trusts and other third-parties as part of our normal course of business. Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans provided net cash of $1.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012, $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $358.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Proceeds from the Sale of Securities

We invest in CMBS and U.S. Agency Securities. Proceeds from sales of securities provided net cash of $279.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, $406.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $483.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

77


Table of Contents

Proceeds from the Sale of Real Estate

We own a portfolio of commercial real estate properties leased to tenants under long-term leases. From time to time we may sell these properties. In 2012, we realized proceeds of $75.6 million from the sale of 13 such properties. We did not sell any properties in 2011 and in 2010, we realized proceeds of $40.1 million from the sale of seven such properties.

Proceeds from the Issuance of Equity

In 2012, in connection with the issuance of our Series B participating preferred units to a new member of management, we realized proceeds of $3.0 million. In 2011, in connection with the issuance of our Series B participating preferred units to multiple investors, we realized proceeds of $257.4 million. We may issue additional equity in the future.

Other Potential Sources of Financing

In the future, we may also use other sources of financing to fund the acquisition of our target assets, including credit facilities, warehouse facilities, repurchase facilities and other secured and unsecured forms of borrowing. These financings may be collateralized or non-collateralized, may involve one or more lenders and may accrue interest at either fixed or floating rates. We may also seek to raise further equity capital or issue debt securities in order to fund our future investments.

Contractual Obligations

Contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012 were as follows ($ in thousands):

 

     Contractual Obligations as of December 31, 2012  
     Less than 1 Year      1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than 5 Years      Total  

Secured financings

   $ 697,400       $ 208,517       $ 150,000       $ 103,756       $ 1,159,672   

Interest payable(1)

     6,809         13,620         12,620         24,313         57,362   

Other funding obligations

     3,449         —           —           —           3,449   

Operating lease obligations

     115         183         1,921         10,258         12,477   

Senior unsecured notes

     —           —           325,000         —           325,000   

Unused facility fees

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 707,773       $ 222,320       $ 489,541       $ 138,326       $ 1,557,960   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) For borrowings with variable interest rates, we used the rates in effect as of December 31, 2012 to determine the future interest payment obligations.

The tables above do not include amounts due under our derivative agreements as those contracts do not have fixed and determinable payments.

Dividends

We are structured as a limited liability limited partnership, and accordingly, partners are responsible for paying income taxes on their respective shares of our taxable income. We make quarterly tax distributions equal to a partner’s “Quarterly Estimated Tax Amount,” which is computed (as more fully described in the LLLP Agreement) for each partner based upon their share of our taxable income multiplied by the highest marginal blended federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to an individual residing in New York, NY.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we distributed $76.2 million, equivalent to 42.8% of our net income of $178.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we distributed $44.0 million, equivalent to 62.8%

 

78


Table of Contents

of our $70.1 million of net income. For the year ended December 31, 2010, our dividend distributions were $42.9 million, or 48.5% of our net income of $88.5 million. It is important to note that certain income and expense items are treated differently when computing taxable income than for computing net income for financial reporting purposes.

Partners’ capital

Our partners’ capital has been issued through Series A participating preferred units, Series B participating preferred units, and common units. Series A participating preferred units were generally issued to investors who contributed capital in connection with our initial capital raise in September 2008, at a price of $100 per unit. Series B participating preferred units were generally issued to investors who contributed capital in connection with our follow-on capital raise in August and September 2011, at a price of $124 per unit. Common units were generally issued pursuant to grant agreements to management, our lead investors or their affiliates, and certain other investors.

As of December 31, 2012, the par value was $611.6 million for the outstanding Series A participating preferred units, and $264.3 million for the outstanding Series B participating preferred units. In addition, there were 22.6 million common units outstanding, of which 15.0 million units were owned by members of our management team.

Except for certain put rights provided to a limited number of officers and directors disclosed in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Employment Agreements,” none of our partners’ capital is redeemable at any time. Also, our Series A and Series B participating preferred units and our common units are subject to certain transfer restrictions.

Distributions, other than tax distributions, generally follow the priorities described below:

 

 

First, to the holders of Series A and Series B participating preferred units pro rata based on the capital account of each such holder’s interests, until the Series A and Series B participating preferred unit holders have each received an amount equivalent to their respective capital accounts; then

 

 

Second, 20% to the common unit holders, and 80% to the holders of Series A participating preferred units, until the Series A participating preferred unit holders have each received an amount equivalent to $124 per unit; and

 

 

Thereafter, 20% to common unit holders, and 80% to the holders of Series A and Series B participating preferred units, pro rata based on the units held by each holder.

Based on total capital at December 31, 2012 of $1,101.2 million and the distribution priority outlined above, Series A participating preferred units and Series B participating preferred units each had a book value of $128.01 per unit at December 31, 2012, and common units had a book value of $1.99 per unit at December 31, 2012.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We believe that all of the decisions and assessments upon which our financial statements are based were reasonable at the time made, based upon information available to us at that time. In accordance with SEC guidance, the following discussion describes the

 

79


Table of Contents

accounting policies that apply to our operations that we believe to be most critical to an investor’s understanding of our financial results and condition and require management judgment and the use of estimates. This summary should be read in conjunction with a more complete discussion of our accounting policies included in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in this prospectus.

Real Estate Securities

We designate our real estate investments on the date of acquisition of the investment. Real estate securities that we do not hold for the purpose of selling in the near-term but may dispose of prior to maturity are designated as available-for-sale and are carried at estimated fair value with the net unrealized gains or losses recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) in partners’ capital. We use the specific identification method when determining the cost of securities sold and the amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings. We account for the changes in the fair value of the unfunded commitment of our U.S. Agency GNMA Construction securities as available for sale securities. Unrealized losses on securities that, in the judgment of management, are other than temporary are charged against earnings as a loss in the consolidated statements of income. We estimate the fair value of our CMBS primarily based on pricing services and broker quotes for the same or similar securities in which it has invested. Different judgments and assumptions could result in materially different estimates of fair value.

When the estimated fair value of an available-for-sale security is less than amortized cost, we will consider whether there is an other-than-temporary impairment in the value of the security. An impairment will be considered other-than-temporary based on consideration of several factors, including if (i) we intend to sell the security, (ii) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovering our cost, or (iii) we do not expect to recover the security’s cost basis (i.e., credit loss). A credit loss will have occurred if the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security is less than the amortized cost basis. If we intend to sell an impaired debt security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of our amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss, the impairment is other-than-temporary and will be recognized currently in earnings equal to the entire difference between fair value and amortized cost. If a credit loss exists, but we do not intend to, nor is it more likely than not that we will be required to, sell before recovery, the impairment is other-than-temporary and will be separated into (i) the estimated amount relating to the credit loss, and (ii) the amount relating to all other factors. Only the estimated credit loss amount is recognized currently in earnings, with the remainder of the loss recognized in other comprehensive income. Estimating cash flows and determining whether there is other-than-temporary impairment require management to exercise judgment and make significant assumptions, including, but not limited to, assumptions regarding estimated prepayments, loss assumptions, and assumptions regarding changes in interest rates. As a result, actual impairment losses, and the timing of income recognized on these securities, could differ from reported amounts.

Mortgage Loan Receivables Held for Sale

Loans that we intend to sell, subsequent to origination or acquisition, are classified as mortgage loan receivables held for sale, net of any applicable allowance for credit loss. Mortgage loans classified as held for sale are generally subject to a specific marketing strategy or a plan of sale.

Loans held for sale are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value on an individual basis. Loan origination fee income and direct loan origination costs are deferred until the related loans are sold.

Mortgage Loan Receivables Held for Investment

Loans that we have the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff, are reported at their outstanding principal balances net of any unearned income, unamortized deferred fees or costs,

 

80


Table of Contents

premiums or discounts and an allowance for loan losses. Loan origination fee income and direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized in interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the interest method, adjusted for actual prepayments.

We evaluate each loan classified as mortgage loan receivables held for investment for impairment at least quarterly. Impairment occurs when it is deemed probable that we will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. If the loan is considered to be impaired, an allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying value of the loan to the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loans contractual effective rate or the fair value of the collateral, if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.

Loans are typically collateralized by real estate. As a result, we regularly evaluate the extent and impact of any credit deterioration associated with the performance and/or value of the underlying collateral property as well as the financial and operating capability of the borrower/sponsor on a loan by loan basis. We also evaluate the financial wherewithal of any loan guarantors as well as the borrower’s competency in managing and operating the properties. In addition we consider the overall economic environment, real estate sector, and geographic sub-market in which the borrower operates. Such impairment analyses are completed and reviewed by asset management personnel, who utilize various data sources, including (i) periodic financial data such as property occupancy, tenant profile, rental rates, operating expenses, the borrowers exit plan, and capitalization and discount rates, (ii) site inspections, and (iii) current credit spreads and other market data.

Real Estate

Real estate is carried at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Costs directly related to acquisitions deemed to be business combinations are expensed. Ordinary repairs and maintenance which are not reimbursed by the tenants are expensed as incurred. Major replacements and betterments which improve or extend the life of the asset are capitalized and depreciated over their useful life. Real estate is depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from twelve to forty-nine years.

Real estate is leased to others on a triple net lease basis whereby the tenant is generally responsible for all operating expenses relating to the property, including property taxes, insurance, maintenance, repairs, renewals and improvements. These leases are for fixed terms of varying length and provide for annual rentals. Rental income from leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective leases. The excess of rents recognized over amounts contractually due pursuant to the underlying leases are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

As of December 31, 2012, we owned 427 residential condominium units at Veer Towers in Las Vegas with a book value of $119.0 million through a joint venture with an operating partner. The units were 77% rented and occupied as of December 31, 2012.

Investments in Equity Method Investee

A non-controlling interest in a partnership deemed to exert significant influence over the affairs of the partnership follows the equity method of accounting where the investment is increased each period for additional capital contributions and a proportionate share of the entity’s earnings and decreased for cash distributions and a proportionate share of the entity’s losses.

Valuation of Financial Instruments

Considerable judgment is necessary to interpret market data and develop estimated fair values. Accordingly, fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts we could realize upon disposition of the financial

 

81


Table of Contents

instruments. Financial instruments with readily available active quoted prices, or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices, generally will have a higher degree of pricing observability and will therefore require a lesser degree of judgment to be utilized in measuring fair value. Conversely, financial instruments rarely traded or not quoted will generally have less, or no, pricing observability and will require a higher degree of judgment in measuring fair value. Pricing observability is generally affected by such items as the type of financial instrument, whether the financial instrument is new to the market and not yet established, the characteristics specific to the transaction and overall market conditions. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on estimated fair value amounts.

In accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures under GAAP (FASB—Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820), the methodologies used for valuing financial instruments have been categorized into three broad levels as follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments.

Level 2—Valuations based principally on other observable market parameters, including:

 

   

quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments,

 

   

quoted prices in less active or inactive markets for identical or similar instruments,

 

   

other observable inputs (such as interest rates, yield curves, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks and default rates), and

 

   

market corroborated inputs (derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data).

Level 3—Valuations based significantly on unobservable inputs, including:

 

   

valuations based on third-party indications (broker quotes, counterparty quotes or pricing services) which were, in turn, based significantly on unobservable inputs or were otherwise not supportable as Level 2 valuations, and

 

   

valuations based on internal models with significant unobservable inputs.

Pursuant to the authoritative guidance, these levels form a hierarchy. We follow this hierarchy for our financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The classifications are based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

A summary of the categorization of our financial assets and liabilities can be found in Note 8 of the consolidated annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Tuebor/Federal Home Loan Bank Membership

Tuebor, a wholly owned subsidiary, was licensed in Michigan and approved to operate as a captive insurance company as well as being approved to become a member of the FHLB, with membership finalized with the purchase of stock in the FHLB on July 11, 2012. That approval allowed Tuebor to purchase capital stock in the FHLB the prerequisite to obtaining financing on eligible collateral.

Deferred Financing Costs

Fees and expenses incurred in connection with financing transactions are capitalized within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and amortized over the term of the financing by applying the effective interest rate method and the amortization is reflected in interest expense.

Derivative Instruments

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to the effect of interest rate changes and may undertake a strategy to limit these risks through the use of derivatives. To address exposure to interest rates, we use

 

82


Table of Contents

derivatives primarily to economically hedge the fair value variability of fixed rate assets caused by interest rate fluctuations. We may use a variety of derivative instruments that are considered conventional, or “plain vanilla” derivatives, including interest rate swaps, futures, caps, collars and floors, to manage interest rate risk.

To determine the fair value of derivative instruments, we use a variety of methods and assumptions that are based on market conditions and risks existing at each balance sheet date. Standard market conventions and techniques such as discounted cash flow analysis, option-pricing models, and termination cost may be used to determine fair value. All such methods of measuring fair value for derivative instruments result in an estimate of fair value, and such value may never actually be realized.

We recognize all derivatives on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. We do not generally designate derivatives as hedges to qualify for hedge accounting and therefore any net payments under, or fluctuations in the fair value of, these derivatives have been recognized currently in net result from derivative transactions in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Income Taxes

We are a limited liability limited partnership which elected to be treated as a partnership for income tax purposes. Therefore, we are generally not subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes; however, certain of our income is subject to the New York Unincorporated Business Income tax. Income and losses pass through to the partners and are reported by them individually for federal and state income tax purposes. Our sole corporate subsidiary is subject to federal, state and local income tax. The corporate tax payable is considered to be immaterial to our financial statements.

Our consolidated REIT subsidiary has operated in a manner consistent with and has elected to be treated as a real estate investment trust under the Code. To qualify as a REIT, the subsidiary is required to pay dividends of at least 90% of its ordinary taxable income each year and meet certain other criteria. As a REIT, the subsidiary is subject to corporate taxes, however it is allowed a deduction for the amount of dividends paid to its shareholders/members and only pays taxes on undistributed profits. Accordingly, since the subsidiary expects to continue to make distributions in excess of taxable income, no corporate-level current or deferred taxes are provided for by it or in these consolidated financial statements.

We determine whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement which could result in us recording a tax liability that would reduce our partners’ capital.

Our policy is to classify interest and penalties associated with underpayment of federal and state income taxes, if any, as a component of general and administrative expense on our statements of operations. As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we did not have any interest or penalties associated with the underpayment of any income taxes. 2010-2012 tax years remain open and subject to examination by tax jurisdictions.

Revenue Recognition

We account for interest income from loans and investment securities by applying the effective yield method, which includes the amortization of discount or premium arising at the time of purchase and the stated or coupon interest payments as components of interest income. Actual principal repayment experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when differences arise between repayments originally anticipated and amounts actually received plus anticipated future repayments.

 

83


Table of Contents

Stock Based Compensation Plan

We account for our equity-based compensation awards using the fair value method, which requires an estimate of fair value of the award at the time of grant, and generally are time based awards. For time-based awards we recognize compensation expense over the substantive vesting period, on a straight-line basis.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-02, Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring (“ASU 2011-02”) . ASU 2011-02 clarifies whether loan modifications constitute troubled debt restructurings. In evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, a creditor must separately conclude that both of the following exist: (a) the restructuring constitutes a concession; and (b) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. ASU 2011-02 is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011, and should be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. The adoption of ASU 2011-02 did not have an effect on our financial position or results of operations.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-03, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements , (“ASU 2011-03”), which changes the assessment of whether repurchase agreement transactions should be accounted for as sales or secured financings. In a typical repurchase agreement transaction, an entity transfers financial assets to the counterparty in exchange for cash with an agreement for the counterparty to return the same or equivalent financial assets for a fixed price in the future. Prior to this update, one of the factors in determining whether sale treatment could be used was whether the transferor maintained effective control of the transferred assets and in order to do so, the transferor must have the ability to repurchase such assets. This ASU changes the assessment of effective control by focusing on a transferor’s contractual rights and obligations with respect to transferred financial assets, rather than whether the transferor has the practical ability to perform in accordance with those rights or obligations. ASU 2011-03 was effective for the Company for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The Company records repurchase agreements as secured borrowings and not sales, and accordingly, the adoption of this update on January 1, 2012 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS (“ASU 2011-04”). ASU 2011-04 clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement requirements, changes certain principles related to measuring fair value and requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements. Specifically, the guidance specifies that the concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise in a fair value measurement are only relevant when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets whereas they are not relevant when measuring the fair value of financial assets and liabilities. Required disclosures are expanded under the new guidance, especially for fair value measurements that are categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, for which quantitative information about the unobservable inputs used, and a narrative description of the valuation processes in place and sensitivity of recurring Level 3 measurements to changes in unobservable inputs will be required. Entities will also be required to disclose the categorization by level of the fair value hierarchy for items that are not measured at fair value in the balance sheet but for which the fair value is required to be disclosed. ASU 2011-04 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and is to be applied prospectively. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-05”). The amendments in this ASU require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the

 

84


Table of Contents

statement of equity. In December 2011, the FASB deferred portions of this update in its issuance of ASU No. 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in ASU 2011-05 (“ASU 2011-12”). The amendment requires that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-12 defers only those changes in ASU 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted, but full retrospective application is required. The adoption of ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement presentation.

In November 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-10, Property, Plant and Equipment (Topic 360): Derecognition of in Substance Real Estate—a Scope Clarification (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) (“ASU 2011-10”). ASU 2011-10 requires a parent company that ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary that is in substance real estate because the subsidiary has defaulted on its nonrecourse debt to use the FASB’s Real Estate guidance to determine whether to derecognize the in substance real estate entities. ASU 2011-10 is effective for reporting periods beginning on or after June 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-10 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In December 2011, the FASB released ASU 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (“ASU 2011-11”). ASU 2011-11 requires companies to provide new disclosures about offsetting and related arrangements for financial instruments and derivatives. The provisions of ASU 2011-11 are effective for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and are required to be applied retrospectively. The adoption of ASU 2011-11 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement disclosures.

In February 2013, the FASB released ASU 2013-01, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (“ASU 2013-01”) . ASU 2013-01 limits the scope of the new balance sheet offsetting disclosure requirements to derivatives (including bifurcated embedded derivatives), repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions. Our adoption of this standard effective January 1, 2013 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement disclosures.

In February 2013, the FASB released ASU 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2013-02”) . ASU 2013-02 enhances the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”). ASU 2013-02 sets requirements for presentation for significant items reclassified to net income in their entirety during the period and for items not reclassified to net income in their entirety during the period. It requires companies to present information about reclassifications out of AOCI in one place. It also requires companies to present reclassifications by component when reporting changes in AOCI balances. Our adoption of this standard effective January 1, 2013 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement disclosures.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We present adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders, which is a non-GAAP measure, as a supplemental measure of our performance. We define adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders as net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders adjusted to add back real estate depreciation and eliminate the impact of derivative gains and losses related to the hedging of assets on our balance sheet as of the end of the specified accounting period. As more fully discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we do not designate derivatives as hedges to qualify for hedge accounting and therefore any net payments under, or fluctuations in the fair value of,

 

85


Table of Contents

our derivatives are recognized currently in our income statement. However, fluctuations in the fair value of the related assets are not included in our income statement. We believe that excluding these specifically identified gains and losses adjusts for timing differences between when we recognize changes in the fair values of our assets and derivatives which we use to hedge asset values.

Set forth below is a reconciliation of adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders to net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders ($ in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011      2010  

Net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders

   $ 178,104      $ 70,125       $ 88,498   

Real estate depreciation

     3,093        704         263   

Adjustments for derivative results

     (8,662     31,961         2,452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

   $ 172,535      $ 102,789       $ 91,213   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

We present adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders because we believe it assists investors in comparing our performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding a non-cash expense as well as an item that makes such comparisons less relevant due to timing differences related to changes in the values of assets and derivatives. In addition, we use adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders: (i) to evaluate our earnings from operations and (ii) because management believes that it may be a useful performance measure for us.

Adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders has limitations as an analytical tool. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders does not reflect the impact of certain cash charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders or other performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

In the future we may incur gains and losses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, implied volatilities, correlations or other market factors will result in a financial loss. The primary market risks that we face are interest rate risk, market value risk, liquidity risk, credit risk, credit spread risk, and risks related to real estate.

Interest Rate Risk

The nature of our business exposes us to market risk arising from changes in interest rates. Changes, both increases and decreases, in the rates we are able to charge our borrowers, the yields we are able to achieve in our securities investments, and our cost of borrowing directly impact our net income. Our interest income stream

 

86


Table of Contents

from loans and securities is generally fixed over the life of our assets, whereas we use floating-rate debt to finance a significant portion of our investments. Another component of interest rate risk is the effect changes in interest rates will have on the market value of the assets we acquire. We face the risk that the market value of our assets will increase or decrease at different rates than that of our liabilities, including our hedging instruments. We mitigate interest rate risk through utilization of hedging instruments, primarily interest rate swap and futures agreements. Interest rate swap and futures agreements are utilized to hedge against future interest rate increases on our borrowings and potential adverse changes in the value of certain assets that result from interest rate changes. We generally seek to hedge assets that have a duration longer than two years, including newly originated conduit first mortgage loans, securities in our CMBS portfolio if long enough in duration, and most of our U.S. Agency Securities portfolio.

The following table summarizes the change in net income for a 12-month period commencing December 31, 2012 and the change in fair value of our investments and indebtedness assuming an increase or decrease of 100 basis points in the LIBOR interest rate on December 31, 2012, both adjusted for the effects of our interest rate hedging activities ($ in thousands):

 

       Projected change
in net income
    Projected change
in portfolio value
 

Change in interest rate:

    

Decrease by 1.00%

   $ (2,231   $ 24,139   

Increase by 1.00%

     3,120        (24,717

Market Value Risk

Our securities investments are reflected at their estimated fair value. The change in estimated fair value of securities available-for-sale is reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income. The estimated fair value of these securities fluctuates primarily due to changes in interest rates and other factors. Generally, in a rising interest rate environment, the estimated fair value of these securities would be expected to decrease; conversely, in a decreasing interest rate environment, the estimated fair value of these securities would be expected to increase. As market volatility increases or liquidity decreases, the market value of our assets may be adversely impacted. Our fixed rate mortgage loan portfolio is subject to the same risks. However, to the extent those loans are classified as held for sale, they are reflected at the lower of cost or market. Otherwise, held for investment mortgage loans are reflected at values equal to the unpaid principal balances net of certain fees, costs and loan loss allowances.

Liquidity Risk

Market disruptions may lead to a significant decline in transaction activity in all or a significant portion of the asset classes in which we invest, and may at the same time lead to a significant contraction in short term and long term debt and equity funding sources. A decline in liquidity of real estate and real estate-related investments, as well as a lack of availability of observable transaction data and inputs, may make it more difficult to sell our investments or determine their fair values. As a result, we may be unable to sell our investments, or only able to sell our investments at a price that may be materially different from the fair values presented. Also, in such conditions, there is no guarantee that our borrowing arrangements or other arrangements for obtaining leverage will continue to be available, or if available, will be available on terms and conditions acceptable to us. In addition, a decline in market value of our assets may have particular adverse consequences in instances where we borrowed money based on the fair value of our assets. A decrease in the market value of our assets may result in the lender requiring us to post additional collateral or otherwise sell assets at a time when it may not be in our best interest to do so. Finally, our captive insurance company subsidiary is subject to state regulations which require that dividends may only be made with regulatory approval.

 

87


Table of Contents

Credit Risk

We are subject to varying degrees of credit risk in connection with our investments. We seek to manage credit risk by performing deep credit fundamental analysis of potential assets and through ongoing asset management. Our investment guidelines do not limit the amount of our equity that may be invested in any type of our assets, however, investments greater than a certain size are subject to review of the Risk and Underwriting Committee of our Board of Directors.

Credit Spread Risk

Credit spread risk is the risk that interest rate spreads between two different financial instruments will change. In general, fixed-rate commercial mortgages and CMBS are priced based on a spread to Treasury swaps. We generally benefit if credit spreads narrow during the time that we hold a portfolio of mortgage loans or CMBS investments, and we may experience losses if credit spreads widen during the time that we hold a portfolio of mortgage loans or CMBS investments. We actively monitor our exposure to changes in credit spreads and we may enter into credit total return swaps or take positions in other credit related derivative instruments to moderate our exposure against losses associated with a widening of credit spreads.

Risks Related to Real Estate

Real estate and real estate-related assets are subject to volatility and may be affected adversely by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, national, regional and local economic conditions (which may be adversely affected by industry slowdowns and other factors); local real estate conditions; changes or continued weakness in specific industry segments; construction quality, age and design; demographic factors; and retroactive changes to building or similar codes. In addition, decreases in property values reduce the value of the collateral and the potential proceeds available to a borrower to repay the underlying loans, which could also cause us to suffer losses.

 

88


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading commercial real estate finance company primarily focused on (i) the direct origination of mid-market senior secured commercial real estate first mortgage loans of $5 million to $100 million, (ii) investing in investment grade-rated securities secured by first mortgage loans on commercial real estate, and (iii) investing in net leased and other commercial real estate. Our proprietary origination platform enables us to invest on a national basis through our offices in New York, Los Angeles, and Boca Raton.

As of December 31, 2012, we had $2.6 billion in total assets and $1.1 billion in book equity capital. As of that date, our assets included $2.1 billion of senior secured assets, including $853.3 million of first mortgage loans secured by commercial real estate, and $1.1 billion of investment grade-rated CMBS and U.S. Agency Securities. We also owned $380.0 million of real estate at December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we earned net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders of $178.1 million and adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders of $172.5 million. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP financial measures” for our definition of adjusted net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders and a reconciliation to net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders.

From inception in October 2008 through December 31, 2012, we directly originated and funded $4.8 billion of commercial real estate loans and invested in $4.5 billion of CMBS and U.S. Agency Securities. We generally seek to maintain the ability to offer certain of our first mortgage loans for sale into CMBS trusts as part of a securitization process. From inception through December 31, 2012, we sold $2.9 billion of mortgage loans into 11 securitizations, consisting of two securitizations in 2010, three securitizations in 2011, and six securitizations in 2012. In addition, we sold $316.7 million in market value of U.S. Agency Securities, the large majority of which were subsequently securitized in seven transactions. Our primary sources of revenue include interest income on our investments and income from regular sales and securitizations of certain such investments. We also generate net rental revenues from certain of our real estate and fee income from our loan originations and the management of our institutional bridge loan partnership.

We were initially founded as a Delaware limited liability company with commitments that resulted in initial equity contributions of $611.6 million from a diverse group of institutional investors and our management team. In the third quarter of 2011, we successfully completed a $257.4 million follow-on institutional equity offering, and in connection with that offering, we changed our corporate structure to a Delaware limited liability limited partnership. As of December 31, 2012, we had $1.1 billion of committed term financing for our loans from multiple institutional counterparties ($226.4 million outstanding as of December 31, 2012) and $600.0 million of committed term financing for our securities ($278.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2012). We also had other significant financing arrangements, including membership in a FHLB that finances our securities, and the Notes.

We are led by a highly experienced management team that has substantial experience in all aspects of commercial real estate, including origination, credit, underwriting, structuring, capital markets and asset management. On average, our management team members have 24 years of experience in the industry. Our management team includes Brian Harris, our Chief Executive Officer; Michael Mazzei, our President; Greta Guggenheim, our Chief Investment Officer; Pamela McCormack, our General Counsel and Co-Head of Securitization; Marc Fox, our Chief Financial Officer; Thomas Harney, our Head of Merchant Banking & Capital Markets; and Robert Perelman, our Head of Asset Management.

Preservation and growth of capital is core to our corporate culture, and as such, we apply a predominantly credit-centric, fundamental underwriting approach to all of our investments based on our significant in-house expertise in commercial real estate finance and our orientation toward retention of capital.

 

89


Table of Contents

Our Businesses

We invest primarily in loans, securities, and other investments in U.S. commercial real estate, with a focus on senior secured assets. Our business segments include loans, securities, and real estate. The following table summarizes the value of our investment portfolio as reported in our consolidated financial statements ($ in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

Loans

        

Conduit first mortgage loans

   $ 623,333       $ 258,842       $ 353,946   

Balance sheet first mortgage loans

     229,926         235,210         154,868   

Other commercial real estate-related loans

     96,392         19,986         990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     949,651         514,038         509,804   

Securities

        

CMBS investments

     833,916         1,664,001         1,736,043   

U.S. Agency Securities investments

     291,646         281,069         189,467   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities

     1,125,562         1,945,070         1,925,510   

Real Estate

        

Total real estate

     380,022         28,835         25,669   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     2,455,234         2,487,943         2,460,983   

Cash, cash equivalents and cash collateral held by broker

     109,169         138,630         105,138   

Other assets

     64,626         27,816         21,667   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,629,030       $ 2,654,389       $ 2,587,788   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans

Conduit first mortgage loans. We originate first mortgage loans that are secured by cash-flowing commercial real estate. These first mortgage loans are typically structured with fixed rates and five- to ten- year terms. Our loans are originated by an internal origination team that has longstanding and strong relationships with borrowers and brokers throughout the U.S. We follow a rigorous investment process, which begins with an initial due diligence review; continues through a comprehensive legal and underwriting process incorporating multiple internal and external checks and balances; and culminates in approval or disapproval of each prospective investment by our Investment Committee. Conduit first mortgage loans over $50 million also require approval of our Board of Directors’ Risk and Underwriting Committee.

We generally seek to maintain the ability to keep our conduit first mortgage loans on our balance sheet, offer them for sale to CMBS trusts as part of a securitization process or otherwise sell them as whole loans to third-party institutional investors. From inception through December 31, 2012, we originated and funded $3.9 billion of conduit first mortgage loans, and securitized $2.9 billion of such mortgage loans in 11 separate transactions, including two securitizations in 2010, three securitizations in 2011, and six securitizations in 2012. We generally securitize our loans together with other securitization partners, which to date have included subsidiaries of Deutsche Bank, Wells Fargo, J.P. Morgan, UBS and others. As of December 31, 2012, we held 34 first mortgage loans that were eligible to be offered for sale into a securitization with an aggregate book value of $623.3 million. Based on the loan balances and the “as-is” third-party FIRREA appraised values at origination, the weighted average loan-to-value ratio of this portfolio was 61.0%.

Balance sheet first mortgage loans. We also originate and invest in balance sheet first mortgage loans secured by commercial real estate properties that are undergoing lease-up, sell-out, renovation or repositioning. These mortgage loans are structured to fit the needs and business plans of the borrowers, and generally have floating rates and terms (including extension options) ranging from one to three years. Balance sheet first mortgage loans

 

90


Table of Contents

are originated, underwritten, approved and funded using the same underwriting approach, process and personnel as used to originate our conduit first mortgage loans, although the Risk and Underwriting Committee approval threshold is instead $20 million.

We generally seek to hold our balance sheet first mortgage loans for investment, or offer them for sale to our institutional bridge loan partnership. From inception through December 31, 2012, we originated and funded $870.1 million of balance sheet first mortgage loans. These investments have been typically repaid at or prior to maturity (including by being refinanced by us into a new conduit first mortgage loan upon property stabilization), or sold to our institutional bridge loan partnership. As of December 31, 2012, we held a portfolio of 12 balance sheet first mortgage loans with an aggregate book value of $231.8 million. Based on the loan balances and the “as-is” third-party FIRREA appraised values at origination, the weighted average loan-to-value ratio of this portfolio was 61.8%.

Other commercial real estate-related loans . We selectively invest in note purchase financings, subordinated debt, mezzanine debt and other structured finance products related to commercial real estate. As of December 31, 2012, we held $92.6 million of other commercial real estate-related loans. Based on the loan balance and the “as-is” third-party FIRREA appraised values at origination, the weighted average loan-to-value ratio of the portfolio was 79.8%.

Securities

CMBS investments. We invest in CMBS secured by first mortgage loans on commercial real estate, and own predominantly short-duration, AAA-rated securities. These investments have provided a stable and attractive base of net interest income and have helped us manage our liquidity. We have significant in-house expertise in the evaluation and trading of CMBS, due in part to our experience in originating and underwriting mortgage loans that comprise the assets within CMBS trusts, as well as our experience in structuring CMBS transactions. As of December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of our portfolio of CMBS investments totaled $833.9 million in 96 CUSIPs ($8.7 million average investment per CUSIP). As of that date, the portfolio was comprised of 96.75% AAA-rated securities, and 3.25% other investment grade-rated securities, and had a weighted average duration of 1.49 years.

U.S. Agency Securities investments. Our U.S. Agency Securities portfolio consists of securities for which the principal and interest payments are guaranteed by a U.S. government agency, such as Ginnie Mae, or by a GSE, such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. As of December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of our portfolio of U.S. Agency Securities was $291.6 million in 61 CUSIPs ($4.8 million average investment per CUSIP), with a weighted average duration of 3.46 years.

Real estate

Net lease real estate. As of December 31, 2012, we owned 33 single tenant retail properties with an aggregate book value of $261.0 million. These properties are leased on a net basis where the tenant is generally responsible for payment of real estate taxes, building insurance and maintenance. As of December 31, 2012, our net lease properties had an average age since construction of seven years and a weighted average remaining lease term of 36 years. Fifteen of our properties are leased to a national pharmacy chain, and the remaining properties are leased to a national discount retailer, a regional sporting goods store, and a regional membership warehouse retail club. We originated and funded $124.2 million of mortgage loan financing secured by 21 of these assets internally, of which $85.2 million of mortgage loan financing secured by 10 of these assets has subsequently been securitized and is included as nonrecourse long-term financing on our balance sheet at December 31, 2012.

Selected other real estate. As of December 31, 2012, we owned 427 residential condominium units at Veer Towers in Las Vegas with a book value of $119.0 million through a joint venture with an operating partner. The units were 77% rented and occupied as of December 31, 2012. We expect to sell units over time.

 

91


Table of Contents

Other

Institutional bridge loan partnership. In 2011, we established an institutional partnership with a major pension fund to invest in first mortgage bridge loans that meet pre-defined criteria. Our partner owns 90% of the equity and we own the remaining 10% on a pari passu basis. Our partner retains the discretion to accept or reject individual loans. As the general partner, we earn management fees and incentive fees from the partnership. In addition, we are entitled to retain origination fees of up to 1% on loans that we sell to the partnership. As of December 31, 2012, the partnership owned $229.9 million of first mortgage bridge loan assets that were financed by $106.8 million of term debt. Debt of the partnership is nonrecourse to the limited and general partners, except for customary nonrecourse carve-outs for certain actions and environmental liability. As of December 31, 2012, the book value of our investment in the institutional partnership was $12.7 million.

Other asset management activities. As of December 31, 2012, we also managed three separate CMBS investment accounts for private investors with combined total assets of $11.5 million. Although, as of October 2012, we are no longer purchasing any new investments for these accounts, we will continue to manage the existing investments until their full prepayment or other disposition.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our competitive strengths include:

 

 

Leading commercial mortgage franchise. We operate a vertically integrated commercial mortgage origination platform on a national basis that allows us to manage and control the loan process from origination through closing and, when appropriate, disposition, with over 50 experienced employees specializing in origination, underwriting, structuring, capital markets and asset management. We have a strong credit culture stemming from the extensive experience of our management team in commercial real estate transactions. Our business is supported by $1.1 billion of book equity from over 20 global institutional investors and our management team which allows us to maintain a significant market presence as a lender and investor in the commercial real estate finance markets.

 

 

Proven proprietary origination platform. Our proprietary origination platform enabled us to originate $2.5 billion of mortgage loans on commercial real estate in the year ended December 31, 2012. Our management team and our origination team of approximately 20 professionals have long-established client relationships with major owners and operators of commercial real estate across the country as well as mortgage brokers on a national basis. We believe that we understand the financial needs of our borrowers, the geographic markets in which they operate, relevant market conditions for different types of commercial properties, and how to structure commercial real estate loans to meet their needs as well as our needs as a lender. Our originators are compensated based on profit metrics, which aligns their interests with ours, and helps to create and maintain a loan performance-driven culture versus a loan volume-driven culture.

 

 

Rigorous credit and underwriting process. We complete a comprehensive credit and underwriting process for all of our investments. Our credit process includes detailed due diligence on the property (including by conducting a site visit), market, tenants, and sponsor, coupled with multiple third-party reviews including a property appraisal. Our Investment Committee, comprised of four members of our management team with extensive experience in commercial real estate finance, must approve every loan investment; and the Risk and Underwriting Committee of our Board of Directors must additionally approve investments above specified size limits. We have had no events of default or credit losses on the loans we originated.

 

 

Diversified non-bank investment platform. We put our knowledge of commercial real estate to work across multiple investment structures, including whole loans, securities, and equity and partnership interests. Our diversified, fixed income-oriented investment platform affords us the opportunity to capture relative value opportunities amongst the various products in different market environments. We also manage our loan and securities portfolios for diversification across property types, geographic regions, and sponsors. As Basel III and other risk-based capital regulations increasingly impact banks’ commercial real estate operations, we

 

92


Table of Contents
 

believe we and other non-bank lenders can benefit from the constraints placed on banks in this regulatory environment and expect to continue to profit from our ability to act with speed and flexibility to benefit our borrowers when warranted.

 

 

Senior secured assets. We seek to maintain a balance sheet that is characterized principally by senior secured assets and adequate liquidity. As of December 2012, 79.6% of our total assets were senior secured assets or cash. As of December 31, 2012, 44.5% of our total assets were comprised of unrestricted cash and AAA-rated securities.

 

 

Moderate leverage and strong access to capital. As of December 31, 2012, our debt to equity ratio was 1.35:1.0, and we had $1.2 billion of committed, undrawn funding capacity available to finance our business. We have access to low-cost and diverse sources of capital, including secured and repurchase financing from four institutional counterparties, financing from our subsidiary’s membership in the FHLB, the high-yield bond market, and the private equity market. We believe our ability to raise both equity and debt capital during periods of high market volatility underscores the confidence our equity investors and lenders have in our ability to manage our business prudently. Our access to diverse and low-cost debt capital, particularly our subsidiary’s FHLB membership, is a mark of distinction amongst our non-bank competitors.

 

 

Experienced management team with significant ownership. Our management team has extensive expertise in the commercial real estate industry, with an average of 24 years of experience. The core of our management team has worked together during both volatile and stable market conditions and has expertise in origination, underwriting, transaction management, structuring, capital markets, and asset management. As of December 31, 2012, our management team and Board of Directors held capital accounts with $79.8 million of book equity value, which we believe aligns their interests with our financial and strategic objectives. We believe that their significant ownership stake and incentive structure closely align the interests of our management team and Board of Directors with those of our other stakeholders and creditors.

Our Financing Strategies

Our financing strategies are critical to the success and growth of our business. We manage our financing to complement our asset composition and to diversify our exposure across multiple capital markets and counterparties.

We fund our investments in commercial real estate loans and securities through multiple sources, including the $611.6 million of gross cash proceeds we raised in our initial equity private placement beginning in October 2008, the $257.4 million of gross cash proceeds we raised in our follow-on equity private placement in the third quarter of 2011, current and future earnings and cash flow from operations, existing debt facilities, and other borrowing programs in which we participate.

We finance our portfolio of first mortgage loans using committed term facilities provided by multiple financial institutions, with total commitments of $1.1 billion. As of December 31, 2012, we borrowed $226.4 million against the availability under these facilities. We finance our securities portfolio, including CMBS and U.S. Agency Securities, via our FHLB membership, a $600 million credit facility from a leading domestic financial institution, and via other financing arrangements with numerous counterparties. As of December 31, 2012, we had total outstanding balances of $826.1 million under these facilities. We finance our real estate investments with nonrecourse first mortgage loans. As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding balances of $103.8 million on these nonrecourse mortgage loans. We also had $325 million of senior notes due 2017 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012. See Note 7 to our consolidated annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information about our financing arrangements.

We enter into interest rate and credit spread derivative contracts to mitigate our exposure to changes in interest rates and credit spreads. We generally seek to hedge assets that have a duration longer than two years, including newly-originated conduit first mortgage loans, securities in our CMBS portfolio if long enough in duration, and most of our U.S. Agency Securities portfolio. We monitor our asset profile and our hedge positions to manage our interest rate and credit spread exposures and seek to match fund our assets according to the liquidity characteristics and expected hold periods of our assets.

 

93


Table of Contents

We seek to maintain a debt-to-equity ratio in the range of 2:1-3:1. We expect this ratio to fluctuate during the course of a fiscal year due to the normal course of business in our conduit lending operations, in which we generally securitize our inventory of loans at intervals, and also because of changes in our asset mix, due in part to such securitizations. We believe that our predominantly senior secured assets and our defensive financing strategy allow us to maintain financial flexibility to capitalize on attractive market opportunities as they arise.

Investment Process

Origination

Our team of originators is responsible for sourcing new first mortgage loans from the brokerage community and directly from real estate owners, operators, developers and investors. The extensive industry experience of our management team and origination team have enabled us to build a strong network of mortgage brokers and direct borrowers throughout the commercial real estate community in the United States.

We seek to align our interests and those of our originators by awarding our originators annual discretionary bonuses that are generally correlated with realized profits, rather than loan volumes or other metrics.

Credit and Underwriting

Our underwriting and credit process commences upon receipt of a potential borrower’s executed loan application and non-refundable deposit.

Our underwriters conduct a thorough due diligence process for each prospective investment. The team coordinates in-house and third-party due diligence for each prospective loan as part of a checklist-based process that is designed to ensure that each loan receives a systematic evaluation. Elements of the underwriting process generally include:

Cash Flow Analysis . We create an estimated cash flow analysis and underwriting model for each prospective investment. Creation of the cash flow analysis generally draws on an assessment of current and historical data related to the property’s rent roll, operating expenses, net operating income, leasing cost, and capital expenditures. Underwriting is expected to evaluate and factor in assumptions regarding current market rents, vacancy rates, operating expenses, tenant improvements, leasing commissions, replacement reserves, renewal probabilities and concession packages based on observable conditions in the subject property’s sub-market at the time of underwriting. The cash flow analysis may also rely upon third-party environmental and engineering reports to estimate the cost to repair or remediate any identified property-level deficiencies. The final underwritten cash flow analysis is used to estimate the property’s overall value and its ability to produce cash flow to service the proposed loan.

Borrower Analysis . Careful attention is also paid to the proposed borrower, including an analysis based on available information of its credit history, financial standing, existing portfolio and exposure to leverage and contingent liabilities, capacity and capability to manage and lease the collateral, depth of organization, knowledge of the local market, and understanding of the proposed product type. We also generally commission and review a third-party background check of our prospective borrowers.

Site Inspection . A Ladder underwriter usually conducts a physical site inspection of each property. The site inspection gives the underwriter insights into the local market and the property’s positioning within it, confirms that tenants are in-place, and generally helps to ensure that the property has the characteristics, qualities, and potential value represented by the borrower.

Legal Due Diligence . Our in-house transaction management team completes legal due diligence on each property, borrower, and sponsor, including the evaluation of documents such as leases, title, title insurance, opinion letters, tenant estoppels, organizational documents, and other agreements and documents related to the property or the loan.

 

94


Table of Contents

Third-party Appraisal . We generally commission an appraisal from a Member of the Appraisal Institute to provide an independent opinion of value as well as additional supporting property and market data. Appraisals generally include detailed data on recent property sales, local rents, vacancy rates, supply, absorption, demographics and employment, as well as a detailed projected cash flow and valuation analysis. We typically use the independent appraiser’s valuation to calculate ratios such as loan-to-value and loan-to-stabilized-value ratio, as well as to serve as an independent source to which the in-house cash flow and valuation model can be compared.

Third-party Engineering Report . We generally engage an approved licensed engineer to complete property condition/engineering reports, and a seismic report for applicable properties. The engineering report is intended to identify any issues with respect to the safety and soundness of a property that may warrant further investigation, and provide estimates of ongoing replacement reserves, overall replacement cost, and the cost to bring a property into good repair.

Third-party Environmental Report . We also generally engage an approved environmental consulting firm to complete a Phase I Environmental Assessment to identify and evaluate potential environmental issues at the property, and may also order and review Phase II Environmental Assessments and/or Operations & Maintenance plans if applicable. Environmental reports and supporting documentation are typically reviewed in-house as well as by our environmental counsel.

Third-party Insurance Review . A third-party specialist reviews each prospective borrower’s existing insurance program to analyze the specific risk exposure of each property and to ensure that coverage is in compliance with our standard insurance requirements. Our transaction management team oversees this third-party review and makes the conclusions of their analysis available to the underwriting team.

A credit memorandum is prepared to summarize the results of the underwriting and due diligence process for the consideration of the Investment Committee. We thoroughly document the due diligence process up to and including the credit memorandum and maintain a digital archive of our work.

Transaction Management

The transaction management team is generally responsible for coordinating and managing outside counsel, working directly with originators, underwriters and borrowers to manage, structure, negotiate and close all transactions, including the securitization of our loans. The transaction management team plays an integral role in the legal underwriting of each property, consults with outside counsel on significant business, credit and/or legal issues, and facilitates the funding and closing of all investments and dispositions. The transaction management team also supports asset management and investment realization activities, including coordination of post-closing issues and assistance with loan sales, refinancing and repayments.

Investment Committee Approval

All investments require approval from our Investment Committee, comprised of Brian Harris, CEO; Michael Mazzei, President; Greta Guggenheim, Chief Investment Officer; and Pamela McCormack, General Counsel. The Investment Committee generally requires each investment to be fully described in a comprehensive Investment Committee memorandum that identifies the investment, the due diligence conducted and the findings, as well as all identified related risks and mitigants. The Investment Committee meets regularly to ensure that all investments are fully vetted prior to issuance of Investment Committee approval.

In addition to Investment Committee approval, the Risk and Underwriting Committee of our Board of Directors approves all investments above certain thresholds, which are currently set at $50 million for fixed-rate loans and AAA-rated securities, and lower levels for all other types of investments.

 

95


Table of Contents

Asset Management

The asset management team, together with our third-party servicers, monitors the investment portfolio, working closely with borrowers and/or their partners to monitor performance of the assets. Asset management focuses on careful asset specific and market surveillance, active enforcement of loan and security rights, and regular review of potential disposition strategies. Loan modifications, asset recapitalizations and other necessary variations to a borrower’s or partner’s business plan or budget will generally be vetted through the asset management team with a recommended course of action presented to the Investment Committee for approval.

Specific responsibilities of the asset management team include:

 

 

coordinating cash processing and cash management for collections and distributions through lock box accounts that are set up to trap all cash flow from a property;

 

 

monitoring tax and insurance administration to ensure timely payments to appropriate authorities and maintenance or placement of applicable insurance coverages;

 

 

assisting with escrow analysis to maintain appropriate balances in required accounts;

 

 

monitoring UCC administration for continued compliance with lien laws in various jurisdictions;

 

 

assisting with reserve and draw management from pre-funded accounts including monitoring draw requests for legitimacy and budget accuracy;

 

 

coordinating and conducting site inspections and surveillance activities including periodic analysis of financial statements;

 

 

reviewing rent rolls and operating statements;

 

 

reviewing available information for any material variances; and

 

 

completing and updating asset summary reviews and providing active portfolio management reporting to ensure that borrowers remain compliant with the terms of their loans and remain on target for established budgets and business plans.

Industry Overview

Commercial real estate is a capital-intensive business that uses substantial amounts of debt capital to develop, acquire, maintain, reposition and refinance commercial properties. There were $3.1 trillion of commercial mortgage loans outstanding in the U.S. as of December 31, 2012. These mortgage loans were predominantly held as investments by banks ($1.5 trillion), securitization trusts ($592 billion), and insurance companies ($326 billion).

Market Outlook

We believe there is currently a compelling market opportunity to invest in commercial real estate finance products, including loans and securities, as a result of the constrained supply of commercial real estate financing coupled with the significant demand for debt capital on newly acquired or refinanced commercial real estate properties.

 

96


Table of Contents

The commercial real estate market faces high near-term debt maturities, in that $1.7 trillion of commercial and multifamily real estate debt is scheduled to mature from 2013 through 2017. The following chart shows commercial real estate debt maturities, according to Trepp LLC as of December 31, 2012 ($ in billions):

 

LOGO

At the same time, the flow of capital available to finance commercial real estate has decreased, according to the Federal Reserve’s Flow of Funds report as of March 7, 2013. The following chart illustrates net funds flow to the commercial real estate industry, and highlights the decline in the volume of net lending ($ in billions):

LOGO

Traditional commercial real estate lenders, including banks and insurance companies, are currently facing tighter capital constraints and regulatory changes. Among the factors that we believe may continue to limit lending to the sector for traditional financing sources are Basel III, with its provisions for higher bank capital charges on certain types of real estate loans, as well as the Dodd-Frank Act. We believe the current regulatory environment will continue to be most impactful on larger financial institutions, including the 28 institutions identified by the Financial Stability Board as “Global Systemically Important Banks” (“G-SIBs”). As of December 31, 2012, eight of the top ten contributors of $5 to $100 million loans to new CMBS securitizations were G-SIBs.

In this environment, characterized by a supply-demand imbalance for financing and stabilizing asset values, we believe we are well positioned to originate and invest in attractive investment opportunities in commercial real estate finance.

 

97


Table of Contents

Brief History of the CMBS Market

Securitization trusts and the CMBS they issue have risen in importance as a financing source for the commercial real estate industry. The industry has grown from $11 billion in assets in 1990, representing 1.0% of commercial mortgage loans outstanding at the time, to $592 billion in assets, and representing 19.3% of commercial mortgage loans outstanding as of December 31, 2012. The growth in securitization of commercial mortgage loans is part of a broader trend toward securitization of many different types of debt, including residential mortgage loans, auto loans, student loans, residential loans, and home equity loans. The following chart shows historical annual CMBS issuance from 1995 through 2012, according to Commercial Mortgage Alert, as of March 22, 2013 ($ in billions):

 

LOGO

From 2002 to 2007, rapidly rising property values and commercial real estate lending volumes were driven by global economic growth, inexpensive, abundant debt and equity capital, and aggressive credit underwriting. Throughout this period, loan origination volume increased substantially with annual U.S. CMBS issuance growing from $52 billion in 2002 to $229 billion in 2007.

In early 2007, deterioration in the subprime residential mortgage market prompted a re-evaluation of credit standards across all debt markets. The commercial mortgage markets were directly impacted as credit rating agencies adjusted their ratings methodologies for CMBS. This development triggered a dramatic re-pricing of CMBS securities and ultimately resulted in a credit freeze in the debt markets, with a particularly negative impact on CMBS and the broader commercial real estate loan origination markets. CMBS issuance declined to $2.7 billion in 2009 and liquidity in the commercial real estate lending market was scarce.

In early 2010, commonly tracked economic indicators, including GDP, consumer spending, consumer confidence and disposable personal income, began to show signs of improvement. These changes, together with recovering property fundamentals, including decreasing vacancy rates, rent growth, positive absorption, limited new supply and increasing investor demand for commercial real estate, led to an improvement in commercial property values. During this time, several bank lenders reinitiated their CMBS lending programs, and several new lenders entered the business.

Following the financial crisis, lenders imposed a greater level of discipline on new loan originations. Underwriting standards were more conservative and lenders required additional reserves and enforced stricter covenants. At the same time, investors demanded a greater level of disclosure regarding the underlying collateral in new CMBS offerings along with more information about the potential risks associated with these investments.

 

98


Table of Contents

In June 2010, the first new-issue multi-borrower CMBS securitization following the credit crisis occurred, and for calendar year 2010, new CMBS issuance totaled $12 billion. In 2011, new CMBS issuance totaled $33 billion, despite a slowdown in originations during the second half of the year because of the uncertain economic climate created by the Euro-area crisis. In 2012, new CMBS issuance totaled $48 billion, a 48% increase over 2011. We believe there is the capacity for a continuing market recovery and that the CMBS market will continue to play an important role in the financing of commercial real estate in the U.S.

Competition

The commercial real estate finance markets are highly competitive. We face competition from commercial banks, insurance companies, investment banks, mortgage REITs, specialty finance companies, and asset management companies. Many of these competitors enjoy competitive advantages over us, including greater name recognition, established lending relationships with customers, financial resources, and access to capital.

We compete on the basis of relationships, product offering, loan structure, terms, pricing and customer service. Our success depends on our ability to maintain and capitalize on relationships with borrowers and brokers, offer attractive loan products, remain competitive in pricing and terms, and provide superior service.

Regulation

Our operations are subject, in certain instances, to supervision and regulation by state and federal governmental authorities and may be subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing various requirements and restrictions. In addition, certain of our subsidiaries’ businesses may rely on exemptions from various requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act, and ERISA. These exemptions are sometimes highly complex and may in certain circumstances depend on compliance by third-parties who we do not control.

Regulatory Reform

The Dodd-Frank Act, which went into effect on July 21, 2010, is intended to make significant structural reforms to the financial services industry. For example, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, various federal agencies have promulgated, or are in the process of promulgating, regulations with respect to various issues that affect securitizations, including (1) a requirement under the Dodd-Frank Act that issuers in securitizations retain 5% of the risk associated with the securities, (2) requirements for additional disclosure, (3) requirements for additional review and reporting, (4) a possible requirement that a portion of potential profit that would be realized on the securitization must be deposited in a reserve account and used as additional credit support for the related CMBS until the loans are repaid, and (5) certain restrictions designed to prevent conflicts of interest. The implementation of any regulations ultimately adopted will occur on a time period that could range from two months to as long as two years. Certain regulations have already been adopted and others remain under consideration by various governmental agencies, in some cases past the deadlines set in the Dodd-Frank Act for adoption. Certain proposed regulations, if adopted, could alter the structure of securitizations in the future and could pose additional risks to our participating in future securitizations or could reduce or eliminate the economic incentives of participating in future securitizations.

Pursuant to a new rule adopted by the SEC on October 26, 2011, we will be required to periodically file reports on a new Form PF. The rule subjects certain large private fund advisers to more detailed and in certain cases more frequent reporting requirements. The information will be used by the Council in monitoring risks to the U.S. financial system.

Certain other new federal, state and municipal rules could also impact our business. These include (1) new CFTC rules regarding CPO and CTA registration and compliance obligations, (2) new regulatory, reporting and compliance requirements applicable to swap dealers, security-based swaps dealers and major swap participants under the Dodd-Frank Act, (3) new Dodd-Frank regulation on derivative transactions and (4) new requirements

 

99


Table of Contents

in California and New York City that require placement agents who solicit funds from the retirement and public pension systems to register as lobbyists. Given the current status of the regulatory developments, we cannot currently quantify the possible effects of these regulatory changes. The final form these rules will take is not yet known, and their final formulation could be more, or less, restrictive than the current proposals. See “Risk factors—Risks related to regulatory and compliance matters” and “—Risks related to hedging.”

Regulation of Commercial Real Estate Lending Activities

Although most states do not regulate commercial finance, certain states impose limitations on interest rates and other charges and on certain collection practices and creditor remedies, and require licensing of lenders and financiers and adequate disclosure of certain contract terms. We also are required to comply with certain provisions of, among other statutes and regulations, certain provisions of the Equal Credit Opportunity Act that are applicable to commercial loans, the USA PATRIOT Act, regulations promulgated by the Office of Foreign Asset Control and federal and state securities laws and regulations.

Regulation as a REIT

We hold certain of our investments through our subsidiary LCRFT and its subsidiaries. LCRFT is a REIT chartered in Maryland. To qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, LCRFT must continually satisfy tests concerning, among other things, the sources of its income, the nature and diversification of its assets, the amounts that it distributes to its shareholders and the ownership of its shares. If LCRFT fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, LCRFT will be subject to federal income tax (including any applicable alternative minimum tax) on its net taxable income at regular corporate income tax rates. Even if LCRFT qualifies for taxation as a REIT, LCRFT may be subject to state and local taxes and to federal income tax and excise tax on its undistributed income.

Regulation as an Investment Adviser

We conduct investment advisory activities in the U.S. through our subsidiaries, Ladder Capital Adviser LLC and LCR Income I GP LLC, which are regulated by the SEC as registered investment advisers under the Advisers Act. A registered investment adviser is subject to federal and state laws and regulations primarily intended to benefit its clients. These laws and regulations include requirements relating to, among other things, fiduciary duties to clients, maintaining an effective compliance program, solicitation agreements, conflicts of interest, record keeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on agency cross and principal transactions between an investment adviser and its advisory clients and general anti-fraud prohibitions. In addition, these laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict us from conducting our advisory activities in the event we fail to comply with those laws and regulations. Sanctions that may be imposed for a failure to comply with applicable legal requirements include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on our engaging in various advisory activities for specified periods of time, the revocation of registrations, other censures and fines.

We may become subject to additional regulatory and compliance burdens as our investment adviser subsidiaries expand their product offerings and investment platform. For example, if one of our investment adviser subsidiaries were to advise a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act, such registered investment company and our subsidiary that serves as its investment adviser would be subject to the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder, which, among other things, regulate the relationship between a registered investment company and its investment adviser and prohibit or severely restrict principal transactions and joint transactions. This additional regulation could increase our compliance costs and create the potential for additional liabilities and penalties.

In June 2010, the SEC approved Rule 206(4)-5 under the Advisers Act regarding “pay to play” practices by investment advisers involving campaign contributions and other payments to government clients and elected officials able to exert influence on such clients. The rule prohibits investment advisers from providing advisory

 

100


Table of Contents

services for compensation to a government client for two years, subject to very limited exceptions, after the investment adviser, its senior executives or its personnel involved in soliciting investments from government entities make contributions to certain candidates and officials in a position to influence the hiring of an investment adviser by such government client. Advisers are required to implement compliance policies designed, among other matters, to track contributions by certain of the adviser’s employees and engagement of third-parties that solicit government entities and to keep certain records in order to enable the SEC to determine compliance with the rule. In addition, there have been similar rules on a state-level regarding “pay to play” practices by investment advisers.

Regulation as a Broker-Dealer

We have a subsidiary, Ladder Capital Securities LLC, that is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and is a member of FINRA. This subsidiary is subject to regulations that cover all aspects of its business, including sales practices, use and safekeeping of clients’ funds and securities, the capital structure of the subsidiary, recordkeeping and the conduct of directors, officers and employees. Violations of these regulations can result in the revocation of its broker-dealer license (which could result in our having to hire new licensed investment professionals before continuing certain operations), the imposition of censure or fines and the suspension or expulsion of the subsidiary, its officers or employees from FINRA. The subsidiary also may be required to maintain certain minimum net capital. Rule 15c3-1 of the Exchange Act specifies the minimum level of net capital a broker-dealer must maintain and also requires that a significant part of a broker-dealer’s assets be kept in relatively liquid form. The SEC and FINRA impose rules that require notification when net capital falls below certain predefined criteria, limit the ratio of subordinated debt to equity in the regulatory capital composition of a broker-dealer and constrain the ability of a broker-dealer to expand its business under certain circumstances. Additionally, the SEC’s uniform net capital rule imposes certain requirements that may have the effect of prohibiting a broker-dealer from distributing or withdrawing capital and requiring prior notice to the SEC for certain withdrawals of capital.

Regulation as a Captive Insurance Company

We maintain a captive insurance company, Tuebor, to provide coverage previously self-insured by us, including nuclear, biological or chemical coverage, excess property coverage and excess errors and omissions coverage. It is regulated by the state of Michigan and is subject to regulations that cover all aspects of its business. Violations of these regulations can result in revocation of its authorization to do business as a captive insurer or result in censures or fines. The subsidiary is also subject to insurance laws of states other than Michigan (i.e., states where the insureds are located).

Investment Company Act Exemption

We intend to conduct our operations so that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries are required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. If we were unable to maintain an exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act, we could, among other things, be required either to (a) substantially change the manner in which we conduct our operations to avoid being required to register as an investment company, (b) effect sales of our assets in a manner that, or at a time when, we would not otherwise choose to do so, or (c) register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, any of which could have an adverse effect on us and the value of our securities or our ability to satisfy our obligations in respect of the Notes.

If we or any of our subsidiaries were required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, the registered entity would become subject to substantial regulation with respect to capital structure (including the ability to use leverage), management, operations, transactions with affiliated persons (as defined in the Investment Company Act), portfolio composition, including restrictions with respect to diversification and industry concentration, compliance with reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy disclosure

 

101


Table of Contents

and other rules and regulations that would significantly change our operations. For example, because affiliate transactions are generally prohibited under the Investment Company Act, we would not be able to enter into certain transactions with any of our affiliates if we are required to register as an investment company, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to operate our business.

If we were required to register us as an investment company but failed to do so, we would be prohibited from engaging in our business, and criminal and civil actions could be brought against us. In addition, our contracts would be unenforceable unless a court required enforcement, and a court could appoint a receiver to take control of us and liquidate our business.

Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act defines an investment company as any issuer that is or holds itself out as being engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act defines an investment company as any issuer which is engaged or proposes to engage in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities, and owns or proposes to acquire investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of such issuer’s total assets (exclusive of U.S. Government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Excluded from the term “investment securities,” among other things, are U.S. Government securities and securities issued by majority-owned subsidiaries that are not themselves investment companies and are not relying on the exception from the definition of investment company for certain privately-offered investment vehicles set forth in Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act.

We are organized as a holding company and conduct our businesses primarily through our subsidiaries. We intend to conduct our operations so that we comply with the 40% test, under which the securities issued by any wholly-owned or majority-owned subsidiaries that we may form in the future that are excepted from the definition of “investment company” under Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act, together with any other investment securities we may own, may not have a combined value in excess of 40% of the value of our adjusted total assets (exclusive of U.S. Government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. We will monitor our holdings to ensure continuing and ongoing compliance with this test. In addition, we believe that we will not be considered an investment company under Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act because we will not engage primarily or hold ourselves out as being engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. Rather, we will be engaged primarily in the non-investment company businesses of our subsidiaries.

We expect that certain of our subsidiaries may rely on the exemption from registration as an investment company under the Investment Company Act pursuant to Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act, which is available for entities “primarily engaged” in the business of “purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate.” This exemption generally requires that at least 55% of these subsidiaries’ assets must comprise qualifying real estate assets and at least 80% of each of their portfolios must comprise qualifying real estate assets and real estate-related assets under the Investment Company Act. We expect each of our subsidiaries relying on Section 3(c)(5)(C) to rely on guidance published by the SEC staff or on our analyses of such guidance to determine which assets are qualifying real estate assets and real estate-related assets. To the extent that the SEC staff publishes new or different guidance with respect to any assets we have determined to be qualifying real estate assets, we may be required to adjust our strategy accordingly. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make certain investments and these limitations could result in a subsidiary holding assets we might wish to sell or selling assets we might wish to hold.

Any of the Company or our subsidiaries may rely on the exemption provided by Section 3(c)(6) of the Investment Company Act to the extent that they primarily engage, directly or through majority-owned subsidiaries, in the businesses described in Sections 3(c)(3), 3(c)(4) and 3(c)(5) of the Investment Company Act. The SEC staff has issued little interpretive guidance with respect to Section 3(c)(6) and any guidance published by the staff could require us to adjust our strategy accordingly.

 

102


Table of Contents

The SEC recently solicited public comment on a wide range of issues relating to Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act, including the nature of the assets that qualify for purposes of the exemption and whether companies that are engaged in the business of acquiring mortgages and mortgage-related instruments should be regulated in a manner similar to investment companies. There can be no assurance that the laws and regulations governing the Investment Company Act status of such companies, including the SEC or its staff providing more specific or different guidance regarding Section 3(c)(5)(C), will not change in a manner that adversely affects our operations. If we or our subsidiaries fail to maintain an exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act, we could, among other things, be required either to (a) change the manner in which we conduct our operations to avoid being required to register as an investment company, (b) effect sales of our assets in a manner that, or at a time when, we would not otherwise choose to do so, or (c) register as an investment company, any of which could negatively affect our financial results, the sustainability of our business model, the value of our securities, or our ability to satisfy our obligations in respect of the Notes.

Qualification for exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act will limit our ability to make certain investments. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our Investment Company Act exemption—Maintenance of our exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act imposes significant limits on our operations.”

Employees

As of December 31, 2012, we employed 56 full-time persons. All employees are employed by our operating subsidiary, Ladder Capital Finance LLC. None of our employees are represented by a union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe that our employee relations are good.

Property

We lease our corporate headquarters office at 345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, New York, 10154. We also lease regional offices at 10250 Constellation Boulevard, Suite 260, Los Angeles, California, 90067 and 433 Plaza Real, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida, 33432.

We own a portfolio of commercial real estate properties. As of December 31, 2012, we owned 33 single tenant retail properties with an aggregate book value of $261.0 million. These properties are leased on a net basis where the tenant is generally responsible for payment of real estate taxes, building insurance and maintenance. As of December 31, 2012, our net lease properties had an average age since construction of 7 years and a weighted average lease maturity of 36 years. 15 of our properties are leased to a national pharmacy chain, and the remaining properties are leased to a national discount retailer, a regional sporting goods store, and a regional membership warehouse club. We originated mortgage loans on many of these assets, and many of these loans have subsequently been securitized and are included as nonrecourse long-term financing of $103.8 million on our balance sheet at December 31, 2012.

 

103


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2012, we owned 427 residential condominium units at Veer Towers in Las Vegas with a book value of $119.0 million through a consolidated joint venture with an operating partner. The units were 77% rented and occupied as of December 31, 2012. We expect to sell units over time. The following table summarizes our owned properties as of December 31, 2012 ($ in thousands):

 

Tenant Type

 

Location

  Year
built/reno
    Lease
expiration(1)
    Approximate
Square
footage
    Carrying
value of
asset
    Mortgage
loan
outstanding
    Net book
value of
asset
    Annual
rental
income
 

Retail

  Lexington SC     2009        09/30/33        14,820      $ 4,476      $ 2,898      $ 1,578      $ 362   

Retail

  Elkton MD     2008        10/31/33        13,706        4,579        2,928        1,651        380   

Retail

  Lilburn GA     2007        10/31/32        14,820        5,438        3,474        1,964        443   

Retail

  Douglasville GA     2008        10/31/33        13,434        5,131        3,264        1,867        416   

Retail

  Tupelo MS     2007        01/31/33        14,820        4,823        3,090        1,733        400   

Retail

  Spartanburg SC     2007        08/31/32        14,820        3,676        2,873        803        291   

Retail

  Abingdon, VA     2006        06/30/31        15,371        4,688        3,003        1,685        300   

Retail

  Aiken, SC     2008        02/28/33        14,550        5,926        3,885        2,041        384   

Retail

  Johnson City, TN     2007        03/30/32        14,550        5,262        3,453        1,809        341   

Retail

  Gallatin, TN     2007        09/30/32        14,820        5,053        3,322        1,731        329   

Retail

  Greenwood, AR     2009        06/30/34        13,650        5,066        3,346        1,720        332   

Retail

  Mt. Airy, NC     2007        06/30/32        14,820        4,492        2,950        1,542        292   

Retail

  Chattanooga, TN     2008        01/31/33        14,550        5,703        3,740        1,963        365   

Retail

  Palmview, TX     2012        08/31/37        14,820        6,820        4,466        2,354        437   

Retail

  Millbrook, AL     2008        03/22/32        6,987        6,799        4,511        2,288        448   

Retail

  Orange City, FL     2011        04/30/27        9,026        1,288        798        490        103   

Retail

  Yulee, FL     2012        05/31/27        9,026        1,318        875        443        105   

Retail

  Middleburg, FL     2011        11/30/26        9,026        1,146        774        372        92   

Retail

  Satsuma, FL     2011        11/30/26        9,026        1,060        788        272        86   

Retail

  DeLeon Springs, FL     2011        01/31/27        9,100        1,226        801        425        98   

Retail

  Pittsfield, MA     2011        10/29/31        85,188        14,335        11,000        3,335        1,065   

Retail

  North Dartsmouth, MA     1989        08/31/32        103,680        29,659        11,619        18,040        2,074   

Retail

  Mooresville, NC     2000        08/31/32        108,528        17,463        6,842        10,621        1,221   

Retail

  Saratoga Springs, NY     1994        08/31/32        116,620        20,021        7,844        12,177        1,399   

Retail

  Sennett, NY     1996        08/31/32        68,160        7,396        2,898        4,498        545   

Retail

  Tilton, NH     1996        08/31/32        68,160        7,177        2,812        4,365        562   

Retail

  Vineland, NJ     2003        08/31/32        115,368        22,285        8,731        13,554        1,557   

Retail

  Waldorf, MD     1999        08/31/32        15,660        18,633        7,300        11,333        1,301   

Retail

  Columbia, SC     2001        04/30/32        71,744        7,635        5,137        2,498        581   

Retail

  Jonesboro, AR     2012        10/31/32        71,600        8,360        5,460        2,900        626   

Retail

  Mt. Juliet, TN     2012        11/30/32        71,917        9,083        6,000        3,083        683   

Retail

  Snellville, GA     2011        04/30/32        67,375        7,805        5,281        2,524        605   

Retail

  Wichita, KS     2012        12/31/32        73,322        7,200        4,680        2,520        536   

Condominium

  Las Vegas, NV     2006          401,430        119,000        98,765        119,000     
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

          1,694,494      $ 380,022      $ 239,608      $ 239,179      $ 18,759   
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The mortgage loans outstanding above include $135.8 million of inter-company loans, which are eliminated upon consolidation, and $103.8 million of long term financing from third parties.

 

(1) Lease expirations reflect the earliest date the lease is cancellable without penalty. However, actual term is longer.

 

104


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation and claims incidental to the conduct of our business in the ordinary course. Further, certain of our subsidiaries, including our registered broker-dealer, registered investment adviser and captive insurance company, are subject to scrutiny by government regulators, which could result in enforcement proceedings or litigation related to regulatory compliance matters. We are not presently a party to any enforcement proceedings, litigation related to regulatory compliance matters or any other type of litigation matters. We maintain insurance policies in amounts and with the coverage and deductibles we believe are adequate, based on the nature and risks of our business, historical experience and industry standards.

 

105


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Directors, Executive Officers and Other Key Executives

Currently, eight individuals are serving as our directors. The following table sets forth information as to persons who serve as our directors, executive officers or other key executives. Biographical information for each of the directors and officers can be found below. The positions referenced in the biographies represent the final positions held.

Our Directors, Executive Officers and Other Key Executives

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Alan Fishman

     67       Non-Executive Chairman and Director

Brian Harris

     52       Chief Executive Officer and Director

Jonathan Bilzin

     40       Director

Amin Hariri

     38       Director

Ralph Herzka

     51       Director

Neal Moszkowski

     47       Director

Howard Park

     51       Director

Joel C. Peterson

     65       Director

Michael Mazzei

     51       President

Greta Guggenheim

     54       Chief Investment Officer

Marc Fox

     52       Chief Financial Officer

Pamela McCormack

     42       General Counsel and Co-Head of Securitization

Thomas Harney

     51       Head of Merchant Banking and Capital Markets

Robert Perelman

     50       Head of Asset Management

Alan Fishman . Mr. Fishman was appointed as Non-Executive Chairman of Ladder at its formation in October 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Fishman was appointed as Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual Inc. and its holding company in September 2008 for a brief period immediately preceding its merger with J.P. Morgan Chase. Mr. Fishman also previously served as Chairman of Meridian Capital Group from April 2007 to September 2008 and President of Sovereign Bank Corp from June 2006 until December 2006. From March 2001 until its sale to Sovereign Bank Corp in June 2006, Mr. Fishman served as Chief Executive Officer and President of Independence Community Bank. Mr. Fishman also serves as Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the Brooklyn Academy of Music, Chairman of the Brooklyn Navy Yard Development Corporation, Chairman of the Downtown Brooklyn Partnership, Chairman of the Brooklyn Community Foundation and on the boards of several other not-for-profit and civic organizations. Mr. Fishman earned a B.S. from Brown University and a Masters in Economics from Columbia University. Mr. Fishman’s extensive financial management experience qualifies him to serve as a member of our board.

Brian Harris . Mr. Harris is a co-founder of Ladder and has served as Chief Executive Officer and director of Ladder since its formation in October 2008. Mr. Harris has over 27 years of experience in the real estate and financial markets. Prior to forming Ladder, Mr. Harris served as a Senior Partner, Managing Director and Head of Global Commercial Real Estate at Dillon Read Capital Management (“DRCM”), a wholly owned subsidiary of UBS AG from June 2006 to May 2007, managing over $500 million of equity capital from UBS AG for DRCM’s commercial real estate activities globally. Prior to that, Mr. Harris served as Managing Director and Head of Global Commercial Real Estate at UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) from June 1999 to June 2006, managing UBS’ proprietary commercial real estate activities globally. Mr. Harris also served as a member of the Board of Directors of UBS Investment Bank from April 2003 to September 2005. From March 1996 to April 1999, Mr. Harris served as Head of Commercial Mortgage Trading at Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (“Credit Suisse”) and was responsible for managing all proprietary commercial real estate investment and trading activities. Prior to that, Mr. Harris also worked in the real estate groups at Lehman Brothers, Salomon Brothers,

 

106


Table of Contents

Smith Barney and Daiwa Securities. Mr. Harris earned a B.S. in Biology and an M.B.A. from The State University of New York at Albany. Mr. Harris’ real estate and financial experience qualify him to serve as a member of our board.

Jonathan Bilzin. Mr. Bilzin was appointed as a director of Ladder at its formation in October 2008. Mr. Bilzin is a Managing Director of TowerBrook, a private equity firm, where Mr. Bilzin has served since its formation in March 2005. Mr. Bilzin serves on TowerBrook’s Management Committee. Mr. Bilzin also serves as a director of Ironshore Inc., Sound Inpatient Physicians, Inc., Unison Site Management LLC, Rave Cinemas LLC, Shale-Inland Holdings, LLC and Wilton Industries, Inc. Mr. Bilzin earned a B.A. from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Bilzin’s senior role at TowerBrook and his business experience qualify him to serve as a member of our board.

Amin Hariri. Mr. Hariri was appointed as a director of Ladder in January 2010. Mr. Hariri currently serves as a Vice President of GI Partners, a private equity firm based in Menlo Park, CA. Prior to joining GI Partners in 2008, Mr. Hariri served as the Chief Financial Officer of Sunset Gower Studios, a portfolio company in the first fund of GI Partners. From 2004 to 2006, Mr. Hariri was a manager of corporate finance at Mattel Inc. Mr. Hariri also serves as a director of Archon Resources LLC. Mr. Hariri earned a B.S. in Structural Engineering from the University of California San Diego and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Hariri’s experience at GI Partners and his financial experience qualify him to serve as a member of our board.

Ralph Herzka. Mr. Herzka was appointed as a director of Ladder at its formation in October 2008. Mr. Herzka is the founder and Chairman of Meridian Capital Group, LLC and has also served as its Chief Executive Officer since its formation in 1991. Mr. Herzka has over two decades of experience in the real estate finance business and has personally negotiated in excess of $60 billion in real estate financing transactions. Mr. Herzka’s experiences at Meridian and his two decades of experience in the real estate finance business qualify him to serve as a member of our board.

Neal Moszkowski . Mr. Moszkowski was appointed as a director of Ladder at its formation in October 2008. Mr. Moszkowski is the co-founder of TowerBrook and has served as its Co-Chief Executive Officer, Co-Chair of its Management Committee and Co-Chair of the Investment Committee since March 2005. Mr. Moszkowski serves as a director of Sound Inpatient Physicians, Inc. and Integra Life Sciences Holding Corporation. Mr. Moszkowski earned a B.A. from Amherst College and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Moszkowski’s leadership role at TowerBrook and his business experience qualify him to serve as a member of our board.

Howard Park . Mr. Park was appointed as a director of Ladder at its formation in October 2008. Mr. Park has served as a Managing Director of GI International L.P. (“GI Partners”), a private equity firm based in Menlo Park, CA, since March 2003. Mr. Park serves or has served on the boards of SoftLayer Technologies, Inc., The Planet, Inc., Telx Corporation, Advoserv, Inc., Plum Healthcare Group, LLC and PC Helps Support, LLC. Mr. Park graduated cum laude from Rice University with a B.A. in Economics and earned an M.B.A. from the Amos Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. Mr. Park’s leadership role at GI Partners and his business experience qualify him to serve as a member of our board.

Joel C. Peterson . Mr. Peterson was appointed as a director of Ladder at its formation in October 2008. In 1995, Mr. Peterson founded Peterson Partners. Between 1973 and 1991, Mr. Peterson was a treasurer, Chief Financial Officer, a member of the board of directors and ultimately Managing Partner of Trammell Crow Company, one of the world’s largest real estate development firms. In addition, since 1992, Mr. Peterson has been a consulting professor at Stanford’s Graduate School of Business, where Mr. Peterson has taught courses in real estate investment, entrepreneurship and leadership. Mr. Peterson serves as director of Franklin Covey, Co. Mr. Peterson also serves as Chairman of JetBlue Airways Corporation and is an Overseer at the Hoover Institute. Mr. Peterson earned a B.S. from Brigham Young University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Peterson’s extensive experience in the real estate industry qualify him to serve as a member of our board.

 

107


Table of Contents

Michael Mazzei. Mr. Mazzei was appointed as President of Ladder in June 2012. From September 2009 to June 2012, Mr. Mazzei served as a Managing Director and Global Head of the CMBS and Bank Loan Syndication Group at Bank of America Merrill Lynch. Prior to that, Mr. Mazzei served as Co-Head of CMBS and Commercial Real Estate Debt Markets at Barclays Capital from March 2004 to June 2009. Prior to Barclays Capital, Mr. Mazzei spent 20 years at Lehman Brothers where Mr. Mazzei became the head of CMBS in 1991 and served as the Co-Head of Global Real Estate Investment Banking from March 2002 to February 2004. Mr. Mazzei earned a B.S. in Finance from Baruch College CUNY and a J.D. from St. John’s University, and is a graduate of the New York University Real Estate Institute.

Greta Guggenheim. Ms. Guggenheim is a co-founder of Ladder and was President of Ladder from its formation in October 2008 through June 2012 and was appointed Chief Investment Officer in June 2012. Prior to forming Ladder, Ms. Guggenheim served as a Managing Director and Head of Origination at DRCM from June 2006 to June 2007. Before joining DRCM, Ms. Guggenheim served as a Managing Director in Originations at UBS from May 2002 to June 2006. Prior to joining UBS, Ms. Guggenheim served as a Managing Director at Bear Stearns & Co. (“Bear Stearns”) from October 2000 to April 2002 and previously worked in real estate investment banking and commercial real estate lending at Credit Suisse and Credit Suisse First Boston from 1986 to 1999. Ms. Guggenheim earned a B.A. in Economics and Spanish Literature from Swarthmore College and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Marc Fox. Mr. Fox was appointed as Chief Financial Officer of Ladder in November 2008. From January 1999 through 2008, Mr. Fox served as Treasurer of Capmark Financial Group Inc. (“Capmark”), where Mr. Fox formulated and executed its worldwide funding strategies. Mr. Fox was significantly involved in the formation of Capmark’s wholly owned banking platform and debt management of Capmark Bank, a regulated industrial bank subsidiary of Capmark. Mr. Fox earned a B.S. in Economics and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Pamela McCormack. Ms. McCormack is a co-founder of Ladder and was appointed as General Counsel of Ladder at its formation in October 2008 and was subsequently also appointed as Co-Head of Securitization in 2010. Prior to forming Ladder, Ms. McCormack served as Executive Director and Head of Transaction Management at DRCM from June 2006 to June 2007. Before joining DRCM, Ms. McCormack served as Executive Director and Co-Head of Transaction Management and, previously also as Counsel, at UBS from October 2003 to June 2006. In that capacity, Ms. McCormack managed a team responsible for the structuring, negotiating and closing of all real estate investments globally. Prior to joining UBS, Ms. McCormack worked as Vice President and Counsel at Credit Suisse and as a real estate and finance attorney at Stroock, Stroock & Lavan LLP and Brown Raysman Millstein Felder & Steiner LLP. Ms. McCormack graduated cum laude with a B.A. in English from the State University of New York at Stony Brook and earned a J.D. from St. John’s University School of Law.

Thomas Harney . Mr. Harney was appointed Head of Merchant Banking & Capital Markets of Ladder in October 2010. Prior to joining Ladder, Mr. Harney served as the Head of Real Estate at Tri-Artisan Capital Partners, a private merchant banking group based in New York from 2008 to 2010. Before joining Tri-Artisan, Mr. Harney served as Senior Managing Director of the Real Estate Investment Banking Group at Bear Stearns, where Mr. Harney worked from 1997 to 2008. Mr. Harney has extensive experience in completing large-scale M&A transactions, as well as a broad range of debt and equity securities transactions in both public and private formats. Mr. Harney graduated magna cum laude with a B.A. in Urban Studies from the University of Pennsylvania and is a graduate of the New York University Finance & Development Program.

Robert Perelman . Mr. Perelman is a co-founder of Ladder and was appointed as Head of Asset Management of Ladder at its formation in October 2008. Prior to forming Ladder, Mr. Perelman served as a Director and Head of Asset Management at UBS from June 2007 to October 2007 and, previously prior to the launch of DRCM, from April 2006 to June 2006. Prior to being re-integrated to UBS, Mr. Perelman served as a Director and Head of Asset Management at DRCM from June 2006 to June 2007. In that capacity, Mr. Perelman managed a team responsible for the portfolio management of all real estate investments globally. Prior to joining DRCM,

 

108


Table of Contents

Mr. Perelman served as a Managing Director and Partner at Hudson Realty Capital LLC (“Hudson Realty”), a private equity fund, where Mr. Perelman worked from June 2003 to March 2006 and was responsible for loan origination, real estate investments and asset management. Before joining Hudson Realty, Mr. Perelman served as a Director at Credit Suisse from February 1998 to May 2003. During his tenure at Credit Suisse, Mr. Perelman had significant responsibility for the structuring and closing of a wide variety of real estate investments within the U.S. and Asia. Mr. Perelman earned a B.S. in Telecommunications Management from Syracuse University and a J.D. from Fordham University School of Law.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors has three committees: Risk and Underwriting Committee, Audit Committee and Compensation Committee.

Risk and Underwriting Committee . The Risk and Underwriting Committee is composed of Alan Fishman (Chair), Jonathan Bilzin, Amin Hariri and Brian Harris. The committee reviews our internal risk reports and evaluates risk management strategies. In addition, it reviews and approves (i) fixed rate loans greater than $50 million, (ii) floating rate and mezzanine loans greater than $20 million, (iii) equity investments greater than $5 million, (iv) AAA-rated security positions greater than $50 million and (v) all other security positions greater than $26 million. This committee meets monthly or more frequently as needed depending on transaction requirements.

Audit Committee . The Audit Committee is composed of Amin Hariri (Chair) and Jonathan Bilzin. This committee oversees the relationship between Ladder and its independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, as well as reviews and approves Ladder’s audited financial statements. This committee meets five times a year: (i) at fiscal year-end, (ii) prior to the audit release and (iii) prior to the completion of each quarterly review.

Compensation Committee . The Compensation Committee is composed of Jonathan Bilzin (Chair), Howard Park, Ralph Herzka and Alan Fishman. The committee evaluates and considers for approval our management’s recommendations related to the budgeted and actual amounts and composition of the compensation to be paid to each employee. This committee meets twice a year: (i) at fiscal year-end and (ii) during the first quarter of the following fiscal year for final approval.

 

109


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The following discussion and tabular disclosure describes the material elements of compensation for our most highly compensated executive officers as of December 31, 2012 (collectively our “named executive officers”). Our named executive officers for 2012 were:

 

   

Brian Harris, Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Michael Mazzei, President; and

 

   

Thomas Harney, Head of Merchant Banking and Capital Markets.

Executive Compensation

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Our compensation philosophy is to align executive compensation with the interests of our partners and, therefore, to financial objectives that our board of directors believes are primary determinants of long-term equity value. The primary goal of our executive compensation program is to ensure that we hire and retain talented and experienced executives who are motivated to achieve or exceed our short-term and long-term company goals. Our executive compensation programs are designed to reinforce a strong pay-for-performance orientation and to serve the following purposes:

 

   

to reward our named executive officers for sustained financial and operating performance and leadership excellence;

 

   

to align the interests of our executives with those of our partners; and

 

   

to encourage our named executive officers to remain with us for the long-term.

Elements of Compensation

Base Salary

We pay our named executive officers a base salary based on the experience, skills, knowledge and responsibilities required of each officer. We believe base salaries are an important element in our overall compensation program because base salaries provide a fixed element of compensation that reflects job responsibilities and value to us.

Annual Cash Bonuses

To date, our board of directors has not adopted a formal plan or set of formal guidelines with respect to annual incentive or bonus payments, and has rather relied on an annual assessment of the performance of our executives during the preceding year to make annual incentive and bonus determinations. Our board of directors may retain the discretion to pay any such bonuses or incentive payments.

Long-Term Equity Compensation

We provide our named executive officers with long-term equity compensation pursuant to our 2008 Incentive Equity Plan, as amended. We believe that providing our named executive officers with an equity interest brings their interests in line with those of our partners and that including a vesting component to those equity interests encourages our named executive officers to remain with us over the applicable vesting period.

Other Supplemental Benefits

Our named executive officers are eligible for the following benefits on a similar basis as other eligible employees:

 

   

health, dental and vision insurance;

 

   

vacation and sick days;

 

110


Table of Contents
   

life insurance;

 

   

short-term and long-term disability insurance; and

 

   

401(k) plan.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the total compensation received by, or earned by, our named executive officers during the past two fiscal years.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
($)
    Option
Awards
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Brian Harris

    2012      $ 500,000      $ 1,900,000      $ —        $ —        $ 1,877 (4)    $ 2,401,877   

Chief Executive Officer

    2011        500,000        1,250,000        —          —          1,867 (4)      1,751,867   

Michael Mazzei

    2012        290,064        1,750,000        5,448,816 (2)      145,161        146,105 (3)      7,780,146   

President

    2011        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Thomas Harney

    2012        400,000        1,700,000        —          —          1,877 (4)      2,101,877   

Head of Merchant Banking and Capital Markets

    2011        400,000        1,350,000 (1)      —          —          1,867 (4)      1,751,867   

 

(1) Includes $115,500 contribution to the Phantom Equity Investment Plan (Deferred Compensation Plan).
(2) Includes grant of $1,360,106 of Class A Common Units and grant of $4,088,710 of Series B Participating Preferred Units.
(3) Includes purchase discount of $145,161 on the purchase of Series B Participating Preferred Units and $944 life and disability insurance premiums, paid by the Company.
(4) Includes life and disability insurance premiums paid by Ladder Capital Finance LLC.

Outstanding Option Awards at Year End

The following table summarizes the total outstanding option awards as of December 31, 2012, for each named executive officer.

Outstanding Option Awards at December 31, 2012

 

    

Option Awards

 

Name

  

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised Options

(#) Exercisable

   Number of
Securities

Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#) Unexercisable
     Option Exercise
Price

($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Brian Harris

   —        —           —           —     

Michael Mazzei

   24,193.55      —           $124         June 6, 2013   

Thomas Harney

   —        —           —           —     

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. A description of each of these agreements follows.

Brian Harris . During January 2013, Ladder Capital Finance LLC entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Brian Harris, which will remain in effect until Mr. Harris ceases to be an employee of Ladder Capital Finance LLC. The agreement grants Mr. Harris a base salary, which shall not be less than

 

111


Table of Contents

$500,000 per annum. Mr. Harris is also eligible to receive a discretionary cash bonus to be determined by the board of directors on an annual basis and is entitled to participate in Ladder Capital Finance LLC’s standard employee benefit programs.

Pursuant to an equity grant agreement, dated September 22, 2008, the Company granted Mr. Harris 6,049,443 Class A-2 Common Units. Pursuant to an amendment, dated December 22, 2008, such number of Class A-2 Common Units granted was increased to 6,058,760 and during November 2009 such number of Class A-2 Common Units were automatically increased pursuant to a pre-determined contractual formula to 6,305,333 Class A-2 Common Units. Subject to certain terms and conditions, these units vested over 42 months beginning on September 22, 2008.

Michael Mazzei . During 2012, Ladder Capital Finance LLC entered into an employment agreement with Michael Mazzei, which will remain in effect until Mr. Mazzei ceases to be an employee of Ladder Capital Finance LLC. The agreement grants Mr. Mazzei a base salary, which shall not be less than $500,000 per annum. Mr. Mazzei is also eligible to participate in Ladder Capital Finance LLC’s bonus pool. He is also entitled to participate in Ladder Capital Finance LLC’s standard employee benefit programs.

Pursuant to an equity grant agreement, dated June 4, 2012, the Company granted Mr. Mazzei 1,127,543 Class A-2 Common Units (which were subsequently transferred by Mr. Mazzei to a Mazzei trust) and 31,451.61 Series B Participating Preferred Units. Subject to certain terms and conditions, these units vest over 36 months beginning on January 1, 2012. In addition, Mr. Mazzei was granted an option to purchase up to 24,195.55 Series B Participating Preferred Units at a price of $124.00 per unit. That option expires on June 6, 2013.

Thomas Harney . During October 2010, Ladder Capital Finance LLC entered into a four-year employment agreement with Thomas Harney (which employment agreement was amended during January 2013), which automatically renews for one-year terms unless a non-renewal notice is provided by either party. The agreement grants Mr. Harney a base salary, which shall not be less than $400,000 per annum. Mr. Harney is also eligible to participate in Ladder Capital Finance LLC’s bonus pool. Under the agreement, Mr. Harney is also eligible to receive 50% of any cash received by Ladder for any assignment for merger and acquisition and merchant banking/advisory services performed by Ladder without any use of Ladder’s capital. He is also entitled to participate in Ladder Capital Finance LLC’s standard employee benefit programs.

Pursuant to an equity grant agreement, dated April 20, 2010, the Company granted Mr. Harney 910,491 Class A-2 Common Units. Subject to certain terms and conditions, these units vest over 42 months beginning on April 19, 2010.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control

Employment Agreements

Brian Harris . Pursuant to his employment agreement, if Mr. Harris’ employment is terminated by Ladder Capital Finance LLC without cause or if Mr. Harris resigns for good reason, then (i) he is entitled under his employment agreement to receive severance payments of up to $5.0 million and to continue to receive certain employee benefits for one year following his termination date and (ii) he will only be subject to non-competition and non-solicitation provisions for a one-year period post-employment if Ladder Capital Finance LLC elects to pay him an additional $5.0 million. Cause generally means Mr. Harris’s willful and material violation of Ladder policy which he has previously approved, his willful misconduct which materially injures the financial condition of Ladder, certain breaches of his employment agreement, failure to comply in good faith with directions of the Board, or Mr. Harris’s commission of specified theft crimes or any felony. Good reason generally means significant changes in Mr. Harris’s official duties, relocation of his office without his consent, or reduction of his salary. Mr. Harris is required to execute a General Release waiving claims against the Ladder Capital Finance LLC arising from the employment agreement, as a condition to receiving his severance payments and benefits.

 

112


Table of Contents

Michael Mazzei. Pursuant to his employment agreement, if Mr. Mazzei’s employment is terminated by Ladder Capital Finance LLC without cause or Mr. Mazzei resigns with good reason, then (i) he will be entitled to continue to receive his base salary and certain employee benefits for a period of up to one year following his termination date as well as a pro rata bonus (if any) with respect to the fiscal year in which such termination of employment occurs and (ii) he will only be subject to non-competition and certain non-solicitation provisions for a one-year period post-employment if Ladder Capital Finance LLC elects to pay him an additional $1.5 million. Mr. Mazzei is entitled to a pro rata bonus for the portion of the year worked in a year in which termination occurs without cause or for good reason. Cause generally means Mr. Mazzei’s willful and material violation of Ladder Capital Finance LLC policy, his willful misconduct which materially injures the financial condition of Ladder Capital Finance LLC, certain breaches of his employment agreement, or Mr. Mazzei’s commission of specified theft crimes or any felony. Good reason generally means significant changes in Mr. Mazzei’s official duties or reduction of his salary below a specified minimum. Mr. Mazzei is required to execute a general release waiving claims against Ladder Capital Finance LLC arising from the employment agreement as a condition to receiving his severance payments and benefits.

Thomas Harney . Pursuant to his employment agreement, if Mr. Harney ceases to be employed by Ladder Capital Finance LLC, he will be entitled to continue to receive his base salary and certain employee benefits for a period of up to 180 days following his termination date. Further, following his separation from Ladder Capital Finance LLC, Mr. Harney agrees that he will not compete with Ladder Capital Finance LLC for a period of 60 days and will not solicit the Company’s employees for a period of 180 days. Mr. Harney is required to execute a general release waiving claims against Ladder Capital Finance LLC arising from the employment agreement, as a condition to receiving his severance payments and benefits.

The Table below sets forth payments due as of December 31, 2012 to each named executive officer in case of termination without cause or resignation for good reason.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Category of Payment    Termination
Without Cause  or
Termination by the
Employee for Good
Reason
     Termination Due  to
Death
     Termination Upon
Change of Control
 

Brian Harris

   Cash Severance    $ 5,036         —         $ —     
   Accrued Bonus      —           —           —     
   Vesting Options      —           —           —     
   Total:    $ 5,036         —         $ —     

Michael Mazzei

   Cash Severance    $ 536         —         $ —     
   Accrued Bonus      —           —           —     
   Vesting Options      —           —           —     
   Total:    $ 536         —         $ —     

Thomas Harney

   Cash Severance    $ 218         —         $ —     
   Accrued Bonus      —           —           —     
   Vesting Options      —           —           —     
   Total:    $ 218         —         $ —     

 

Employee Benefit Plans

2008 Incentive Equity Plan

On September 22, 2008, our board of directors adopted the original 2008 Incentive Equity Plan. The Amended and Restated 2008 Incentive Equity Plan was adopted by our board of directors on February 15, 2012. The Compensation Committee of the board of directors administers the plan and has sole and complete authority to make determinations regarding the plan, including (i) selecting plan participants, (ii) issuing and granting Class A-2 Common Units and/or Series B Participating Preferred Units in such forms and for such amounts as it shall determine and (iii) imposing such limitations, restrictions and conditions as it shall deem appropriate.

 

113


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the 2008 Incentive Equity Plan, we granted each of the named executive officers Class A-2 Common Units and, in Mr. Mazzei’s case, Series B Participating Preferred Units, under individual grant agreements. See “—Summary Compensation Table” for the number of units granted.

These Class A-2 Common Units and Series B Participating Preferred Units vest over time and any unvested amounts are forfeitable upon termination of employment. See “—Summary Compensation Table” for the individual vesting schedules. Under Mr. Harris’ grant agreement, if employment is terminated with cause, 10% of any vested Class A-2 Common Units are forfeited to the Company. Under Messrs. Mazzei and Harney’s grant agreements, if employment is terminated with cause, 100% of any vested Class A-2 Common Units are forfeited to the Company. Upon termination of employment, the named executive officers’ incentive units will, at the Company’s election, be subject to repurchase by the Company at a price per unit equal to the fair market value per unit determined as of the termination date, less the amount of any cash distributed by the Company to the officer with respect to such unit between the termination date and the closing of the repurchase.

Director Compensation

The following table shows the compensation earned during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, by each of our directors who are not Named Executive Officers ($ in thousands).

Director Compensation Table For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid
in Cash
($)
     Stock
Awards
($)
     Option
Awards
($)
     Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compen-
sation

($)
     Nonqualified
Deferred
Compen-
sation

Earnings ($)
     All  Other
Compen-
sation

($)
     Total
($)
 

Alan Fishman

   $ 300         —           —           —           —           —         $ 300   

Narrative Disclosure Regarding Director Compensation Table

None of our directors, other than Alan Fishman, received any compensation from us for service on the board of directors. Ladder Capital Finance LLC has entered into a director agreement with Alan Fishman, which provides Alan Fishman with a $300,000 fee per year for being our Chairman, and which terminates upon written notice by Alan Fishman, the Lead Investors or upon sale of the Company.

Compensation Policies and Practices as They Relate to Risk Management

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respect areas of oversight. In particular, the risk and underwriting committee is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure, our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, reviewing with management the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken, and monitoring compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Our audit committee is responsible for reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting with our independent auditors. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of the compensation committee is or has been one of our officers or employees or has had any relationship with us requiring disclosure under the SEC’s rules and regulations.

 

114


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Our partners’ capital is represented by outstanding Series A Participating Preferred Units, Series B Participating Preferred Units and Class A Common Units. Ladder Capital Finance Corporation is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Ladder.

Notwithstanding the beneficial ownership of our partners’ capital, the LLLP Agreement governs the appointment of our directors and certain other material events. The parties to the LLLP Agreement have agreed to appoint the directors as set forth therein. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Ladder LLLP Agreement” for a more detailed description of the LLLP Agreement.

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2012, certain information with respect to owners of more than 5% of our Series A and Series B Participating Preferred Units, owners of more than 5% of our Class A Common Units, and the ownership of our Series A and Series B Participating Preferred Units and Class A Common Units by each of our directors and named executive officers and by all of our directors and executive officers as a group:

 

     Series A and Series B
Participating Preferred Units(1)
    Class A Common Units(3)  

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Number of
Units
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of
Participating
Preferred
Units(2)
    Number of
Units
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of
Common
Units(3)
 

Principal Beneficial Owners:

          

Entities affiliated with GI Partners(4)

     1,782,258         21.6     1,934,964         8.6

Entities affiliated with TowerBrook(5)

     1,620,968         19.7     4,058,076         18.0

GP09 Ladder Limited Partnership(6)

     1,209,677         14.7     —           —     

OCP LCF Investment, Inc.(7)

     585,000         7.1     —           —     

Meridian LCF LLC(8)

     225,000         2.7     1,132,741         5.0

Greta Guggenheim

     5,672         0.1     3,167,351         14.0

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

          

Alan Fishman

     75,000         0.9     1,030,942         4.6

Brian Harris and a Harris Trust(9)

     250,000         3.0     7,039,579         31.2

Jonathan Bilzin(5)

     —           —          —           —     

Amin Hariri(4)

     —           —          —           —     

Ralph Herzka

     —           —          —           —     

Neal Moszkowski(5)

     —           —          —           —     

Howard Park(4)

     —           —          —           —     

Joel C. Peterson

     —           —          —           —     

Michael Mazzei and a Mazzei Trust(10)

     55,645         0.7     1,127,543         5.0

Thomas Harney

     —           —          910,491         4.0

All Directors and executive officers as a group, including trusts of executive officers (14 directors and executive officers)

     390,801         4.6     14,959,188         66.3

 

(1) The Series A Participating Preferred Units and Series B Participating Preferred Units are non-voting.
(2) There were 8,246,764 Series A and Series B Participating Preferred Units outstanding as of December 31, 2012, 6,115,500 of which were Series A Participating Preferred Units and 2,131,264 of which were Series B Participating Preferred Units.
(3) There were 22,550,855 Class A Common Units outstanding as of December 31, 2012, 8,639,225 of which were Class A-1 Common Units and 13,911,630 of which were Class A-2 Common Units.
(4)

Includes Series A Participating Preferred Units, Series B Participating Preferred Units and Class A-1 Common Units owned by GI Ladder Holdco LLC, GI Ladder Holdco ECI Blocker, Inc. and GI Ladder Holdco UBTI Blocker, Inc. (collectively, the “GI Holdcos”), which are owned by GI Partners Fund III L.P.,

 

115


Table of Contents
  GI Partners Fund III-A L.P. and GI Partners Fund III-B L.P. GI Partners Fund III L.P., GI Partners Fund III-A L.P. and GI Partners Fund III-B L.P., three affiliated investment funds (collectively, the “GI Funds”) that are affiliates of GI Partners. GI Partners may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of Series A Participating Preferred Units, Series B Participating Preferred Units and Class A-1 Common Units beneficially owned by the GI Holdcos and the GI Funds , but disclaims such beneficial ownership pursuant to rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Mr. Park is a managing director of GI Partners and Mr. Hariri is a vice president of GI Partners, and each may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the securities so beneficially owned by the GI Holdcos and the GI Funds, but disclaim such beneficial ownership (except as to any pecuniary interest therein) pursuant to rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The address of the GI Holdcos and the GI Funds is c/o GI Partners, 2180 Sand Hill Road, Suite 210, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(5) Includes Series A Participating Preferred Units, Series B Participating Preferred Units and Class A-1 Common Units owned by TCP Ladder Blocker, Inc. and TI II Ladder Holdings, LLC (collectively, the “TowerBrook Holdcos”). TCP Ladder Blocker, Inc. is owned by TowerBrook Investors II AIV, L.P. TI II Ladder Holdings, LLC is owned by TowerBrook Investors II, L.P. and TowerBrook Investors II Executive Fund, L.P. TowerBrook Investors II AIV, L.P., TowerBrook Investors II, L.P. and TowerBrook Investors II Executive Fund, L.P. (collectively, the “TowerBrook Funds”) are advised by TowerBrook. The natural persons that have voting or investment power over Series A Participating Preferred Units, Series B Participating Preferred Units and Class A-1 Common Units beneficially owned by the TowerBrook Holdcos and the TowerBrook Funds are Neal Moszkowski and Ramez Sousou. TowerBrook may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of Series A Participating Preferred Units, Series B Participating Preferred Units and Class A-1 Common Units beneficially owned by the TowerBrook Holdcos and the TowerBrook Funds, but disclaims such beneficial ownership pursuant to rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Mr. Moszkowski is a co-chief executive officer of TowerBrook and Mr. Bilzin is a managing director of TowerBrook, and each may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of Series A Participating Preferred Units, Series B Participating Preferred Units and Class A-1 Common Units beneficially owned by the TowerBrook Holdcos and the TowerBrook Funds, but disclaims such beneficial ownership (except as to any pecuniary interest therein) pursuant to rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The address of the TowerBrook Holdcos and the TowerBrook Funds is c/o TowerBrook Capital Partners L.P., 65 East 55th Street, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022.
(6) GP09 Ladder Limited Partnership is owned by GP09 Ladder Holdings, Inc., GP09 GV Ladder Capital Ltd., GP09 PX Ladder Capital Ltd. and GP09 PX (LAPP) Ladder Capital Ltd., all of which are directly or indirectly owned by entities advised by Alberta Investment Management Corporation. The address for GP09 Ladder Limited Partnership is 1100 10830 Jasper Avenue, Edmonton, Alberta Canada, T5J 2B3.
(7) OCP LCF Investment, Inc. is owned by OCP LCF Holdings Inc., and OCP LCF Holdings Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of OMERS Administration Corporation. The address for OCP LCF Investment, Inc. is c/o OMERS Private Equity Inc., Royal Bank Plaza, Suite 2010, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 2J2.
(8)

Includes Series A Participating Preferred Units and Class A-1 Common Units owned by Meridian LCF LLC. Meridian LCF LLC is indirectly owned by Meridian Capital Group, LLC. Ralph Herzka is the chief executive officer of Meridian Capital Group, LLC, and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of Series A Participating Preferred Units and Class A-1 Common Units beneficially owned by Meridian LCF LLC and Meridian Capital Group, LLC, but disclaims such beneficial ownership (except as to any pecuniary interest therein) pursuant to rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The address for Meridian LCF LLC and Meridian Capital Group, LLC is One Battery Park Plaza, 26 th Floor, New York, New York 10024.

(9) All Series A Participating Preferred Units and Class A Common Units owned by Betsy A. Harris 2012 Family Trust were initially issued to Brian Harris, and were subsequently transferred to Betsy A. Harris 2012 Family Trust. Brian Harris is a trustee of Betsy A. Harris 2012 Family Trust.
(10) As of December 31, 2012, Michael Mazzei owned 31,452 Series B Participating Preferred Units, and Christina Mazzei and Caroline Mazzei Irrevocable Trust Dated 9/3/2009 owed 24,193 Series B Participating Preferred Units and 1,127,543 Class A-2 Common Units.

 

116


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Ladder LLLP Agreement

Pursuant to our LLLP Agreement, our General Partner delegated its management powers to our Board of Directors, which consists of Class A Directors and Class B Directors. Each Class A Director is entitled to two votes and each Class B Director is entitled to one vote. Any decision to be made by the Board of Directors requires approval by a majority of the votes of the directors. The initial authorized number of directors is four Class A Directors and six Class B Directors and such number may be increased or decreased if jointly approved by our Lead Investors. Our Lead Investors each have the right to designate two Class A Directors (the “Lead Investor Directors”) and one independent director. As long as Meridian, Alan Fishman and their affiliates continue to hold $5.0 million of the aggregate issuance price of our Series A participating preferred units, they may designate one Class B Director. As long as Brian Harris remains as our Chief Executive Officer, (i) he will be appointed as a Class B Director, (ii) he is entitled to appoint one other person as a Class B Director, subject to approval by the Lead Investors, (iii) his approval is required for the appointment of any individual to the Board of Directors who does not hold certain positions with our Lead Investors or Meridian and (iv) he has certain other approval rights. Subject to certain requirements, the Chairman of the Board will be designated by our Lead Investors, subject to the approval of Brian Harris for as long as he remains our Chief Executive Officer, and may be removed by the Lead Investors acting jointly. Unanimous consent of the Lead Investor Directors is required for certain actions including (i) certain financing transactions, a sale of the Company, an initial public offering, a dissolution and liquidation of the Company and certain sales of material assets or properties, (ii) amendment of organizational documents, (iii) distributions to any limited partner of the Company or repurchase of any limited partner interests of the Company, except under certain circumstances, (iv) entry into new lines of business, division or geographic area, (v) certain acquisitions of businesses or certain capital assets, (vi) entry into transactions with an affiliate of the Company and (vii) granting of certain additional registration rights. The LLLP Agreement authorizes the issuance by Ladder of: (i) Series A participating preferred units, (ii) Series B participating preferred units, (iii) Class A-1 common units and (iv) Class A-2 common units (collectively “our Ownership Units”). The LLLP Agreement also contains additional provisions regarding the management of Ladder, capital contributions and transfer restrictions and other rights and obligations relating to our Ownership Units.

Registration Rights Agreement

We entered into a registration rights agreement with the Lead Investors, Meridian, Brian Harris, Michael Mazzei, a Mazzei Trust and certain other of our equity investors. The registration rights agreement contains demand and piggyback registration rights. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, under certain circumstances, our equity investors who are parties thereto will be entitled to require us to register our Ownership Units held by such equity investors under the Securities Act for resale.

Original Subscription Agreements

During September 2008, we entered into subscription agreements with, among others, the Lead Investors, Meridian and certain of our management and directors whereby the subscribers agreed to make certain capital contributions to the Company and the Company agreed to sell Series A participating preferred units to the subscribers. As part of their subscription agreements, Brian Harris, Greta Guggenheim, Alan Fishman have a put right to sell to the Company all, but not less than all, of the Series A participating preferred units then held by such subscriber within the one year period following, in the case of Brian Harris and Greta Guggenheim, the termination by Ladder Capital Finance LLC of such subscriber’s employment without cause or resignation by such subscriber from such employment for good reason and, in the case of Alan Fishman, the termination of his position as a director of the Company without cause. These put rights terminate if the Company is sold in an approved sale or undergoes an initial public offering. Upon exercise of any such put right, the purchase price of the applicable Series A participating preferred units will be the fair market value determined in good faith by the Board of Directors with certain dispute resolution procedures regarding the determination of such fair market

 

117


Table of Contents

value. If such purchase is prohibited by or would cause default under any of the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ financing agreements or if the Board of Directors determines that the Company does not have adequate cash on hand for such purchase (a “Restrictive Covenant”), the Company may issue a promissory note to such subscriber. The promissory note will require the Company to pay the purchase price within ten business days of the Company no longer being subject to any Restrictive Covenant at a rate equal to six months LIBOR plus 2.00% per annum. Pursuant to these subscription agreements, Brian Harris, Greta Guggenheim and Alan Fishman originally purchased Series A participating preferred units from the Company for $25.0 million, $500,000 and $7.5 million, respectively.

Contribution Agreement with Michael Mazzei

During June 2012, we entered into a Contribution Agreement with Michael Mazzei and a Mazzei Trust pursuant to which (i) Mazzei Trust purchased from us 24,193.55 of our Series B participating preferred units for $3 million and (ii) we granted to Michael Mazzei a one-year option to purchase up to 24,193.55 of our Series B participating preferred units at an exercise price of $124.00 per Series B participating preferred unit.

Employment Agreements

During January 2013, Ladder Capital Finance LLC entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Brian Harris, which will remain in effect until Mr. Harris ceases to be an employee of Ladder Capital Finance LLC. If Mr. Harris’ employment is terminated by Ladder Capital Finance LLC without cause or if Mr. Harris’ resigns for good reason, then (i) he is entitled under his employment agreement to receive severance payments of up to $5.0 million and to continue to receive certain employee benefits for one year following his termination date and (ii) he will only be subject to non-competition and non-solicitation provisions for a one-year period post-employment if Ladder Capital Finance LLC elects to pay him an additional $5.0 million.

During September 2008, Ladder Capital Finance LLC entered into a four-year employment agreement with each of Greta Guggenheim, Pamela McCormack and Robert Perelman, with each such employment agreement automatically renewing for one-year terms unless a non-renewal notice is provided by either party. If Greta Guggenheim’s, Pamela McCormack’s or Robert Perelman’s employment is terminated by Ladder Capital Finance LLC without cause or if she or he resigns for good reason, then she or he will only be subject to non-competition and non-solicitation provisions for up to six months post-employment to the extent that Ladder Capital Finance LLC elects to continue to pay her or his base salary and provides her or him with certain employee benefits during such period.

During October 2008, Ladder Capital Finance LLC entered into a four-year employment agreement with Marc Fox (which employment agreement was amended during January 2013), which automatically renews for one-year terms unless a non-renewal notice is provided by either party. If Mr. Fox ceases to be employed by Ladder Capital Finance LLC, then he will be entitled to continue to receive his base salary and certain employee benefits for a period of up to 90 days following his termination date.

During October 2010, Ladder Capital Finance LLC entered into a four-year employment agreement with Thomas Harney (which employment agreement was amended during January 2013), which automatically renews for one-year terms unless a non-renewal notice is provided by either party. If Mr. Harney ceases to be employed by Ladder Capital Finance LLC, then he will be entitled to continue to receive his base salary and certain employee benefits for a period of up to 180 days following his termination date.

During 2012, Ladder Capital Finance LLC entered into an employment agreement with Michael Mazzei, which will remain in effect until Mr. Mazzei ceases to be an employee of Ladder Capital Finance LLC. If Mr. Mazzei’s employment is terminated by Ladder Capital Finance LLC without cause or Mr. Mazzei resigns with good reason, then (i) he will be entitled to continue to receive his base salary and certain employee benefits for a period of up to one year following his termination date as well as a pro rata bonus (if any) with respect to the

 

118


Table of Contents

fiscal year in which such termination of employment occurs and (ii) he will only be subject to non-competition and certain non-solicitation provisions for a one-year period post-employment if Ladder Capital Finance LLC elects to pay him an additional $1.5 million.

Director Agreement with Alan Fishman

Ladder Capital Finance LLC has entered into a director agreement with Alan Fishman, which provides Alan Fishman with a $300,000 fee per year for being Chairman of Ladder, and which terminates upon written notice by Alan Fishman, the Lead Investors or upon sale of the Company.

2008 Incentive Equity Plan and Equity Grant Agreements

Under our 2008 Incentive Equity Plan, as amended, we have entered into equity grant agreements with certain of our executives and directors. The equity grant agreements provide the grantees with our Class A-2 common units and, in one case, our Series B participating preferred units that vest over time. These Class A-2 common units and Series B participating preferred units are forfeitable upon certain events such as termination of employment and are subject to certain accelerated vesting upon certain events such as a sale of the Company. Subject to certain requirements, we have the right under the 2008 Incentive Equity Plan to repurchase Class A-2 common units and Series B participating preferred units granted under the equity grant agreements following the termination of employment or directorship of the applicable executive or director.

Meridian Loan Referral Agreement

Ladder Capital Finance LLC and Meridian Capital Group LLC are parties to a Loan Referral Agreement pursuant to which Meridian Capital Group LLC may be entitled to receive from Ladder Capital Finance LLC certain fees for any commercial real estate loan originated by Ladder Capital Finance LLC as a result of a referral of a prospective commercial real estate loan from Meridian Capital Group LLC.

 

119


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

The exchange offer is designed to provide holders of Old Notes with an opportunity to acquire Exchange Notes which, unlike the Old Notes, will be freely transferable at all times, subject to any restrictions on transfer imposed by state “blue sky” laws and provided that the holder is not our affiliate within the meaning of the Securities Act and represents that the Exchange Notes are being acquired in the ordinary course of the holder’s business and the holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes.

The Old Notes were originally issued and sold on September 19, 2012, to the initial purchasers, pursuant to the purchase agreement dated September 14, 2012. The Old Notes were issued and sold in transactions not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The concurrent resale of the Old Notes by the initial purchasers to investors was done in reliance upon the exemptions provided by Rule 144A and Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. The Old Notes may not be reoffered, resold or transferred other than (i) to us or our subsidiaries, (ii) to a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act, (iii) outside the U.S. to a non-U.S. person within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iv) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (if available) or (v) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

In connection with the original issuance and sale of the Old Notes, we entered into the Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which we agreed to file with the SEC a registration statement covering the exchange by us of the Exchange Notes for the Old Notes, pursuant to the exchange offer. The Registration Rights Agreement provides that we will file with the SEC an exchange offer registration statement on an appropriate form under the Securities Act and offer to holders of Old Notes who are able to make certain representations the opportunity to exchange their Old Notes for Exchange Notes.

Under existing interpretations by the Staff of the SEC as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties in other transactions, the Exchange Notes would, in general, be freely transferable after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act; provided, however, that in the case of broker-dealers participating in the exchange offer, a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act must be delivered by such broker-dealers in connection with resales of the Exchange Notes. We have agreed to furnish a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act to any such broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Notes acquired in the exchange offer. A broker-dealer that delivers such a prospectus to purchasers in connection with such resales will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act and will be bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement (including certain indemnification rights and obligations).

We do not intend to seek our own interpretation regarding the exchange offer, and we cannot assure you that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Notes as it has in other interpretations to third parties.

Each holder of Old Notes that exchanges such Old Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer will be deemed to have made certain representations, including representations that (i) any Exchange Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of Exchange Notes and (iii) it is not our affiliate as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or if it is an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable.

If the holder is not a broker-dealer, it will be required to represent that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of Old Notes or Exchange Notes. If the holder is a broker-dealer that will

 

120


Table of Contents

receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.

Terms of the Exchange Offer; Period for Tendering Outstanding Old Notes

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus, we will accept any and all Old Notes that were acquired pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. We will issue $1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes accepted in the exchange offer. Holders may tender some or all of their Old Notes pursuant to the exchange offer. However, Old Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000.

The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding Old Notes except that:

(i) the Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not have legends restricting their transfer;

(ii) the Exchange Notes will not contain the registration rights and liquidated damages provisions contained in the outstanding Old Notes; and

(iii) interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the last interest date on which interest was paid on your Old Notes.

The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the Old Notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, referred to herein as the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice of our acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the Exchange Notes from us.

If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender or the occurrence of specified other events set forth in this prospectus, the certificates for any unaccepted Old Notes will be promptly returned, without expense, to the tendering holder.

Holders who tender Old Notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than transfer taxes in certain circumstances, in connection with the exchange offer. See “Fees and Expenses” and “Transfer Taxes” below.

The exchange offer will remain open for at least 20 full business days. The term “expiration date” will mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2013, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the exchange offer, in which case the term “expiration date” will mean the latest date and time to which the exchange offer is extended.

To extend the exchange offer, prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date, we will:

(i) notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral notice (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice, and

 

121


Table of Contents

(ii) mail to the registered holders an announcement of any extension, and issue a notice by press release or other public announcement before such expiration date.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

(i) if any of the conditions below under the heading “Conditions on the Exchange Offer” shall have not been satisfied,

(a) to delay accepting any Old Notes,

(b) to extend the exchange offer, or

(c) to terminate the exchange offer, or

(ii) to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner, provided however, that if we amend the exchange offer to make a material change, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the exchange offer, if necessary, to keep the exchange offer open for at least five business days after such amendment or waiver; provided further, that if we amend the exchange offer to change the percentage of Notes being exchanged or the consideration being offered, we will extend the exchange offer, if necessary, to keep the exchange offer open for at least ten business days after such amendment or waiver.

Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice to the regist e red holders.

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes Through Brokers and Banks

Since the Old Notes are represented by global book-entry Notes, DTC, as depositary, or its nominee is treated as the registered holder of the Old Notes and will be the only entity that can tender your Old Notes for Exchange Notes. Therefore, to tender Old Notes subject to this exchange offer and to obtain Exchange Notes, you must instruct the institution where you keep your Old Notes to tender your Old Notes on your behalf so that they are received on or prior to the expiration of this exchange offer.

The letter of transmittal that may accompany this prospectus may be used by you to give such instructions.

YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE AT THE BROKER OR BANK WHERE YOU KEEP YOUR OLD NOTES TO DETERMINE THE PREFERRED PROCEDURE.

IF YOU WISH TO ACCEPT THIS EXCHANGE OFFER, PLEASE INSTRUCT YOUR BROKER OR ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE IN TIME FOR YOUR OLD NOTES TO BE TENDERED BEFORE THE 5:00 PM (NEW YORK CITY TIME) DEADLINE ON                     , 2013.

Deemed Representations

To participate in the exchange offer, we require that you represent to us that:

(i) you or any other person acquiring Exchange Notes in exchange for your Old Notes in the exchange offer is acquiring them in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) neither you nor any other person acquiring Exchange Notes in exchange for your Old Notes in the exchange offer is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the federal securities laws;

(iii) neither you nor any other person acquiring Exchange Notes in exchange for your Old Notes has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer;

(iv) neither you nor any other person acquiring Exchange Notes in exchange for your Old Notes is our “affiliate” as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act; and

 

122


Table of Contents

(v) if you or another person acquiring Exchange Notes in exchange for your Old Notes is a broker-dealer and you acquired the Old Notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes.

BY TENDERING YOUR OLD NOTES YOU ARE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THESE REPRESENTATIONS.

Broker-dealers who cannot make the representations in item (5) of the paragraph above cannot use this exchange offer prospectus in connection with resales of the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer.

If you are our “affiliate,” as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, if you are a broker-dealer who acquired your Old Notes in the initial offering and not as a result of market-making or trading activities, or if you are engaged in or intend to engage in or have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of Exchange Notes acquired in the exchange offer, you or that person:

(i) may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC and therefore may not participate in the exchange offer; and

(ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom when reselling the Old Notes.

You may tender some or all of your Old Notes in this exchange offer. However, your Old Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000.

When you tender your outstanding Old Notes and we accept them, the tender will be a binding agreement between you and us as described in this prospectus.

The method of delivery of outstanding Old Notes and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk.

We will decide all questions about the validity, form, eligibility, acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes, and our reasonable determination will be final and binding on you. We reserve the absolute right to:

(i) reject any and all tenders of any particular Old Note not properly tendered;

(ii) refuse to accept any Old Note if, in our reasonable judgment or the judgment of our counsel, the acceptance would be unlawful; and

(iii) waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular Old Notes before the expiration of the offer.

Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer will be final and binding on all parties. You must cure any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes as we will reasonably determine. Neither us, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to notify you or any defect or irregularity with respect to your tender of Old Notes. If we waive any terms or conditions pursuant to (3) above with respect to a noteholder, we will extend the same waiver to all noteholders with respect to that term or condition being waived.

Procedures for Brokers and Custodian Banks; DTC ATOP Account

In order to accept this exchange offer on behalf of a holder of Old Notes you must submit or cause your DTC participant to submit an Agent’s Message as described below.

The exchange agent, on our behalf will seek to establish an Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) account with respect to the outstanding Old Notes at DTC promptly after the delivery of this prospectus. Any

 

123


Table of Contents

financial institution that is a DTC participant, including your broker or bank, may make book-entry tender of outstanding Old Notes by causing the book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into our ATOP account in accordance with DTC’s procedures for such transfers. Concurrently with the delivery of Old Notes, an Agent’s Message in connection with such book-entry transfer must be transmitted by DTC to, and received by, the exchange agent on or prior to 5:00 pm, New York City Time on the expiration date. The confirmation of a book entry transfer into the ATOP account as described above is referred to herein as a “Book-Entry Confirmation.”

The term “Agent’s Message” means a message transmitted by DTC participants to DTC, and thereafter transmitted by DTC to the exchange agent, forming a part of the Book-Entry Confirmation which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC described in such Agent’s Message stating that such participant and beneficial holder agree to be bound by the terms of this exchange offer.

Each Agent’s Message must include the following information:

(i) Name of the beneficial owner tendering such Old Notes;

(ii) Account number of the beneficial owner tendering such Old Notes;

(iii) Principal amount of Old Notes tendered by such beneficial owner; and

(iv) A confirmation that the beneficial holder of the Old Notes tendered has made the representations for our benefit set forth under “Deemed Representations” above.

BY SENDING AN AGENT’S MESSAGE THE DTC PARTICIPANT IS DEEMED TO HAVE CERTIFIED THAT THE BENEFICIAL HOLDER FOR WHOM NOTES ARE BEING TENDERED HAS BEEN PROVIDED WITH A COPY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

The delivery of Old Notes through DTC, and any transmission of an Agent’s Message through ATOP, is at the election and risk of the person tendering Old Notes. We will ask the exchange agent to instruct DTC to promptly return those Old Notes, if any, that were tendered through ATOP but were not accepted by us, to the DTC participant that tendered such Old Notes on behalf of holders of the Old Notes.

Acceptance of Outstanding Old Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes

We will accept validly tendered Old Notes when the conditions on the exchange offer have been satisfied or we have waived them. We will have accepted your validly tendered Old Notes when we have given oral or written notice to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the Exchange Notes from us. If we do not accept any tendered Old Notes for exchange by book-entry transfer because of an invalid tender or other valid reason, we will credit the Notes to an account maintained with DTC promptly after the exchange offer terminates or expires.

THE AGENT’S MESSAGE MUST BE TRANSMITTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR BEFORE 5:00 PM, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

Withdrawal Rights

You may withdraw your tender of outstanding Notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

For a withdrawal to be effective, you should contact your bank or broker where your Old Notes are held and have them send an ATOP notice of withdrawal so that it is received by the exchange agent before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Such notice of withdrawal must:

(i) specify the name of the person that tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn; and

(ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn, including the CUSIP number and principal amount at maturity of the Old Notes; specify the name and number of an account at the DTC to which your withdrawn Old Notes can be credited.

 

124


Table of Contents

We will decide all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility of the notices and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any tendered Old Notes that you withdraw will not be considered to have been validly tendered. We will promptly return any outstanding Old Notes that have been tendered but not exchanged, or credit them to the DTC account. You may re-tender properly withdrawn Old Notes by following one of the procedures described above before the expiration date.

Conditions on the Exchange Offer

Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, or any extension of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue Exchange Notes in exchange for, any outstanding Old Notes and may terminate the exchange offer (whether or not any Old Notes have been accepted for exchange) or amend the exchange offer, if any of the following conditions has occurred or exists or has not been satisfied, or has not been waived by us in our sole reasonable discretion, prior to the expiration date:

 

   

there is threatened, instituted or pending any action or proceeding before, or any injunction, order or decree issued by, any court or governmental agency or other governmental regulatory or administrative agency or commission:

 

  1. seeking to restrain or prohibit the making or completion of the exchange offer or any other transaction contemplated by the exchange offer, or assessing or seeking any damages as a result of this transaction; or

 

  2. resulting in a material delay in our ability to accept for exchange or exchange some or all of the Old Notes in the exchange offer; or

 

  3. any statute, rule, regulation, order or injunction has been sought, proposed, introduced, enacted, promulgated or deemed applicable to the exchange offer or any of the transactions contemplated by the exchange offer by any governmental authority, domestic or foreign; or

 

   

any action has been taken, proposed or threatened, by any governmental authority, domestic or foreign, that, in our sole reasonable judgment, would directly or indirectly result in any of the consequences referred to in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above or, in our sole reasonable judgment, would result in the holders of Exchange Notes having obligations with respect to resales and transfers of Exchange Notes which are greater than those described in the interpretation of the SEC referred to above, or would otherwise make it inadvisable to proceed with the exchange offer; or the following has occurred:

 

  1. any general suspension of or general limitation on prices for, or trading in, securities on any national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market; or

 

  2. any limitation by a governmental authority which adversely affects our ability to complete the transactions contemplated by the exchange offer; or

 

  3. a declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in the U.S. or any limitation by any governmental agency or authority which adversely affects the extension of credit; or

 

  4. a commencement of a war, armed hostilities or other similar international calamity directly or indirectly involving the U.S., or, in the case of any of the preceding events existing at the time of the commencement of the exchange offer, a material acceleration or worsening of these calamities; or

 

   

any change, or any development involving a prospective change, has occurred or been threatened in our business, financial condition, operations or prospects and those of our subsidiaries taken as a whole that is or may be adverse to us, or we have become aware of facts that have or may have an adverse impact on the value of the Old Notes or the Exchange Notes, which in our sole reasonable judgment in any case makes it inadvisable to proceed with the exchange offer and/or with such acceptance for exchange or with such exchange; or

 

125


Table of Contents
   

there shall occur a change in the current interpretation by the Staff of the SEC which permits the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for Old Notes to be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than broker-dealers and any such holder which is our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders’ business and such holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes; or

 

   

any law, statute, rule or regulation shall have been adopted or enacted which, in our reasonable judgment, would impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer; or

 

   

a stop order shall have been issued by the SEC or any state securities authority suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement, or proceedings shall have been initiated or, to our knowledge, threatened for that purpose, or any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval we shall, in our sole reasonable discretion, deem necessary for the consummation of the exchange offer as contemplated hereby; or

 

   

we have received an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that there exists any actual or threatened legal impediment (including a default or prospective default under an agreement, indenture or other instrument or obligation to which we are a party or by which we are bound) to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the exchange offer.

If we determine in our sole reasonable discretion that any of the foregoing events or conditions has occurred or exists or has not been satisfied, we may, subject to applicable law, terminate the exchange offer (whether or not any Old Notes have been accepted for exchange) or may waive any such condition or otherwise amend the terms of the exchange offer in any respect. If such waiver or amendment constitutes a material change to the exchange offer, we will promptly disclose such waiver or amendment by means of a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to the registered holders of the Old Notes and will extend the exchange offer to the extent required by Rule 14e-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may assert them regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any of these conditions, or we may waive them, in whole or in part, in our sole reasonable discretion, provided that we will not waive any condition with respect to an individual holder of Old Notes unless we waive that condition for all such holders. Any reasonable determination made by us concerning an event, development or circumstance described or referred to above will be final and binding on all parties. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights will not be a waiver of our rights and each such right will be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer.

Exchange Agent

We have appointed Wilmington Trust, National Association as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct questions, requests for assistance, and requests for additional copies of this prospectus and the letter of transmittal that may accompany this prospectus to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, EXCHANGE AGENT

By registered or certified mail, overnight delivery:

c/o Wilmington Trust Company

Corporate Capital Markets

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

 

126


Table of Contents

Wilmington, Delaware 19890-1626

Attention: Sam Hamed (Ladder Capital Exchange)

For Information Call:

(302) 636-6181

For facsimile transmission (for eligible institutions only):

(302) 636-4139

Confirm by Telephone:

(302) 636-6181

Delivery to an address other than set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

Fees and Expenses

The principal solicitation is being made through DTC by Wilmington Trust, National Association, as exchange agent. We will pay the exchange agent customary fees for its services, reimburse the exchange agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provisions of these services and pay other registration expenses, including registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state blue sky securities laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery services and telephone, fees and disbursements to our counsel, application and filing fees and any fees and disbursements to our independent certified public accountants. We will not make any payment to brokers, dealers, or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer except for reimbursement of mailing expenses.

Additional solicitations may be made by telephone, facsimile or in person by our and our affiliates’ officers employees and by persons so engaged by the exchange agent.

Accounting Treatment

The Exchange Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the existing Old Notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will recognize no gain or loss for accounting purposes. The expenses of the exchange offer will be capitalized and expensed over the term of the Exchange Notes.

Transfer Taxes

If you tender outstanding Old Notes for exchange you will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes. However, if you instruct us to register Exchange Notes in the name of, or request that your Old Notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder, you will be responsible for paying any transfer tax owed.

YOU MAY SUFFER ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES IF YOU FAIL TO EXCHANGE OUTSTANDING OLD NOTES.

If you do not tender your outstanding Old Notes, you will not have any further registration rights, except for the rights described in the Registration Rights Agreement and described above, and your Old Notes will continue to be subject to the provisions of the Indenture governing the Old Notes regarding transfer and exchange of the Old Notes and the restrictions on transfer of the Old Notes imposed by the Securities Act and states securities law when we complete the exchange offer. These transfer restrictions are required because the Old Notes were issued under an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Accordingly, if you do not tender your Old Notes in the exchange offer, your ability to sell your Old Notes could be adversely affected. Once we have completed the exchange offer, holders who have not tendered Notes will not continue to be entitled to any increase in interest rate that the Indenture governing the Old Notes provides for if we do not complete the exchange offer.

 

127


Table of Contents

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

The Old Notes that are not exchanged for Exchange Notes pursuant to the exchange offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, the Old Notes may be resold only:

(i) to us upon redemption thereof or otherwise;

(ii) so long as the outstanding securities are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person inside the U.S. who is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, which other exemption is based upon an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to us;

(iii) outside the U.S. to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities Act; or

(iv) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.

Shelf Registration

The Registration Rights Agreement also requires that we file a shelf registration statement if:

(i) we cannot file a registration statement for the exchange offer because the exchange offer is not permitted by law or SEC policy;

(ii) a law or SEC policy prohibits a holder from participating in the exchange offer;

(iii) a holder cannot resell the Exchange Notes it acquires in the exchange offer without delivering a prospectus and this prospectus is not appropriate or available for resales by the holder; or

(iv) a holder is a broker-dealer and holds Notes acquired directly from us or one of our affiliates.

We will also register the Exchange Notes under the securities laws of jurisdictions that holders may request before offering or selling Notes in a public offering. We do not intend to register Exchange Notes in any jurisdiction unless a holder requests that we do so.

Old Notes may be subject to restrictions on transfer until:

(i) a person other than a broker-dealer has exchanged the Old Notes in the exchange offer;

(ii) a broker-dealer has exchanged the Old Notes in the exchange offer and sells them to a purchaser that receives a prospectus from the broker, dealer on or before the sale;

(iii) the Old Notes are sold under an effective shelf registration statement that we have filed; or

(iv) the Old Notes are sold to the public under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

 

128


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

The Old Notes were issued in a private placement on September 19, 2012. The Old Notes were issued, and the Exchange Notes will be issued, under the Indenture among the Issuers, the Guarantors thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, a trustee (the “Trustee”). We refer to the Old Notes and the Exchange Notes, collectively, as the “Notes” in this section. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). Holders of the Notes are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for all of the terms of the Notes. In this Description of Notes, the terms “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer only to Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and any successor obligor to Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP on the Notes, and not to any of its Subsidiaries. The term “Issuers” refers collectively to Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and Ladder Capital Finance Corporation.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture. Because this is a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you. You should read the Indenture in its entirety. Copies of the proposed form of the Indenture are available as described under “Available information.” You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under “—Certain Definitions.”

Brief Description of the Notes

The Notes are:

 

 

general unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers;

 

 

pari passu in right of payment with any existing and future senior Indebtedness of the Issuers;

 

 

effectively subordinated to any existing and future secured Indebtedness of the Issuers to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

 

senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers;

 

 

structurally subordinated to any existing and future Indebtedness and other liabilities, including preferred stock, of Non-Guarantors; and

 

 

subject to registration with the SEC pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Notes and the Indenture are guaranteed by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries except to the extent any of such Subsidiaries are required to guarantee the Notes and the Indenture in the future pursuant to the covenant described below under “—Limitation on Guarantees.”

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Notes are issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The rights of Holders of beneficial interests in the Notes to receive the payments on such Notes are subject to applicable procedures of DTC. If the due date for any payment in respect of any Notes is not a Business Day at the place at which such payment is due to be paid, the Holder thereof will not be entitled to payment of the amount due until the next succeeding Business Day at such place, and will not be entitled to any further interest or other payment as a result of any such delay.

The Notes were issued in an aggregate principal amount of $325.0 million of Notes on the Issue Date. The Notes will mature on October 1, 2017. Interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate per annum set forth on the cover of this prospectus and will be payable, in cash, semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on April 1, 2013, to Holders of record on the immediately preceding March 15 and September 15, respectively. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Each interest period will end on (but not include) the relevant interest payment date.

 

129


Table of Contents

Additional Notes

The Indenture provides for the issuance of additional Notes (together, the “ Additional Notes ”) from time to time under the Indenture. The Indenture provides for the issuance of Additional Notes having identical terms and conditions to the Notes offered hereby, subject to compliance with the covenants contained in the Indenture. Additional Notes will be part of the same issue as the Old Notes offered under the Indenture for all purposes, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.

Payments

Principal of, and premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the paying agent, payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, with respect to Notes represented by one or more global Notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

Optional Redemption

Except as set forth in the next three paragraphs, the Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Company.

At any time prior to April 1, 2017, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date.

At any time and from time to time on or after April 1, 2017, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date.

At any time and from time to time prior to October 1, 2015, the Issuers may redeem the Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuers from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 107.375% plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 25% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes), provided that

(1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering, and

(2) not less than 75% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries).

Notice of redemption will be provided as set forth under “—Selection and Notice” below.

Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering).

If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuers.

 

130


Table of Contents

Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

Sinking Fund

The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under the captions “Change of Control,” “Certain Covenants—Limitations on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.” The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.

Selection and Notice

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select the applicable Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, as certified to the Trustee by the Issuers, and in compliance with the requirements of DTC, or if Notes are not so listed or such exchange prescribes no method of selection and such Notes are not held through DTC or DTC prescribes no method of selection, on a pro rata basis; provided , however , that no Note of $2,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part.

Notices of redemption will be delivered electronically, if held at DTC, or mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture.

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, in which case a portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. In the case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. Subject to the terms of the applicable redemption notice (including any conditions contained therein), Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption payment interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Change of Control

The Indenture provides that if a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption,” the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control Repurchase Event, the Issuers will deliver notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Repurchase Event and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice.

The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities

 

131


Table of Contents

laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

The provisions described above that require the Issuers to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require that the Issuers repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

Future credit agreements or other agreements to which any Issuer becomes a party may provide that certain change of control events with respect to such Issuer would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Indenture) and prohibit or limit such Issuer from purchasing any Notes pursuant to this covenant. In the event any Issuer is prohibited from purchasing the Notes, such Issuer could seek the consent of its lenders to the purchase of the Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If such Issuer does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, such Issuer will remain prohibited from purchasing the Notes. In such case, such Issuer’s failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture.

The Issuers’ ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and us. We have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control after the Issue Date, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future.

Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens.” Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuers, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuers as described above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.

 

132


Table of Contents

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuers and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of Notes may require the Issuers to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above.

The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuers’ obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

Certain Covenants

Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants that will be contained in the Indenture.

Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status

Following the first day:

(a) the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status; and

(b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture,

then, beginning on that day and continuing until the Reversion Date (as defined below), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the provisions of the Indenture summarized under the following headings (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”):

 

 

“—Limitation on Restricted Payments,”

 

 

“—Limitation on Indebtedness,”

 

 

“—Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries,”

 

 

“—Limitation on Affiliate Transactions,”

 

 

“—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock,”

 

 

“—Limitation on Guarantees,” and

 

 

The provisions of clause (3) of the first paragraph of “—Merger and Consolidation.”

If at any time the Notes cease to have such Investment Grade Status or if a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “ Reversion Date ”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of the Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of the Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence); provided, however , that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “ Suspension Period .” During the Suspension Period no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

133


Table of Contents

On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of “—Limitation on Indebtedness” or one of the clauses set forth in the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Indebtedness” (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to the Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reinstatement Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the first and second paragraphs of “—Limitation on Indebtedness,” such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under clause (4)(c) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Indebtedness.” On and after the Reversion Date, all Liens created during the Suspension Period will be considered Permitted Liens. Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” will be made as though the covenants described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments.” In addition, any future obligation to grant further Guarantees shall be released. All such further obligation to grant Guarantees shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date.

There can be no assurance that the Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Status.

Limitation on Indebtedness

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however , that the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Non-Funding Indebtedness if on the date of such Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not greater than 4.00 to 1.00.

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

 

  (1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility (including letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created under any Credit Facility), and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and Guarantees in respect of such Indebtedness in a maximum aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding (i) the greater of $75.0 million or 2.5% of Total Assets, plus (ii) in the case of any refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under this clause or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

 

  (2) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness is permitted under the terms of the Indenture;

 

  (3) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that:

 

  (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

 

  (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;

 

  (4)

Indebtedness represented by (a) the Notes (other than any Additional Notes), including any Guarantee thereof, (b) any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (1) and (3)) outstanding on the Issue Date, (c) Refinancing Indebtedness (including, in the case of the Notes (other than any Additional Notes) and any Guarantee thereof, any exchange notes and related exchange

 

134


Table of Contents
  guarantees to be issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement) Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause or clauses (5), (6), (7), (9), (10) or (15) of this paragraph or Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, and (d) Management Advances;

 

  (5) Indebtedness of (x) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either

 

  (a) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant;

 

  (b) the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation; or

 

  (c) such Indebtedness constitutes Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred in contemplation of the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that the only obligors with respect to such Indebtedness shall be those Persons who were obligors of such Indebtedness prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

  (6) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

 

  (7) Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, does not exceed the greater of (a) $10.0 million and (b) 1.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence;

 

  (8) Indebtedness in respect of (a) workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment, customs, value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion guarantees and warranties provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; (c) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business; (d) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (e) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (9) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets, Person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary;

 

  (10)

Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding, will not exceed 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issuance or sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution) or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution) of the Company, in each case, subsequent to the Issue Date; provided , however , that (i) any such Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall not increase the amount available for making Restricted Payments to the extent the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries Incur Indebtedness in reliance thereon and (ii) any

 

135


Table of Contents
  Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes of Incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this clause to the extent the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries make a Restricted Payment;

 

  (11) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any current or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parents (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee, director or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Parents that is permitted by the covenant described below under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

  (12) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (13) Permitted Funding Indebtedness;

 

  (14) Permitted Securitization Indebtedness and Indebtedness under Credit Enhancement Agreements or arising out of or to fund purchases of all remaining outstanding asset-backed securities of any Securitization Entity for the purpose of relieving the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of the administrative expense of servicing such Securitization Entity; and

 

  (15) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding, will not exceed $40.0 million.

For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this covenant:

 

  (1) in the event that all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs of this covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the clauses of the second paragraph or the first paragraph of this covenant;

 

  (2) additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be reclassified as having been Incurred pursuant to any type of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs of this covenant so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to such provision and any related Liens are permitted to be Incurred at the time of reclassification;

 

  (3) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

 

  (4) if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (1), (7) or (10) of the second paragraph above or the first paragraph above and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;

 

  (5) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

 

  (6) Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness; and

 

136


Table of Contents
  (7) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of GAAP.

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a change in GAAP, will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of the covenant described under this “—Limitation on Indebtedness.” The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (a) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (b) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness. If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under the covenant described under this “—Limitation on Indebtedness,” the Company shall be in default of this covenant).

Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

The Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or is secured by different collateral.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

 

  (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

 

  (a) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock; and

 

  (b) dividends or distributions payable to any of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis);

 

  (2) purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (3)

purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (a) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity,

 

137


Table of Contents
  in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (b) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (3) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness”); or

 

  (4) make any Restricted Investment;

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (4) are referred to herein as a “ Restricted Payment ”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

 

  (a) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result immediately thereafter therefrom);

 

  (b) the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph under the “—Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or

 

  (c) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date (and not returned or rescinded) (including Permitted Payments permitted below by clauses (1) (without duplication of the declaration of the dividend or delivery of a redemption notice), (6), (10), (11) and (17) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph) would exceed the sum of (without duplication):

 

  (i) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit);

 

  (ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or as the result of a merger or consolidation with another Person subsequent to the Issue Date or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock) of the Company subsequent to the Issue Date (other than (x) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (y) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities to the extent that any Restricted Payment has been made from such proceeds in reliance on clause (6) of the second succeeding paragraph and (z) Excluded Contributions);

 

  (iii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) plus, without duplication, the amount of any cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange;

 

  (iv)

100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by means of: (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted

 

138


Table of Contents
  Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or (ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent of the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) or (14) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; and

 

  (v) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in good faith of the Company at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger or consolidation or transfer of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or merged or consolidated or Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred), other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) or (14) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “ Permitted Payments ”):

 

  (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any irrevocable redemption notice, such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture as if it were and is deemed at such time to be a Restricted Payment at the time of such notice;

 

  (2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) or a substantially concurrent contribution to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or through an Excluded Contribution) of the Company; provided, however , that to the extent so applied, the Net Cash Proceeds, or fair market value of property or assets or of marketable securities, from such sale of Capital Stock or such contribution will be excluded from clause (c) of the preceding paragraph;

 

  (3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness” above;

 

  (4) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock (other than an issuance of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary to replace Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company) of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness” above;

 

  (5) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary:

 

  (a)

from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under “—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” below, but only if the Issuers shall have first complied with the terms described

 

139


Table of Contents
  under “—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to any offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or

 

  (b) to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”), but only if the Company shall have first complied with the terms described under “—Change of Control” and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or

 

  (c) consisting of Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred (A) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) otherwise in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition);

 

  (6) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its Parents held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parents (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such employee, director or consultant) either pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or upon the termination of such employee, director or consultant’s employment or directorship; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause do not exceed $10.0 million in any fiscal year (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried over to succeeding fiscal years subject to a maximum of $20.0 million in any fiscal year); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

  (a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Company (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution), Capital Stock of any of the Company’s Parents, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parents that occurred after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (c) of the preceding paragraph; plus

 

  (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

 

  (c) the amount of any Restricted Payments made in previous calendar years pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this clause;

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its Parents or Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Parents will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

 

  (7) the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness” above;

 

140


Table of Contents
  (8) purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof;

 

  (9) dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent or other payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in amounts equal to (without duplication):

 

  (a) the amounts required for any Parent to pay any Parent Expenses;

 

  (b) distributions in respect of Related Taxes; or

 

  (c) amounts constituting or to be used for purposes of making payments to the extent specified in clauses (2), (3) and (5) of the second paragraph under “—Limitation on Affiliate Transactions”;

 

  (10) the declaration and payment by the Company of dividends on the common stock or common equity interests of the Company or any Parent following a public offering of such common stock or common equity interests, in an amount not to exceed 6% in any fiscal year of the aggregate proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from all such public offerings;

 

  (11) payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock, provided , however , that any such payment, loan, advance, dividend or distribution shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this covenant or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors);

 

  (12) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

 

  (13) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock; provided , however , that for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Refunding Capital Stock, after giving effect to such issuance on a pro forma basis the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

  (14) dividends or other distributions of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (unless the Unrestricted Subsidiary’s principal asset is cash and Cash Equivalents);

 

  (15) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Securitization;

 

  (16) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result from), Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at the time made not to exceed $25.0 million; and

 

  (17) mandatory redemptions of Preferred Stock issued as a Restricted Payment or as consideration for a Permitted Investment.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be their face amount, and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash, in each case over $25 million, shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith.

 

141


Table of Contents

Limitation on Liens

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, which Lien secures any Indebtedness (such Lien, the “ Initial Lien ”), without effectively providing that the Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured.

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien.

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

  (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions in cash or otherwise on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (B) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

  (C) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

The provisions of the preceding paragraph will not prohibit:

 

  (1) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (a) any Credit Facilities or (b) any other agreement or instrument, in each case, in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;

 

  (2) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;

 

  (3) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

 

  (4) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument of a Person or relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person, entered into on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by or merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or was designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or on which such agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or was merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or entered into in contemplation of or in connection with such transaction) and outstanding on such date; provided that, for the purposes of this clause, if another Person is the Successor Company, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary when such Person becomes the Successor Company;

 

142


Table of Contents
  (5) any encumbrance or restriction:

 

  (a) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract or agreement, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract or agreement;

 

  (b) contained in mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements permitted under the Indenture or securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted under the Indenture to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer or encumbrance of the property or assets subject to such mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements; or

 

  (c) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (6) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under the Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;

 

  (7) any encumbrance or restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition to a Person of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

 

  (8) customary provisions in leases, licenses, Joint Venture agreements and other similar agreements and instruments;

 

  (9) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority;

 

  (10) any encumbrance or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (11) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Hedging Obligations;

 

  (12) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be Incurred or issued subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness” that impose restrictions solely on the Foreign Subsidiaries party thereto or their Subsidiaries;

 

  (13) provisions in agreements evidencing Permitted Funding Indebtedness and restrictions or requirements created in connection with any Securitization Facility that are necessary or advisable to effect such Securitization Facility or applicable to any special purpose Subsidiary of the Company formed in connection therewith;

 

  (14) any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness” if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than (i) the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Credit Facilities, together with the security documents associated therewith as in effect on the Issue Date or (ii) in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and where, in the case of clause (ii), either (a) the Company determines at the time of issuance of such Indebtedness that such encumbrances or restrictions will not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (b) such encumbrance or restriction applies only during the continuance of a default relating to such Indebtedness;

 

  (15) any encumbrance or restriction existing by reason of any lien permitted under “—Limitation on Liens”; or

 

  (16)

any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise refinances, an agreement or instrument referred to in clauses (1) to (15) of this paragraph or this clause (an “ Initial Agreement ”) or contained in any

 

143


Table of Contents
  amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, refunding, replacement, refinancing, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clauses (1) to (15) of this paragraph or this clause (16); provided , however , that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders taken as a whole than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good faith by the Company).

Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

 

  (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap);

 

  (2) in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions (except to the extent the Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap), at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and

 

  (3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be:

 

  (a) to the extent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness), (i) to prepay, repay or purchase any Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor, Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien or Permitted Funding Indebtedness (in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) within 365 days from the later of (A) the date of such Asset Disposition and (B) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided , however , that, in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (a), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (if any) to be reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; or (ii) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness; provided further that, to the extent the Company redeems, repays or repurchases Pari Passu Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (ii), the Company shall equally and ratably reduce obligations under the Notes as provided under “Optional Redemption,” through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

 

  (b) to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in or commit to invest in Additional Assets (including Securitization Assets and by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 365 days from the later of (i) the date of such Asset Disposition and (ii) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, however , that any such reinvestment in Additional Assets made pursuant to a definitive binding agreement or a commitment approved by the Board of Directors of the Company that is executed or approved within such time will satisfy this requirement, so long as such investment is consummated within 180 days of such 365th day;

 

144


Table of Contents

provided that, pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (a) or clause (b) above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness (including Permitted Funding Indebtedness) or otherwise use such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds ” under the Indenture. On the 366th day after the later of an Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds under the Indenture exceeds $25.0 million, the Issuers will within 10 Business Days be required to make an offer (“ Asset Disposition Offer ”) to all Holders of Notes issued under such Indenture and, to the extent the Issuers elect, to all holders of other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in respect of the Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, and in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers will deliver notice of such Asset Disposition Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Asset Disposition and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice.

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes surrendered in any Asset Disposition Offer by Holders and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Excess Proceeds shall be allocated among the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, and in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Upon completion of any Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

To the extent that any portion of Net Available Cash payable in respect of the Notes is denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the amount thereof payable in respect of the Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in U.S. dollars that is actually received by the Issuers upon converting such portion into U.S. dollars.

For the purposes of clause (2) of the first paragraph of this covenant, the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

  (1) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities contingent or otherwise of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Asset Disposition;

 

  (2) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition;

 

  (3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition;

 

145


Table of Contents
  (4) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Issue Date from Persons who are not the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (5) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this covenant that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $70.0 million and 2.5% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Future credit agreements or other agreements to which any Issuer becomes a party may prohibit or limit, such Issuer from purchasing any Notes pursuant to this covenant. In the event any Issuer is prohibited from purchasing the Notes, such Issuer could seek the consent of its lenders to the purchase of the Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If such Issuer does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, it will remain prohibited from purchasing the Notes. In such case, such Issuer’s failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture.

Limitation on Affiliate Transactions

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate value in excess of $5.0 million unless:

 

  (1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate; and

 

  (2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of $25.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in clause (2) of this paragraph if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Company, if any.

The provisions of the preceding paragraph will not apply to:

 

  (1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” or any Permitted Investment;

 

  (2)

any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent, restricted stock plans, long- term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans

 

146


Table of Contents
  (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements) or indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of the Company in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (3) any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto;

 

  (4) any transaction between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (5) the payment of compensation, reasonable fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, officers, consultants or employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Person owned or controlled by any of such directors, officers or employees);

 

  (6) the entry into and performance of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction arising out of, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect as of or on the Issue Date, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this covenant or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect;

 

  (7) any customary transaction with a Securitization Entity effected as part of a Securitization;

 

  (8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business, which are fair to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the management of the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

  (9) any transaction between or among the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is an Affiliate of the Company or an Associate or similar entity solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any Permitted Holder owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity;

 

  (10) issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (11) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (1) of the preceding paragraph;

 

  (12) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equityholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under any future amendment to the equityholders’ agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date will only be permitted under this clause to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respects;

 

  (13) any purchases by the Company’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Company’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; and

 

147


Table of Contents
  (14) the provision of mortgage brokerage and servicing, asset management and similar services to Affiliates not prohibited by the Indenture that are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or the management of the Company) or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or the management of the Company).

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

Except for during a Suspension Period, the Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.” If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness,” the Company will be in default of such covenant.

The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness,” calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions.

Conduct of Business

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Similar Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

148


Table of Contents

Reports

Notwithstanding that the Issuers may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Indenture will require the Issuers to file with the SEC within the dates set forth below:

 

  1. within 90 days (120 days in the case of the first fiscal year ending after the Issue Date) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports of the Company containing substantially all of the financial information that would have been required to be contained in an Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information is included in the offering memorandum for the Old Notes), including (A) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and (B) audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

  2. within 45 days (60 days in the case of the first fiscal quarter ending after the Issue Date) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, quarterly reports of the Company containing substantially all of the financial information that would have been required to be contained in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information is provided in the offering memorandum for the Old Notes), including (A) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and (B) unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

 

  3. within the time periods specified for filing Current Reports on Form 8-K after the occurrence of each event that would have been required to be reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act, current reports containing substantially all of the information that would have been required to be contained in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided, however , that no such current report will be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to noteholders or the business, assets, operations, financial positions or prospects of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

provided, however , that such reports (A) will not be required to comply with Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein) and (B) will not be required to contain the separate financial information for Guarantors contemplated by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC (i) if the SEC does not permit such filing or (ii) prior to the consummation of an exchange offer or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as required by the Registration Rights Agreement, so long as if clause (i) or (ii) is applicable the Company makes available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case, at the Company’s expense and by the applicable date the Company would be required to file such information pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. To the extent any such information is not so filed or furnished, as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently filed or furnished, as applicable, the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under “Events of Default” if Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure.

 

149


Table of Contents

At any time that any of the Subsidiaries of the Company are Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual reports required by the preceding paragraph will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” or other comparable section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

So long as the Notes are outstanding and the reports described above are not filed with the SEC, the Company will maintain a website (that may be password protected) to which noteholders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts are given access promptly and to which all of the reports and press releases required by this “Reports” covenant are posted. The Company will hold a conference call for the Holders and securities analysts to discuss such financial information no later than 15 calendar days after filing the annual financial information described in clause (1) above and after filing the quarterly financial information described in clause (2) above. The Company will announce any such conference call at least three business days in advance and not more than ten business days after filing of the foregoing financial information.

In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the reports referred to in the first paragraph above, the Company shall furnish to noteholders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts, upon their request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.

In the event that any Parent of the Company becomes a guarantor of the Notes, the Indenture will permit the Company to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such Parent; provided that, to the extent required by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

Limitation on Guarantees

The Company will not permit any of its Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries guarantee other loan facilities or debt securities (other than Permitted Funding Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), other than (i) a co-Issuer or a Guarantor, (ii) an Excluded Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) a Securitization Entity, to Incur any Non-Funding Indebtedness (other than Preferred Stock) or Guarantee the payment of any loan facilities or debt securities of the Company or any other Guarantor that are Non-Funding Indebtedness in each case unless:

 

  (1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and a joinder or supplement to the Registration Rights Agreement (if Exchange Notes have not yet been issued) providing for a senior Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that

 

  (a) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; and

 

  (b) if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes or the Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

 

  (2)

such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the

 

150


Table of Contents
  Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee until payment in full of obligations under the Indenture; and

 

  (3) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that:

 

  (a) such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and

 

  (b) such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principals of equity;

provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case, such Subsidiary shall only be required to comply with the 30-day period described above.

Any Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount that would not render the Guarantor’s obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of foreign or state law to comply with corporate benefit, financial assistance and other laws. By virtue of this limitation, a Guarantor’s obligation under its Guarantee could be significantly less than amounts payable with respect to the Notes, or a Guarantor may have effectively no obligation under its Guarantee.

The Guarantee of a Guarantor will terminate upon:

 

  (1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by the Indenture;

 

  (2) the designation in accordance with the Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the occurrence of any event after which the Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (3) defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in “—Defeasance” and “—Satisfaction and Discharge”;

 

  (4) to the extent that such Guarantor is not an Immaterial Subsidiary solely due to the operation of clause (i) of the definition of “Immaterial Subsidiary,” upon the release of the guarantee referred to in such clause;

 

  (5) such Guarantor being released from all of its obligations under all of its Guarantees of payment by the Company of any Non-Funding Indebtedness of the Company under all loan facilities and debt securities of the Company (it being understood that a release subject to reinstatement is considered a release); or

 

  (6) upon the achievement of Investment Grade Status by the Notes; provided that such Guarantee shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date.

Claims of creditors of non-guarantor Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, secured creditors and creditors holding debt and guarantees issued by those Subsidiaries, and claims of preferred and minority stockholders (if any) of those Subsidiaries and claims against Joint Ventures generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of those Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures over the claims of creditors of the Company, including Holders of the Notes. The Notes and each Guarantee therefore will be structurally subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred and minority stockholders (if any) of Subsidiaries of the Company (other than the Guarantors) and Joint Ventures. Initially, none of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries will guarantee the Notes. Although the Indenture limits the incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and

 

151


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, the limitation is subject to a number of significant exceptions. Moreover, the Indenture does not impose any limitation on the incurrence by Restricted Subsidiaries of liabilities that are not considered Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the Indenture. See “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness.”

Merger and Consolidation

The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

 

  (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Company ”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture and if such Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under such laws;

 

  (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

  (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, either (a) the Company would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness” or (b) the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be greater than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; and

 

  (4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such supplemental indenture (if any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company, provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of clauses (2) and (3) above.

For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor company will not be released from its obligations under such Indenture or the Notes.

Notwithstanding the preceding clauses (2), (3) and (4) (which do not apply to transactions referred to in this sentence), (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, (b) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Restricted Subsidiary, (c) the Company may consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the Company, reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of the Company and (d) this covenant does not apply to any Required Asset Sale that complies with the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” as if such Required Asset Sale was considered as Asset Disposition.

 

152


Table of Contents

There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the property or assets of a Person.

The foregoing provisions (other than the requirements of clause (2) of the first paragraph of this covenant) shall not apply to the creation of a new Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

Events of Default

Each of the following is an Event of Default under the Indenture:

 

  (1) default in any payment of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days;

 

  (2) default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under the Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

 

  (3) (a) failure to comply with the Indenture provisions described under “—Certain Covenants—Merger and Consolidation” and “—Change of Control” for 30 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes; and (b) failure to comply with the Issuers’ agreements or obligations contained in the Indenture for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

 

  (4) default under any mortgage, Indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or Non-Recourse Indebtedness whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default:

 

  (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness (“ payment default ”); or

 

  (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity (the “ cross acceleration provision ”);

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $30.0 million or more;

 

  (5) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or court protection of any Issuer (the “ bankruptcy provisions ”);

 

  (6) failure by the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $30.0 million other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed (the “ judgment default provision ”); and

 

  (7) any Guarantee of the Notes ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or a Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes, other than in accordance with the terms thereof or upon release of such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.

 

153


Table of Contents

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (5) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuers or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (4) under “Events of Default” has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (4) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

If an Event of Default described in clause (5) above occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes under the Indenture may waive all past or existing Defaults or Events of Default (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interests, or Additional Interest if any,) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to such Notes and its consequences if rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

  (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

  (2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

  (3) such Holders have offered in writing the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

  (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the written request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

  (5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Indenture provides that, in the event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use in the conduct of its own affairs. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it against all fees, losses, liabilities and expenses caused by or that might be caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

154


Table of Contents

The Indenture provides that if a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee is informed of such occurrence by any Issuer or any Holder, the Trustee must give notice of the Default to the Holders within 60 days after being notified by any Issuer or any Holder. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of trust officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any events of which it is aware which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take in respect thereof.

Amendments and Waivers

Subject to certain exceptions, the Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes) and, subject to certain exceptions, any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes). However an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any such Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

 

  (1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

 

  (2) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note (other than provisions relating to Change of Control and Asset Dispositions);

 

  (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any such Note;

 

  (4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be redeemed, in each case as described above under “—Optional Redemption”;

 

  (5) make any such Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note;

 

  (6) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

  (7) waive a Default or Event of Default with respect to the nonpayment of principal, premium or interest (except pursuant to a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); or

 

  (8) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require the Holders’ consent described in this sentence.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Trustee and the other parties thereto, as applicable, may amend or supplement any Note Documents to:

 

  (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect, error or inconsistency, conform any provision to this “Description of Notes,” or reduce the minimum denomination of the Notes;

 

  (2) provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of any Company under any Note Document;

 

  (3) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

  (4) add to the covenants or provide for a Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (5) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;

 

155


Table of Contents
  (6) at the Company’s election, comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, if such qualification is required;

 

  (7) make such provisions as necessary (as determined in good faith by the Company) for the issuance of Exchange Notes and Additional Notes;

 

  (8) to provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee in accordance with the Covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness,” to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under the Indenture;

 

  (9) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements thereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee to any Note Document; or

 

  (10) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes and the Exchange Notes; provided , however , that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment of any Note Document. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. A consent to any amendment or waiver under the Indenture by any Holder of Notes given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender.

Defeasance

The Issuers at any time may terminate all obligations of the Issuers under the Notes and the Indenture (“ legal defeasance ”) and cure all then existing Defaults and Events of Default, except for certain obligations, including those respecting the defeasance trust, the rights, powers, trusts, duties, immunities and indemnities of the Trustee and the obligations of the Issuers in connection therewith and obligations concerning issuing temporary Notes, registrations of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust.

The Issuers at any time may terminate their obligations under the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants” (other than clauses (1) and (2) of “—Merger and Consolidation”) and “—Change of Control” and the default provisions relating to such covenants described under “—Events of Default” above, the operation of the cross-default upon a payment default, the cross acceleration provisions, the bankruptcy provisions with respect to the Issuers and Significant Subsidiaries, the judgment default provision and the guarantee provision described under “—Events of Default” above (“covenant defeasance”).

The Company at its option at any time may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (3), (4), (5) (with respect only to the Company and Significant Subsidiaries), (6) or (7) under “—Events of Default” above.

 

156


Table of Contents

In order to exercise either defeasance option, the Company must irrevocably deposit in trust (the “ defeasance trust ”) with the Trustee cash in dollars or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of:

 

  (1) an Opinion of Counsel in the United States stating that Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and in the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel in the United States must be based on a ruling of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law since the issuance of the Notes);

 

  (2) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended;

 

  (3) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Company; and

 

  (4) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of conversion or transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for in the Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when (1) either (a) all the Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than certain lost, stolen or destroyed Notes and certain Notes for which provision for payment was previously made and thereafter the funds have been released to the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (b) all Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company; (2) the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, as applicable in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be; (3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under the Indenture; and (4) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each to the effect that all conditions precedent under the “—Satisfaction and Discharge” section of the Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with; provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3)).

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company or any of its respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

157


Table of Contents

Concerning the Trustee and Certain Agents

Wilmington Trust, National Association has been appointed as Trustee under the Indenture. The Indenture provides that, except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are set forth specifically in such Indenture. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it under the Indenture and use the same degree of care that a prudent Person would use in conducting its own affairs. The permissive rights of the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action enumerated in the Indenture will not be construed as an obligation or duty.

The Indenture will impose certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions with the Company and its Affiliates and Subsidiaries.

The Indenture sets out the terms under which the Trustee may retire or be removed, and replaced. Such terms will include, among others, (1) that the Trustee may be removed at any time by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, or may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company and (2) that if the Trustee at any time (a) has or acquires a conflict of interest that is not eliminated, (b) fails to meet certain minimum limits regarding the aggregate of its capital and surplus or (c) becomes incapable of acting as Trustee or becomes insolvent or bankrupt, then the Company may remove the Trustee, or any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder for not less than 6 months may petition any court for removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee.

Any removal or resignation of the Trustee shall not become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee.

The Indenture will contain provisions for the indemnification of the Trustee for any loss, liability, taxes and expenses incurred without gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Indenture.

Notices

All notices to Holders of Notes will be validly given if mailed to them at their respective addresses in the register of the Holders of the Notes, if any, maintained by the Registrar. For so long as any Notes are represented by Global Notes, all notices to Holders of the Notes will be delivered to DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures, delivery of which shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph, which will give such notices to the Holders of Book-Entry Interests.

Each such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication or, if published more than once on different dates, on the first date on which publication is made; provided that, if notices are mailed, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the later of such publication and the seventh day after being so mailed. Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to such Person by first-class mail or other equivalent means and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed. For so long as any Notes are represented by Global Notes, all notices or communications will be delivered to DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures, and such delivery shall be deemed to satisfy this paragraph. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

Governing Law

The Indenture and the Notes, including any Guarantees, and the rights and duties of the parties thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

158


Table of Contents

Certain Definitions

Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition or (3) of a Person at the time such Person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets and, with respect to clause (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination.

Additional Assets ” means:

 

  (1) any property or assets (other than Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

 

  (2) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

  (3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Applicable Premium ” means the greater of (A) 1% of the principal amount of such Note and (B) on any redemption date, the excess (to the extent positive) of:

 

  (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at April 1, 2017 (such redemption price (expressed in percentage of principal amount) being set forth under “—Optional Redemption” (excluding accrued but unpaid interest)), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note to and including such date set forth in clause (i) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed upon the redemption date using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate at such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

  (b) the outstanding principal amount of such Note;

in each case, as calculated by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate.

Asset Disposition ” means:

 

  (a) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of the Company (other than Capital Stock of the Company) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than any Required Asset Sale (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”); or

 

159


Table of Contents
  (b) the issuance or sale of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law and other than any Required Asset Sale), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

 

  (1) a disposition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (2) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

  (3) a disposition of inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (4) a disposition of obsolete, surplus or worn out equipment or other assets or equipment or other assets that are no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (5) transactions permitted under “—Certain Covenants—Merger and Consolidation—The Company” or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control;

 

  (6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or pursuant to an equity incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors;

 

  (7) any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of less than $15.0 million;

 

  (8) any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment or, solely for purposes of clause (3) of the first paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock,” asset sales, the proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments;

 

  (9) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

 

  (10) disposition of Investments or other assets and disposition or compromise of receivables, in each case, in connection with the compromise, workout, settlement or collection thereof or exercise of remedies with respect thereto, or in bankruptcy, foreclosure or similar proceedings, including foreclosure, repossession and disposition of collateral for loans serviced or originated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

  (11) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (12) foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

 

  (13) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable, notes receivable or other assets that by their terms convert into cash in the ordinary course of business or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable, the sale of advances, loans, customer receivables, mortgage related securities or other assets, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (14) any disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

  (15) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

 

160


Table of Contents
  (16) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

  (17) dispositions of assets of a Similar Business, including real estate and real estate related assets, as well as any dispositions by the Issuers and their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their respective businesses investment activities;

 

  (18) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

 

  (19) any sales, transfers, contributions or dispositions of Securitization Assets to Securitization Entities in connection with Securitizations in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (20) transactions pursuant to repurchase agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Associate” means (i) any Person engaged in a Similar Business of which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any Joint Venture entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

Board of Directors ” means (1) with respect to any corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of the corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof; (2) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof; and (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person serving a similar function. Whenever any provision requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval).

Business Day ” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York, United States or in the state of the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close.

Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or other equivalents of or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

Capitalized Lease Obligations ” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

  (1) (a) United States dollars, euro, or any national currency of any member state of the European Union; or (b) any other foreign currency held by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (2) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian governments, a member state of the European Union or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality of thereof ( provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

 

  (3)

certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any Lender or by any bank or trust company (a) whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-2” or the

 

161


Table of Contents
  equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) or (b) (in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of $100.0 million;

 

  (4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

  (5) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or carrying an equivalent rating by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has an equivalent rating in respect of its long-term debt, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof;

 

  (6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America, any province of Canada, any member of the European Union or any political subdivision thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

 

  (7) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P or “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

  (8) bills of exchange issued in the United States, Canada, a member state of the European Union or Japan eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent);

 

  (9) interests in any investment company, money market or enhanced high yield fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (8) above; and

 

  (10) for purposes of clause (2) of the definition of “Asset Disposition,” the marketable securities portfolio owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clause (1) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clause (1) as promptly as practicable and in any event within 10 Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Management Services ” means any of the following to the extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight draft facility that is not in default): ACH transactions, treasury and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services.

Change of Control” means:

 

  (1) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; or

 

  (2)

the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially

 

162


Table of Contents
  all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, other than any Required Asset Sale, to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders.

Change of Control Repurchase Event ” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Ratings Event.

Co-Issuer ” means Ladder Capital Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Consolidated Debt ” means, with respect to any Person as of any determination date, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money and obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, plus (2) the aggregate liquidation preference of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, less (3) up to $150.0 million aggregate amount of unrestricted cash of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is in excess of $50.0 million, in each case as of such determination date.

Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person on any determination date, the ratio of Consolidated Debt of such Person as of such determination date to the Consolidated Stockholders Equity of such Person as of such determination date. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, assumes, Guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires or extinguishes any Consolidated Debt (other than Consolidated Debt incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the date of the most recent consolidated balance sheet for which the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio is made (the “ Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such Issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if the same had occurred prior to such determination date; provided , however , that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness.”

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations had occurred prior to the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio Calculation Date.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Company.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (loss) attributable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of GAAP; provided , however , that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

 

  (1) subject to the limitations contained in clause (3) below, any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment or could have been distributed, as reasonably determined by an Officer of the Company (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution or return on investment to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below);

 

163


Table of Contents
  (2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c)(i) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantors) if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company or a Guarantor by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders (other than (a) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (b) restrictions pursuant to the Notes or the Indenture, and (c) restrictions specified in clause (14)(i) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries”) except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause);

 

  (3) any net gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any disposed or discontinued operations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction but excluding pursuant to any sale of real estate related assets) and related fees and expenses as well as any net income or loss from disposed or discontinued operations;

 

  (4) any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense;

 

  (5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

 

  (6) any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts;

 

  (7) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

 

  (8) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Hedging Obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of Hedging Obligations;

 

  (9) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

 

  (10) any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (11) any purchase accounting effects including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development);

 

  (12) any goodwill or other intangible asset amortization, impairment charge or write-off;

 

164


Table of Contents
  (13) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

 

  (14) the amount of any expense to the extent a corresponding amount is received in cash by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries from a Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries under any agreement providing for reimbursement of any such expense, provided such reimbursement payment has not been included in determining Consolidated Net Income (it being understood that if the amounts received in cash under any such agreement in any period exceed the amount of expense in respect of such period, such excess amounts received may be carried forward and applied against expense in future periods);

 

  (15) change in fair value of Permitted Funding Indebtedness or Investments or the amortization of Permitted Funding Indebtedness or the write-off of Investments pursuant to such Person’s accounting policy;

 

  (16) any unrealized gains or losses on investment assets whether or not recognized as such on the financial statements of the Company; and

 

  (17) any realized gains or losses in respect of Hedging Obligations associated with specific assets owned by the Company as of the last day of the period for which Consolidated Net Income is being determined.

Consolidated Stockholders Equity ” means, with respect to any Person as of any determination date, the stockholders’ equity or partners’ capital, as applicable, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is internally available, determined on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the pro forma basis contained in the definition of Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”), including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

  (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

 

  (2) to advance or supply funds:

 

  (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

 

  (b) to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

 

  (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Credit Enhancement Agreements ” means, collectively, any documents, instruments, guarantees or agreements entered into by the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Securitization Entity for the purpose of providing credit support (that is reasonably customary as determined by the Company) with respect to any Permitted Funding Indebtedness or Permitted Securitization Indebtedness.

Credit Facility ” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures or other arrangements (including commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each

 

165


Table of Contents

case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.”

Disinterested Director ” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Company or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

  (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or

 

  (2) is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

in each case on or prior to the earlier of (a) the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided , however , that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant Person with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; provided, however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

166


Table of Contents

Domestic Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor securities clearing agency.

Equity Offering ” means (x) a sale of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions, or (y) the sale of Capital Stock or other securities by a Parent, the proceeds of which are contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or through an Excluded Contribution) of the Company.

Escrowed Proceeds ” means the proceeds from the offering of any debt securities or other Indebtedness paid into an escrow account with an independent escrow agent on the date of the applicable offering or Incurrence pursuant to escrow arrangements that permit the release of amounts on deposit in such escrow account upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the occurrence of certain events. The term “Escrowed Proceeds” shall include any interest earned on the amounts held in escrow.

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Exchange Notes ” means any notes issued in exchange for Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or similar agreement.

Excluded Contribution ” means Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets received by the Company as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock) of the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, in each case, to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company.

Excluded Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary but prohibited, in the reasonable judgment of senior management of the Company, from guaranteeing the Notes by any applicable law, regulation or contractual restrictions existing at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and which, in the case of any such contractual restriction, in the reasonable judgment of senior management of the Company, cannot be removed through commercially reasonable efforts; provided that a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Excluded Restricted Subsidiary if, in the reasonable judgment of senior management of the Company, such a Subsidiary guaranteeing the Notes would require any of the Issuers or their Restricted Subsidiaries to register as an “investment company” (as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended), or from otherwise becoming subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries are Excluded Restricted Subsidiaries other than Ladder Capital CRE Equity LLC, Ladder Capital Finance LLC, Ladder Capital Finance Portfolio II LLC, Ladder Member Corporation, Ladder Midco LLC, Ladder Midco II LLC, LCF Retail Portfolio I LLC, LCF Retail Portfolio II LLC and LCF Retail Portfolio III LLC.

The Issuers and the Guarantors are prohibited from taking or permitting actions that would require any of them from being required to register as an “investment company” (as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended), or from otherwise becoming subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

fair market value ” may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

 

167


Table of Contents

Fitch ” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary and (b) any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that has no material assets other than Capital Stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries thereof).

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the date of any calculation or determination required hereunder. Except as otherwise set forth in the Indenture, all ratios and calculations based on GAAP contained in the Indenture shall be computed in accordance with GAAP. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to establish that GAAP shall mean the GAAP as in effect on or prior to the date of such election; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture), including as to the ability of the Company to make an election pursuant to the previous sentence; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided , further , that any calculation or determination in the Indenture that require the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , further again , that the Company may only make such election if it also elects to report any subsequent financial reports required to be made by the Company, including pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the covenants set forth under “Reports,” in IFRS. The Company shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.

Guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

  (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

  (2) entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

provided , however , that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes; provided that any Excluded Restricted Subsidiary and any Securitization Entities shall not be deemed Guarantors.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, commodity swap, cap or collar agreements, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements, currency future or option contracts, credit-related derivatives and hedging instruments and other hedging agreements and transactions intended to hedge against financial risk.

 

168


Table of Contents

Holder ” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the Registrar’s books, which shall initially be the respective nominee of DTC.

IFRS ” means International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that (i) has not guaranteed any other Indebtedness of the Company and (ii) has Total Assets together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries (as determined in accordance with GAAP) and consolidated operating income of less than 3.0% of the Company’s Total Assets and consolidated operating income (measured, in the case of operating income, at the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available and, in the case of operating income, for the four quarters ended most recently for which internal financial statements are available, in each case measured on a pro forma basis giving effect to any acquisitions or depositions of companies, division or lines of business since such balance sheet date or the start of such four quarter period, as applicable, and on or prior to the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary).

Incur ” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

  (1) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

 

  (2) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

  (3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

 

  (4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

 

  (5) Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

 

  (6) the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

 

  (7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

 

  (8) Guarantees by such Person of the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

 

  (9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at the termination of such agreement or arrangement).

 

169


Table of Contents

The term “Indebtedness” shall not include any lease, concession or license of property (or Guarantee thereof) which would be considered an operating lease under GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date, any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business, or obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) Incurred prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any time in the case of a revolving credit or similar facility shall be the total amount of funds borrowed and then outstanding. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in the Indenture, and (other than with respect to letters of credit or Guarantees or Indebtedness specified in clause (7) above) shall equal the amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared on the basis of GAAP.

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness:

 

  (i) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (ii) Cash Management Services;

 

  (iii) in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided , however , that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner; or

 

  (iv) for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third party appraiser of international standing; provided, however , that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Company.

Initial Purchasers ” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other Persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of GAAP; provided , however , that (x) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business, (y) accounts receivable, extensions of trade credit or advances by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ normal trade practices, as the case may be and (z) deposits made in the ordinary course of business and customary deposits into reserve accounts related to securitizations will not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time.

 

170


Table of Contents

For purposes of “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:

 

  (1) Investment ” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

Investment Grade ” means (i) BBB- or higher by S&P, (ii) Baa3 or higher by Moody’s, or (iii) the equivalent of such ratings by S&P or Moody’s, or of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

 

  (1) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

  (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by a member of the European Union, or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

  (3) debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of “A-” or higher from S&P or “A3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

 

  (4) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalents pending investment or distribution.

Investment Grade Status ” shall occur when the Notes receive two of the following:

 

  (1) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P;

 

  (2) a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s; and

 

  (3) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from Fitch.

or the equivalent of such rating by either such rating organization or, if no rating of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization.

Issue Date ” means September 19, 2012.

Issuers ” means the Company and the Co-Issuer.

Joint Venture ” means, as to any Person, any other Person designated as a “joint venture” (1) that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, (2) in which such Person owns less than 100% of the equity or voting interests and (3) which Person is engaged in a Similar Business, including making Investments in real estate and real estate related assets.

 

171


Table of Contents

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

Management Advances ” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made by third parties to, directors, officers, employees or consultants of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

  (1) (a) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving related expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase of Capital Stock (or similar obligations) of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Parent with (in the case of this sub-clause (b)) the approval of the Board of Directors;

 

  (2) in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office; or

 

  (3) not exceeding $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization ” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 436 under the Securities Act.

Net Available Cash ” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

 

  (1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Taxes, and Related Taxes, paid or required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

 

  (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

 

  (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than any Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

 

  (4) the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.

Net Cash Proceeds ,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

Non-Funding Indebtedness ” means, Indebtedness other than Permitted Funding Indebtedness.

Non-Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

 

172


Table of Contents

Non-Recourse Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness for borrowed money of a Restricted Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Company, with respect to which recourse for payment is limited to investment assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries) encumbered by a Lien securing such Indebtedness and/or the general credit of such Restricted Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries) but for which recourse shall not extend to the general credit of the Company or any other of its Restricted Subsidiaries, it being understood that the instruments governing such Indebtedness may include customary carve-outs to such limited recourse such as, for example, personal recourse to the Company or its Subsidiaries for breach of representations, fraud, misapplication or misappropriation of cash, voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy filings, violation of loan document prohibitions against transfer of assets or ownership interests therein, environmental liabilities, and liabilities and other circumstances customarily excluded by lenders from exculpation provisions and/or included in separate indemnification and/or guaranty agreements in financings of loan assets, unless, until and for so long as a claim for payment or performance has been made thereunder (which has not been satisfied) at which time the obligations with respect to any such customary carve-out shall not be considered Non-Recourse Indebtedness, to the extent that such claim is a liability of the Company for GAAP purposes.

Note Documents ” means the Notes (including Additional Notes), the Guarantees and the Indenture.

Officer” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Investment Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Managing Director, the Secretary or the Head of Merchant Banking & Capital Markets (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity, or (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of the Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person.

Officer’s Certificate ” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person and meeting the requirements of the Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Parent ” means any Person of which the Company at any time is or becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date and any holding companies established by any Permitted Holder for purposes of holding its investment in any Parent.

Parent Expenses ” means:

 

  (1) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) Incurred by any Parent in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise Incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

  (2) customary indemnification obligations of any Parent owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person to the extent relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (3) obligations of any Parent in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor) to the extent relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (4) general corporate overhead expenses, including professional fees and expenses and other operational expenses of any Parent related to the ownership or operation of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

173


Table of Contents
  (5) expenses Incurred by any Parent in connection with any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness:

 

  (x) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,

 

  (y) in a pro-rated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or

 

  (z) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed.

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means Non-Funding Indebtedness of the Company which ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee if such Guarantee ranks equally in right of payment to the Guarantees of the Notes.

Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note on behalf of the Company.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalents sold or exchanged must be applied in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.”

Permitted Funding Indebtedness ” means (i) any Indebtedness Incurred in connection with investment activities of a Similar Business, including Indebtedness to finance real estate and real estate related assets and Non-Recourse Indebtedness, as well as any Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuers and their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their respective businesses and (ii) any Refinancing of the Indebtedness under clause (i), provided, however that the excess (determined as of the most recent date for which internal financial statements are available), if any, of (x) the amount of any Indebtedness incurred in accordance with this clause (ii) for which the holder thereof has contractual recourse to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to satisfy claims with respect thereto over (y) the aggregate (without duplication of amounts) Realizable Value of the assets that secure such Indebtedness shall not be Permitted Funding Indebtedness (but shall not be deemed to be a new incurrence of Indebtedness subject to the provisions in the covenant described above under the caption “—Limitation on Indebtedness” except with respect to, and solely to the extent of, any such excess that exists upon the initial incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred under this clause (ii) which excess shall be entitled to be incurred pursuant to any other provision under the covenant described above under the caption “—Limitation on Indebtedness”). The amount of any Permitted Funding Indebtedness shall be determined in accordance with the definition of “Indebtedness.”

Permitted Holders ” means, collectively, (1) any Person who beneficially owns more than 20% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its Parents as of the Issue Date, together with such Persons’ Affiliates (other than an operating company with an existing business), (2) any one or more Persons, together with such Persons’ Affiliates, whose beneficial ownership constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture, (3) Senior Management, (4) any Person who is acting as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any Parent or the Company, acting in such capacity, and (5) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its Parents held by such group.

 

174


Table of Contents

Permitted Investment ” means (in each case, by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries):

 

  (1) Investments in (a) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Company or (b) a Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (2) Investments in another Person if such Person is engaged in any Similar Business and as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (3) Investments in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

  (4) Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (5) Investments in payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (6) Management Advances;

 

  (7) Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or otherwise with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

  (8) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, including an Asset Disposition;

 

  (9) Investments existing or pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased except (a) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (b) as otherwise permitted under the Indenture;

 

  (10) Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

  (11) pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens”;

 

  (12) any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or Capital Stock of any Parent as consideration;

 

  (13) any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Affiliate Transactions” (except those described in clauses (1), (3), (6), (8), (9) and (12) of that paragraph);

 

  (14) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with the Indenture;

 

  (15) (i) Guarantees not prohibited by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and (other than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) performance guarantees with respect to obligations incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are permitted by the Indenture;

 

175


Table of Contents
  (16) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;

 

  (17) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into the Company or merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

  (18) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

 

  (19) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Company;

 

  (20) Investments in Joint Ventures;

 

  (21) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $15.0 million and 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

  (22) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in Securitization Entities or Investments in mortgage related securities or charge-off receivables in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (23) Investments arising out of purchases of all remaining outstanding asset-backed securities of any Securitization Entity for the purpose of relieving the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of the administrative expense of servicing such Securitization Entity;

 

  (24) Investments in connection with any Permitted Funding Indebtedness;

 

  (25) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the form of loans extended to non-Affiliate borrowers in connection with any loan origination business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (26) Investments of a Similar Business, including real estate and real estate related assets, as well as any Investments by the Issuers and their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their respective businesses investment activities; and

 

  (27) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (27) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $70.0 million and 2.5% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) plus the amount of any distributions, dividends, payments or other returns in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of the covenant described in the section entitled “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” of any amounts applied pursuant to clause (c) of the first paragraph of such covenant); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) or (2) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (27).

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

 

  (2)

pledges, deposits or Liens under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements), or in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or

 

176


Table of Contents
  leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure surety, indemnity, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, guarantees of government contracts (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or other obligations of like nature, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s and repairmen’s or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

  (4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;

 

  (5) encumbrances, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of their properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (6) Liens (a) on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Hedging Obligations or Cash Management Services permitted under the Indenture; (b) that are contractual rights of set-off or, in the case of clause (i) or (ii) below, other bankers’ Liens (i) relating to treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds in the ordinary course of business and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; (c) on cash accounts securing Indebtedness incurred under clause (8)(c) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” with financial institutions; (d) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice and not for speculative purposes; and/or (e) (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the maintenance of such accounts and (iii) arising under customary general terms of the account bank in relation to any bank account maintained with such bank and attaching only to such account and the products and proceeds thereof , which Liens, in any event, do not to secure any Indebtedness;

 

  (7) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (8) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

  (9)

Liens (i) on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of securing Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations, or securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or securing other Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, development, construction, lease, repairs, maintenance or improvement of assets or property acquired

 

177


Table of Contents
  or constructed in the ordinary course of business (including Indebtedness incurred under clause (7) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”); provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under the Indenture and (b) any such Lien may not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets or property acquired, improved, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any improvements or accessions to such assets and property and (ii) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease;

 

  (10) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (11) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

 

  (12) Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided , however , that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other assets or stock); provided , further , that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

 

  (13) Liens on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (14) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured, and permitted to be secured under the Indenture; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is or could be the security for or subject to a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

  (15) (a) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (b) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

 

  (16) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any Joint Venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any Joint Venture or similar agreement;

 

  (17) Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

 

  (18) Liens on Escrowed Proceeds for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the underwriters or arrangers thereof) or on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case to the extent such cash or government securities prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose;

 

  (19) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

178


Table of Contents
  (20) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

 

  (21) [Reserved]

 

  (22) Liens on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

  (23) any security granted over the marketable securities portfolio described in clause (9) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in connection with the disposal thereof to a third party;

 

  (24) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods (which for the avoidance of doubt excludes Receivables);

 

  (25) Liens on equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and located on the premises of any client or supplier in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (26) Liens on assets or securities deemed to arise in connection with and solely as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of contracts to sell such assets or securities if such sale is otherwise permitted by the Indenture;

 

  (27) Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

 

  (28) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

 

  (29) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock,” in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or asset sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

 

  (30) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million and (b) 1.0% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding;

 

  (31) Liens securing Non-Recourse Indebtedness (solely as assets of the type permitted to be secured pursuant to the definition thereof);

 

  (32) Liens securing Permitted Funding Indebtedness so long as any such Lien shall encumber only (i) the assets acquired or originated with the proceeds of Permitted Funding Indebtedness, assets that consist of loans, mortgage related securities and other mortgage related receivables, Residual Assets and other similar assets subject to and pledged to secure such Indebtedness and (ii) any intangible contract rights and proceeds of, and other, related documents, records and assets directly related to the assets set forth in clause (i);

 

  (33) any amounts held by a trustee in the funds and accounts under an Indenture securing any revenue bonds issued for the benefit of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (34) Liens to secure Indebtedness of any Excluded Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Excluded Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be Incurred;

 

  (35) Liens on Securitization Assets and the proceeds thereof Incurred in connection with Permitted Securitization Indebtedness or permitted guarantees thereof; and

 

179


Table of Contents
  (36) Liens on spread accounts and credit enhancement assets, Liens on the stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company substantially all of which are spread accounts and credit enhancement assets and Liens on interests in Securitization Entities, in each case Incurred in connection with Credit Enhancement Agreements.

For purposes of this definition, the term Indebtedness shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness including interest which increases the principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Permitted Securitization Indebtedness ” means Securitization Indebtedness; provided that (i) in connection with any Securitization, any other Permitted Funding Indebtedness used to finance the purchase, origination or pooling of any Receivables subject to such Securitization is repaid in connection with such Securitization to the extent of the net proceeds received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from the applicable Securitization Entity, and (ii) the excess (determined as of the most recent date for which internal financial statements are available), if any, of (x) the amount of any such Securitization Indebtedness for which the holder thereof has contractual recourse to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to satisfy claims with respect to such Securitization Indebtedness (excluding recourse for matters such as fraud, misappropriation, breaches of representations and warranties and misapplication) over (y) the aggregate (without duplication of amounts) Realizable Value of the assets that secure such Securitization Indebtedness shall not be Permitted Securitization Indebtedness (but shall not be deemed to be a new incurrence of Indebtedness subject to the provisions in the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” except with respect to, and solely to the extent of, any such excess that exists upon the initial incurrence of such Indebtedness which excess shall be entitled to be incurred pursuant to any other provisions in the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness.”).

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, Joint Venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

Purchase Money Obligations ” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

Rating Agency ” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Company or any parent of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.

Ratings Decline Period ” means the period that (i) begins on the earlier of (a) a Change of Control or (b) the first public notice of the intention by the Company to affect a Change of Control and (ii) ends 60 days following the consummation of such Change of Control; provided, that such period will be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for a possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies.

Ratings Event ” means (x) a downgrade by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between categories) or withdrawal of the rating of the Notes within the Ratings Decline Period by one or more Rating Agencies if the applicable Rating Agency shall have put forth a statement to the effect that such downgrade is attributable in whole or in part to the applicable Change of Control and (y) the Notes do not have an Investment Grade Status from either Rating Agency.

 

180


Table of Contents

Realizable Value ” of an asset means the lesser of (x) if applicable, the face value of such asset and (y) the market value of such asset as determined by the Company in accordance with the agreement governing the applicable Permitted Funding Indebtedness, as the case may be, (or, if such agreement does not contain any related provision, as determined in good faith by management of the Company); provided, however , that the realizable value of any asset described above which an unaffiliated third party has a binding contractual commitment to purchase from the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be the minimum price payable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary for such asset pursuant to such contractual commitment.

Receivables” means loans and other mortgage-related receivables (excluding and net interest margin securities) purchased or originated by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or otherwise arising in the ordinary course of business; provided, however , that for purposes of determining the amount of a Receivable at any time, such amount shall be determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as of the most recent practicable date.

Refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “ refinances ,” “ refinanced ” and “ refinancing ” as used for any purpose in the Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the date of the Indenture or Incurred in compliance with the Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that:

 

  (1) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is the same as or greater than the final Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or, if less, the Notes and if the Indebtedness being refinanced constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

  (2) if the Indebtedness being refinanced constituted Subordinated Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and

 

  (3) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include:

 

  (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Guarantor; or

 

  (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers, as amended or supplemented, and (ii) any other registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of Additional Notes in a private offering by the Company after the Issue Date.

 

181


Table of Contents

Related Taxes ” means:

 

  (1) any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem , value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding imposed on payments made by any Parent), required to be paid ( provided such Taxes are in fact paid) by any Parent by virtue of its:

 

  (a) being organized or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries);

 

  (b) being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries;

 

  (c) receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or indirectly, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries; or

 

  (d) having made any payment in respect to any of the items for which the Company is permitted to make payments to any Parent pursuant to “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; or

 

  (2) for any taxable period of an Issuer, either

 

  (a) if, for such period, such Issuer is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for so long as such Issuer is a member of a group filing a consolidated, unitary or combined tax return with any Parent, any Taxes measured by income for which such Parent is liable, up to an amount not to exceed the amount of any such Taxes that such Issuer and its Subsidiaries that are members of such group would have been required to pay on a separate group basis if such Issuer and such Subsidiaries had paid tax on a consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary basis on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only of such Issuer and its Subsidiaries; provided that the amount of such Taxes with respect to any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not exceed the amount actually paid by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries for the relevant taxable period; or

 

  (b) if, for such period (or portion thereof corresponding to a period used for computing estimated tax of a calendar year corporation), such Issuer is a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, tax distributions (in the case of an estimated tax period, prior to the related due date) to the owner or owners of equity of the Issuer in an aggregate amount equal to the greater of (1) the product of (i) the Issuer’s “taxable income” (in the case of a disregarded entity, computed as if such entity were a partnership) for such period (or portion thereof), reduced by the cumulative net taxable loss of the Issuer for all prior periods ending after the Issue Date (determined as if all such prior periods were one taxable period) to the extent such loss is of a character that would permit such loss to be deducted against the current period’s income, and (ii) the highest combined marginal federal, state and/or local income tax rate applicable to an individual residing in New York City for such period or (2) the sum of the alternative minimum tax owed by an individual residing in New York City as a result of the income of the Issuer and the corresponding state and local tax (taking into account in each case the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes), as properly adjusted to reflect the final determination of any previously estimated taxable income or loss; provided that the aggregate amount of Related Taxes determined under this paragraph for any taxable period shall be reduced by the excess of (A) the product of (x) the taxable income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary for such taxable period included in the calculation of clause (i) above and (y) the rate described in clause (ii) above, over (B) the amount distributed by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries for the relevant taxable period.

Restricted Investment ” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

182


Table of Contents

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Required Asset Sale ” means any Asset Sale that is a result of a repurchase right or obligation or a mandatory sale right or obligation related to Permitted Funding Indebtedness, which rights or obligations are either in existence on the Issue Date (or substantially similar in nature to such rights or obligations in existence on the Issue Date) or pursuant to the guidelines or regulations of a government-sponsored enterprise.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Securitization ” means a public or private transfer, sale or financing of servicing advances, mortgage loans, installment contracts, other loans, accounts receivable, real estate assets, mortgage receivables and any other assets capable of being securitized (collectively, the “ Securitization Assets ”) by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly securitizes a pool of specified Securitization Assets including any such transaction involving the sale of specified servicing advances or mortgage loans to a Securitization Entity.

Securitization Asset ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Securitization.”

Securitization Entity ” means (i) any Person (whether or not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) established for the purpose of issuing asset-backed or mortgage-backed or mortgage pass-through securities of any kind (including collateralized mortgage obligations and net interest margin securities), (ii) any special purpose Subsidiary established for the purpose of selling, depositing or contributing Securitization Assets into a Person described in clause (i) or holding securities in any related Securitization Entity, regardless of whether such person is an issuer of securities; provided that such person is not an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor and (iii) any special purpose Subsidiary of the Company formed exclusively for the purpose of satisfying the requirements of Credit Enhancement Agreements and regardless of whether such Subsidiary is an issuer of securities; provided that such person is not an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor other than under Credit Enhancement Agreements. As of the Issue Date, none of the Subsidiaries of the Company are Securitization Entities.

Securitization Facility ” means any of one or more securitization financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its Securitization Assets to either (a) Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Securitization Entity that in turn sells Securitization Assets to a person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Securitization Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Securitization Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Securitization.

Securitization Indebtedness ” means (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to on-balance sheet Securitizations treated as financings and (ii) any Indebtedness consisting of advances made to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries based upon securities issued by a Securitization Entity pursuant to a Securitization and acquired or retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

183


Table of Contents

Securitization Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Securitization to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Senior Management ” means the officers, directors, and other members of senior management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, who at any date beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Similar Business ” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries or any Associates on the Issue Date and (b) any businesses, services and activities engaged in by the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries or any Associates that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions, expansions or developments of any thereof.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Entity, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, Joint Venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or

 

  (2) any partnership, Joint Venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:

 

  (a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise; and

 

  (b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

184


Table of Contents

Taxes ” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, duties and withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority.

Total Assets ” mean, as of any date, the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is internally available, determined on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the pro forma basis contained in the definition of Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio.

Treasury Rate ” means in the case of a redemption of the Notes, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the redemption date (or, if such statistical release is not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to April 1, 2017; provided, however , that if the period from the redemption date to April 1, 2017 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to such applicable date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

 

  (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below); and

 

  (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company, respectively, (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

 

  (1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (2) such designation and the Investment of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

U.S. Government Obligations ” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the Company thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt.

 

185


Table of Contents

Voting Stock ” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

  (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by

 

  (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Domestic Subsidiary of the Company, all of the Capital Stock of which is owned by the Company.

 

186


Table of Contents

BOOK ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM

The Global Notes

Upon issuance, each of the Global Notes will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.

Ownership of beneficial interests in each Global Note will be limited to DTC participants or persons who hold interests through DTC participants. We expect that under procedures established by DTC:

 

 

upon deposit of each Global Note with DTC’s custodian, DTC will credit portions of the principal amount of the Global Note to the accounts of the DTC participants designated by the initial purchasers; and

 

 

ownership of beneficial interests in each Global Note will be shown on, and transfer of ownership of those interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to interests of DTC participants) and the records of DTC participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the Global Note) and transferred only to non-United States persons under Regulation S, QIBs under Rule 144A or institutional accredited investors.

Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for Notes in physical, certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below.

Exchanges Among the Global Notes

Beneficial interests in one Global Note may generally be exchanged for interests in another Global Note. Depending on which Global Note the transfer is being made, the Trustee may require the seller to provide certain written certifications in the form provided in the Indenture. In addition, in the case of a transfer of interests to the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note, the Trustee may require the buyer to deliver a representation letter in the form provided in the Indenture that states, among other things, that the buyer is not acquiring notes with a view to distributing them in violation of the Securities Act.

A beneficial interest in a Global Note that is transferred to a person who takes delivery through another Global Note will, upon transfer, become subject to any transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in the other Global Note.

Book-Entry Procedures for the Global Notes

All interests in the Global Notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC. We provide the following summaries of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of investors. The operations and procedures of each settlement system are controlled by that settlement system and may be changed at any time. Neither we nor the initial purchasers are responsible for those operations or procedures.

DTC has advised us that it is:

 

 

a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;

 

 

a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York State Banking Law;

 

 

a member of the Federal Reserve System;

 

 

a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and

 

 

a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, including the initial purchasers; banks and trust

 

187


Table of Contents

companies; clearing corporations and other organizations. Indirect access to DTC’s system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly.

Investors who are not DTC participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC participants or indirect participants in DTC.

So long as DTC’s nominee is the registered owner of a Global Note, that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the Notes represented by that Global Note for all purposes under the Indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note:

 

 

will not be entitled to have Notes represented by the Global Note registered in their names;

 

 

will not receive or be entitled to receive physical, certificated notes; and

 

 

will not be considered the owners or holders of the Notes under the Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the Trustee under the Indenture.

As a result, each investor who owns a beneficial interest in a Global Note must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights of a holder of Notes under the Indenture (and, if the investor is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC participant through which the investor owns its interest).

Payments of principal, premium (if any) and interest with respect to the Notes represented by a global note will be made by the Trustee to DTC’s nominee as the registered holder of the Global Note. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a global note, for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of those interests by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to those interests.

Payments by participants and indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of those participants or indirect participants and DTC.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected under DTC’s procedures and will be settled in same-day funds.

DTC has agreed to the above procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants in those settlement systems. However, the settlement systems are not obligated to perform these procedures and may discontinue or change these procedures at any time. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Certificated Notes

Notes in physical certificated form will be issued and delivered to each person that DTC identifies as a beneficial owner of the related Notes only if:

 

 

DTC notifies us at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;

 

 

DTC ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days; or

 

 

certain other events provided in the Indenture should occur.

 

188


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the exchange of Old Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer. This summary is based on the Code, Treasury regulations thereunder and administrative interpretations and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of this Registration Statement and all of which are subject to change, with possible retroactive effect. No opinion of counsel has been obtained, and the Company does not intend to seek a ruling from the IRS, as to any of the tax consequences discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described below.

This summary does not purport to address all tax consequences that may be important to a particular holder in light of that holder’s particular circumstances, and does not apply to persons subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (including, without limitation, a bank, governmental authority or agency, financial institution, insurance company, pass-through entity, tax-exempt organization, broker or dealer in securities or small business investment company, an employee of or other service provider to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, a person holding Old Notes that are a hedge against, or that are hedged against, currency risk or that are part of a straddle, constructive sale or conversion transaction, a person that is in bankruptcy or a regulated investment company or real estate investment trust). This summary assumes that each holder of an Old Note holds such security as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. Additionally, this summary does not discuss any tax consequences that may arise under any laws other than U.S. federal income tax law, including under federal estate and gift tax laws or state, local or non-U.S. tax law.

The U.S. federal income tax consequences to a partner in an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds an Old Note generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. A partnership, or a partner in a partnership, holding Old Notes should consult its own tax advisor.

THIS SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELEVANT TO A PARTICULAR HOLDER. ACCORDINGLY, THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL TAX PLANNING AND ADVICE BASED UPON THE INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES PERTAINING TO A HOLDER. YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR FOR THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES APPLICABLE TO THE TRANSACTIONS DESCRIBED IN THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

Consequences of Tendering Old Notes

The exchange of your Old Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer should not constitute an exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes because the Exchange Notes should not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the Old Notes exchanged therefor. Accordingly, the exchange offer should have no U.S. federal income tax consequences to you if you exchange your Old Notes for Exchange Notes. For example, there should be no change in your tax basis and your holding period should carry over to the Exchange Notes. In addition, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of your Exchange Notes should be the same as those applicable to your Old Notes.

 

189


Table of Contents

CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO U.S. RETIREMENT PLANS AND ARRANGEMENTS

General Fiduciary Matters

ERISA imposes certain requirements on employee benefit plans subject to Title I of ERISA and on entities that are deemed to hold the “plan assets” of such plans (collectively, “ERISA Plans”), and on those persons who are fiduciaries with respect to ERISA Plans. Investments by ERISA Plans are subject to ERISA’s general fiduciary requirements, including, but not limited to, the requirement of investment prudence and diversification and the requirement that an ERISA Plan’s investments be made in accordance with the documents governing the ERISA Plan.

Non-U.S. plans, U.S. governmental plans and certain U.S. church plans, while not subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA or the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code (as discussed below), may nevertheless be subject to non-U.S., state, local or other federal laws or regulations that are substantially similar to the foregoing provisions of ERISA and the Code (“Similar Law”). Fiduciaries of any such plans should consult with their counsel before purchasing the notes to determine the suitability of the notes for such plan and the need for, and the availability, if necessary, of any exemptive relief under any such laws or regulations.

Prohibited Transaction Issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code, prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan (as well as those plans that are not subject to ERISA but which are subject to Section 4975 of the Code, such as individual retirement accounts (together with ERISA Plans, “Plans”)) and certain persons (referred to as “parties in interest” or “disqualified persons”) having certain relationships to such Plans, unless a statutory or administrative exemption is applicable to the transaction. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code.

Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan to purchase the notes should consult with its counsel regarding the applicability of the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code to such an investment, and to confirm that such purchase and holding is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction or any other violation of an applicable requirement of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

The fiduciary of a Plan that proposes to purchase and hold any notes should consider, among other things, whether such purchase and holding may involve a prohibited transaction, including without limitation (i) the direct or indirect extension of credit between a Plan and a party in interest or a disqualified person, (ii) the sale or exchange of any property between a Plan and a party in interest or a disqualified person, or (iii) the transfer to, or use by or for the benefit of, a party in interest or disqualified person, of any Plan assets. Purchase and/or holding of the notes by a Plan with respect to which the Issuer, Co-Issuer or initial purchaser, among others, is or becomes a party in interest or disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the notes are acquired and held in accordance with an applicable exemption.

Certain exemptions from the prohibited transaction rules could be applicable to the purchase and holding of notes by a Plan, depending on the type and circumstances of the fiduciary making the decision to acquire such notes and the relationship of the party in interest or disqualified person to the Plan. Included among these exemptions are Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code for certain transactions between a Plan and non-fiduciary service providers to the Plan. In addition, the U.S. Department of Labor (the “DOL”) has issued certain administrative prohibited transaction exemptions that may apply to the purchase and holding of notes, including Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 84-14 (relating to transactions effected by a “qualified professional asset manager”), PTCE 90-1 (relating to investments by insurance company pooled

 

190


Table of Contents

separate accounts), PTCE 91-38 (relating to investments by bank collective investment funds), PTCE 95-60 (relating to investments by insurance company general accounts) or PTCE 96-23 (relating to transactions directed by an in-house asset manager) (collectively, the “Class Exemptions”).

Each of these exemptions contains conditions and limitations on its application, and there can be no assurance that any Class Exemption or any other exemption will be available with respect to any particular transaction involving the notes.

Plan Asset Considerations

The DOL has issued a regulation (as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, the “Plan Asset Regulation”) that generally provides that when a “Benefit Plan Investor” using plan assets of a Plan acquires an equity interest in an entity such as the Company or the Co-Issuer, such investor’s assets include its equity interest and an undivided interest in each of the underlying assets of the entity. This default rule does not apply, however, to any entity that limits Benefit Plan Investor participation so that it is not “significant,” which requires that less than 25% of the value of each class of equity interests of such entity be held by Benefit Plan Investors. Each of the Company and the Co-Issuer intends to limit equity participation by Benefit Plan Investors so that it is not “significant.”

For purposes of the Plan Asset Regulation, an “equity interest” is an interest other than an instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local law and which has no substantial equity features. Although there is little guidance on the subject, the Company and the Co-Issuer believe that the notes should be treated as indebtedness without substantial equity features for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulation. Although not clear under the Plan Asset Regulation, it is possible that this debt treatment of the notes for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulation could change subsequent to their issuance if the notes are subsequently considered to have substantial equity features for that purpose, which could be more likely if the Company’s or the Co-Issuer’s financial condition deteriorates.

If participation in the Company or the Co-Issuer by Benefit Plan Investors became “significant” and no other exception applied, such entity would be deemed to hold plan assets of Benefit Plan Investors, management of such entity would become a fiduciary to each Benefit Plan Investor and violations of ERISA could result. In addition, any transaction such entity entered into would be treated as a transaction with each such Benefit Plan Investor and could result in a “prohibited transaction” under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

There is very little authority regarding the application of ERISA and the Plan Asset Regulation to entities such as the Company and the Co-Issuer, and there can be no assurance that the DOL or the courts would not take a position or promulgate additional rules or regulations that could significantly impact the “plan asset” status of the Company or the Co-Issuer.

Consultation with Counsel

The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be comprehensive; by its offer of the notes, neither the Company nor the Co-Issuer makes any representation that purchase or holding of such notes meets the relevant legal requirements with respect to any particular investor. The complexity of these rules, and the severity of potential penalties, make it particularly important that fiduciaries or other persons considering an acquisition of notes on behalf of or with the plan assets of any Plan, or plan subject to Similar Law, consult with its counsel regarding the suitability of an acquisition of the notes in light of such prospective purchaser’s particular circumstances.

 

191


Table of Contents

Deemed Representation

By its acceptance of any note or any interest therein, the purchaser thereof will be deemed to have represented, warranted and covenanted that either:

(i) no assets of a Plan or non-U.S., governmental or church plan have been used to acquire such note or an interest therein; or

(ii) the acquisition and holding of such note or an interest therein by such person does not and will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or the Code or any violation of Similar Law.

 

192


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for the Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof, other than any holder which is (A) an “affiliate” of the Issuers within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, (B) a broker-dealer who acquired Notes directly from the Issuers or (C) broker-dealers who acquired Notes as a result of market-making or other trading activities, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders’ business, and such holders are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of such Exchange Notes. However, broker-dealers receiving the Exchange Notes in the exchange offer will be subject to a prospectus delivery requirement with respect to resales of such Exchange Notes. To date, the staff of the SEC has taken the position that these broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to transactions involving an exchange of securities such as the exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the sale of the Old Notes to the initial purchasers thereof, with the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we have agreed to permit these broker-dealers to use this prospectus in connection with the resale of such Exchange Notes. We have agreed that, for a period of up to 180 days after the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will make this prospectus, and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus, available to, and promptly send additional copies of this prospectus, and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus, to, any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until , 2013, all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

Each holder of the Old Notes who wishes to exchange its outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer will be required to make certain representations to us as set forth in “The Exchange Offer.”

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes by broker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own account in the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

We have agreed to pay the expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the Notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the Exchange Notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

193


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the exchange of the Notes will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, and the audited statements of revenue and certain expenses of the Abingdon, Aiken, Johnson City, Ooltewah, Palmview, Middleburg and Satsuma properties for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with respect to the Exchange Notes being offered hereby. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the Exchange Notes, reference is made to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of the offering of the Exchange Notes, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statement, such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s home page on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov).

Under the terms of the Indenture, we agree, whether or not we are required to do so by the rules and regulations of the SEC, to furnish to the holders of the Notes (a) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if we were required to file such reports and (b) all information that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if we were required to file such reports, in each case, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations. In addition, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, during such times as we are not required to file such reports with the SEC we will furnish to the holders of Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. Copies of such documents are available upon request, without charge, by writing or telephoning us at: 345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, NY, 10154.

 

194


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Audited consolidated financial statements

  

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-2   

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-3   

Consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-4   

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-5   

Consolidated statements of changes in capital for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-6   

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-7   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-8   

Financial Statement Schedules

  

Schedule III—Real estate and accumulated depreciation

     S-1   

Schedule IV—Mortgage loans on real estate

     S-3   

All other schedules are omitted because they are not required or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

F-1


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Partners of

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in capital and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedules listed in the index appearing under Item 21 of this registration statement present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

March 28, 2013, except for Note 14, the Master Repurchase Agreement paragraph in Note 15, the financial statement schedules and the effects of the Registration paragraph described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is April 29, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

 

     2012      2011  

Assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 43,795,663       $ 83,350,445   

Cash collateral held by broker

     65,373,470         55,279,701   

Real estate securities, available-for-sale:

     

Investment grade commercial mortgage backed securities

     806,773,207         1,644,748,001   

GN construction securities

     51,842,317         31,695,186   

GN permanent securities

     108,807,295         145,643,134   

FNMA securities

     —           4,296,061   

Interest only securities

     158,138,700         118,688,069   

Mortgage loan receivables held for investment, at amortized cost

     326,318,550         255,196,384   

Mortgage loan receivables held for sale

     623,332,620         258,841,725   

Real estate

     380,021,672         28,834,713   

Investment in equity method investee

     12,674,652         9,726,130   

FHLB stock

     13,100,000         —     

Derivative instruments

     5,694,519         1,819   

Due from brokers

     1,901,713         218,690   

Accrued interest receivable

     12,082,604         11,764,524   

Other assets

     19,172,873         6,104,317   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,629,029,855       $ 2,654,388,899   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Capital

     

Liabilities

     

Repurchase agreements

   $ 793,916,703       $ 1,597,077,158   

Long term financing

     103,755,644         18,564,040   

Borrowings from the FHLB

     262,000,000         —     

Senior unsecured notes

     325,000,000         —     

Due to broker

     —           871,802   

Derivative instruments

     18,515,163         25,743,526   

Accrued expenses

     19,273,388         19,002,795   

Other liabilities

     5,379,088         4,067,175   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,527,839,986         1,665,326,496   

Commitments and contingencies

     

Capital

     

Partners’ capital

     

Series A Preferred Units

     782,832,687         707,847,217   

Series B Preferred Units

     272,818,838         257,376,700   

Common Units

     44,956,178         23,713,486   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Partners’ Capital

     1,100,607,703         988,937,403   

Noncontrolling interest

     582,166         125,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital

     1,101,189,869         989,062,403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and capital

   $ 2,629,029,855       $ 2,654,388,899   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Consolidated Statements of Income

Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

     2012      2011     2010  

Net interest income

       

Interest income

   $ 136,198,204       $ 133,297,520      $ 129,301,530   

Interest expense

     36,472,578         35,836,124        48,874,327   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     99,725,626         97,461,396        80,427,203   

Other income

       

Operating lease income

     8,331,338         2,290,291        1,011,631   

Sale of securities, net

     19,013,960         20,081,114        22,085,626   

Sale of loans, net

     154,613,009         66,270,758        30,532,843   

Sale of real estate, net

     1,275,235         —          2,419,423   

Fee income

     8,787,695         3,144,050        1,402,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     192,021,237         91,786,213        57,451,640   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net interest income and other income

     291,746,863         189,247,609        137,878,843   

Costs and expenses

       

Net result from derivative transactions

     35,650,989         81,374,126        20,747,083   

Operating expenses

     72,623,705         35,525,977        26,740,448   

Depreciation

     3,640,619         1,043,732        408,489   

Provision for loan losses

     448,833         —          884,995   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     112,364,146         117,943,835        48,781,015   

Income before earnings from investment in equity method investee

     179,382,717         71,303,774        89,097,828   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings from investment in equity method investee

     1,256,109         346,612        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     180,638,826         71,650,386        89,097,828   

Tax expense

     2,583,999         1,510,149        599,780   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     178,054,827         70,140,237        88,498,048   

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     49,084         (15,625     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders

   $ 178,103,911       $ 70,124,612      $ 88,498,048   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Net Income

   $ 178,054,827      $ 70,140,237      $ 88,498,048   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

      

Unrealized gains on securities

      

Unrealized gain on real estate securities, available for sale

     23,333,876        8,283,100        46,376,601   

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income

     (19,013,960     (20,081,114     (22,085,626
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     4,319,916        (11,798,014     24,290,975   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     182,374,743        58,342,223        112,789,023   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     49,084        (15,625     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to preferred and common unit holders

   $ 182,423,827      $ 58,326,598      $ 112,789,023   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Statements of Changes in Capital

Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

    Partners’ Capital Units     Total Partners’ Capital              
    Series A
Preferred
Units
    Series B
Preferred
Units
    Common
Units
    Series A
Preferred

Units
    Series B
Preferred

Units
    Common
Units
    Total
Partners’
Capital
    Non-
controlling
Interest
    Total  

Balance, beginning of period (1/1/2010)

    6,115,500        —          20,512,821      $ 641,476,550      $ —        $ 7,013,893      $ 648,490,443      $ —        $ 648,490,443   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions

    —          —          —          (34,357,561     —          (8,589,390     (42,946,951     —          (42,946,951

Equity based compensation

    —          —          910,491        —          —          173,803        173,803        —          173,803   

Net income

    —          —          —          70,798,438        —          17,699,610        88,498,048        —          88,498,048   

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          19,432,780        —          4,858,195        24,290,975        —          24,290,975   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period (12/31/2010)

    6,115,500        —          21,423,312      $ 697,350,207      $ —        $ 21,156,111      $ 718,506,318      $ —        $ 718,506,318   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contributions

    —          2,075,619        —          —          257,376,700        —          257,376,700        125,000        257,501,700   

Series B offering costs

    —          —          —          (1,154,614     —          (288,654     (1,443,268     —          (1,443,268

Distributions

    —          —          —          (35,196,213     —          (8,783,428     (43,979,641     (15,625     (43,995,266

Equity based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          150,696        150,696        —          150,696   

Net income

    —          —          —          56,286,248        —          13,838,364        70,124,612        15,625        70,140,237   

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          (9,438,411     —          (2,359,603     (11,798,014     —          (11,798,014
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period (12/31/2011)

    6,115,500        2,075,619        21,423,312        707,847,217        257,376,700        23,713,486        988,937,403        125,000        989,062,403   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contributions

    —          24,194        —          —          3,000,000        —          3,000,000        521,875        3,521,875   

Distributions

    —          —          —          (58,396,459     (2,529,456     (15,235,385     (76,161,300     (15,625     (76,176,925

Equity based compensation

    —          31,452        1,127,543        —          1,892,473        515,300        2,407,773        —          2,407,773   

Net income (loss)

    —          —          —          130,223,357        12,769,399        35,111,155        178,103,911        (49,084     178,054,827   

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          3,158,572        309,722        851,622        4,319,916        —          4,319,916   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period (12/31/2012)

    6,115,500        2,131,265        22,550,855      $ 782,832,687      $ 272,818,838      $ 44,956,178      $ 1,100,607,703      $ 582,166      $ 1,101,189,869   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

    2012     2011     2010  

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net income

  $ 178,054,827      $ 70,140,237      $ 88,498,048   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

     

Depreciation

    3,640,619        1,043,732        408,489   

Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative instruments

    (12,694,838     18,467,023        8,444,883   

Loan loss provision

    448,833        —          884,995   

Cash collateral held by broker—derivatives

    4,640,186        (17,509,314     (13,965,543

Amortization of equity based compensation

    2,407,773        150,696        173,803   

Amortization of deferred financing costs included in interest expense

    3,166,115        3,246,199        5,966,211   

Accretion/amortization of discount, premium and other fees

    35,334,242        23,329,660        (10,355,958

Realized gain on sale of real estate securities

    (19,013,961     (20,081,114     (22,085,626

Realized gain on sale of mortgage loan receivables

    (154,613,009     (66,270,758     (30,532,843

Realized gain on sale of real estate

    (1,275,235     —          (2,419,423

Origination of mortgage loan receivables held for sale

    (2,121,380,854     (1,139,669,700     (623,159,195

Repayment of mortgage loan receivables held for sale

    75,654,634        19,957,458        1,454,692   

Proceeds from sales of mortgage loan receivables held for sale

    1,904,189,552        1,444,330,798        358,544,564   

Accrued interest receivable

    (318,080     (811,868     (2,706,232

Earnings on equity method investee

    (1,256,109     (346,612     —     

Distributions of return on capital from investment in equity method investee

    1,403,687        —          —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

     

Due to broker

    (871,802     657,632        214,170   

Due from broker

    (1,683,023     (200,982     1,392,126   

Other assets

    (5,890,951     6,048        (185,254

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    1,642,506        3,862,937        8,153,655   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (108,414,888     340,302,072        (231,274,438
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Acquisition of fixed assets

    (351,041     (1,317,417     (339,731

Purchases of real estate securities

    (425,796,392     (991,195,238     (1,147,217,918

Repayment of real estate securities

    951,150,951        547,461,630        344,333,563   

Proceeds from sales of real estate securities

    279,275,981        406,937,614        483,645,609   

Purchase of FHLB stock

    (13,100,000     —          —     

Origination and purchases of mortgages held for investment

    (341,947,392     (304,684,390     (160,948,125

Repayment of mortgage loan receivables held for investment

    204,913,202        44,291,884        68,449,688   

Reduction (addition) of cash collateral held by broker

    (14,733,955     (8,943,268     1,192,855   

Capital contributions to investment in equity method investee

    (9,265,125     (9,549,518     —     

Distributions of return of capital from investment in equity method investee

    6,169,025        170,000        —     

Purchases of real estate

    (428,651,275     (3,870,000     (63,582,856

Proceeds from sale of real estate

    75,646,240        —          40,070,429   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    283,310,219        (320,698,703     (434,396,486
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

Deferred financing costs

    (10,599,987     (500,000     (8,508,714

Repayment of repurchase agreement

    (12,151,329,521     (21,807,839,225     (10,993,271,966

Proceeds from repurchase agreement

    11,348,169,066        21,719,206,391        12,237,547,399   

Proceeds from long-term financing

    85,228,344        2,940,000        373,331,813   

Repayment of long-term financing

    (36,740     (138,386,154     (997,312,406

Proceeds from FHLB borrowings

    362,000,000        —          —     

Repayments of FHLB borrowings

    (100,000,000     —          —     

Proceeds from debt issued

    325,000,000        —          —     

Purchase of derivative instruments

    (226,225     (48,375     (122,000

Partners’ capital contributions

    3,000,000        257,376,700        —     

Series B offering costs—Series A Preferred

    —          (1,154,614     —     

Series B offering costs—Common Units

    —          (288,654     —     

Partners’ capital distributions

    (76,161,300     (43,979,641     (42,946,951

Capital contributed by a noncontrolling interest

    521,875        125,000        —     

Capital distributed to a noncontrolling interest

    (15,625     (15,625     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (214,450,113     (12,564,197     568,717,175   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash

    (39,554,782     7,039,172        (96,953,749

Cash at beginning of period

    83,350,445        76,311,273        173,265,022   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

  $ 43,795,663      $ 83,350,445      $ 76,311,273   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental information:

     

Cash paid for interest

  $ 27,179,564      $ 32,329,370      $ 43,269,441   

Cash paid for taxes

  $ 589,042      $ 1,360,149      $ 597,826   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

On February 25, 2008, Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLC (the “LLC”) was organized as a Delaware limited liability company. Effective August 9, 2011, the LLC converted from a limited liability company to a limited liability limited partnership and the members of the LLC were admitted as partners in a newly formed company, Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP (the LLC and Ladder Capital Finance Holding LLLP are collectively referred to as the “Company”). Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP serves as the holding company for its wholly-owned subsidiaries that collectively operate as a specialty finance company that provides comprehensive financing solutions to the commercial real estate industry. The Company’s existence is perpetual unless dissolved and terminated in accordance with the provisions of the corresponding operating agreements.

The Company conducted and completed a private offering of its Series A participating preferred units (the “Offering”) and a private offering of its Series B participating preferred units (the “Series B Offering”) and, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, is using the proceeds of the Offering and the Series B Offering to originate and invest in a diverse portfolio of real estate-related assets. The Company’s principal business activity is to originate and invest in the following asset classes: fixed-rate commercial mortgages, interim floating-rate commercial mortgages, senior and junior interests in commercial mortgages, mezzanine loans, commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), and Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) securities, net leased and other commercial real estate and special investment situations.

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

The consolidated financial statements include the Company’s accounts and those of its subsidiaries which are wholly-owned or controlled by the Company. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Certain 2011 amounts have been revised to correctly reflect amounts associated with the noncontrolling interests of the preferred shareholders of the Company’s REIT subsidiary. Specifically, the prior period amounts have been revised to separately reflect noncontrolling interest balances on the consolidated balance sheets and statements of changes in capital and the allocation of $15,625 of income and related distributions to noncontrolling interests on the consolidated statements of income and of cash flows. These balances and amounts had previously classified in the balances and amounts attributable to partners’ capital (common units). Management believes the impact of the revision to the 2011 financial statements is inconsequential.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the balance sheets. In particular, the estimates used in the pricing process for real estate securities, is inherently subjective and imprecise. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances, excluding those resulting from investments by and

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

distributions to owners. For the Company’s purposes, comprehensive income represents net income, as presented in the consolidated statement of income, adjusted for unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale adjusted for realized gains or losses on securities sold.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash accounts at several financial institutions, which are insured up to a maximum of $250,000 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. At December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and at various times during the years, balances exceeded the insured limits.

Real Estate Securities

The Company designates its real estate securities investments on the date of acquisition of the investment. Real estate securities that the Company does not hold for the purpose of selling in the near-term, but may dispose of prior to maturity, are designated as available-for-sale and are carried at estimated fair value with the net unrealized gains or losses recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) in partners’ capital. The Company uses the specific identification method when determining the cost of securities sold and the amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings. The Company accounts for the changes in the fair value of the unfunded portion of its GNMA Construction securities as available for sale securities. Unrealized losses on securities that, in the judgment of management, are other than temporary are charged against earnings as a loss in the consolidated statements of income. The Company estimates the fair value of its CMBS primarily based on pricing services and broker quotes for the same or similar securities in which it has invested. Different judgments and assumptions could result in materially different estimates of fair value.

When the estimated fair value of an available-for-sale security is less than amortized cost, the Company will consider whether there is an other-than-temporary impairment in the value of the security. An impairment will be considered other-than-temporary based on consideration of several factors, including (i) if the Company intends to sell the security, (ii) if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovering its cost, or (iii) the Company does not expect to recover the security’s cost basis (i.e., credit loss). A credit loss will have occurred if the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security is less than the amortized cost basis. If the Company intends to sell an impaired debt security or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss, the impairment is other-than-temporary and will be recognized currently in earnings equal to the entire difference between fair value and amortized cost. If a credit loss exists, but the Company does not intend to, nor is it more likely than not that it will be required to sell before recovery, the impairment is other-than-temporary and will be separated into (i) the estimated amount relating to the credit loss, and (ii) the amount relating to all other factors. Only the estimated credit loss amount is recognized currently in earnings, with the remainder of the loss recognized in other comprehensive income. Estimating cash flows and determining whether there is other-than-temporary impairment require management to exercise judgment and make significant assumptions, including, but not limited to, assumptions regarding estimated prepayments, loss assumptions, and assumptions regarding changes in interest rates. As a result, actual impairment losses, and the timing of income recognized on these securities, could differ from reported amounts.

No other-than-temporary impairment charges have been provided for in the financial statements at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

Mortgage Loans Receivable Held for Sale

Loans that the Company intends to sell, subsequent to origination or acquisition, are classified as mortgage loans receivable held for sale, net of any applicable allowance for credit loss. Mortgage loans classified as held for sale are generally subject to a specific marketing strategy or a plan of sale.

Loans held for sale are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value on an individual basis. Loan origination fees and direct loan origination costs are deferred until the related loans are sold.

Mortgage Loans Receivable Held for Investment

Loans that the Company has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff, are reported at their outstanding principal balances net of any unearned income, unamortized deferred fees or costs, premiums or discounts and an allowance for loan losses. Loan origination fees and direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized in interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the interest method, adjusted for actual prepayments.

The Company evaluates each loan classified as mortgage loans receivable held for investment for impairment at least quarterly. Impairment occurs when it is deemed probable that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. If the loan is considered to be impaired, an allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying value of the loan to the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loans contractual effective rate or the fair value of the collateral, if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.

The Company’s loans are typically collateralized by real estate. As a result, the Company regularly evaluates the extent and impact of any credit deterioration associated with the performance and/or value of the underlying collateral property as well as the financial and operating capability of the borrower/sponsor on a loan by loan basis. The Company also evaluates the financial wherewithal of any loan guarantors as well as the borrower’s competency in managing and operating the properties. In addition the Company considers the overall economic environment, real estate sector, and geographic sub-market in which the borrower operates. Such impairment analyses are completed and reviewed by asset management personnel, who utilize various data sources, including (i) periodic financial data such as property occupancy, tenant profile, rental rates, operating expenses, the borrowers exit plan, and capitalization and discount rates, (ii) site inspections, and (iii) current credit spreads and other market data.

Upon the completion of the process above, the Company concluded that no loans were impaired as of December 31, 2012, 2011 or 2010. Significant judgment is required when evaluating loans for impairment, therefore actual results over time could be materially different.

Real Estate

Certain real estate is carried at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Costs directly related to acquisitions deemed to be business combinations are expensed. Ordinary repairs and maintenance which are not reimbursed by the tenants are expensed as incurred. Major replacements and betterments which improve or extend the life of the asset are capitalized and depreciated over their useful life. Real estate is depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from twelve to forty-nine years.

Real estate is primarily leased to others on a net basis whereby the tenant is generally responsible for all operating expenses relating to the property, including property taxes, insurance, maintenance, repairs, renewals and improvements. These leases are for fixed terms of varying length and provide for annual

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

rentals. Rental income from leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective leases. The excess of rents recognized over amounts contractually due pursuant to the underlying leases are included in unbilled rent receivable in the consolidated balance sheets.

The following is a schedule of future minimum rental income under leases at December 31, 2012:

 

2013

   $ 18,747,352   

2014

     18,747,352   

2015

     18,747,352   

2016

     18,951,457   

2017

     18,951,457   

Thereafter

     772,537,315   
  

 

 

 
   $ 866,682,285   
  

 

 

 

Investment in Equity Method Investee

The Company holds a non-controlling interest in a partnership. The Company is deemed to exert significant influence over the affairs of the partnership and accounts for this investment using the equity method of accounting. The investment balance is increased each period for additional capital contributions and a share of the entity’s earnings and decreased for cash distributions and a share of the entity’s losses.

Valuation of Financial Instruments

Considerable judgment is necessary to interpret market data and develop estimated fair values. Accordingly, fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize upon disposition of the financial instruments. Financial instruments with readily available active quoted prices, or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices, generally will have a higher degree of pricing observability and will therefore require a lesser degree of judgment to be utilized in measuring fair value. Conversely, financial instruments rarely traded or not quoted will generally have less, or no, pricing observability and will require a higher degree of judgment in measuring fair value. Pricing observability is generally affected by such items as the type of financial instrument, whether the financial instrument is new to the market and not yet established, the characteristics specific to the transaction and overall market conditions. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on estimated fair value amounts.

For a further discussion regarding the measurement of financial instruments see Note 8, “Fair Value of Financial Instruments.”

Tuebor/Federal Home Loan Bank Membership

Tuebor Captive Insurance Company LLC (“Tuebor”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, was licensed in Michigan and approved to operate as a captive insurance company as well as being approved to become a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (“FHLB”), with membership finalized with the purchase of stock, in the FHLB on July 11, 2012. That approval allowed Tuebor to purchase capital stock in the FHLB, the prerequisite to obtaining financing on eligible collateral.

Deferred Financing Costs

Fees and expenses incurred in connection with financing transactions are capitalized within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and amortized over the term of the financing by applying the effective interest rate method and the amortization is reflected in interest expense.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

Derivative Instruments

In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to the effect of interest rate changes and may undertake a strategy to limit these risks through the use of derivatives. To address exposure to interest rates, the Company uses derivatives primarily to economically hedge the fair value variability of fixed rate assets caused by interest rate fluctuations. The Company may use a variety of derivative instruments that are considered conventional, or “plain vanilla” derivatives, including interest rate swaps, futures, caps, collars and floors, to manage interest rate risk.

To determine the fair value of derivative instruments, the Company uses a variety of methods and assumptions that are based on market conditions and risks existing at each balance sheet date. Standard market conventions and techniques such as discounted cash flow analysis, option-pricing models, and termination cost may be used to determine fair value. All such methods of measuring fair value for derivative instruments result in an estimate of fair value, and such value may never actually be realized.

The Company recognizes all derivatives on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. The Company does not generally designate derivatives as hedges to qualify for hedge accounting and therefore any net payments under, or fluctuations in the fair value of, these derivatives have been recognized currently in net result from derivative transactions in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Repurchase Agreements

The Company finances the majority of its mortgage loan receivables held for sale, a portion of its mortgage loan receivables held for investment and the majority of its real estate securities using repurchase agreements. Under a repurchase agreement, an asset is sold to a counterparty to be repurchased at a future date at a predetermined price, which represents the original sales price plus interest. The Company accounts for these repurchase agreements as financings under ASC 860-10-40. Under this standard, for these transactions to be treated as financings, they must be separate transactions and not linked. If the Company finances the purchase of its mortgage loan receivables held for sale, mortgage loan receivables held for investment and real estate securities with repurchase agreements with the same counterparty from which the securities are purchased and both transactions are entered into contemporaneously or in contemplation of each other, the transactions are presumed under GAAP to be part of the same arrangement, or a “Linked Transaction,” unless certain criteria are met. None of the Company’s repurchase agreements are accounted for as linked transactions.

Income Taxes

The Company is a limited liability limited partnership which elected to be treated as a partnership for income tax purposes. Therefore, the Company is generally not subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes; however, certain of the Company’s income is subject to the New York Unincorporated Business Tax.

Income and losses pass through to the partners and are reported by them individually for federal and state income tax purposes. The Company’s sole corporate subsidiary is subject to federal, state and local income tax. The corporate tax payable is not considered to be material to the Company’s financial statements and accordingly is included in other liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet.

The Company’s consolidated real estate investment trust (“REIT”) subsidiary has operated consistent with and has elected to be treated as a real estate investment trust under the Internal Revenue Code. To qualify as a REIT, the subsidiary is required to pay dividends of at least 90% of its ordinary taxable income each year and meet certain other criteria. As a REIT, the subsidiary is subject to corporate taxes, however it is allowed

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

a deduction for the amount of dividends paid to its shareholders/members and only pays taxes on undistributed profits. Accordingly, since the subsidiary expects to continue to distribute in excess of taxable income, no corporate-level current or deferred taxes are provided for by it or in these consolidated financial statements.

The Company determines whether a tax position of the Company is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement which could result in the Company recording a tax liability that would reduce partners’ capital.

The Company’s policy is to classify interest and penalties associated with underpayment of federal and state income taxes, if any, as a component of general and administrative expense on its consolidated statements of income. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company does not have any interest or penalties associated with the underpayment of any income taxes. The last three tax years remain open and subject to examination by tax jurisdictions.

Revenue Recognition

The Company accounts for interest income from loans and investment securities by applying the effective yield method, which includes the amortization of discount or premium arising at the time of purchase and the stated or coupon interest payments as components of interest income. Actual principal repayment experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when differences arise between repayments originally anticipated and amounts actually received plus anticipated future repayments.

Securitization Results

We recognize gains on sale of loans upon sale to a securitization trust net of any costs related to that sale.

Stock Based Compensation Plan

The Company accounts for its equity-based compensation awards using the fair value method, which requires an estimate of fair value of the award at the time of grant, and generally are time based awards. For time- based awards the Company recognizes compensation expense over the substantive vesting period, on a straight-line basis.

Registration

These financial statements are prepared in conformity with the requirements applicable to a “Non-Accelerated Filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company’s previously issued financial statements were not prepared in compliance with public company reporting requirements. Significant differences from the previously issued statements include segment reporting, as reflected in Note 14, Partners’ capital is now segregated for each of the classes of units in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consistent with the presentation in the Capital Statements, and business combination reporting, as reflected in Note 5.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-02, Receivables (Topic 3 10): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring , (“ASU 2011-02”) clarifies whether loan modifications constitute troubled

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

debt restructurings. In evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, a creditor must separately conclude that both of the following exist: (a) the restructuring constitutes a concession; and (b) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. ASU 2011-02 is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011, and should be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. The adoption of ASU 2011-02 did not have an effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-03, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements , (“ASU 2011-03”), which changes the assessment of whether repurchase agreement transactions should be accounted for as sales or secured financings. In a typical repurchase agreement transaction, an entity transfers financial assets to the counterparty in exchange for cash with an agreement for the counterparty to return the same or equivalent financial assets for a fixed price in the future. Prior to this update, one of the factors in determining whether sale treatment could be used was whether the transferor maintained effective control of the transferred assets and in order to do so, the transferor must have the ability to repurchase such assets. This ASU changes the assessment of effective control by focusing on a transferor’s contractual rights and obligations with respect to transferred financial assets, rather than whether the transferor has the practical ability to perform in accordance with those rights or obligations. ASU 2011-03 was effective for the Company for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The Company records repurchase agreements as secured borrowings and not sales, and accordingly, the adoption of this update on January 1, 2012 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS (“ASU 2011-04”). ASU 2011-04 clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement requirements, changes certain principles related to measuring fair value and requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements. Specifically, the guidance specifies that the concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise in a fair value measurement are only relevant when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets whereas they are not relevant when measuring the fair value of financial assets and liabilities. Required disclosures are expanded under the new guidance, especially for fair value measurements that are categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, for which quantitative information about the unobservable inputs used, and a narrative description of the valuation processes in place and sensitivity of recurring Level 3 measurements to changes in unobservable inputs will be required. Entities will also be required to disclose the categorization by level of the fair value hierarchy for items that are not measured at fair value in the balance sheet but for which the fair value is required to be disclosed. ASU 2011-04 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and is to be applied prospectively. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-05”). The amendments in this ASU require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. In December 2011, the FASB deferred portions of this update in its issuance of ASU No. 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in ASU 2011-05 (“ASU 2011-12”). The amendment requires that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-12 defers only those changes in ASU 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted, but full retrospective application is required. The adoption of ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement presentation.

In November 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-10, Property, Plant and Equipment (Topic 360): Derecognition of in Substance Real Estate—a Scope Clarification (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) (“ASU 2011-10”). ASU 2011-10 requires a parent company that ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary that is in substance real estate because the subsidiary has defaulted on its nonrecourse debt to use the FASB’s Real Estate guidance to determine whether to derecognize the in substance real estate entities. ASU 2011-10 is effective for reporting periods beginning on or after June 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011 -10 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In December 2011, the FASB released ASU 2011 -11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (“ASU 2011 -11”). ASU 2011 -11 requires companies to provide new disclosures about offsetting and related arrangements for financial instruments and derivatives. The provisions of ASU 2011 -11 are effective for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and are required to be applied retrospectively. The adoption of ASU 2011 -11 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement disclosures.

In February 2013, the FASB released ASU 2013-01, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (“ASU 2013-01”) . ASU 2013-01 limits the scope of the new balance sheet offsetting disclosure requirements to derivatives (including bifurcated embedded derivatives), repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions. Our adoption of this standard effective January 1, 2013 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement disclosures.

In February 2013, the FASB released ASU 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2013-02”) . ASU 2013-02 enhances the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”). ASU 2013-02 sets requirements for presentation for significant items reclassified to net income in their entirety during the period and for items not reclassified to net income in their entirety during the period. It requires companies to present information about reclassifications out of AOCI in one place. It also requires companies to present reclassifications by component when reporting changes in AOCI balances. Our adoption of this standard effective January 1, 2013 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement disclosures.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

3. REAL ESTATE SECURITIES

The following is a summary of the Company’s securities at December 31, 2012 and 2011, all of which are classified as available-for-sale and are therefore reported at fair value ($ in thousands):

December 31, 2012

 

                Gross
Unrealized
                Weighted Average  

Asset Type

  Outstanding
Face
Amount
    Amortized
Cost Basis
    Gains     Losses     Carrying
Value
    # of
Securities
    Rating (A)     Coupon %     Yield %     Remaining
Maturity
(years)
 

CMBS

  $ 781,271      $ 783,454      $ 23,763      $ (444   $ 806,773        93        AAA        5.38     4.77     1.43   

CMBS interest-only

    234,463        25,219        1,924        —          27,143        3        AAA        2.11     2.70     3.28   

GNMA interest-only

    2,039,528        121,825        2,974        (3,802     120,997        31        AAA        1.34     8.79     2.99   

FHLMC interest-only

    222,515        9,518        481        —          9,999        2        AAA        0.89     5.31     2.56   

GN construction securities

    43,023        44,435        7,459        (6     51,843        10        AAA        5.03     3.57     6.54   

GN permanent securities

    105,566        109,008        214        (415     108,807        18        AAA        5.22     3.63     2.68   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           

Total

  $ 3,426,366      $ 1,093,459      $ 36,815      $ (4,667   $ 1,125,562             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           

December 31, 2011

 

                Gross
Unrealized
                Weighted Average  

Asset Type

  Outstanding
Face
Amount
    Amortized
Cost Basis
    Gains     Losses     Carrying
Value
    # of
Securities
    Rating (A)     Coupon %     Yield %     Remaining
Maturity
(years)
 

CMBS

  $ 1,619,706      $ 1,627,326      $ 18,176      $ (754   $ 1,644,748        136        AAA        5.24     4.65     1.45   

CMBS interest-only

    275,293        19,202        122        (71     19,253        4        AAA        1.57     6.94     5.17   

GNMA interest-only

    1,453,721        92,328        5,425        (71     97,682        21        AAA        1.40     10.45     8.48   

FHLMC interest-only

    119,418        1,772        —          (19     1,753        1        AAA        0.32     4.78     5.84   

FNMA

    4,773        4,425        —          (129     4,296        1        AAA        7.21     8.02     9.52   

GN construction securities

    24,801        25,586        6,109        —          31,695        6        AAA        5.29     4.74     6.92   

GN permanent securities

    140,211        146,602        337        (1,296     145,643        15        AAA        5.64     4.23     3.50   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           

Total

  $ 3,637,923      $ 1,917,241      $ 30,169      $ (2,340   $ 1,945,070             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           

 

(A) Represents the weighted average of the ratings of all securities in each asset type, expressed as an S&P equivalent rating. For each security rated by multiple rating agencies, the lowest rating is used. Ratings provided were determined by third party rating agencies as of a particular date, may not be current and are subject to change (including the assignment of a “negative outlook” or “credit watch”) at any time.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

The following is a breakdown of the fair value of the Company’s securities by remaining maturity based upon expected cash flows at December 31, 2012 and 2011 ($ in thousands):

December 31, 2012

 

Asset Type

   Within
1 year
     1-5 years      5-10 years      After 10
years
     Total  

CMBS

   $ 324,559       $ 473,049       $ 9,165       $ —         $ 806,773   

CMBS interest-only

     —           27,143         —           —           27,143   

GNMA interest-only

     1,186         119,811         —           —           120,997   

FHLMC interest-only

     —           9,999         —           —           9,999   

GN construction securities

     —           5,775         46,068         —           51,843   

GN permanent securities

     15,489         92,239         1,079         —           108,807   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 341,234       $ 728,016       $ 56,312       $ —         $ 1,125,562   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

Asset Type

   Within
1 year
     1-5 years      5-10 years      After 10
years
     Total  

CMBS

   $ 941,075       $ 659,662       $ 44,011       $ —         $ 1,644,748   

CMBS interest-only

     832         —           18,421         —           19,253   

GNMA interest-only

     —           —           1,753         —           1,753   

FHLMC interest-only

     —           —           93,601         4,081         97,682   

FNMA

     —           —           4,296         —           4,296   

GN construction securities

     —           12,307         19,388         —           31,695   

GN permanent securities

     20,934         84,196         33,686         6,827         145,643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 962,841       $ 756,165       $ 215,156       $ 10,908       $ 1,945,070   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

4. MORTGAGE LOAN RECEIVABLES

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company originated/purchased $2,463,328,246 first mortgage and mezzanine loan receivables on commercial real estate properties and $15.7 million Federal Housing Authority (“FHA”) commercial mortgage loans and received $280,567,835 of principal repayments on outstanding loans. The Company participated in six securitization transactions by selling originated first mortgage loans totaling $1.599 billion and sold five loans totaling $150.7 million to the partnership described in Note 6.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company originated $1,448,590,615 first mortgage and mezzanine loan receivables on commercial real estate properties and received $64,249,342 of principal repayments on outstanding loans. The Company participated in three securitization transactions by selling originated first mortgage loans totaling $1.014 billion, sold loans totaling $139.9 million to the Partnership described in Note 6, and an additional $229 million as a whole loan sale.

December 31, 2012

 

     Outstanding
Face Amount
     Amortized Cost
Basis
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Remaining
Maturity
(years)
 

Mortgage loan receivables held for investment, at amortized cost

   $ 331,719,768       $ 326,318,550         11.28     2.27   

Mortgage loan receivables held for sale

     623,644,114         623,332,620         4.81     8.84   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total

   $ 955,363,882       $ 949,651,170        
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

December 31, 2011

 

     Outstanding
Face Amount
     Amortized Cost
Basis
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Remaining
Maturity
(years)
 

Mortgage loan receivables held for investment, at amortized cost

   $ 259,088,116       $ 255,196,384         9.94     1.73   

Mortgage loan receivables held for sale

     258,841,725         258,841,725         5.56     9.50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total

   $ 517,929,841       $ 514,038,109        
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

The following table summarizes the mortgage loan receivables by loan type:

December 31, 2012

 

     Outstanding
Face Amount
     Amortized Cost
Basis
 

Mortgage loan receivables held for sale

     

First mortgage loan

   $ 623,644,114       $ 623,332,620   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loan receivables held for sale

     623,644,114         623,332,620   

Mortgage loan receivables held for investment, at amortized cost

     

First mortgage loan

     233,610,367         231,826,359   

Mezzanine loan

     94,346,656         92,629,446   

Loan participation

     3,762,745         3,762,745   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loan receivables held for investment, at amortized cost

     331,719,768         328,218,550   

Reserve for loan losses

        1,900,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 955,363,882       $ 949,651,170   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

     Outstanding
Face Amount
     Amortized Cost
Basis
 

Mortgage loan receivables held for sale

     

First mortgage loan

   $ 258,841,725       $ 258,841,725   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loan receivables held for sale

     258,841,725         258,841,725   

Mortgage loan receivables held for investment, at amortized cost

     

First mortgage loan

     233,040,964         230,829,024   

Mezzanine loan

     20,147,152         19,986,067   

Loan participation

     5,900,000         5,832,460   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loan receivables held for investment, at amortized cost

     259,088,116         256,647,551   

Reserve for loan losses

     —           1,451,167   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 517,929,841       $ 514,038,109   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As described in Note 2, the Company evaluates each of its loans for impairment at least quarterly. Its loans are typically collateralized by real estate. As a result, the Company regularly evaluates the extent and impact of any credit deterioration associated with the performance and/or value of the underlying collateral property, as well as the financial and operating capability of the borrower. Specifically, a property’s operating results and any cash reserves are analyzed and used to assess (i) whether cash flow from operations is sufficient to cover the debt service requirements currently and into the future, (ii) the ability of the borrower to refinance the loan at maturity, and/or (iii) the property’s liquidation value. The Company also evaluates the financial wherewithal of any loan guarantors as well as the borrower’s competency in managing and operating the properties. In addition the Company considers the overall economic environment, real estate sector, and geographic sub-market in which the borrower operates. Such impairment analyses are completed and reviewed by asset management personnel, who utilize various data sources, including (i) periodic financial data such as property occupancy, tenant profile, rental rates, operating expenses, the borrowers exit plan, and capitalization and discount rates, (ii) site inspections, and (iii) current credit spreads and other market data.

Reserve for Loan Losses

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

Reserve for loan losses at beginning of year

   $ 1,451,167       $ 1,451,167       $ 566,172   

Reserve for loan losses

     448,833         —           884,995   

Charge-offs

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reserve for loan losses at end of year

   $ 1,900,000       $ 1,451,167       $ 1,451,167   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

5. REAL ESTATE

During 2012 and 2011, the Company purchased 40 and one retail properties, respectively, subject to long- term net lease obligations for a total of $309,651,275 and $3,870,000, respectively. In 2012, 13 of these properties were sold for $75,646,207, resulting in a gain on sale of $1,275,235. There were no property sales in 2011. Additionally, the Company acquired, through a majority owned joint venture with an operating partner, 427 residential condominium units for $119,000,000, some of which were subject to residential leases. Real estate consists of the following:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2012     2011  

Land

     54,234,563        7,361,598   

Building

     329,847,557        22,440,252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate

   $ 384,082,120      $ 29,801,850   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,060,448     (967,137
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate, net

   $ 380,021,672      $ 28,834,713   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information has been prepared to provide information with regard to real estate acquisitions.

The accompanying unaudited pro forma information for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 combine our historical operations with the purchase of each of the real estate described above, as if those transactions had occurred on January 1, 2011.

The unaudited pro forma information has been prepared based upon our historical consolidated financial statements and certain historical financial information of the acquired properties and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. This unaudited pro forma information may not be indicative of the results that actually would have occurred if these transactions had been in effect on the dates indicated, nor do they purport to represent our future results of operations.

 

     For the year ended December 31, 2012  
     Company
Historical
     Acquisitions      Consolidated
Pro Forma
 

Operating lease income

   $ 8,331,338       $ 11,411,273       $ 19,742,611   

Net income

     178,054,827         12,812,695         190,867,522   
     For the year ended December 31, 2011  
     Company
Historical
     Acquisitions      Consolidated
Pro Forma
 

Operating lease income

   $ 2,290,291       $ 16,800,519       $ 19,090,810   

Net income

     70,140,237         8,728,471         78,868,708   

The most significant adjustments made in preparing the unaudited pro forma information were to: (i) include the incremental operating lease income, (ii) include the incremental depreciation and, (iii) exclude transaction costs associated with the properties acquired.

Included in operating lease income is base rent, presented on a straight-line basis. The straight-line rent adjustment resulted in an increase to operating lease income of approximately $200,197 and $293,515 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

From the date of acquisition through December 31, 2012, the Company recorded $5,389,246 of operating lease income from the real estate acquisitions.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

6. INVESTMENT IN EQUITY METHOD INVESTEE

On April 15, 2011, the Company entered into a limited partnership agreement and acquired an aggregate 10% general and limited partnership in Ladder Capital Realty Income Partnership I LP (the “Partnership”). The Partnership was formed to acquire first loan mortgages collateralized by commercial real estate property for purposes of income and/or capital appreciation. The Company accounts for its interest in the Partnership using the equity method of accounting as it exerts significant influence but the unrelated limited partners have substantive participating rights. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company contributed $9.3 million and $9.5 million, respectively, of cash into the Partnership. Simultaneously with the execution of the Partnership agreement, the Company was engaged as the Manager and is entitled to a fee based upon the average net equity invested in the Partnership, which is subject to a fee reduction in the event organization expenses (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) exceed $500,000. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded $744,182 and $356,329, respectively, in management fees, which is reflected in fee income in the consolidated statements of income. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company sold five loans to the Partnership for aggregate proceeds of $152.5 million, which exceeded its carrying value by $1.8 million and is included in sale of loans, net on the consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2012, the Partnership has total assets and liabilities of $234 million and $108 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company sold five loans to the Partnership for aggregate proceeds of $140.9 million, which exceeded its carrying value by $1.0 million and is included in sale of loans, net on the consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2011, the Partnership has total assets and liabilities of $144 million and $47 million, respectively. The Company is entitled to distributions based upon its proportionate interest of 10%, and is eligible for additional distributions up to 25% if certain return thresholds are met.

 

7. REPURCHASE FACILITIES AND NONRECOURSE DEBT

Repurchase Facilities/Agreements

The Company has entered into multiple committed master repurchase agreements in order to finance its lending activities throughout the fiscal year. The Company has entered into four committed master repurchase agreements, as outlined in the table below, with multiple counterparties totaling $ 1.1 billion of credit capacity. Assets pledged as collateral under these facilities are limited to CMBS securities and whole mortgage loans collateralized by first liens on commercial properties. The Company’s repurchase facilities include covenants covering net worth requirements, minimum liquidity levels, and maximum leverage ratios. The Company believes it is in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The Company has the option to extend some of the current facilities subject to a number of conditions, including satisfaction of certain notice requirements, no event of default exists, and no margin deficit exists, all as defined in the repurchase facility agreements. The lenders have sole discretion with respect to the inclusion of collateral in these facilities, to determine the market value of the collateral on a daily basis, to be exercised on a good faith basis, and have the right to require additional collateral, a full and/or partial repayment of the facilities (margin call), or a reduction in unused availability under the facilities, sufficient to rebalance the facilities if the estimated market value of the included collateral declines.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

Committed Amount

    Outstanding
Amount
   

Interest
Rate(s)
at Dec. 31,
2012

  Maturity   Remaining
Extension
Options
  Eligible
Collateral
  Carrying
Amount of
Collateral
    Fair Value
of
Collateral
 
$ 300,000,000      $ 40,806,925      Between 2.459% and 2.958%   9/26/2013   N/A   First
mortgage
commercial
real estate
loans &
investment
grade
commercial
mortgage
backed
securities
  $ 54,603,105      $ 61,155,699   
$ 50,000,000      $ 28,995,000      2.708%   1/29/2013   N/A   First
mortgage
commercial
real estate
loans
  $ 37,800,000      $ 42,518,901   
$ 450,000,000      $ 133,165,026      Between 2.458% and 3.208%   5/24/2015   Two
additional
twelve month
periods at
Company’s
option
  First
mortgage
commercial
real estate
loans
  $ 225,934,255      $ 237,654,929   
$ 300,000,000      $ 23,400,000      2.710%   1/24/2014   N/A   First
mortgage
commercial
real estate
loans
  $ 36,000,000      $ 41,080,320   

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

Committed Amount

    Outstanding
Amount
   

Interest
Rate(s)
at Dec. 31,
2011

  Maturity   Extension
Options
  Eligible
Collateral
  Carrying
Amount of
Collateral
    Fair Value
of
Collateral
 
$ 300,000,000      $ 47,141,233     

Between 2.528%

and

3.028%

  9/26/2013   One
additional
twelve
month
period at
Company’s
option
  First
mortgage
commercial
real estate
loans &
investment
grade
commercial
mortgage
backed
securities
  $ 68,861,771      $ 97,141,713   
$ 50,000,000      $ 7,641,433      2.78%   1/29/2013   N/A   First
mortgage
commercial
real estate
loans
  $ 11,562,313      $ 12,171,216   
$ 300,000,000      $ 97,903,132     

Between 2.528%

and

3.153%

  7/2/2012   One
additional
twelve
month
period at
Company’s
option
  First
mortgage
commercial
real estate
loans
  $ 196,657,040      $ 243,473,500   
$ 300,000,000      $ —          1/24/2013   One
additional
twelve
month
period at
Company’s
option
  First
mortgage
commercial
real estate
loans
  $ —        $ —     

The Company has also entered into a term master repurchase agreement with a major US banking institution to finance CMBS securities. As of December 31, 2012, there are $278,020,851 in borrowings outstanding on the Company’s $600 million committed facility which mature in 2014. The borrowings under this agreement have a funding rate of 1.408% and are collateralized by real estate securities with a fair market value of $324,912,372 at December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2011, there were $826,134,084 in borrowings outstanding. The borrowings under this agreement had funding rates ranging from 1.452% to 1.485% and are collateralized by real estate securities with a fair market value of $927,391,222 at December 31, 2011.

The Company has also entered into multiple master repurchase agreements with several counterparties. As of December 31, 2012 there was $289,528,900 and at December 31, 2011 there was $618,257,276 outstanding under such facilities with several counterparties. The borrowings under these agreements have less than three month tenors and funding rates range from 0.70% to 1.71%, with typical advance rates between 60% and 95% of the collateral. These borrowings were collateralized by real estate securities with a fair market value of $349,585,161 at December 31, 2012 and $713,226,996 at December 31, 2011.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

Nonrecourse Long-Term Financing (TALF)

Commencing in July 2009, the Company participated in the Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility program (“TALF”). Under the TALF program, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“FRBNY”) lent on a nonrecourse basis an amount equal to the market value of the asset backed securities (“ABS”) collateralizing the borrowing, less a haircut. Substitution of collateral during the terms of the loans was not allowed. TALF loans were not subject to mark-to-market or re-margining requirements. Any remittance of principal or interest on eligible collateral had to be used immediately to pay interest due on, or reduce the principal amount of, the TALF loan. Collateral haircuts were established by the FRBNY for each class of eligible collateral, based on the price volatility of each class of eligible collateral. The FRBNY assessed a nonrecourse loan fee (0.2% of financed amount) at the inception of each loan transaction. The Company borrowed a total of $1,137,958,984 under the program, at fixed interest rates ranging from 2.72% to 3.87%, with initial maturity dates ranging from July 2012 to March 2015. On March 31, 2010, FRBNY ceased making new loans under the TALF program. In 2011, the Company repaid the remaining borrowings under the TALF program in full and had no liability as of December 31, 2011.

Long Term Debt Financing

During 2012, the Company executed ten term debt agreements to finance real estate held for investment. During 2011, the Company executed one term debt agreement to finance real estate held for investment. These nonrecourse debt agreements are fixed rate financing at rates ranging from 4.85% to 6.75%, maturing in 2020, 2021 and 2022 and totaled $103,755,644 at December 31, 2012 and $18,564,040 at December 3 1, 2011.

FHLB Financing

On July 11, 2012, Tuebor became a member of the FHLB and subsequently drew its first secured funding advances from the FHLB. As of December 31, 2012, Tuebor had $262 million of borrowings outstanding, with terms of 6 months to 5 years, interest rates of 0.39% to 0.93%, and advance rates of 87% to 95% of the collateral. Collateral for the borrowings was comprised of $333 million of CMBS and U.S. Agency Securities. Tuebor is subject to state regulations which require that dividends (including dividends to the Company as its parent) may only be made with regulatory approval.

Senior Unsecured Notes

On September 14, 2012, the Company issued $325 million in principal amount of 7.375% Senior Notes due on October 1, 2017 (the “Notes”) at par. The Notes will pay interest semi-annually in cash in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, beginning on September 19, 2012. The Notes are unsecured and are subject to covenants, including limitations on the incurrence of additional debt, restricted payments, liens, sales of assets, affiliate transactions and other covenants typical for financings of this type.

The following schedule reflects the Company’s borrowings by maturity:

 

     2012  

2013

   $ 408,330,826   

2014

     349,420,851   

2015

     148,165,026   

2016

     65,000,000   

2017

     410,000,000   

Thereafter

     103,755,644   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,484,672,347   
  

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

8. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair value is based upon market quotations, broker quotations, counterparty quotations or pricing services quotations, which provide valuation estimates based upon reasonable market order indications and are subject to significant variability based on market conditions, such as interest rates, credit spreads and market liquidity. The fair value of the mortgage loan receivables held for sale is based upon a securitization model utilizing market data from recent securitization spreads and pricing.

Fair Value Summary Table

The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments, that are both reported at fair value on a recurring basis (as indicated) or amortized cost/par, at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows ($ in thousands):

December 31, 2012

 

                          Weighted Average  
      Outstanding
Face Amount
    Amortized
Cost Basis
    Fair Value     Fair Value Method   Yield
%
    Remaining
Maturity
(years)
 

Assets:

           

CMBS(1)

  $ 781,271      $ 783,454      $ 806,773      Broker quotations,
pricing services
    4.77     1.43   

CMBS interest-only(1)

    234,463        25,219        27,143      Broker quotations,
pricing services
    2.70     3.28   

GNMA interest-only(1)

    2,039,528        121,825        120,997      Broker quotations,
pricing services
    8.79     2.99   

FHLMC interest-only(1)

    222,515        9,518        9,999      Broker quotations,
pricing services
    5.31     2.56   

GN construction securities(1)

    43,023        44,435        51,843      Broker quotations,
pricing services
    3.57     6.54   

GN permanent securities(1)

    105,566        109,008        108,807      Broker quotations,
pricing services
    3.63     2.68   

Mortgage loan receivable held for investment, at amortized cost

    331,720        326,319        331,720      Discounted Cash
Flow(3)
    11.28     2.27   

Mortgage loan receivable held for sale

    623,644        623,333        674,414      Discounted Cash
Flow(4)
    4.81     8.84   

FHLB Stock(1)(6)

    13,100        13,100        13,100      (6)     3.5     N/A   

Liabilities:

           

Repurchase agreements—short term

    359,331        359,331        359,331      Discounted Cash
Flow(2)
    1.47     0.13   

Repurchase agreements—long term

    434,586        434,586        434,586      Discounted Cash
Flow(2)
    1.87     1.47   

Long term financing

    103,756        103,756        106,517      Discounted Cash
Flow(2)
    5.35     9.32   

Borrowings from the FHLB

    262,000        262,000        262,787      Discounted Cash
Flow(2)
    0.61     3.06   

Senior unsecured notes

    325,000        325,000        333,938      Broker quotations,
pricing services
    7.38     4.75   

Nonhedge derivatives(1)(5)

    904,350        N/A        (12,821   Counterparty
quotations
    N/A        4.32   

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

 

(1) Measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
(2) Fair value for repurchase agreement liabilities is estimated to approximate carrying amount primarily due to the short interest rate reset risk (30 days) of the financings and the high credit quality of the assets collateralizing these positions. For the nonrecourse term financing, the amortized cost approximates the fair value discounting the expected cash flows. If the collateral is determined to be impaired, the related financing would be revalued accordingly. There are no impairments on any security positions.
(3) Fair value for mortgage loan receivable, held for investment is estimated to approximate carrying amount for those assets with short interest rate reset risk (30 days).
(4) Fair value for mortgage loan receivable, held for sale is measured at fair value using a securitization model utilizing market data from recent securitization spreads and pricing.
(5) The outstanding face amount of the nonhedge derivatives represents the notional amount of the underlying contracts.
(6) Fair Value for FHLB stock approximates outstanding face amount as the Company is restricted from trading it and can only put the stock back to the FHLB at par.

December 31, 2011

 

                          Weighted Average  
      Outstanding
Face Amount
    Amortized
Cost Basis
    Fair Value     Fair Value Method   Yield
%
    Remaining
Maturity
(years)
 

Assets:

           

CMBS(1)

  $ 1,619,706      $ 1,627,326      $ 1,644,748      Broker quotations,
pricing services
    4.65     1.45   

CMBS interest-only(1)

    275,293        19,202        19,253      Broker quotations,
pricing services
    6.94     5.17   

GNMA interest-only(1)

    1,453,721        92,328        97,682      Broker quotations,
pricing services
    10.45     8.48   

FHLMC interest-only(1)

    119,418        1,772        1,753      Broker quotations,
pricing services
    4.78     5.84   

FNMA(1)

    4,773        4,425        4,296      Broker quotations,
pricing services
    8.02     9.52   

GN construction securities(1)

    24,801        25,586        31,695      Broker quotations,
pricing services
    4.74     6.92   

GN permanent securities(1)

    140,211        146,602        145,643      Broker quotations,
pricing services
    4.23     3.50   

Mortgage loan receivable held for investment, net

    259,088        255,196        259,088      Discounted Cash
Flow(3)
    9.94     1.73   

Mortgage loan receivable held for sale

    258,842        258,842        272,386      Discounted Cash
Flow(4)
    5.56     9.50   

Liabilities:

           

Repurchase agreements—short term

    618,257        618,257        618,257      Discounted Cash
Flow(2)
    1.28     0.08   

Repurchase agreements—long term

    978,820        978,820        978,820      Discounted Cash
Flow(2)
    1.67     1.16   

Long term financing

    18,564        18,564        18,700      Discounted Cash
Flow(2)
    6.59     8.88   

Nonhedge derivatives(1)(5)

    760,850        N/A        (25,742   Counterparty
quotations
    N/A        2.38   

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

 

(1) Measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
(2) Fair value for repurchase agreement liabilities is estimated to approximate carrying amount primarily due to the short interest rate reset risk (30 days) of the financings and the high credit quality of the assets collateralizing these positions. For the nonrecourse term financing, the amortized cost approximates the fair value discounting the expected cash flows. If the collateral is determined to be impaired, the related financing would be revalued accordingly. There are no impairments on any security positions.
(3) Fair value for mortgage loan receivable, held for investment is estimated to approximate carrying amount for those assets with short interest rate reset risk (30 days).
(4) Fair value for mortgage loan receivable, held for sale is measured at fair value using a securitization model utilizing market data from recent securitization spreads and pricing.
(5) The outstanding face amount of the nonhedge derivatives represents the notional amount of the underlying contracts.

Derivative Instruments

The Company uses derivative instruments primarily to economically manage the fair value variability of fixed rate assets caused by interest rate fluctuations. The following is a breakdown of the derivatives outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

December 31, 2012

 

            Fair Value  

Contract Type

   Notional      Positive(1)      Negative(1)      Net  

Caps

           

1MO LIB

   $ 128,750,000       $ 21       $ —         $ 21   

Futures

           

5-years US T-Note

     111,100,000         254,906         1,563         253,344   

10-years US T-Note

     319,500,000         3,650,938         243,609         3,407,328   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total futures

     430,600,000         3,905,844         245,172         3,660,672   

Swaps

           

3MO LIB

     174,500,000         —           17,788,614         (17,788,614
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total swaps

     174,500,000         —           17,788,614         (17,788,614
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Derivatives

           

CMBX

     67,000,000         1,779,458         —           1,779,458   

TRX

     68,500,000         —           481,377         (481,377

S&P 500 Put Options

     4,000,000         3,770         —           3,770   

Call Option CBOE SPX Vol Index

     31,000,000         5,426         —           5,426   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit derivatives

     170,500,000         1,788,654         481,377         1,307,277   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives

   $ 904,350,000       $ 5,694,519       $ 18,515,163       $ (12,820,644
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

            Fair Value  

Contract Type

   Notional      Positive(1)      Negative(1)      Net  

Caps

           

1MO LIB

   $ 240,000,000       $ 1,819       $ —         $ 1,819   

Futures

           

5-years US T-Note

     20,600,000         —           46,672         (46,672

10-years US T-Note

     176,000,000         —           2,273,453         (2,273,453
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total futures

     196,600,000         —           2,320,125         (2,320,125

Swaps

           

1MO LIB

     10,000,000         —           100,438         (100,438

3MO LIB

     314,250,000         —           23,322,963         (23,322,963
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total swaps

     324,250,000         —           23,423,401         (23,423,401
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives

   $ 760,850,000       $ 1,819       $ 25,743,526       $ (25,741,707
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Included in derivative instruments, at fair value, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet

The following table indicates the net realized gains/(losses) and unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) on derivatives, by primary underlying risk exposure, as included in net result from derivatives transactions in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

     For the years ended December 31,  

Contract Type

   2012     2011     2010  

Caps

   $ (1,798   $ (97,375   $ (523,939

Futures

     (16,987,085     (50,943,683     (3,101,616

Swaps

     (13,616,493     (30,333,068     (17,121,528

Credit Derivatives

     (5,045,613     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (35,650,989   $ (81,374,126   $ (20,747,083
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s counterparties held $32.2 million, $36.8 million and $19.4 million of cash margin as collateral for derivatives as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Credit Risk-Related Contingent Features

The Company has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision whereby if the Company defaults on certain of its indebtedness, the Company could also be declared in default on its derivatives, resulting in an acceleration of payment under the derivatives.

Valuation Hierarchy

In accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures under GAAP (FASB—Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820), the methodologies used for valuing such instruments have been categorized into three broad levels as follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments.

Level 2—Valuations based principally on other observable market parameters, including

 

   

Quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments,

 

   

Quoted prices in less active or inactive markets for identical or similar instruments,

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

   

Other observable inputs (such as interest rates, yield curves, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks and default rates), and

 

   

Market corroborated inputs (derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data).

Level 3—Valuations based significantly on unobservable inputs.

 

   

Valuations based on third party indications (broker quotes, counterparty quotes or pricing services) which were, in turn, based significantly on unobservable inputs or were otherwise not supportable as Level 2 valuations.

 

   

Valuations based on internal models with significant unobservable inputs.

Pursuant to the authoritative guidance, these levels form a hierarchy. The Company follows this hierarchy for its financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The classifications are based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

It is the Company’s policy to determine when transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to have occurred at the end of the reporting period.

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, that are both reported at fair value on a recurring basis (as indicated) or amortized cost/par, at December 31, 2012 and 2011 ($ in thousands):

December 31, 2012

 

     Outstanding
Face
Amount
     Fair Value  
        Level 1      Level 2     Level 3      Total  

Assets:

             

CMBS*

   $ 781,271       $ —         $ 806,773      $ —         $ 806,773   

CMBS interest-only*

     234,463         —           27,143        —           27,143   

GNMA interest-only*

     2,039,528         —           120,997        —           120,997   

FHLMC interest-only*

     222,515         —           9,999        —           9,999   

GN construction securities*

     43,023         —           51,843        —           51,843   

GN permanent securities*

     105,566         —           108,807        —           108,807   

Mortgage loan receivable held for investment

     331,720         —           —          331,720         331,720   

Mortgage loan receivable held for sale

     623,644         —           —          674,414         674,414   

FHLB Stock*

     13,100         13,100         —          —           13,100   

Liabilities:

             

Repurchase agreements—short term

     359,331         —           359,331        —           359,331   

Repurchase agreements—long term

     434,586         —           434,586        —           434,586   

Long term financing

     103,756         —           —          106,517         106,517   

Borrowings from the FHLB

     262,000         —           —          262,787         262,787   

Senior unsecured notes

     325,000         —           333,938        —           333,938   

Nonhedge derivatives*

     904,350         —           (12,821     —           (12,821

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

     Outstanding
Face
Amount
     Fair Value  
        Level 1      Level 2     Level 3      Total  

Assets:

             

CMBS*

   $ 1,619,706       $ —         $ 1,644,748      $ —         $ 1,644,748   

CMBS interest-only*

     275,293         —           19,253        —           19,253   

GNMA interest-only*

     1,453,721         —           97,682        —           97,682   

FHLMC interest-only*

     119,418         —           1,753        —           1,753   

FNMA*

     4,773         —           4,296        —           4,296   

GN construction securities*

     24,801         —           31,695        —           31,695   

GN permanent securities*

     140,211         —           145,643        —           145,643   

Mortgage loan receivable held for investment

     259,088         —           —          259,088         259,088   

Mortgage loan receivable held for sale

     258,842            —          272,386         272,386   

Liabilities:

             

Repurchase agreements—short term

     618,257         —           618,257        —           618,257   

Repurchase agreements—long term

     978,820         —           978,820        —           978,820   

Long term financing

     18,564         —           —          18,700         18,700   

Nonhedge derivatives*

     760,850         —           (25,742     —           (25,742

 

* Measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The outstanding face amount of the nonhedge derivatives represents the notional amount of the underlying contracts.

 

9. PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

On April 20, 2010, 910,491 Class A-2 Common units were issued to a new member of the management team, with a Threshold Amount, as defined in the Company’s Limited Liability Company Agreement (“LLC Agreement”), and a market value of $0.85 per unit. The Threshold Amount is the dollar amount equal to the amount that would, in the reasonable determination of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), be distributed with respect to one of the Company’s then issued and outstanding Original Class A-2 Common Units, as defined in the Company’s LLC Agreement, with a Threshold Amount of zero dollars ($0).

On June 4, 2012, 1,127,543 Class A-2 Common Units and 31,451.61 Series B Participating Preferred Units were granted to a new member of the management team. The grants issued are subject to a thirty-six (36) month vesting period, commencing on January 1, 2012. In addition, the new member purchased 24,193.55 Series B Participating Preferred Units as well as received an option to purchase an additional 24,193.55 Series B Participating Preferred Units within one year of grant date at a price of $124 per unit. The fair value of the units at grant date was $130 per unit, and the difference is recognized to deferred compensation expense over the vesting period.

Effective August 9, 2011, the Company converted from a limited liability company to a limited liability limited partnership.

Series B Participating Preferred Units Offering

In August 2011, the Company completed a private offering of its Series B Participating Preferred units. Certain members of the management team, the TowerBrook Funds, GI Partners, as well as other investors purchased 2,075,619 Series B Participating Preferred units of the Company (the “Series B Preferred” or the

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

“Interests”) at a price of $124.00 per unit or $257,376,700. Additional distributions to both the Series A and B Preferred unit holders and Common unit holders will be made based on their relative percentage of outstanding units at the time, as defined in the Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement.

Cash Distributions to Partners

Distributions (other than tax distributions which are described below) will be made in the priorities described below at such times and in such amounts as the Company’s Board of Directors determines as follows:

First, to the holders of Series A and B Preferred pro rata based on the then Series A and B Participating Preferred Unreturned Capital Value (as defined in the LLC Agreement) of each such holder’s Interests; and

Second, to the holders of Series A and B Participating Preferred Units and Class A Common Units as follows: (A) to the holders of the Series A and B Participating Preferred Units (pro rata based on the number of then issued and outstanding Series A and B Participating Preferred Units), an amount equal to the product of (x) the Series A and B Participating Preferred Percentage as of the date of such distribution multiplied by (y) the amount to be distributed; and (B) to the holders of the Class A Common Units, (pro rata based on the then Aggregate Class A Common Units Outstanding), including any deemed owners of Class A-2 Common Units, an amount equal to the product of (xx) the Class A Common Percentage as of the date of such distribution multiplied by (yy) the amount to be distributed, taking into account the relevant Threshold Amounts, as appropriate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to available liquidity as determined by Company’s Board of Directors, the Company intends to make quarterly tax distributions equal to a partner’s “Quarterly Estimated Tax Amount”, which shall be computed (as more fully described in the Company’s LLC agreement) for each partner as the product of (x) the federal taxable income (or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, allocated by the Company to such partner in respect of the partnership interests of the Company held by such partner and (y) the highest marginal blended federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to an individual residing in New York, NY, taking into account for federal income tax purposes, the deductibility of state and local taxes.

Allocation of Income and Loss

Income and losses are allocated among the partners in a manner to reflect as closely as possible the amount each partner would be distributed under the LLLP agreement upon liquidation of the Company’s assets.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Roll-forward

The following is the rollforward of accumulated other comprehensive income included in capital:

 

     Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
 

Beginning balance, January 1, 2010

   $ 15,335,763   

change

     24,290,975   
  

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2010

     39,626,738   

change

     (11,798,014
  

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2011

     27,828,724   

change

     4,319,916   
  

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 32,148,640   

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company entered into a loan referral agreement with Meridian Capital Group LLC (“Meridian”), which is an affiliate of the chairman of the Company’s board of managers and an investor in the Company. The agreement provides for the payment of referral fees for loans originated pursuant to a formula based on the Company’s net profit, as defined in the agreement, payable annually in arrears. This agreement is cancelable by the Company based on the occurrence of certain events, or by Meridian for nonpayment of amounts due under the agreement. The Company incurred fees of $1,683,594 during 2012 for loans originated in accordance with this agreement, of which $1,683,594 is accrued for and paid as of December 31, 2012. The Company incurred fees of $219,597 during 2011 for loans originated in accordance with this agreement, of which $219,597 is accrued for and payable as of December 31, 2011. The Company incurred fees of $437,548 during 2010 for loans originated in accordance with this agreement. These fees are reflected in operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of income.

 

11. COMPENSATION PLANS

The 2008 Incentive Equity Plan of the Company, was adopted by the Board on September 22, 2008 (the “2008 Plan”), and provides certain executives, other key employees and directors of the Company or any other Ladder Company (as defined in the 2008 Plan) with additional incentives.

As discussed in Note 9, on April 20, 2010, 910,491 Class A-2 Common Units were granted to certain executives of the Company. The grants issued are subject to a thirty-six (36) month vesting period, commencing on April 20, 20 10. On June 4, 2012, 1,127,543 Class A-2 Common Units and 31,451.61 Series B Participating Preferred Units were granted to a new member of the management team. The grants issued are subject to a thirty-six (36) month vesting period, commencing on January 1, 2012. In addition, the new member purchased 24,193.55 Series B Participating Preferred Units as well as received an option to purchase an additional 24,193.55 Series B Participating Preferred Units within one year of grant date at a price of $124 per unit. The fair value of the units at grant date was $130 per unit, and the difference is recognized to deferred compensation expense over the vesting period.

The Company has estimated the fair value of such units granted utilizing a discounted cash flow model as of the last capital call date. Key input assumptions have been estimated based on certain assumptions with respect to management’s prior experience, current market conditions and projected conditions of the commercial real estate industry. All units issued under the 2008 Plan are amortized over the units’ vesting periods and charged against income. The Company recognized equity-based compensation expense of $2,407,773, $150,696 and $173,803 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

A summary of the grants is presented below:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
     Number of
Units
     Weighted
Average Fair
Value
    Number of
Units
     Weighted
Average Fair
Value
    Number of
Units
     Weighted
Average Fair
Value
 

Grants—Class A-2 Common Units

     1,127,543       $ 1,360,106        —         $ —          910,491       $ 23,107   

Grants—Series B Participating Preferred Units

     31,452         4,088,710             

Amortization to compensation expense

               

Class A-2 Common Units

        (515,300        (150,696        (173,803

Series B Participating Preferred Units

        (1,892,473        —             —     
     

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total amortization to compensation expense

      $ (2,407,773      $ (150,696      $ (173,803
     

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

In February 2012, the employees contributed $2,156,283 to the Phantom Equity Investment Plan. In December 2012, the employees contributed $4,275,371 to the Phantom Equity Investment Plan. Under the plan, there are both elective and mandatory contributions to the plan based upon a minimum level of total compensation. Mandatory contributions are subject to one-third vesting over a three year period following the applicable plan year in which the related compensation was earned. Elective contributions are immediately vested upon contribution. The compensation expense relating to the deferred compensation plan is recognized at the contribution date. The employees receive phantom units of Series B Participating Preferred Units at the fair market value of the units.

 

12. COMMITMENTS

Leases

The Company entered into an operating lease for its office space. The lease commenced on January 5, 2009 and expires on May 30, 2015. There is an option to renew the lease for an additional five years at an increased monthly rental. In 2011, the Company entered into 2 new leases for both its primary office space as well as for a secondary space. The lease on the primary office space commenced on October 2, 2011 and expires on January 31, 2022. The lease for the second location commenced on September 15, 2011 and expires on November 30, 2014. In 2012, the Company entered into one new lease for secondary office space. The lease commenced on May 1, 2012 and expires on May 1, 2015. The following is a schedule of future minimum rental payments required under the above operating leases:

 

Year ended December 31,

   Amount  

2013

   $ 1,775,636   

2014

     1,769,984   

2015

     1,357,120   

2016

     1,125,069   

2017

     1,180,400   

Thereafter

     4,819,967   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,306,811   
  

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

GN Construction Loan Securities

The Company committed to purchase GNMA construction loan securities over a period of twelve to fifteen months. As of December 31, 2012, the Company’s commitment to purchase these securities at fixed prices ranging from 101.13 to 107.25 was $178,738,909, of which $42,030,253 was funded, with $136,708,656 remaining to be funded. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s commitment to purchase these securities at fixed prices ranging from 101.13 to 106.63 totaled $144,359,451, of which $28,021,632 was funded, with $116,337,819 remaining to the funded. The fair value of those commitments at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $3.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively, which was determined by pricing services as adjusted for estimated liquidity discounts and is included in other liabilities on the balance sheet.

 

13. RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

The following summary of certain risk factors is not intended to be a comprehensive summary of all of the risks of the Company’s investments or all of risks inherent in investing in the Company.

Interest Rate Risk

The nature of the Company’s business exposes it to market risk arising from changes in interest rates. Changes, both increases and decreases, in the rates the Company is able to charge its borrowers, the yields the Company is able to achieve in its securities investments, and the Company’s cost of borrowing directly impacts its net income. The Company’s interest income stream from loans and securities is generally fixed over the life of its assets, whereas it uses floating-rate debt to finance a significant portion of its investments. Another component of interest rate risk is the effect changes in interest rates will have on the market value of the assets the Company acquires. The Company faces the risk that the market value of its assets will increase or decrease at different rates than that of its liabilities, including its hedging instruments. The Company mitigates interest rate risk through utilization of hedging instruments, primarily interest rate swap and futures agreements. Interest rate swap and futures agreements are utilized to hedge against future interest rate increases on the Company’s borrowings and potential adverse changes in the value of certain assets that result from interest rate changes. The Company generally seeks to hedge assets that have a duration longer than two years, including newly originated conduit first mortgage loans, securities in the Company’s CMBS portfolio if long enough in duration, and most of its U.S. Agency Securities portfolio.

Market Value Risk

The Company’s securities investments are reflected at their estimated fair value. The change in estimated fair value of securities available-for-sale is reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income. The estimated fair value of these securities fluctuates primarily due to changes in interest rates and other factors. Generally, in a rising interest rate environment, the estimated fair value of these securities would be expected to decrease; conversely, in a decreasing interest rate environment, the estimated fair value of these securities would be expected to increase. As market volatility increases or liquidity decreases, the market value of the Company’s assets may be adversely impacted. The Company’s fixed rate mortgage loan portfolio is subject to the same risks. However, to the extent those loans are classified as held for sale, they are reflected at the lower of cost or market. Otherwise, held for investment mortgage loans are reflected at values equal to the unpaid principal balances net of certain fees, costs and loan loss allowances.

Liquidity Risk

Market disruptions may lead to a significant decline in transaction activity in all or a significant portion of the asset classes in which the Company invests, and may at the same time lead to a significant contraction in

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

short term and long term debt and equity funding sources. A decline in liquidity of real estate and real estate-related investments, as well as a lack of availability of observable transaction data and inputs, may make it more difficult to sell the Company’s investments or determine their fair values. As a result, the Company may be unable to sell its investments, or only able to sell its investments at a price that may be materially different from the fair values presented. Also, in such conditions, there is no guarantee that the Company’s borrowing arrangements or other arrangements for obtaining leverage will continue to be available, or if available, will be available on terms and conditions acceptable to the Company. In addition, a decline in market value of the Company’s assets may have particular adverse consequences in instances where it borrowed money based on the fair value of its assets. A decrease in the market value of the Company’s assets may result in the lender requiring it to post additional collateral or otherwise sell assets at a time when it may not be in the Company’s best interest to do so. Finally, the Company’s captive insurance company subsidiary is subject to state regulations which require that dividends may only be made with regulatory approval.

Credit Risk

The Company is subject to varying degrees of credit risk in connection with its investments. The Company seeks to manage credit risk by performing deep credit fundamental analysis of potential assets and through ongoing asset management. The Company’s investment guidelines do not limit the amount of its equity that may be invested in any type of its assets, however, investments greater than a certain size are subject to review of the Risk and Underwriting Committee of the Board of Directors.

Credit Spread Risk

Credit spread risk is the risk that interest rate spreads between two different financial instruments will change. In general, fixed-rate commercial mortgages and CMBS are priced based on a spread to Treasury swaps. The Company generally benefits if credit spreads narrow during the time that it holds a portfolio of mortgage loans or CMBS investments, and the Company may experience losses if credit spreads widen during the time that it holds a portfolio of mortgage loans or CMBS investments. The Company actively monitors its exposure to changes in credit spreads and The Company may enter into credit total return swaps or take positions in other credit related derivative instruments to moderate its exposure against losses associated with a widening of credit spreads.

Risks Related to Real Estate

Real estate and real estate-related assets are subject to volatility and may be affected adversely by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, national, regional and local economic conditions (which may be adversely affected by industry slowdowns and other factors); local real estate conditions; changes or continued weakness in specific industry segments; construction quality, age and design; demographic factors; and retroactive changes to building or similar codes. In addition, decreases in property values reduce the value of the collateral and the potential proceeds available to a borrower to repay the underlying loans, which could also cause the Company to suffer losses.

Covenant Risk

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into loan agreements with certain lenders to finance its real estate investment transactions. These loan agreements contain, among other conditions, events of default and various covenants and representations. If such events are not cured by the Company or waived

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

by the lenders, the lenders may decide to curtail or limit extension of credit, and the Company may be forced to repay its loans. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company believes it was in compliance with all covenants.

Diversification Risk

The assets of the Company are concentrated in the real estate sector. Accordingly, the investment portfolio of the Company may be subject to more rapid change in value than would be the case if the Company were to maintain a wide diversification among investments or industry sectors. Furthermore, even within the real estate sector, the investment portfolio may be relatively concentrated in terms of geography and type of real estate investment. This lack of diversification may subject the investments of the Company to more rapid change in value than would be the case if the assets of the Company were more widely diversified.

Concentrations of Market Risk

Concentrations of market risk may exist with respect to the Company’s investments. Market risk is a potential loss the Company may incur as a result of changes in the fair values of its investments. The Company may also be subject to risk associated with concentrations of investments in geographic regions and industries.

Regulatory Risk

The Company established a broker-dealer subsidiary, Ladder Capital Securities LLC (“LCS”), which was initially licensed and capitalized to do business in July 2010. LCS is required to be compliant with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) requirements on an ongoing basis and is subject to multiple operating and reporting requirements that all broker-dealer entities are subject to. This governance is an increased level of compliance to operate within the broker-dealer requirements. In addition, Tuebor is subject to state regulation as a captive insurance company. If LCS or Tuebor fail to comply with regulatory requirements, they could be subject to loss of their licenses and registration and/or economic penalties.

 

14. SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company has determined that it has three reportable segments based on how management reviews and manages its business. These reportable segments include Securities, Loans and Real Estate. The Securities segment includes all of the Company’s activities related to real estate securities, which include CMBS and U.S. Agency securities. The Loans segment includes mortgage loan receivables held for investment (balance sheet loans) and mortgage loan receivables held for sale (conduit loans). The Real Estate segment includes net lease real estate held for investment and selected other real estate investments. Corporate/Other includes our investments in joint ventures, other asset management activities and operating expenses.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

The Company evaluates performance based on the following financial measures for each segment ($ in thousands)

 

    Securities     Loans     Real Estate     Corporate/
Other(1)
    Company
Total
 

2012

         

Interest income

  $ 80,613      $ 56,835      $ —        $ (1,250   $ 136,198   

Interest expense

    (15,807     (9,244     (3,595     (7,826     (36,472
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

    64,806        47,591        (3,595     (9,076     99,726   

Operating lease income

    —          —          8,331        —          8,331   

Sales of investments, net

    19,014        152,829        1,275        1,784        174,902   

Fee income

    251        6,886        823        828        8,788   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

    19,265        159,715        10,429        2,612        192,021   

Net result from derivative transactions

    (10,415     (25,236     —          —          (35,651

Operating expenses

    (107     (5,635     (5,925     (60,957     (72,624

Depreciation

    —          —          (3,093     (547     (3,640

Provision for loan losses

    —          (449     —          —          (449
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    (10,522     (31,320     (9,018     (61,504     (112,364

Earnings from investment in equity method investee

    —          —          —          1,256        1,256   

Tax expense

    —          —          —          (2,584     (2,584
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment profit (loss)

    73,549        175,986        (2,184     (69,296     178,055   

Total assets

    1,125,562        949,651        380,022        173,795        2,629,030   

2011

         

Interest income

  $ 97,828      $ 34,926      $ —        $ 543      $ 133,297   

Interest expense

    (24,281     (10,374     (1,176     (5     (35,836
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

    73,547        24,552        (1,176     538        97,461   

Operating lease income

    —          —          2,290        —          2,290   

Sales of investments, net

    20,081        66,301        —          (30     86,352   

Fee income

    —          2,742        1        401        3,144   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

    20,081        69,043        2,291        371        91,786   

Net result from derivative transactions

    (30,572     (50,802     —          —          (81,374

Operating expenses

    —          (1,193     (94     (34,239     (35,526

Depreciation

    —          —          (704     (340     (1,044

Provision for loan losses

    —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    (30,572     (51,995     (798     (34,579     (117,944

Earnings from investment in equity method investee

    —          —          —          347        347   

Tax expense

    —          —          —          (1,510     (1,510
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment profit (loss)

    63,056        41,600        317        (34,833     70,140   

Total assets

    1,945,070        514,038        28,835        166,446        2,654,389   

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

    Securities     Loans     Real Estate     Corporate/
Other(1)
    Company
Total
 

2010

         

Interest income

  $ 110,571      $ 18,347      $ —        $ 383      $ 129,301   

Interest expense

    (40,333     (8,406     (338     203        (48,874
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

    70,238        9,941        (338     586        80,427   

Operating lease income

    —          —          1,012        —          1,012   

Sales of investments, net

    22,086        30,533        2,419        —          55,038   

Fee income

    —          1,248        —          154        1,402   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

    22,086        31,781        3,431        154        57,452   

Net result from derivative transactions

    (12,729     (8,018     —          —          (20,747

Operating expenses

    (5     (53     (18     (26,664     (26,740

Depreciation

    —          —          (263     (146     (409

Provision for loan losses

    —          (885     —          —          (885
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    (12,734     (8,956     (281     (26,810     (48,781

Earnings from investment in equity method investee

    —          —          —          —          —     

Tax expense

    —          —          —          (600     (600
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment profit (loss)

    79,590        32,766        2,812        (26,670     88,498   

Total assets

    1,925,510        509,804        25,669        126,805        2,587,788   

 

(1) Corporate/Other represents all corporate level and unallocated items including any intercompany eliminations necessary to reconcile to consolidated Company totals. This caption also includes the Company’s joint venture investment and strategic investments that are not related to the other reportable segments above, including the Company’s investment in FHLB stock of $13.1 million as of December 31, 2012.

 

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 29, 2013 and determined disclosure of the following is necessary:

Master Repurchase Agreement

On April 10, 2013, the Company has amended its existing master repurchase agreement and facility with one of its lenders in order to finance its lending activities. The existing agreement was modified to provide, among other things, an increase in financing availability from $50 million to $250 million, an initial term of one year with up to two 1 year extensions and the ability to finance a broader range of loan assets that may include transitional loans and condominium loans.

New Credit Agreement

On January 24, 2013, the Company has entered into a $50 million credit agreement with one of its multiple committed financing counterparties in order to finance its securities and lending activities.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

COMM 2013-LC6 Securitization

The Company participated in a securitization transaction by selling originated first mortgage loans totaling $522.2 million, of which, $440.2 million was included in Mortgage loan receivables held for sale as of December 31, 2012. The transaction settled on January 30, 2013.

LCCM 2013-GCP Securitization

The Company contributed one loan to a single asset securitization transaction by selling a first mortgage loan, originated in 2013, totaling $275.0 million. The transaction settled on March 21, 2013.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

SCHEDULE III—REAL ESTATE and ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION

December 31, 2012

($ in thousands)

 

Description

  Encumbrances     Initial Cost to Company     Costs  Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition
    Gross Amount at which
Carried at Close of Period
    Accumulated
Depreciation
    Date
Acquired
  Year
Built
  Life on  which
Depreciation in
Latest  Statement
of Income is
Computed
               
               
        Land             Buildings           Land     Buildings     Total          

Real Estate Under Operating Leases:

                     

Retail Property in Satsuma, FL

    —          79        1,013        —          79        1,013        1,092        32      Apr. 2012   2011   15-35 yrs.

Retail Property in Middleburg, FL

    —          184        994        —          184        994        1,178        32      Apr. 2012   2011   15-35 yrs.

Retail Property in DeLeon, FL

    —          239        1,003        —          239        1,003        1,242        16      Aug. 2012   2011   15-36 yrs.

Retail Property in OrangeCity, FL

    —          229        1,088        —          229        1,088        1,317        29      May. 2012   2011   15-35 yrs.

Retail Property in Yulee, FL

    —          329        1,010        —          329        1,010        1,339        21      Jul. 2012   2012   15-35 yrs.

Retail Property in Spartanburg, SC

    —          828        3,042        —          828        3,042        3,870        194      Jan. 2011   2007   12-42 yrs.

Retail Property in Mount Airy, NC

    —          725        3,767        —          725        3,767        4,492        —        Dec. 2012   2007   31 yrs.

Retail Property in Abingdon, VA

    —          700        3,988        —          700        3,988        4,688        —        Dec. 2012   2006   31 yrs.

Retail Property in Lexington, SC

    —          1,644        3,088        —          1,644        3,088        4,732        256      Jun. 2010   2009   13-48 yrs.

Retail Property in Elkton, MD

    —          963        3,909        —          963        3,909        4,872        293      Jul. 2010   2008   14-49 yrs.

Retail Property in Gallatin, TN

    —          1,750        3,312        —          1,750        3,312        5,062        9      Dec. 2012   2007   31 yrs.

Retail Property in Tupelo, MS

    —          1,120        4,008        —          1,120        4,008        5,128        305      Aug. 2010   2007   12-47 yrs.

Retail Property in Greenwood, AR

    —          1,278        3,869        —          1,278        3,869        5,147        81      Apr. 2012   2009   13-43 yrs.

Retail Property in Johnson City, TN

    —          800        4,462        —          800        4,462        5,262        —        Dec. 2012   2007   31 yrs.

Retail Property in Douglasville, GA

    —          1,717        3,692        —          1,717        3,692        5,409        278      Aug. 2010   2008   13-48 yrs.

Retail Property in Chattanooga, TN

    —          903        4,800        —          903        4,800        5,703        —        Dec. 2012   2008   11-41 yrs.

Retail Property in Lilburn, GA

    —          1,090        4,701        —          1,090        4,701        5,791        353      Aug. 2010   2007   12-47 yrs.

Retail Property in Aiken, SC

    —          1,600        4,326        —          1,600        4,326        5,926        —        Dec. 2012   2008   31 yrs.

Retail Property in Palmview, TX

    —          950        5,870        —          950        5,870        6,820        —        Dec. 2012   2012   31 yrs.

Retail Property in Millbrook, AL

    —          975        5,966        —          975        5,966        6,941        142      Mar. 2012   2008   31 yrs.

Retail Property in Wichita, KS

    —          1,200        6,000        —          1,200        6,000        7,200        —        Dec. 2012   2012   25 yrs.

Retail Property in Tilton, NH

    —          1,476        5,780        —          1,476        5,780        7,256        79      Sep. 2012   1996   10-20 yrs.

Retail Property in Sennett, NY

    —          1,147        6,328        —          1,147        6,328        7,475        79      Sep. 2012   1996   10-23 yrs.

Retail Property in Columbia, SC

    —          2,148        5,652        —          2,148        5,652        7,800        165      Apr. 2012   2011   14-34 yrs.

Retail Property in Snellville, GA

    —          1,293        6,707        —          1,293        6,707        8,000        195      Apr. 2012   2011   14-34 yrs.

Retail Property in Jonesboro, AR

    —          2,615        5,785        —          2,615        5,785        8,400        40      Oct. 2012   2012   15-35 yrs.

Retail Property in Mt. Juliet, TN

    —          2,739        6,361        —          2,739        6,361        9,100        17      Nov. 2012   2012   15-35 yrs.

Retail Property in Pittsfield, MA

    —          1,801        12,899        —          1,801        12,899        14,700        364      Feb. 2012   2011   14-34 yrs.

Retail Property in Mooresville, NC

    —          2,615        15,028        —          2,615        15,028        17,643        180      Sep. 2012   2000   12-24 yrs.

Retail Property in Waldorf, MD

    —          4,933        13,870        —          4,933        13,870        18,803        170      Sep. 2012   1999   10-25 yrs.

Retail Property in Saratoga Springs, NY

    —          749        19,474        —          749        19,474        20,223        202      Sep. 2012   1994   15-27 yrs.

Retail Property in Vineland, NJ

    —          1,482        21,024        —          1,482        21,024        22,506        222      Sep. 2012   2003   12-30 yrs.

Retail Property in North Dartsmouth, MA

    —          7,033        22,932        —          7,033        22,932        29,965        305      Sep. 2012   1989   10-20 yrs.

Retail Property in Las Vegas, NV

    —          4,900        114,100        —          4,900        114,100        119,000        —        Dec. 2012   2010   53 yrs.
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       
  $ —        $ 54,234      $ 329,848      $ —        $ 54,234      $ 329,848      $ 384,082      $ 4,060         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

S-1


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Real Estate:

The following table reconciles Real Estate from January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2012:

 

     2012     2011      2010  

Balance at January 1

   $ 29,802      $ 25,932       $ —     

Improvements and additions

     428,651        3,870         63,583   

Acquisitions through foreclosure

     —          —           —     

Dispositions

     (74,371     —           (37,651

Impairments

     —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ 384,082      $ 29,802       $ 25,932   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Accumulated Depreciation:

The following table reconciles Accumulated Depreciation from January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2012:

 

     2012      2011      2010  

Balance at January 1

   $ 967       $ 263       $ —     

Additions

     3,093         704         263   

Dispositions

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ 4,060       $ 967       $ 263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

S-2


Table of Contents

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Schedule IV—Mortgage Loans on Real Estate

As of December 31, 2012

 

Type of Loan

  Underlying Property
Type
  Contractual Interest
Rates
  Final
Maturity
Dates
  Periodic Payment
Terms(1)
 

Location

  Face amount of
Mortgages
    Carrying Amount
of Mortgages
 

First Mortgage

  Retail   4.90%   Dec 2022   IO   Pensacola Beach, FL     69,000,000        68,935,000   

First Mortgage

  Office   LIBOR + 8.0%, 8.25% Floor   May 2014   P&I   Van Buren Township, MI     65,381,809        64,944,025   

First Mortgage

  Office   4.43%   Oct 2018   IO   Long Island City, NY     62,000,000        62,000,000   

First Mortgage

  Hotel   4.81%   Dec 2017   IO   Chicago, IL     48,000,000        48,000,000   

First Mortgage

  Residential   4.65%   Dec 2022   IO   Washington, MI     45,900,000        45,900,000   

First Mortgage

  Multi-family   5.46%   Jul 2021   IO   Carteret, NJ     36,000,000        36,000,000   

First Mortgage

  Retail   LIBOR + 9.0%, 10.5% Floor   May 2014   P&I   Austin, TX     32,910,092        32,528,156   

First Mortgage

  Retail   LIBOR + 11.1%, 12.4% Floor   Jan 2014   IO   New York, NY     31,500,000        31,185,000   

First Mortgage

  Mixed Use   5.92%   Jan 2025   IO   North Hollywood, CA     30,300,000        30,300,000   

First Mortgages individually <3%

  Retail, Office, Mixed
Use, Hotel, Multi-family
  Fixed: 3.67% - 15%
Variable: LIBOR + 6.75% to
LIBOR + 11.00%
  2013 - 2033         440,025,325        439,129,542   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

First Mortgages

            $ 861,017,227      $ 858,921,724   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
Subordinate Mortgage   Land   14.65%   Jan 2014   IO       35,000,000        34,176,000   

Subordinate Mortgages individually <3%

  Retail, Office, Hotel,
Multi-family
  Fixed: 6.04% - 12%   2016-2022         59,346,656        58,453,446   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subordinated Mortgages

            $ 94,346,656      $ 92,629,446   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Mortgages

            $ 955,363,882      $ 951,551,170   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) IO = Interest Only
     P&I = Principal and interest

 

S-3


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Mortgage Loans on Real Estate:

The following table reconciles Mortgage Loans on Real Estate from January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2012:

 

       2012     2011     2010  

Balance at January 1

   $ 514,038,109      $ 509,803,975      $ 123,136,364   

Additions

     2,463,328,246        1,444,354,090        784,107,320   

Repayments

     (280,567,836     (64,249,342     (69,904,380

Sales

     (1,904,189,552     (1,444,330,798     (358,544,564

Realized gain on sales

     154,613,009        66,270,758        30,532,843   

Accretion/amortization of discount, premium and other fees

     2,878,027        2,189,426        1,361,387   

Provisions for loan loss

     (448,833     —          (884,995
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ 949,651,170      $ 514,038,109      $ 509,803,975   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

S-4


Table of Contents

 

 

$325,000,000

 

LOGO

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

Exchange Offer for 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017

 

 

Prospectus

 

 

                    , 2013

Until the date that is 90 days from the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II—INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP (a Delaware limited liability limited partnership and referred to herein as the “Delaware LLLP”)

The Delaware LP is empowered by Section 17–108 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, subject to the limitations in the partnership agreement, to indemnify and hold harmless any person against any and all claims and demands. The Delaware LP must indemnify and hold harmless any person, who incurs liability as a partner, employee, agent or otherwise, against all liabilities and expenses (including judgments, fines, penalties and counsel fees) reasonably incurred in connection with any actual or threatened proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by reason of such person being or having been a partner, or by serving in such other capacity, except with respect to any matter which constitutes willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard, criminal intent or material breach of the partnership agreement. The Delaware LP must advance to such person reasonable attorney’s fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defense of such action or proceeding. This right of indemnity is not exclusive of other rights to which such person may be entitled by law.

The Delaware LP maintains insurance on behalf of the directors and officers of its partner insuring them against any liability asserted against them in their capacities as directors or officers or arising out of such status.

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation (a Delaware corporation and referred to herein as the “Delaware Corporation”)

Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), as amended, allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damage for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his or her duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of the DGCL or obtained an improper personal benefit.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Delaware corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, agent or employee of the Delaware corporation or is or was serving at its request as a director, officer, agent or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, suit or proceeding. The power to indemnify applies (i) if the person is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding or (ii) if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interest, or not opposed to the best interest, of the Delaware corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The power to indemnify applies to actions brought by or in the right of the Delaware corporation as well, but only to the extent of defense expenses (including attorneys’ fees but excluding amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred and not to any satisfaction of judgment or settlement of the claim itself, and with the further limitation that in these actions no indemnification shall be made in the event of any adjudication of negligence or misconduct in the performance of his or her duties to the Delaware corporation, unless the court believes that in light of all the circumstances indemnification should apply.

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable for these actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time, may

 

II-1


Table of Contents

avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to these actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time the action occurred or immediately after the absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

The Delaware Corporation’s certificates of incorporation include a provision that limits the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such limitation is not permitted under the DGCL.

The Delaware Corporation’s certificates of incorporation and/or by-laws provide that the Delaware Corporation must indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The Delaware Corporation’s certificates of incorporation and/or by-laws provide that it may additionally indemnify its agents and employees to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, but if such agent or employee is serving at another entity at the request of the Delaware Corporation’s board of directors, then the Delaware Corporation must indemnify such agent or employee.

In addition, the Delaware Corporation maintains insurance on behalf of its directors and officers insuring them against any liability asserted against them in their capacities as directors or officers or arising out of such status.

ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Exhibits

A list of exhibits included as part of this registration statement is set forth in the Exhibit Index, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

See Financial Statement Index on page F-1.

Item 22. UNDERTAKINGS

The undersigned registrants hereby undertakes:

 

  (a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

 

  (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in the volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 

  (i) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  (a) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (b) To remove from the registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

  (c) That, for purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

  (d) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrants under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrants undertake that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrants pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrants will each be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrants relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrants;

 

  (iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrants; and

 

  (iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrants to the purchaser.

 

  (a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants pursuant to the provisions described in Item 20, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expense incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  (b) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
  (c) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on April 29, 2013.

 

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP

(Registrant)

By:  

/s/ Brian Harris

  Brian Harris
  Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Pamela McCormack and Marc Fox and each of them singly, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (i) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this registration statement and (ii) any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Brian Harris

Brian Harris

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  April 29, 2013

/s/ Marc Fox

Marc Fox

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  April 29, 2013

/s/ Alan Fishman

Alan Fishman

   Chairman of the Board of Directors   April 29, 2013

/s/ Jonathan Bilzin

Jonathan Bilzin

   Director   April 29, 2013

/s/ Amin Hariri

Amin Hariri

   Director   April 29, 2013

/s/ Ralph Herzka

Ralph Herzka

   Director   April 29, 2013

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Neal Moszkowski

Neal Moszkowski

   Director   April 29, 2013

/s/ Howard Park

Howard Park

   Director   April 29, 2013

/s/ Joel Peterson

Joel C. Peterson

   Director   April 29, 2013

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on April 29, 2013.

 

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION

(Registrant)

By:  

/s/ Pamela McCormack

  Pamela McCormack
  Secretary

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Pamela McCormack and Marc Fox and each of them singly, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (i) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this registration statement and (ii) any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Pamela McCormack

Pamela McCormack

  

Secretary

(Principal Executive Officer)

  April 29, 2013

/s/ Marc Fox

Marc Fox

  

Assistant Secretary and Director

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  April 29, 2013

/s/ Robert Perelman

Robert Perelman

   Director   April 29, 2013

 

II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.
   Description
  3.1    Certificate of Formation of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLC
  3.2    Certificate of Conversion from Limited Liability Company to a Limited Partnership of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP
  3.3    Certificate of Limited Partnership of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP
  3.4    Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP
  3.5    First Amendment to the Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP
  3.6    Certificate of Incorporation of Ladder Capital Finance Corporation
  3.7    By-laws of Ladder Capital Finance Corporation
  4.1    Indenture, dated as of September 19, 2012, among Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, Ladder Capital Finance Corporation and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee
  4.2    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 19, 2012, by and among Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, Ladder Capital Finance Corporation and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representative of the initial purchasers
  5.1    Legal opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP
10.1    Form of Employment Agreement
12.1    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21.1    Subsidiaries of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2    Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature pages to the registration statement)
25.1    Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, with respect to the Indenture governing the Notes
99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal
99.2    Real Estate Operations Acquired and Properties Securing Significant Loans

 

II-8

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLC

This Certificate of Formation of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLC (the “LLC”) has been duly executed and is being filed by the undersigned, as an authorized person, to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101, et. seq.).

FIRST. The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLC.

SECOND. The address of the registered office of the LLC in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808.

THIRD. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the LLC in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate of Formation as of the 25th day of February, 2008.

 

By:  

/s/ Cindy Rashed Reilly

  Cindy Rashed Reilly
  Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.2

STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION

FROM A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY TO A

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP PURSUANT TO SECTION

17-217 OF THE REVISED UNIFORM LIMITED PARTNERSHIP ACT

1. The date on which Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) was first formed in the state of Delaware is February 25, 2008.

2. The name of the Company immediately prior to the filing of this Certificate of Conversion is Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLC.

3. The name of the limited partnership into which the Company is being converted, as set forth in the Certificate of Limited Partnership filed in accordance with Section 17-217(b) of the Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, is Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Conversion as of August 9, 2011.

 

LCFH GP, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Bilzin

  Name:   Jonathan Bilzin
  Title:   Authorized Person
By:  

/s/ Howard Park

  Name:   Howard Park
  Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.3

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP

This Certificate of Limited Partnership of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP (the “ Partnership ”), dated as of August 9, 2011, is being duly executed and filed by LCFH GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the sole general partner of the Partnership, under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.

(1) The name of the limited partnership is: Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP.

(2) The address of the registered office and agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

(3) The name and the business address of the sole general partner of the Partnership are as follows:

LCFH GP, LLC

600 Lexington Avenue, 23rd Floor

New York, NY 10022

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole general partner of the Partnership, has executed this Certificate of Limited Partnership as of the date first above written.

 

LCFH GP, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Bilzin

  Name:   Jonathan Bilzin
  Title:   Authorized Person
By:  

/s/ Howard Park

  Name:   Howard Park
  Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.4

LIMITED LIABILITY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP,

A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

Dated as of August 9, 2011

THE TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT IS SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THIS LIMITED LIABILITY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTNERS OF THE ISSUER.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY BE SUBJECT TO ONE OR MORE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENTS OR EQUITY GRANT AGREEMENTS, AS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, BY AND BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND ONE OR MORE OF THE ISSUER’S PARTNERS.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I Definitions

   2

1.1

     Definitions    2

1.2

     Other Interpretative Provisions    20

ARTICLE II Organization of the Partnership

   20

2.1

     Organization    20

2.2

     Name    20

2.3

     Registered Office; Agent    21

2.4

     Term    21

2.5

     Purposes and Powers    21

ARTICLE III Management of the Partnership

   21

3.1

     Board of Directors.    21

3.2

     Committees of the Board    30

3.3

     Officers    31

3.4

     Fiduciary Duties    33

3.5

     Performance of Duties; Liability of Directors and Officers    34

3.6

     Indemnification    34

ARTICLE IV Annual Meeting; Partners; and General Partner

   35

4.1

     Annual Meeting for Holders of Participating Preferred Units    35

4.2

     Registered Limited Partners    35

4.3

     Limitation of Liability    35

4.4

     Withdrawal or Resignation by a Limited Partner    35

4.5

     Death of a Limited Partner    35

4.6

     Authority    35

4.7

     Outside Activities    36

4.8

     General Partner; Transfer of General Partnership Interest    36

ARTICLE V Units; Limited Partnership Interests

   36

5.1

     Initial Limited Partners; Units Generally    36

5.2

     Authorization of Units    37

5.3

     Issuance of Units    38

5.4

     New Limited Partners    38

5.5

     Increase in Series B Commitments    38

5.6

     Issuance of Series B Participating Preferred Units other than pursuant to the Series B Commitments    39

5.7

     Increase in the Class A Common Percentage    40

5.8

     Issuance of Dilutive Class A Common Units    42

5.9

     Deemed Ownership of Forfeited Class A-2 Common Units    43

5.10

     Deemed Ownership of Repurchased Class A-2 Common Units    43

5.11

     Re-Issuance of Forfeited Class A-2 Common Units and Repurchased Class A-2 Common Units    44

5.12

     Threshold Amount for Class A-2 Common Units    45

5.13

     2008 Incentive Equity Plan    45

 

 

i


ARTICLE VI Commitments and Capital Accounts

     45   

6.1

     Series A Commitments and Series B Commitments      45   

6.2

     Capital Accounts      49   

6.3

     Negative Capital Accounts      50   

6.4

     No Withdrawal      50   

6.5

     Loans From Partners      50   

6.6

     Status of Capital Contributions      50   

6.7

     Series B Limited Partner’s Default on Series B Commitment      51   

ARTICLE VII Distributions

     52   

7.1

     Generally      52   

7.2

     Discretionary Distributions      53   

7.3

     Tax Distributions      55   

ARTICLE VIII Allocations

     56   

8.1

     Allocations of Profits and Losses      56   

8.2

     Regulatory and Special Allocations      56   

8.3

     Curative Allocations      57   

8.4

     Forfeiture Allocations and Liquidation Value Safe Harbor      58   

8.5

     Tax Allocations      58   

ARTICLE IX Elections and Reports

     59   

9.1

     Generally      59   

9.2

     Tax Status      59   

9.3

     Tax Elections      59   

9.4

     Tax Controversies      59   

9.5

     Waiver of Section 17-305 of the Delaware LP Act      59   

9.6

     Schedule K-1      60   

ARTICLE X Dissolution and Liquidation

     60   

10.1

     Dissolution      60   

10.2

     Liquidation      60   

ARTICLE XI Transfer of Units

     62   

11.1

     Restrictions      62   

11.2

     Void Transfers      70   

11.3

     General Restrictions on Transfer      70   

11.4

     Procedures for Transfer      70   

11.5

     Limitations      71   

11.6

     Right of First Offer      71   

11.7

     Right of First Refusal      73   

11.8

     Pledge of Units      73   

ARTICLE XII Certain Agreements

     74   

12.1

     Approved Company Sale      74   

12.2

     Financial Statements; Confidentiality      75   

 

ii


12.3

     Certain Partnership Actions that Require the Consent of the Participating Preferred Majority Holders      76   

12.4

     Blocker Corporations      76   

ARTICLE XIII Miscellaneous Provisions

     77   

13.1

     Notices      77   

13.2

     GOVERNING LAW      77   

13.3

     No Action for Partition      77   

13.4

     Headings and Sections      77   

13.5

     Amendments      78   

13.6

     Binding Effect      79   

13.7

     Counterparts; Facsimile      79   

13.8

     Severability      79   

13.9

     Remedies.      79   

13.10

     Business Days      79   

13.11

     Waiver of Jury Trial      79   

13.12

     No Strict Construction      80   

13.13

     Entire Agreement and Incorporation by Reference      80   

13.14

     Parties in Interest      80   

13.15

     Qualified Initial Public Offering      80   

13.16

     Mergers and Consolidations      81   

13.17

     Conflicting Agreements      81   

13.18

     Venue and Submission to Jurisdiction      81   

 

iii


EXHIBITS :

Exhibit A             Form of Joinder to Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement

EXHIBITS :

Schedule A          Officers of the Partnership as of August 9, 2011

Schedule B          Limited Partners Schedule as of August 9, 2011

 

iv


LIMITED LIABILITY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP

This LIMITED LIABILITY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of August 9, 2011 (the “ Second Effective Date ”), of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), is by and among (i) the General Partner (as herein defined) and (ii) each of the Persons who is a party to or otherwise bound by this Agreement as a Limited Partner (as herein defined). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in Article I .

RECITALS

WHEREAS, (i) Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ LLC ”) was formed on February 25, 2008 by the execution and filing of a certificate of formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (ii) as of immediately prior to the Conversion (as herein defined) the members of the LLC are parties to or are bound by that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the LLC, dated as of September 22, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment, dated as of June 2, 2011 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, (i) the Board of Directors (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement) of the LLC and (ii) the requisite Members (as such term is defined in the of the Prior Agreement) of the LLC, which include (A) the Series A Preferred Majority Holders, (B) the TowerBrook Majority Holders, (C) the GI Majority Holders, (D) the Class A-2 Common Majority Holders, (E) the Meridian Majority Holders and (F) the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Class A-1 Common Units (as such terms are defined in the Prior Agreement) have authorized and approved the conversion of the LLC into the Partnership, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (the “ Conversion ”) pursuant to (I) Section 18-216 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as amended from time to time (the “ Delaware LLC Act ”) and (II) Section 17-217 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as amended from time to time (the “ Delaware LP Act ”);

WHEREAS, on the Second Effective Date, a Certificate of Conversion (the “ Certificate of Conversion ”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to effectuate the Conversion and a Certificate of Limited Partnership (the “ Certificate of Limited Partnership ”) for the Partnership was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, at which time (i) the Members (as such term is defined in the of the Prior Agreement) of the LLC as of immediately prior to the Conversion were admitted as Limited Partners of the Partnership and (ii) LCFH GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ LCFH GP ”) was admitted as the General Partner of the Partnership;

WHEREAS, (A) the General Partner and (B) the Limited Partners signing this Agreement, which include:

(i) TI II Ladder Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ TowerBrook Holdings ”) and TCP Ladder Blocker, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ TCP Blocker Corporation ”; and collectively with TowerBrook Holdings, the “ TowerBrook Funds ”),


(ii) GI Ladder Holdco LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ GI Partners Holdco ”), GI Ladder Holdco ECI Blocker, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ GI ECI Blocker Corp ”) and GI Ladder Holdco UBTI Blocker, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ GI UBTI Blocker Corp ”; and collectively with GI Partners Holdco and GI ECI Blocker Corp, the “ GI Funds ”),

(iii) Brian Harris, Greta Guggenheim, Pamela McCormack, Robert Perelman, Marc Fox, Thomas M. Harney and Alan Fishman, and

(iv) Meridian LCF LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Meridian LCF ”),

desire to enter into this Agreement in order for this Agreement to be the Partnership’s “partnership agreement” (as that term is used in the Delaware LP Act) as of the Second Effective Date; and

WHEREAS, contemporaneous with the effectiveness of this Agreement, (i) the Partnership will accept certain Series B Subscription Agreements (as herein defined) from each of GP09 Ladder Limited Partnership (the “ Initial AIMCo Partner ”), the TowerBrook Funds and the GI Funds and (ii) the Initial AIMCo Partner shall be, and, as a result of becoming a party to this Agreement, hereby is, admitted as a Limited Partner.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein made and other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

1.1 Definitions . The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings (unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement):

2008 Incentive Equity Plan ” means the Partnership’s 2008 Incentive Equity Plan, as may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Acceptance Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(b) .

Additional Series B Commitments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5 .

 

2


Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Limited Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Limited Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Taxable Year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(i) Crediting to such Capital Account any amount which such Limited Partner is obligated to restore or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( c ), 1.704-2 (g)(1), and 1.704-2(i); and

(ii) Debiting to such Capital Account the items described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )( 4 ), ( 5 ) and ( 6 ).

Adjusted Taxable Income ” of a Limited Partner for a Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) with respect to Units held by such Limited Partner means the federal taxable income (or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be) allocated by the Partnership to such Limited Partner with respect to such Units (as adjusted by any final determination in connection with any tax audit or other proceeding) for such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof); provided that such taxable income (or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be) shall be computed (i) as if all excess taxable losses and excess taxable credits allocated with respect to such Units were carried forward (taking into account the character of any such loss carry forward as capital or ordinary), and (ii) taking into account any special basis adjustment with respect to such Limited Partner resulting from an election by the Partnership under Code Section 754; provided , further , that Adjusted Taxable Income shall not include federal taxable income (or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be) arising as a result of (A) a sale of a material portion of the Partnership’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets (determined on a consolidated basis) to the extent the net proceeds of which are distributed pursuant to Section 7.2 or (B) an Approved Company Sale.

Affiliate ” means, when used with reference to a specified Person, any Person that directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the specified Person. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise). With respect to any Person who is an individual, “Affiliates” shall also include any member of such individual’s Family Group.

Aggregate Class A Common Units Outstanding ” means, at any time, the sum of: (a) the aggregate number of Class A-1 Common Units issued and outstanding at such time plus (b) the aggregate number of Class A-2 Common Units (including both the Original Class A-2 Common Units and the Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units, if any) issued and outstanding at such time.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

AIMCo ” means Alberta Investment Management Corporation.

AIMCo Letter Agreement ” means that certain letter agreement, dated as of the Second Effective Date, by and among the Partnership, AIMCo Initial Partner and the other parties thereto.

AIMCo Permitted Holder ” means any person designated under section 6(3) of the Alberta Investment Management Corporation Act in respect of which AIMCo is to provide investment management services and any Affiliate of any such person, but excluding any “portfolio company” of any of the foregoing.

 

3


Approved Company Sale ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1 .

Blocker Corporations ” means TCP Blocker Corporation and the GI Blocker Corporations.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) .

Book Value ” means, with respect to any Partnership asset, the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(A) The initial Book Value of any Partnership asset contributed by a Limited Partner to the Partnership shall be the gross Fair Market Value of such Partnership asset as of the date of such contribution;

(B) The Book Value of each Partnership asset shall be adjusted to equal its respective gross Fair Market Value, as of the following times: (i) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Limited Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (ii) the distribution by the Partnership to a Limited Partner of more than a de minimis amount of Partnership assets (other than cash) as consideration for all or part of its Units unless the Board determines that such adjustment is not necessary to reflect the relative economic interests of the Limited Partners in the Partnership; and (iii) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( g );

(C) The Book Value of a Partnership asset distributed to any Limited Partner shall be the Fair Market Value of such Partnership asset as of the date of distribution thereof;

(D) The Book Value of each Partnership asset shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be, to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or Section 743(b) of the Code, but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Account balances pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ); provided that Book Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (D) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (B) above is made in conjunction with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph (D); and

(E) If the Book Value of a Partnership asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subparagraphs (A), (B) or (D) above, such Book Value shall thereafter be adjusted to reflect the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such Partnership asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to close in the state of New York.

 

4


Capital Account ” means the capital account maintained for a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 6.2 .

Capital Call ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 .

Capital Call Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 .

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to each Limited Partner, the amount of cash or property contributed by such Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to such Limited Partner’s Series A Commitment, Series B Commitment or otherwise.

Certificate of Conversion ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Certificate of Limited Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Chairman ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(f) .

Class A Common Percentage ” means 20%, as such percentage may from time to time be increased (but not decreased) pursuant to Section 5.7 .

Class A Common Percentage Increase ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7 .

Class A Common Units ” means, collectively, the Class A-1 Common Units and the Class A-2 Common Units.

Class A Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) .

Class A-1 Common Percentage ” means, at any time the Class A Common Percentage multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Class A-1 Common Units issued and outstanding at such time and the denominator of which is the number of Aggregate Class A Common Units Outstanding at such time. As of the Second Effective Date, the Class A-1 Common Percentage is 8.065256%.

Class A-1 Common Unit ” means a Unit having the rights and obligations specified with respect to a “Class A-1 Common Unit” in this Agreement.

Class A-1 Common Unit Grant Agreement ” means that certain Class A-1 Common Unit Grant Agreement, dated as of the Original Closing Date, by and among the Partnership, TowerBrook Investors II, L.P., TCP Blocker Corporation, TowerBrook Investors II Executive Fund, L.P., Brian Harris, Greta Guggenheim, Alan Fishman, GI Partners Holdco, GI ECI Blocker Corp, GI UBTI Blocker Corp, Meridian LCF, and the other Persons a party thereto.

Class A-2 Common Majority Holders ” means, at any time that Brian Harris is employed by the Partnership or any Subsidiary as a Chief Executive Officer, Brian Harris, or at any time that Brian Harris is not employed by the Partnership or any Subsidiary as a Chief Executive Officer, a Limited Partner or Limited Partners which own (or are deemed to own) a

 

5


majority of the number of Class A-2 Common Units (including both the Original Class A-2 Common Units and the Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units, if any) issued and outstanding at such time.

Class A-2 Common Percentage ” means, at any time, the Class A Common Percentage multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Class A-2 Common Units (including both the Original Class A-2 Common Units and the Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units, if any) issued and outstanding at such time and the denominator of which is the number of Aggregate Class A Common Units Outstanding at such time. As of the Second Effective Date, the Class A-2 Common Percentage is 11.934744%.

Class A-2 Common Unit ” means a Unit having the rights and obligations specified with respect to “Class A-2 Common Units” in this Agreement, whether such Unit is vested or unvested.

Class B Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) .

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Commitment ” means any Series A Commitment or any Series B Commitment.

Common Equivalent Percentage Point ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) .

Common Units ” means a Unit having the rights and obligations specified with respect to “Common Units” in this Agreement (including the Class A-1 Common Units and the Class A-2 Common Units).

Conversion ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Defaulting Limited Partner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(a) .

Delaware LLC Act ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals this Agreement.

Delaware LP Act ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals this Agreement.

Depreciation ” means, for each Fiscal Year, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such Fiscal Year, except that if the Book Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Fiscal Year, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Book Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided that if the adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes of an asset at the beginning of such Fiscal Year is zero and the Book Value of the asset is positive, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Book Value using any permitted method selected by the Board.

 

6


Dilutive Class A Common Units ” means any Class A Common Units that the Partnership issues after the Original Closing Date (including any Pro Rata Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units) other than (i) any Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units, (ii) any Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Units, (iii) any Non-Dilutive Class A-1 Common Units issued by the Partnership or (iv) any Non-Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units issued by the Partnership.

Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units ” means any Dilutive Class A Common Units that are Class A-2 Common Units.

Directors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) .

Equity Grant Agreement ” means any grant agreement, as amended, that the Partnership enters into with any officer, director or employee of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership with respect to the issuance of Class A-2 Common Units on or after the Original Closing Date.

Estimated Tax Amount ” of a Limited Partner for a Fiscal Year means the Limited Partner’s Tax Amount for such Fiscal Year as estimated in good faith from time to time by the Board. In making such estimate, the Board shall take into account amounts shown on Internal Revenue Service Form 1065 filed by the Partnership and similar state or local forms filed by the Partnership for the preceding taxable year and such other adjustments as in the reasonable business judgment of the Board are necessary or appropriate to reflect the estimated operations of the Partnership for the Fiscal Year.

Excess Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 .

Excluded Class A-2 Common Units ” means any Class A-2 Common Units that are owned by any individual (or any direct or indirect Permitted Transferee of any such individual) on or after the date on which such individual is no longer an employee of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries.

Exercise Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(a) .

Exercise Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(a) .

Fair Market Value ” of any asset as of any date means the purchase price which a willing buyer having all relevant knowledge would pay a willing seller for such asset in an arm’s-length transaction, as determined in good faith by the Board, based on such factors as the Board, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, considers relevant.

Family Group ” means, with respect to any Person who is an individual, (i) such Person’s spouse, siblings, former spouse, ancestors and descendants (whether natural or adopted), parents and their descendants and any spouse of the foregoing persons (collectively, “ relatives ”), (ii) the trustee, fiduciary or personal representative of such Person and any trust solely for the benefit of such Person and/or such Person’s relatives or (iii) any limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation the governing instruments of which provide that such Person shall have the exclusive, nontransferable power to direct the management and policies of such entity and of which the sole owners of partnership interests, membership interests or any other equity interests are limited to such Person and such Person’s relatives.

 

7


Final Determination ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(d) .

Fiscal Year ” means the Partnership’s Taxable Year.

Forfeited Class A-2 Common Unit ” means any Original Class A-2 Common Unit, other Forfeited Class A-2 Common Unit or Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit that has been forfeited by the holder thereof pursuant to the terms of the applicable Equity Grant Agreement (other than as a result of becoming a Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Unit); provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, any Forfeited Class-2 Common Unit will cease to be (but may become again) a “Forfeited Class A-2 Common Unit” for purposes of this Agreement upon such Forfeited Class A-2 Common Unit becoming a “Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Unit” for purposes of this Agreement.

Forfeiture Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9 .

GCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended from time to time.

General Partner ” means LCFH GP and its successors and permitted assigns as the sole general partner of the Partnership. As of the date hereof, LCFH GP is owned 50% by TowerBrook Investors and 50% by GI Investors; provided that in no event will the General Partner be deemed to be a TowerBrook Investor or a GI Investor for purposes of this Agreement.

General Partnership Interest ” means the interest acquired by the General Partner in the Partnership, including the General Partner’s right to the benefits to which the General Partner may be entitled as provided in this Agreement or the Delaware LP Act. The General Partnership Interest does not entitle the General Partner to any right to receive, and General Partner will not receive, any distributions under this Agreement (or otherwise from the Partnership) or any allocation of Profits, Losses, or other items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credits of the Partnership under this Agreement (or otherwise from the Partnership).

GI Blocker Corporations ” means GI ECI Blocker Corp and GI UBTI Blocker Corp.

GI Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c)(i)(E) .

GI ECI Blocker Corp ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

GI Funds ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

GI Investors ” means, collectively, GI Partners Holdco, GI ECI Blocker Corp, GI UBTI Blocker Corp, any other private equity fund or investment vehicle advised or managed on a consistent and arms-length basis by GI Manager or one of its Affiliates that becomes a Limited Partner, and any of their respective Permitted Transferees.

 

8


GI Majority Holders ” means, at any time, a GI Investor or GI Investors which own a majority of the number of Class A-1 Common Units owned by the GI Investors at such time.

GI Manager ” means GI International L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any of its successors.

GI Partners Holdco ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

GI Preferred Equity Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.7 .

GI Related Person ” means any Person that (i) is a partner, managing director, principal or employee of GI Manager or any Affiliate of GI Manager; provided that for purposes of this definition, no “portfolio company” of or any private equity fund of GI Manager shall be deemed an “Affiliate” of GI Manager or (ii) is an employee of (A) a “portfolio company” of any private equity fund managed by GI Manager or an Affiliate of GI Manager or (B) any Affiliate of any private equity fund managed by GI Manager or an Affiliate of GI Manager (in each case, other than the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries).

GI Specified Holders ” means (i) with respect to the right pursuant to Section 3.1 to designate one GI Director, so long as GI Partners Fund III-A L.P. owns an equity interest in a Partner, GI Partners Fund III-A L.P., and (ii) with respect to any other applicable right hereunder other than the right pursuant to Section 3.1 to designate one GI Director referred to in clause (i) of this definition, the GI Majority Holders. As of Second Effective Date, the GI Director designated by GI Partners Fund III-A L.P. shall be Howard Park.

GI UBTI Blocker Corp ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Harris Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c)(i)(B) .

Harris Offer Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(a) .

Independent Director ” means any Director that is not an Initial Manager, an employee of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries (but not including any individual being compensated by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries solely for being a member of the board of directors of the Partnership and/or any of its Subsidiaries, including as chairman), a TowerBrook Related Person or a GI Related Person.

Independent Third Party ” means any Person other than (i) any of TowerBrook Investors II, L.P., TCP Blocker Corporation, TowerBrook Investors II Executive Fund, L.P. or any of their respective Affiliates, (ii) GI Partners Fund III L.P., GI Partners Fund III-A L.P., GI Partners Fund III-B L.P. or any of their respective Affiliates or (iii) any Partner (other than Brian Harris) that has a contractual right to appoint a Director or any Affiliate of any such Partner.

Initial Manager ” means each of Brian Harris, Greta Guggenheim, Pamela McCormack and Robert Perelman.

 

9


Initial AIMCo Partner ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

IPO Newco ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.15(a) .

Limited Partner ” means each Person identified on the Limited Partners Schedule as of the date hereof who is a party to or is otherwise bound by this Agreement (other than the General Partner) and each Person who may hereafter be admitted as a Limited Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Limited Partners shall constitute the “limited partners” (as that term is defined in the Delaware LP Act) of the Partnership.

Limited Partners Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 .

Limited Partnership Interest ” means, with respect to each Limited Partner, the interest acquired by a Limited Partner in the Partnership, including such Limited Partner’s right (based on the type and class and/or series of Unit or Units held by such Limited Partner), as applicable, (i) to a distributive share of Profits, Losses, and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credits of the Partnership, (ii) to a distributive share of the assets of the Partnership, and (iii) to any and all other benefits to which such Limited Partner may be entitled as provided in this Agreement or the Delaware LP Act.

Liquidator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a) .

LLC ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

LLC Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.13 .

Losses ” means items of loss and deduction of the Partnership determined according to Section 6.2(b) .

Majority of the Board ” means, at any time, a majority of the votes attributable to the Directors who are then elected and qualified, including, without limitation, any rights to cast the votes of a TCP Director or GI Director who has resigned as contemplated pursuant to Sections 3.1(c)(ii) and 3.1(c)(iii) hereof.

Material Breach Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(d) .

Meridian Affiliate ” means any of the following: (i) a Meridian Approved Person, (ii) a member of a Meridian Approved Person’s Family Group, (iii) Meridian Capital or (iv) any company or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the Persons described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above (without regard to any minority ownership interest in such company or other entity by any employee or former employee of Meridian Capital).

Meridian Approved Persons ” means Aaron Birnbaum, Ralph Herzka, Daniel Heumann, Avi Weinstock, Eli Schron, Joseph Tabak and Reuven Wolfe.

Meridian Capital ” means Meridian Capital Group, LLC.

 

10


Meridian Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c)(i)(C) .

Meridian Investors ” means, collectively, Alan Fishman, Meridian LCF and any Meridian Affiliate that becomes a Limited Partner, in each case, but only for so long as such Person is a Limited Partner.

Meridian LCF ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement

Meridian Majority Holders ” means, at any time, a Meridian Investor or Meridian Investors which own a majority of the number of Class A-1 Common Units owned by the Meridian Investors at such time.

Meridian-Procured Commitments ” means the $64.5 million in aggregate Series A Commitments from (i) Meridian LCF, (ii) Alan Fishman and (iii) BJH Realty LLC, Cam Elm Co. LLC, Arnold Goldstein, Scott Goldstein and LR LCF LLC, each of which acquired Series A Participating Preferred Units prior to the Second Effective Date by providing a Series A Commitment to the Partnership as a result of an initial contact from Meridian Capital or an Affiliate thereof (other than the Partnership or any other Subsidiary of the Partnership).

Nine Month Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section  6.1(e)(iii).

Non-Dilutive Class A-1 Common Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7(c) .

Non-Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7(a) .

Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b).

Offer Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(a) .

Offered Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(a) .

Offered Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(a) .

Offered Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(a) .

Offered Units Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(b) .

Officer Employment Agreement ” means any employment agreement between the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries and any officer of the Partnership.

officers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) .

Original Class A-2 Common Unit ” means at any time, (i) any Class A-2 Common Unit (including any Dilutive Class A-2 Common Unit and any Non-Dilutive Class A-2 Common Unit that may be issued by the Partnership after the Original Closing Date) that (A) has been issued by the Partnership pursuant to an Equity Grant Agreement and (B) has not become a

 

11


Forfeited Class A-2 Common Unit or a Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit on or prior to such time or (ii) any Class A-2 Common Unit that (AA) is a Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Unit and (BB) has not become a Forfeited Class A-2 Common Unit or a Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit during the period beginning as of the time such Class A-2 Common Unit becomes a Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Unit and ending on or prior to such time.

Original Closing Date ” means September 22, 2008.

Other Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3 .

Participating Investor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) .

Participating Preferred Independent Supermajority Holders ” means, at any time, a Limited Partner or Limited Partners which own at least two-thirds of the number of Participating Preferred Units (excluding all Participating Preferred Units owned by TowerBrook Investors, the GI Investors or their respective Affiliates) issued and outstanding at such time.

Participating Preferred Majority Holders ” means, at any time, a Limited Partner or Limited Partners which own a majority of the number of Participating Preferred Units issued and outstanding at such time.

Participating Preferred Percentage ” means, at any time, (A) one hundred percent (100%)  minus (B) the Class A Common Percentage as of such time. As of the Second Effective Date, the Participating Preferred Percentage is 80%.

Participating Preferred Units ” means the Series A Participating Preferred Units and the Series B Participating Preferred Units.

Participating Preferred Unreturned Original Capital Value ” means (i) with respect to each Series A Participating Preferred Unit at any time, the amount of such Series A Participating Preferred Unit’s Series A Participating Preferred Unreturned Capital Value at such time and (ii) with respect to each Series B Participating Preferred Unit at any time, the amount of such Series B Participating Preferred Unit’s Series B Participating Preferred Unreturned Capital Value at such time.

Participating Preferred Unreturned Total Capital Value ” means (i) with respect to each Series A Participating Preferred Unit at any time, the sum of such Series A Participating Preferred Unit’s Series A Participating Preferred Unreturned Capital Value and Series A Participating Preferred Unreturned Second Capital Value at such time and (ii) with respect to each Series B Participating Preferred Unit at any time, the amount of such Series B Participating Preferred Unit’s Series B Participating Preferred Unreturned Capital Value at such time.

Partner ” means any of the Partners.

Partner Minimum Gain ” with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, means the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain (as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d)(1)) that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a nonrecourse liability, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(3).

 

12


Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

Partner Nonrecourse Deduction ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i).

Partners ” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth for “partnership minimum gain” in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

Permitted Transferees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c)(iv) .

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity or organization.

Pre-Existing Class A Common Adjusted Common Percentage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7(b) .

Pre-Existing Class A Common Dilution Percentage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7(b) .

Preferred Units ” means a Unit having the rights and obligations specified with respect to “Preferred Units” in this Agreement (including the Series A Participating Preferred Units and the Series B Participating Preferred Units).

Prior Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Pro Rata Aggregate Percentage Increase ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7(b) .

Pro Rata Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7(b) .

Profits ” means items of income and gain of the Partnership determined in accordance with Section 6.2(b) .

Protected Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 .

Public Offering ” means an underwritten public offering and sale of equity securities of the Partnership or any IPO Newco pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; provided that a Public Offering shall not include an offering made in connection with a business acquisition or combination pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or any similar form, or an employee benefit plan pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 or any similar form.

 

13


Qualified Initial Public Offering ” means any Public Offering, but only if the aggregate gross proceeds received by the Partnership or any IPO Newco, as the case may be, and/or its equityholders (before the deduction of underwriting discounts and expenses) in such Public Offering in the aggregate are in excess of $125 million.

Quarterly Estimated Tax Amount ” of a Limited Partner for any calendar quarter of a Fiscal Year means the excess, if any of (i) the product of (A)   1 / 4 in the case of the first calendar quarter of the Fiscal Year,  1 / 2 in the case of the second calendar quarter of the Fiscal Year,  3 / 4 in the case of the third calendar quarter of the Fiscal Year, and 1 in the case of the fourth calendar quarter of the Fiscal Year and (B) the Limited Partner’s Estimated Tax Amount for such Fiscal Year over (ii) all distributions previously made with respect to such Fiscal Year to such Limited Partner pursuant to Section 7.3 .

Recipient Investor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) .

Registration Rights Agreement ” means each of (i) that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Original Closing Date, by and among the Partnership and the other parties listed on the signature pages thereto, as such agreement may be amended and/or restated from time to time and (ii) the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Second Effective Date, by and between the Partnership and GP09 Ladder Limited Partnership, as such agreement may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

Regulatory Allocations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(e) .

Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit ” means, at any time, any Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit other than a Vested Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit.

Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Unit ” means any Forfeited Class A-2 Common Unit or Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit that has been granted and re-issued by the Partnership to any director or employee of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership pursuant to an Equity Grant Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11 at any time following the date of the applicable forfeiture or repurchase, as the case may be.

Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit ” means any Original Class A-2 Common Unit, Forfeited Class A-2 Common Unit or other Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit that has been repurchased by the Partnership pursuant to the terms of the applicable Equity Grant Agreement or otherwise; provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, any Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit will cease to be (and may become again) a “Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit” for purposes of this Agreement upon such Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit becoming a “Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Unit” for purposes of this Agreement.

Repurchased Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10 .

Repurchased Price Threshold Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12 .

 

14


ROFO Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(a) .

ROFR Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.7 .

ROFR Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.7 .

ROFR Transfer Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.7 .

Sale Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) .

Second Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the in the recitals to this Agreement.

Section 7.2(a)(ii) Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b)(v) .

Securities Act ” has the meaning set forth on the cover page to this Agreement.

Series A Commitment ” means, with respect to each Limited Partner that entered into a subscription agreement with the Partnership prior to the expiration of the Series A Commitment Period pursuant to which such Limited Partner committed to make Capital Contributions to the Partnership in exchange for Series A Participating Preferred Units, the aggregate amount of cash agreed to be contributed to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution by such Limited Partner, as specified in such subscription agreement. As of the Second Effective Date, all Series A Commitments have been funded in full.

Series A Commitment Period ” means the period which commenced on the Original Closing Date and expired on March 22, 2010. Prior to the date hereof, the Series A Commitment Period was defined as the “Commitment Period”; and all such references to the “Commitment Period” prior to the date hereof shall mean the Series A Commitment Period.

Series A Participating Preferred Capital Value ” means, with respect to each Series A Participating Preferred Unit, $100.00.

Series A Participating Preferred Second Capital Value ” means, with respect to each Series A Participating Preferred Unit, that amount equal to the Series B Participating Preferred Capital Value minus the Series A Participating Preferred Capital Value.

Series A Participating Preferred Unit ” means a Unit having the rights and obligations specified with respect to a “Series A Participating Preferred Unit” in this Agreement.

Series A Participating Preferred Unreturned Capital Value ” means, with respect to each Series A Participating Preferred Unit at any time, the amount of the Series A Participating Preferred Capital Value for such Series A Participating Preferred Unit, reduced by the aggregate amount of all distributions made by the Partnership in respect of such Series A Participating Preferred Unit pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(i) prior to such time.

Series A Participating Preferred Unreturned Second Capital Value ” means, with respect to each Series A Participating Preferred Unit at any time, the amount of the Series A

 

15


Participating Preferred Second Capital Value for such Series A Participating Preferred Unit, reduced by the aggregate amount of all distributions made by the Partnership in respect of such Series A Participating Preferred Unit pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(ii) prior to such time.

Series B Capital Call Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b) .

Series B Commitment ” means, with respect to each Limited Partner that is a party to a Series B Subscription Agreement, the aggregate amount of cash agreed to be contributed to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution by such Limited Partner, as specified in such Limited Partner’s Series B Subscription Agreement.

Series B Commitment Period ” means the period commencing on the Second Effective Date and expiring on the first anniversary of the Second Effective Date (or expiring on such later date (which in no event will be later than the second anniversary of the Second Effective Date) as provided in Section 6.1(d) ).

Series B Limited Partner ” means each Limited Partner that has made a Series B Commitment.

Series B Participating Preferred Capital Value ” means, with respect to each particular Series B Participating Preferred Unit, $124.00 unless such particular Series B Participating Preferred Unit has an issuance price (as determined pursuant to either Section 5.5 or 5.6 hereof) of less than $124.00, in which case, the “Series B Participating Preferred Capital Value” of such particular Series B Participating Preferred Unit shall be such issuance price for such particular Series B Participating Preferred Unit.

Series B Participating Preferred Unit ” means a Unit having the rights and obligations specified with respect to a “Series B Participating Preferred Unit” in this Agreement.

Series B Participating Preferred Unreturned Capital Value ” means, with respect to each Series B Participating Preferred Unit at any time, the amount of the Series B Participating Preferred Capital Value for such Series B Participating Preferred Unit, reduced by the aggregate amount of all distributions made by the Partnership in respect of such Series B Participating Preferred Unit pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(i) prior to such time.

Series B Preferred Majority Holders ” means, at any time, a Limited Partner or Limited Partners which own a majority of the number of Series B Participating Preferred Units issued and outstanding at such time.

Series B Subscription Agreement ” means any subscription agreement entered into by any Limited Partner and accepted by the Partnership prior to the expiration of the Series B Commitment Period pursuant to which such Limited Partner makes a Series B Commitment to make Capital Contributions in exchange for Series B Participating Preferred Units.

Shortfall Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 .

Six Month Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section  6.1(e)(ii).

 

16


Statement of LLLP Qualification ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

Subsequent Class A-2 Common Unit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12 .

Subsequent Closing Issuance Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5 .

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director or a general partner of such partnership, association or other business entity.

Tag-Along Managers ” means (i) each officer, director or employee of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership that is issued Original Class A-2 Common Units after the Original Closing Date pursuant to an Equity Grant Agreement that specifically provides that such officer, director or employee shall be deemed a “Tag-Along Manager” for purposes of this Agreement, (ii) the Initial Managers and (iii) Alan Fishman.

Tagging Investor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) .

Tax Amount ” of a Limited Partner for a Fiscal Year means the product of (A) the Tax Rate for such Fiscal Year and (B) the Adjusted Taxable Income of the Limited Partner for such Fiscal Year with respect to its Units.

Tax Distribution ” means any distributions made by the Partnership pursuant to Section 7.3

Tax Matters Partner ” has the meaning set forth in Code Section 6231.

Tax Rate ” of a Limited Partner for any period means the highest marginal blended federal, state and local income tax rate applicable for such period to an individual residing in New York, New York, taking into account for federal income tax purposes, the deductibility of state and local taxes. If higher, federal Tax Distributions will be based on federal alternative minimum taxable income (taking into account solely Partnership items and the principles contained in the definitions of Adjusted Taxable Income) and rates (using the highest marginal federal alternative minimum tax rate applicable to an individual).

Taxable Year ” means the Partnership’s taxable year ending on December 31 (or part thereof in the case of the Partnership’s first and last taxable year), or such other year as is (i) required by Section 706 of the Code or (ii) determined by the Board (if no year is so required by Section 706 of the Code).

 

17


TCP ” means TowerBrook Capital Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or its successor.

TCP Blocker Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

TCP Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c)(i)(D) .

Three Month Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(e)(i) .

Threshold Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12 .

TowerBrook Funds ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

TowerBrook Funds Class A-1 Common Units ” means (i) the Class A-1 Common Units issued by the Partnership to any TowerBrook Investor (including, TowerBrook Investors II, L.P. and TowerBrook Investors II Executive Fund, L.P. while such entities were TowerBrook Investors) as of the Original Closing Date; provided that (i) any additional Class A-1 Common Units that may be reallocated to any TowerBrook Investor (including, TowerBrook Investors II, L.P. and TowerBrook Investors II Executive Fund, L.P. while such entities were TowerBrook Investors) after the Original Closing Date pursuant to the express terms of the Class A-1 Common Unit Grant Agreement shall, subject to clause (ii) below, thereafter be deemed to be “TowerBrook Funds Class A-1 Common Units” for purposes of this Agreement and (ii) any Class A-1 Common Units that are deemed “TowerBrook Funds Class A-1 Common Units” hereunder and that are subsequently reallocated from any TowerBrook Investor to any Limited Partner that is not a TowerBrook Investor pursuant to the express terms of the Class A-1 Common Unit Grant Agreement shall thereafter no longer be deemed to be “TowerBrook Funds Class A-1 Common Units” for purposes of this Agreement.

TowerBrook Holdings ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

TowerBrook Investors ” means, collectively, TowerBrook Holdings, TCP Blocker Corporation, TowerBrook Investors II, L.P. (but only if it becomes a Limited Partner), TowerBrook Investors II Executive Fund, L.P. (but only if it becomes a Limited Partner), TowerBrook Investors II AIV, L.P. (but only if it becomes a Limited Partner), TowerBrook II Co-Investors, L.P. (but only if it becomes a Limited Partner), any other private equity fund or investment vehicle advised or managed on a consistent and arms-length basis by TCP or one of its Affiliates that becomes a Limited Partner, and any of their respective Permitted Transferees.

TowerBrook Majority Holders ” means, at any time, a TowerBrook Investor or TowerBrook Investors which own a majority of the number of Class A-1 Common Units owned by the TowerBrook Investors at such time.

 

18


TowerBrook Related Person ” means any Director that (i) is a partner, managing director, principal or employee of TCP or any Affiliate of TCP; provided that for purposes of this definition, no “portfolio company” of a TowerBrook Fund or any other private equity fund of TCP shall be deemed an “Affiliate” of TCP or (ii) is an employee of (A) a “portfolio company” of a TowerBrook Fund or any other private equity fund managed by TCP or an Affiliate of TCP or (B) any Affiliate of a TowerBrook Fund or any other private equity fund managed by TCP or an Affiliate of TCP (in each case, other than the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries).

Transfer ” means any direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, gift, delivery or other disposition.

Transferring Investor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) .

Treasury Regulations ” means the final or temporary regulations that have been issued by the U.S. Department of Treasury pursuant to its authority under the Code, and any successor regulations.

Twelve Month Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(e)(iv) .

Unit ” means a unit representing a fractional part of the Limited Partnership Interests of all of the Limited Partners and shall include all types and classes and/or series of Units; provided that any type, class or series of Unit shall have the designations, preferences and/or special rights set forth in this Agreement and the Limited Partnership Interests represented by such type or class or series of Unit shall be determined in accordance with such designations, preferences and/or special rights. As a point of clarity, the General Partnership Interest is not represented by Units.

Unvested Original Class A-2 Common Unit ” means any Original Class A-2 Common Unit that has not vested pursuant to the terms of the applicable Equity Grant Agreement.

Unvested Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit ” means any Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit that (i) is deemed owned pursuant to the terms of this Agreement by a holder of Original Class A-2 Common Units, solely in such holder’s capacity as such, and (ii) is not a Vested Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit. As a point of clarity, this term “Unvested Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit” shall not be applicable to any Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit that is deemed owned pursuant to the terms of this Agreement by a holder of Participating Preferred Units, solely in such holder’s capacity as such, or by a holder of Class A-1 Common Units, solely in such holder’s capacity as such.

Vested Original Class A-2 Common Unit ” means any Original Class A-2 Common Unit that has vested pursuant to the terms of the applicable Equity Grant Agreement.

Vested Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit ” means any Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit that (i) is deemed owned pursuant to the terms of this Agreement by a holder of Original Class A-2 Common Units, solely in such holder’s capacity as such, and (ii) has vested pursuant to the terms of the applicable Equity Grant Agreement for such Original Class A-2 Common Unit during the time in which it is a Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit

 

19


for purposes of this Agreement. As a point of clarity, this term “Vested Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit” shall not be applicable to any Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit that is deemed owned pursuant to the terms of this Agreement by a holder of Participating Preferred Units, solely in such holder’s capacity as such, or by a holder of Class A-1 Common Units, solely in such holder’s capacity as such.

Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units ” means, at any time, the Forfeited Class A-2 Common Units and the Repurchased Class A-2 Common Units as of such time; provided that no Class A-2 Common Unit that as of a particular time is a Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Unit for purposes of this Agreement will also be a Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit for purposes of this Agreement at such time. Any Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit will be deemed an “issued and outstanding” Class A-2 Common Unit for purposes of this Agreement.

1.2 Other Interpretative Provisions . Where the context so indicates, (a) defined terms used in this Agreement in the singular shall import the plural and vice versa and (b) the masculine shall include the feminine, and the neuter shall include the masculine and feminine. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation.

ARTICLE II

Organization of the Partnership

2.1 Organization .

(a) As a result of the Conversion and the filing of (i) the Partnership’s Certificate of Limited Partnership and (ii) the Partnership’s Statement of Qualification for a Limited Liability Limited Partnership (the “ Statement of LLLP Qualification ”), in each case, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on the Second Effective Date, the Partnership became organized as a Delaware limited liability limited partnership as of the Second Effective Date. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Partnership” whenever used or otherwise applicable with respect to any period prior to Conversion shall be deemed to mean the LLC.

(b) This Agreement shall constitute the “partnership agreement” (as that term is used in the Delaware LP Act) of the Partnership. The rights, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of the Partners shall be determined pursuant to the Delaware LP Act and this Agreement. To the extent that the rights, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of any Partner are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provision, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Delaware LP Act, control.

(c) As permitted by Section 17-214, the Partnership shall be a “limited liability limited partnership” (as that term is used in the Delaware LP Act).

2.2 Name . The name of the Partnership is “Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP” or such other name or names as the Board may from time to time designate; provided that the name shall always contain the words “Limited Liability Limited Partnership”, “LLLP” or “L.L.L.P.”

 

20


2.3 Registered Office; Agent . The Partnership shall maintain a registered office in the State of Delaware at c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808 or at such other place within the State of Delaware as an authorized officer of the Partnership may designate. The name and address of the Partnership’s registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808 or such other agent as an authorized officer of the Partnership may from time to time designate.

2.4 Term . The term of existence of the Partnership shall be perpetual, unless the Partnership is dissolved in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

2.5 Purposes and Powers . Subject to Section 12.3 , the purposes and character of the business of the Partnership shall be to transact any or all lawful business for which limited liability limited partnerships may be organized under the Delaware LP Act. The Partnership shall have any and all powers which are necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes and business of the Partnership, including the ability to incur and guaranty indebtedness, to the extent the same may be legally exercised by limited liability limited partnerships under the Delaware LP Act. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing set forth herein shall be construed as authorizing the Partnership to possess any purpose or power, or to do any act or thing, forbidden by law to a limited liability limited partnership organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE III

Management of the Partnership

3.1 Board of Directors .

(a) Establishment . There is hereby established a committee (the “ Board ” or the “ Board of Directors ”) comprised of natural persons (the “ Directors ”) having the authority and duties set forth in this Agreement. Each Director shall be designated as either a “ Class A Director ” or a “ Class B Director ”. Each Class A Director shall be entitled to two votes and each Class B Director shall be entitled to one vote. Any decisions to be made by the Board shall require the approval of a Majority of the Board. Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, no Director acting alone, or with any other Director or Directors, shall have the power to act for or on behalf of, or to bind the Partnership as further provided in this Section 3.1(a)) . The Board of Directors shall constitute a committee within the meaning of Section 17-303(b)(7) of the Delaware LP Act.

(b) Management Generally . In order to enable the Board of Directors to manage the business and affairs of the Partnership, the General Partner hereby irrevocably delegates to the Board of Directors all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership that it may now or hereafter possess under applicable law (other than its obligations as Tax Matters Partner under Section 9.4 of this Agreement) as permitted under Section

 

21


17-403(c) of the Delaware LP Act. The General Partner further agrees to take any and all action necessary and appropriate, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, to effect any duly authorized actions by the Board of Directors or any officer of the Company, including executing or filing any agreements, instruments or certificates, delivering all documents, providing all information and taking or refraining from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve all the effective delegation of power described in this Section. Each of the Partners and each Person who may acquire an interest in a Limited Partnership Interest hereby approves, consents to, ratifies and confirms such delegation. The delegation by the General Partner to the Board of Directors of management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall not cause the General Partner to cease to be a general partner of the Partnership nor shall it cause the Board of Directors or any member thereof to be a general partner of the Partnership or to have or be subject to any liabilities of a general partner of the Partnership that may be applicable. Except as provided in Section 9.4 of this Agreement relating to the General Partner’s duties as the Tax Matters Partner and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the management of the Partnership shall be vested exclusively in the Board of Directors and, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, the Company’s officers. Neither the General Partner nor any of the Limited Partners in their capacities as such shall have any part in the management of the Partnership (except, with respect to the General Partner, as provided in Section 9.4 of this Agreement relating to its duties as the Tax Matters Partner) and shall have no authority or right to act on behalf of the Partnership or deal with any third parties on behalf of the Partnership in connection with any matter, except as requested or authorized by the Board of Directors. All actions outside of the ordinary course of business of the Partnership to be taken by or on behalf of the Partnership shall require the approval of a Majority of the Board, except to the extent expressly provided herein or in any Initial Manager’s Officer Employment Agreement and except that any matter for which an Initial Manager’s Officer Employment Agreement specifically provides such Initial Manager may take action on behalf of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries without prior approval of the Board shall not require approval of a Majority of the Board for such Initial Manager to take such action on behalf of the Partnership or such Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner is authorized to sign, and cause to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Conversion, the Certificate of Limited Partnership, the Statement of LLLP Qualification and any similar type filing that may be required in connection with the Conversion.

(c) Number of Directors; Term of Office . The authorized number of Directors is, as of the date hereof, four Class A Directors and six Class B Directors and, hereafter the authorized number of each class of Directors may be increased or decreased if jointly approved by the TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders, in each case, in their sole discretion. The Directors shall, except as otherwise provided for in this Section 3.1(c) , be jointly elected by the TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders and shall hold office until their respective successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. As of the date hereof, the four Class A Directors are Jonathan Bilzin, Neal Moszkowski, Howard Park and Amin Hariri, four of the six Class B Directors are Alan Fishman, Brian Harris, Joel C. Peterson and Ralph Herzka, and the two remaining positions for Class B Directors are vacant. As of the date hereof, (xx) the position on the Board for the fifth Class B Director is vacant, and shall hereafter be appointed by Brian Harris pursuant to clause (y) of Section 3.1(c)(i)(B) and (yy) the position on the Board for the sixth Class B Director is vacant, and shall hereafter be appointed by the GI Majority Holders pursuant to clause (II) of Section 3.1(c)(i)(E) .

 

22


(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(A) so long as Brian Harris is the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, no individual shall be appointed as a Director that is not a partner, managing director or principal of TCP or GI Manager or any of their respective Affiliates, or, in the case of the Meridian Director, that is not a Meridian Approved Person, in each case, without the approval of Brian Harris (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); provided that Brian Harris hereby consents to the appointment to the Board of each of the individuals that have been designated as a member of the Board as of the date hereof as set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 3.1(c) above;

(B) so long as Brian Harris is the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, (x) Brian Harris and (y) subject to the approval of the TowerBrook Majority Holders and GI Majority Holders (in each case, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) one additional individual (who shall be an Independent Director) designated by Brian Harris (each, a “ Harris Director ”) who shall be appointed as a Class B Director ( provided that after the date hereof, Brian Harris shall, prior to designating any Independent Director pursuant to clause (y) of this Section 3.1(c)(i)(B) , consult with the Meridian Director (but only if the Meridian Majority Holders have the right to designate, and have designated, a Meridian Director pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i)(C) at such time) with respect to such designation; provided further that Brian Harris will not need to obtain the consent of the Meridian Director in order to make any such designation);

(C) so long as the aggregate issuance price of the Series A Participating Preferred Units held by the Meridian Investors is an amount greater than $5,000,000, one individual designated by the Meridian Majority Holders (the “ Meridian Director ”) who, as of the date hereof shall be Ralph Herzka, shall be appointed as a Class B Director ( provided that Alan Fishman may only be the Meridian Director with the prior written consent of the TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders, in their sole discretion) ( provided further that after the date hereof, the Meridian Majority Holders shall, prior to designating any individual other than Ralph Herzka pursuant to this Section 3.1(c)(i)(C) , consult with the GI Majority Holders and the TowerBrook Majority Holders, and if Brian Harris is the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries as of such time, then with Brian Harris (but need not obtain the consent of such GI Majority Holders, TowerBrook Majority Holders or, except to the extent required by Section 3.1(c)(i)(A) , Brian Harris) with respect to such designation);

(D) (I) two individuals designated by the TowerBrook Majority Holders (each, a “ TCP Director ”) who, as of the date hereof shall be Jonathan Bilzin and Neal Moszkowski, shall each be appointed as a Class A Director and (II) one additional individual that must be an Independent Director who, as of the date hereof shall be Joel

 

23


C. Peterson, shall be appointed by the TowerBrook Majority Holders as a Class B Director ( provided that after the date hereof, the TowerBrook Majority Holders shall, prior to designating any Independent Director other than Joel C. Peterson pursuant to clause (II) of this Section 3.1(c)(i)(D) , consult with the GI Majority Holders, and if the Meridian Majority Holders have the right to designate, and have designated, a Meridian Director pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i)(C) at such time, then with the Meridian Director (but need not obtain the consent of such GI Majority Holders or the Meridian Director (if applicable)) with respect to such designation); and

(E) (I) two individuals designated by the GI Specified Holders (each, a “ GI Director ”) who, as of the date hereof shall be Howard Park and Amin Hariri shall each be appointed as a Class A Director and (II) one additional individual that must be an Independent Director, who shall be appointed by the GI Majority Holders as a Class B Director ( provided that after the date hereof, the GI Majority Holders shall, prior to designating any Independent Director pursuant to clause (II) of this Section 3.1(c)(i)(E) , consult with the TowerBrook Majority Holders, and if the Meridian Majority Holders have the right to designate, and have designated, a Meridian Director pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i)(C) at such time, then with the Meridian Director (but need not obtain the consent of such TowerBrook Majority Holders or the Meridian Director (if applicable)) with respect to such designation).

(ii) The TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders, acting together, may remove, at any time and with or without cause, any Director and fill the vacancy; except that, so long as any of Brian Harris, the Meridian Majority Holders, the TowerBrook Majority Holders, the GI Specified Holders or the GI Majority Holders, as the case may be, has the right to appoint any Directors pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i) , only such Person(s) may remove any Director so appointed by such Person(s) and the resulting vacancy may be filled by such Person in accordance with Section 3.1(c)(i) ( provided that, if a Harris Director is an employee of the Partnership or its Subsidiaries and such Director’s employment is terminated by the Partnership or such Subsidiary, such Harris Director may be removed at the joint request of the TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders). Vacancies caused by any such removal by the applicable Person(s) and not filled by such Person(s) within 60 days may be filled by a majority of the votes of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any Director so elected to fill any such vacancy shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal; provided that such Director can be removed with or without cause and replaced by the Person or Persons, if any, which have the right to designate such Director pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) ; provided , further , that (i) Jonathan Bilzin (for so long as he is serving as a Director) (or such other partner, managing director or principal of TCP then serving as a Director that the TowerBrook Majority Holders may designate in their sole discretion) shall have the right to cast the votes of any TCP Director who has been so removed if the TowerBrook Majority Holders have not yet designated an individual to be such TCP Director pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) ; and (ii) Howard Park (for so long as he is serving as a Director) (or such other partner, managing director or principal of GI Manager then serving as a Director that the applicable GI Specified Holders may designate in their sole discretion) shall have the right to cast the votes of any GI Director who has been so removed if the applicable GI Specified Holders have not yet designated an individual to be such GI Director pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) .

 

24


(iii) A Director may resign at any time by giving written notice to such effect to the Board. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time of the receipt of that notice or any later effective time specified in that notice and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any vacancy caused by any such resignation or by the death of any Director or any vacancy for any other reason (including due to the authorization by the Board of a newly created directorship) and not filled by the Person(s) with the right to designate such Director pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i) (or, if no Person or Persons have such right, then as jointly elected by the TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders) may be filled by a majority of the votes of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any Director so elected to fill any such vacancy shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal; provided that such Director can be removed with or without cause and replaced by the Person or Persons, if any, which have the right to designate such Director pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i) or, if no Person or Persons have such right, then as jointly elected by the TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders; provided , further , that (i) Jonathan Bilzin (for so long as he is serving as a Director) (or such other partner, managing director or principal of TCP then serving as a Director that the TowerBrook Majority Holders may designate in their sole discretion) shall have the right to cast the votes of any TCP Director who has so resigned and/or who is no longer a Director by reason of death or otherwise if the TowerBrook Majority Holders have not yet designated an individual to be such TCP Director pursuant to Section 3.1(c) and (ii) Howard Park (for so long as he is serving as a Director) (or such other partner, managing director or principal of GI Manager then serving as a Director that the applicable GI Specified Holders may designate in their sole discretion) shall have the right to cast the votes of any GI Director who has so resigned and/or who is no longer a Director by reason of death or otherwise if the applicable GI Specified Holders have not yet designated an individual to be such GI Director pursuant to Section 3.1(c) .

(d) Meetings of the Board . The Board shall meet at such time and at such place (either within or outside of the State of Delaware) as the Board may designate. Special meetings of the Board shall be held on the call of the Chairman or any two Directors upon at least two days (if the meeting is to be held in person) or twenty-four hours (if the meeting is to be held by telephone communications or video conference) oral or written notice to the Directors, or upon such shorter notice as may be approved by all the Directors. Any Director may waive such notice as to himself. A record shall be maintained by the Partnership of each meeting of the Board.

(i) Conduct of Meetings . Any meeting of the Directors may be held in person, telephonically or by video conference.

(ii) Quorum . A Majority of the Board shall constitute a quorum of the Board for purposes of conducting business. At all times when the Board is conducting business at a meeting of the Board, a quorum of the Board

 

25


must be present at such meeting. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, then the Directors present at the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. A Director may vote or be present at a meeting either in person or by proxy. Jonathan Bilzin (for so long as he is serving as a Director) (or such other partner, managing director or principal of TCP then serving as a Director that the TowerBrook Majority Holders may designate in their sole discretion) shall have the right to cast the votes of any TCP Director who is absent or unavailable at any meeting of the Board. Howard Park (for so long as he is serving as a Director) (or such other partner, managing director or principal of GI Manager then serving as a Director that the applicable GI Specified Holders may designate in their sole discretion) shall have the right to cast the votes of any GI Director who is absent or unavailable at any meeting of the Board.

(iii) Attendance and Waiver of Notice . Attendance of a Director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

(iv) Actions Without a Meeting . Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Agreement, any action of the Board may be taken by written consent without a meeting. Any such action taken by the Board without a meeting shall be effective only if the consent or consents are in writing, set forth the action so taken, and are signed by the then Directors on the Board constituting a Majority of the Board; provided , that (A) for so long as Brian Harris is a Director, Brian Harris must be among the Directors so signing such written consent and (B) for so long as the Meridian Majority Holders have the right to designate, and have then designated, a Meridian Director pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i)(C) , either the Meridian Director or Alan Fishman (if he is then a Director and the Chairman) must be among the Directors so signing such written consent. Jonathan Bilzin (for so long as he is serving as a Director) (or such other partner, managing director or principal of TCP then serving as a Director that the TowerBrook Majority Holders may designate in their sole discretion) shall have the right to sign any such written consent on behalf of any other TCP Director who is unavailable to execute any written consent. Howard Park (for so long as he is serving as a Director) (or such other partner, managing director or principal of GI Manager then serving as a Director that the applicable GI Specified Holders may designate in their sole discretion) shall have the right to sign any such written consent on behalf of any other GI Director who is unavailable to execute any written consent.

(e) Compensation of the Directors . Directors, as such, shall not receive any stated salary for their services, but shall receive such compensation for their services as may be from time to time agreed upon by a Majority of the Board; provided that (i) no TCP Director that

 

26


qualifies as a “TowerBrook Related Person” pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of a “TowerBrook Related Person” shall be entitled to any compensation or grants of Units and (ii) no GI Director that qualifies as a “GI Related Person” pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of a “GI Related Person” shall be entitled to any compensation or grants of Units. In addition, a fixed sum and reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board; provided , further , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to preclude any Director (including the Chief Executive Officer) from serving the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

(f) Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board (the “ Chairman ”) shall be an individual designated jointly by the TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders; provided that (A) as long as Brian Harris is the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, such designee (x) shall be subject to the approval of Brian Harris (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) and (y) shall be an Independent Director and (B) so long as the Meridian Majority Holders have the right to designate, and have then designated, a Meridian Director pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i)(C) , prior to any such designation of a Chairman after the Original Closing Date, the TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders shall consult with the Meridian Director (if any) regarding such designation of a Chairman (but need not obtain the consent of the Meridian Director for any such designation of a Chairman). At any time, the Chairman, if any, may be removed from his or her position as Chairman jointly by the TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders; provided that so long as the Meridian Majority Holders have the right to designate, and have then designated, a Meridian Director pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i)(C) , prior to any such removal, the TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders shall consult with the Meridian Director (if any) regarding such removal (but need not obtain the consent of the Meridian Director for any such removal). The Chairman, in his or her capacity as the Chairman of the Board, shall not have any of the rights or powers of an officer of the Partnership, unless he or she, in his or her capacity as a Chairman of the Board, is appointed as an officer of the Partnership by the Board. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Board and at all meetings of the Partners at which he or she shall be present. As of the date hereof, the Chairman is Alan Fishman.

(g) Subsidiary Boards . The TowerBrook Majority Holders and GI Majority Holders may, at any time, jointly direct that the composition of the board of directors of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Partnership be the same as the Board. So long as Brian Harris is the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, Brian Harris shall have the right to be a member of the board of directors of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Partnership, which right Brian Harris may elect to exercise by providing written notice of such election to the Board. So long as the Meridian Majority Holders have the right to designate, and have then designated, a Meridian Director pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i)(C) , such Meridian Director shall have the right to be a member of the board of directors of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Partnership, which right such Meridian Director may elect to exercise by providing written notice of such election to the Board.

(h) Chairman of each Subsidiary Board . The chairman of the board of directors of any particular direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Partnership shall be an individual

 

27


as designated by the Board; provided that as long as Brian Harris is the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, such designee (x) shall be subject to the approval of Brian Harris (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) and (y) shall be an individual that would qualify as an Independent Director.

(i) Certain Approval Rights . In addition to any other vote or consent required by applicable law, the Partnership shall not, and shall not permit its Subsidiaries to, without the prior unanimous approval of the TCP Directors and GI Directors:

(i) (A) effect any financing transaction (including any issuance of debt or equity securities by the Partnership or any recapitalization thereof), Approved Company Sale, Public Offering, dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to ARTICLE X , (B) effect any other transaction, whether in one or a series of transactions, that results in (I) any merger, consolidation, joint venture or other business combination pursuant to which the business of the Partnership is combined with that of another Person or Persons and results in such Person or Persons owning a majority of the equity interests of such combined business or (II) the acquisition by a Person or Persons, directly or indirectly, of the General Partner and a majority of the outstanding number of Participating Preferred Units of the Partnership, by way of negotiated purchase or any other means or (C) effect the sale or exchange of any material assets or properties (other than the sale or exchange of any such assets or properties in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices);

(ii) amend any organizational documents of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, including but not limited to this Agreement (other than as described in clause (xiv) below, in which case this clause (ii) shall not be applicable);

(iii) make any distribution to any Limited Partner or repurchase any Limited Partnership Interests from any Limited Partner, except as otherwise expressly provided for (A) in this Agreement, (B) that certain Subscription Agreement, dated as of the Original Closing Date, between the Partnership and Brian Harris, (C) that certain Subscription Agreement, dated as of the Original Closing Date, between the Partnership and Greta Guggenheim, (D) that certain Subscription Agreement, dated as of the Original Closing Date, between the Partnership and Alan Fishman or (E) any other written agreement otherwise unanimously approved by the TCP Directors and the GI Directors;

(iv) guarantee any obligation of any Person other than the Partnership or a Subsidiary of the Partnership, except in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices;

(v) enter into any new line of business, new division or geographic areas;

(vi) acquire any business from any Person;

(vii) acquire total capital assets in any calendar year in excess of 15% over the total capital expenditures provided for in the Partnership’s annual consolidated budget or acquire any single asset or group of related assets for an amount in excess of

 

28


$50,000,000, such amount to be adjusted by the Board from time to time ( provided that no such unanimous approval of the GI Directors and TCP Directors shall be required with respect to any acquisition for which the consent of the Board is not required as set forth in the first sentence of Section 2(c)(ii) of that certain Employment Agreement dated as of the Original Closing Date, by and between Ladder Capital Finance LLC and Brian Harris, as may be amended from time to time);

(viii) approve the Partnership’s consolidated annual budget;

(ix) except in accordance with Section 3.1(j) , make any material decision related to the employment of Ladder Capital Finance LLC’s Chief Executive Officer or President (or the Chief Executive Officer or President of any other subsidiary of the Partnership) (including hiring, firing and setting the compensation of any such officer);

(x) conduct any action outside of the ordinary course of business;

(xi) enter into any transactions with an Affiliate of the Partnership;

(xii) file for bankruptcy or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(xiii) grant any registration rights not contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement; and

(xiv) amend this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement or any organizational document of the Partnership such that (A) additional transfer restrictions are imposed on any of the GI Investors or the TowerBrook Investors, (B) the rights of the GI Investors, the GI Majority Holders, the GI Specified Holders, the TowerBrook Investors and/or the TowerBrook Majority Holders under Sections 11.1(b) or 3.2 or this Section 3.1 are limited in any way, (C) the rights of any of the GI Investors or the TowerBrook Investors to participate in Public Offerings as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement are limited in any way or (D) any of the rights described in this Section 3.1(i) or Section 3.1(j) are modified in any way.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the GI Directors and the TCP Directors are not be able to reach unanimous agreement on any action set forth in this Section 3.1(i) (other than an action set forth in clause (xiv) of this Section  3.1(i) ) for a period of 30 days following the date that the Partnership first proposes to take such action, a vote of the then Independent Directors (including the Chairman to the extent the Chairman is an Independent Director) shall be taken to determine whether the Partnership (and/or one or more of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries, to the extent applicable) shall take such action, and if a majority of the number of then Independent Directors approve such action, then such action shall be deemed approved by the Board, and the approval required by this Section  3.1(i) with respect to such action shall be deemed satisfied.

(j) Rights of the TCP Directors Regarding the Termination of the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the TCP Directors together shall have the right (without

 

29


requiring the consent of the Board or any Partner) to terminate the employment of Ladder Capital Finance LLC’s (or any other applicable subsidiary of the Partnership’s) Chief Executive Officer; provided that (i) prior to any such termination that occurs before the third anniversary of the Original Closing Date, the TCP Directors shall consult with the GI Directors regarding such termination (but need not obtain the consent of such GI Directors for any such termination), (ii) the consent of the GI Directors (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) shall be required with respect to any such termination that occurs on or after the third anniversary of the Original Closing Date and (iii) so long as the Meridian Majority Holders have the right to designate, and have then designated, a Meridian Director pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i)(C) , prior to any such termination, the TCP Directors shall consult with the Meridian Director (if any) regarding such termination (but need not obtain the consent of the Meridian Director for any such termination).

(k) Consultation Rights of the Meridian Director Regarding any Replacement Chief Executive Officer . So long as the Meridian Majority Holders have the right to designate, and have then designated, a Meridian Director pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i)(C) , prior to the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries appointing any individual (other than Brian Harris) as its Chief Executive Officer, the TowerBrook Directors and the GI Directors will consult with the Meridian Director (if any) regarding such appointment (but in no event will the consent of the Meridian Director be required for any such appointment).

3.2 Committees of the Board .

(a) Creation . The Board may, by resolution, designate from among the Directors one or more committees (including an Audit Committee, a Risk and Underwriting Committee and a Compensation Committee), each of which shall be comprised of one or more Directors (provided that any such committee shall (i) be comprised of at least one, and, in any case, an equal number of, TCP Directors and GI Directors, except as otherwise agreed by the TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders and (ii) so long as the Meridian Majority Holders have the right to designate, and have then designated, a Meridian Director pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i)(C) , include the Meridian Director (if any) as a member of such committee), and may designate one or more of the Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may, subject to any limitations imposed by the Board, replace absent or disqualified Directors at any meeting of that committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in such resolution, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the Board other than the right to approve any matters on behalf of the Partnership or the full Board, subject to the limitations set forth in the Delaware LP Act, if any, or in the establishment of the committee. Any member of any such committee that is not a TCP Director, a GI Director or the Meridian Director may be removed from such committee by a Majority of the Board; any member of any such committee that is a TCP Director may be removed from such committee only by the TowerBrook Majority Holders; any member of any such committee that is a GI Director may be removed from such committee only by the GI Majority Holders; and any member of any such committee that is the Meridian Director may be removed from such committee only by the Meridian Majority Holders (unless the Meridian Majority Holders no longer have the right to designate a Meridian Director pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(i)(C) , in which case, by a Majority of the Board). Unless the resolution designating a particular committee or this Agreement expressly so provides, a committee of the Board shall not have the authority to authorize or make

 

30


a distribution to the Limited Partners or to authorize the issuance of Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as Brian Harris is Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, with respect to any committee of the Board or any board of directors of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Partnership, Brian Harris shall have the right to attend and be heard at any meeting of such committee and to listen to the deliberation of such committee at any such meeting, in each case, except to the extent such meeting or deliberation concerns Brian Harris’ employment or compensation at the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries. Any committee of the Board of Directors shall constitute a committee within the meaning of Section 17-303(b)(7) of the Delaware LP Act. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the delegation to any committee of the Board of any management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall not cause the General Partner to cease to be a general partner of the Partnership nor shall it cause such committee of the Board or any member thereof to be a general partner of the Partnership or to have or be subject to any liabilities of a general partner of the Partnership that may be applicable.

(b) Limitation of Authority . No committee of the Board shall have the authority of the Board in reference to:

(i) amending this Agreement;

(ii) approving a plan of merger of the Partnership, a Public Offering or an Approved Company Sale;

(iii) recommending to the Partners a voluntary dissolution of the Partnership or a revocation thereof;

(iv) filling vacancies in the Board;

(v) fixing the compensation of any member or alternate members of such committee; or

(vi) altering or repealing any resolution of the Board that by its terms provides that it shall not be so amendable or repealable.

3.3 Officers .

(a) Appointment of Officers . The Board shall appoint individuals as officers (“ officers ”) of the Partnership (which officers shall be agents of the Partnership), which officers may include a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Head of Asset Management, a General Counsel, a Head of Transaction Management, a Head of Underwriting, a Secretary and such other officers (such as a Treasurer or any number of Vice Presidents or Managing Directors) as the Board deems advisable. No officer need be a Partner or a Director. An individual may be appointed to more than one office. No officer of the Partnership shall have any rights or powers beyond the rights and powers granted to such officer in this Agreement. The officers of the Partnership as of the date hereof are listed on the attached Schedule A .

(b) Duties of Officers Generally . Subject to the terms of any Officer Employment Agreement, under the direction of and, at all times, subject to the authority of the

 

31


Board, the officers shall have full and complete discretion to manage and control the day-to-day business, operations and affairs of the Partnership in the ordinary course of its business, to make all decisions affecting the day-to-day business, operations and affairs of the Partnership in the ordinary course of its business and to take all such actions as they deem necessary or appropriate to accomplish the foregoing, in each case, unless the Board shall have previously restricted (specifically or generally) such powers. In addition, the officers shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board, this Agreement or such officer’s Officer Employment Agreement. The Chief Executive Officer and the President shall have the power and authority to delegate to any agents or employees of the Partnership rights and powers of officers of the Partnership to manage and control the day-to-day business, operations and affairs of the Partnership in the ordinary course of its business, as the Chief Executive Officer or the President may deem appropriate from time to time, in each case, unless the Board shall have previously restricted (specifically or generally) such powers. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the delegation to any officer of the Partnership of any management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall not cause the General Partner to cease to be a general partner of the Partnership nor shall it cause such officer of the Partnership to be a general partner of the Partnership or to have or be subject to any liabilities of a general partner of the Partnership that may be applicable. The officers of the Partnership shall constitute a committee within the meaning of Section 17-307(b)(7) of the Delaware LP Act.

(c) Authority of Officers . Subject to Section 3.3(b) , any officer of the Partnership shall have the right, power and authority to transact business in the name of the Partnership or to act for or on behalf of or to bind the Partnership. With respect to all matters within the ordinary course of business of the Partnership, third parties dealing with the Partnership may rely conclusively upon any certificate of any officer to the effect that such officer is acting on behalf of the Partnership.

(d) Removal, Resignation and Filling of Vacancy of Officers . The Board may remove any officer, for any reason or for no reason, at any time. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board, and such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or any later time specified in that notice; provided that unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any such resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Partnership or such officer under this Agreement. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal or otherwise shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Agreement for regular appointments to such office.

(e) Compensation of Officers . The officers shall be entitled to receive compensation from the Partnership as determined by the Board and in accordance with any applicable Officer Employment Agreement.

(f) Chief Executive Officer . Under the direction of and, at all times, subject to the authority of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision over the day-to-day business, operations and affairs of the Partnership and shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as are incident to the office of chief executive officer of a corporation organized under the GCL or as set forth in the Chief Executive Officer’s Officer Employment

 

32


Agreement. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board or as set forth in the Chief Executive Officer’s Officer Employment Agreement.

(g) President . Under the direction of and, at all times, subject to the authority of the Board, the President, if any, shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as are incident to the office of president of a corporation organized under the GCL or as set forth in the President’s Officer Employment Agreement. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board or as set forth in the President’s Officer Employment Agreement.

(h) Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the Partnership, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital and Units, and, in general, shall perform all the duties incident to the office of the chief financial officer of a corporation organized under the GCL. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Partnership, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Partnership. The Chief Financial Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and/or the President.

(i) Secretary . The Secretary shall: (i) keep the minutes of the meetings of the Partners and the Board in one or more books provided for that purpose; (ii) cause all notices to be given by the Partnership are duly given in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and as required by law; (iii) be custodian of the company records; (iv) keep a register of the addresses of each Partner which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such Partner; (v) have general charge of the Limited Partners Schedule; and (vi) in general perform all duties incident to the office of the secretary of a corporation organized under the GCL or as set forth in the Secretary’s Officer Employment Agreement, if any. The Secretary shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and/or the President.

(j) Other Officers . All other officers of the Partnership shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board and/or the Chief Executive Officer.

3.4 Fiduciary Duties . The Directors, in the performance of their duties as such, shall owe to the Partners all fiduciary duties of the type owed by the directors of a corporation to the stockholders of such corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, including duties of loyalty and due care. The officers, in the performance of their duties as such, shall owe to the Partners duties of loyalty and due care of the type owed by the officers of a corporation to the stockholders of such corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no Director or officer of the Partnership who is employed with, a member or partner of or a consultant to TCP, GI Manager, Meridian Capital, any Person that is an Affiliate of TCP, GI Manager or Meridian Capital, or any other Person as

 

33


the Board may hereafter designate as being covered by the terms of this sentence (in each case, other than the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries) shall have any duty or obligation to bring any “corporate opportunity” to the Partnership.

3.5 Performance of Duties; Liability of Directors and Officers . In performing his or her duties, each of the Directors and the officers shall be entitled to rely in good faith on the provisions of this Agreement and on information, opinions, reports, or statements (including financial statements and information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value or amount of the assets, liabilities, Profits or Losses of the Partnership or any facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to Limited Partners might properly be paid), of the following other Persons or groups: (a) one or more officers or employees of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries; (b) any attorney, independent accountant, or other Person employed or engaged by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries; or (c) any other Person who has been selected and monitored with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case, as to matters which such relying Person reasonably believes to be within such other Person’s professional or expert competence. The preceding sentence shall in no way limit any Person’s right to rely on information to the extent provided in the Delaware LP Act or otherwise pursuant to applicable Delaware law. No individual who is a Director or an officer of the Partnership, or any combination of the foregoing, shall be personally liable under any judgment of a court, or in any other manner, for any debt, obligation, or liability of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, whether that liability or obligation arises in contract, tort, or otherwise, solely by reason of being a Director or an officer of the Partnership or any combination of the foregoing.

3.6 Indemnification . Notwithstanding Section 3.4 , the General Partner, the Directors and officers of the Partnership and each officer, director, manager or member of the General Partner (collectively, with the Directors and officers of the Partnership and the General Partner, the “ Protected Persons ”) shall not be liable, responsible or accountable for damages or otherwise to the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, or to the Partners, and, to the fullest extent allowed by law, each Protected Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership, including advancement of reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses from and against all claims, liabilities, and expenses arising out of any management of Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries’ affairs; provided that (a) such Protected Person’s course of conduct was pursued in good faith and believed by such Protected Person to be in the best interests of the Partnership and was reasonably believed by such Protected Person to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Protected Person pursuant to this Agreement and (b) such course of conduct did not constitute willful misconduct on the part of such Protected Person and otherwise was in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The rights of indemnification provided in this Section 3.6 are intended to provide indemnification of the Protected Persons to the fullest extent permitted by the GCL regarding a corporation’s indemnification of its directors and officers and will be in addition to any rights to which the Protected Persons may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law and shall extend to such Protected Persons’ heirs, personal representatives and assigns. The absence of any express provision for indemnification herein shall not limit any right of indemnification existing independently of this Section 3.6 . The right of each Protected Person to indemnification pursuant to this Section 3.6 may be conditioned upon the delivery by such Protected Person of a written undertaking to repay such amount if such Protected Person is determined pursuant to this Section 3.6 or adjudicated to be ineligible for indemnification, which undertaking shall be an unlimited general obligation.

 

34


ARTICLE IV

Annual Meeting; Partners; and General Partner

4.1 Annual Meeting for Holders of Participating Preferred Units . The Partnership shall hold a general informational meeting for the holders of Participating Preferred Units each year.

4.2 Registered Limited Partners . The Partnership shall be entitled to treat the owner of record of any Units as the owner in fact of such Unit for all purposes, and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Unit on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice of such claim or interest, except as expressly provided by this Agreement or the laws of the State of Delaware.

4.3 Limitation of Liability . No Partner (including any general partner) will be obligated personally for any debt, obligation or liability of the Partnership or of any of its Subsidiaries or other Partners by reason of being a Partner, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise. Except as expressly provided Sections 5.5 (if applicable) and 6.1 , no Partner shall be obligated to make any Capital Contribution to the Partnership. Except as otherwise required by the Delaware LP Act, by applicable law or expressly in this Agreement, no Partner will have any fiduciary or other duty to another Partner with respect to the business and affairs of the Partnership or of any of its Subsidiaries. No Partner will have any responsibility to restore any negative balance in his or her Capital Account or to contribute to or in respect of the liabilities or obligations of the Partnership or of any of its Subsidiaries or return distributions made by the Partnership; provided that a Partner shall be required to return any distribution made to it in error.

4.4 Withdrawal or Resignation by a Limited Partner . So long as a Limited Partner continues to own or hold any Units, such Limited Partner shall not have the ability to withdraw or resign as a Limited Partner prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Partnership and any such withdrawal, resignation, attempted withdrawal or attempted resignation by a Limited Partner prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Partnership shall be null and void. As soon as any Person who is a Limited Partner ceases to own or hold any Units, such Person shall no longer be Limited Partner.

4.5 Death of a Limited Partner . The death of any individual Limited Partner shall not cause the dissolution of the Partnership. In such event the Partnership and its business shall be continued by the remaining Partner or Partners and the Units owned by the deceased Limited Partner shall automatically be transferred to such Limited Partner’s heirs ( provided that, within a reasonable time after such transfer, the applicable heirs shall sign a joinder to this Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto).

4.6 Authority . No Limited Partner, in its capacity as a Limited Partner, shall have the power to act for or on behalf of, or to bind the Partnership.

 

35


4.7 Outside Activities . Subject to the terms of any written agreement by any Partner to the contrary (including the non-competition agreements with employees of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries), a Partner may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities which compete with the Partnership, and no Partner (unless such Partner is an employee of the Partnership or one of its Subsidiaries and his or her employment agreement with the Partnership or such Subsidiary, if any, does not provide to the contrary) shall have any duty or obligation to bring any “corporate opportunity” to the Partnership. Subject to the terms of any written agreement by any Partner to the contrary, neither the Partnership nor any other Partner shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business interests or activities of any Partner.

4.8 General Partner; Transfer of General Partnership Interest . In no event will the Partnership have more than one “general partner” (as that term is used in the Delaware LP Act), and, as of the date hereof, such general partner is LCFH GP. The General Partner has no right or obligation to make Capital Contributions, has no right to receive, and will not receive, any distributions under this Agreement (or otherwise from the Partnership) and has no right to receive, and will not receive, any allocation of Profits, Losses, or other items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credits of the Partnership under this Agreement (or otherwise from the Partnership). Except as required by applicable law, the General Partner agrees not to resign or withdraw from the Partnership except in connection with an Approved Company Sale. The General Partner may only transfer or assign the General Partnership Interest (i) if approved in writing by the Board and, so long as Brian Harris is the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, Brian Harris or (ii) in connection with an Approved Company Sale. Any attempted transfer or assignment of the General Partnership Interest in violation of the preceding sentence shall be deemed null and void for all purposes. If an Approved Company Sale occurs, the General Partner hereby agrees to either (A) transfer and assign the General Partnership Interest to the applicable acquirer in connection with such Approved Company Sale, with no consideration being paid to the General Partner for such transfer and assignment of the General Partnership Interest to such applicable acquirer or (B) withdraw as the General Partner (with no consideration being paid to the General Partner for such withdrawal) with the applicable acquirer appointing a new general partner of the Partnership as the General Partner. Subject in all events to the restrictions on any transfer or assignment of the General Partnership Interest otherwise contained in this Section 4.8 , no transfer or assignment of the General Partnership Interest otherwise permitted by this Section 4.8 may be completed until the prospective transferee is admitted as the general partner of the Partnership by executing and delivering to the Partnership a written undertaking to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement as the general partner in such form as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Board, in which case the transferor (A) shall then cease to be the General Partner, and (B) shall then no longer possess or have the power to exercise any rights or powers of the General Partner of the Partnership.

ARTICLE V

Units; Limited Partnership Interests

5.1 Initial Limited Partners; Units Generally . The Limited Partnership Interests of the Limited Partners shall be represented by issued and outstanding Units, which may be divided into one or more types, classes or series, with each type, class or series having the rights and

 

36


privileges set forth in this Agreement. As a result of the Conversion, each Member (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement) of the LLC as of immediately prior to the Conversion is hereby admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership as of the time of the Conversion with ownership, as of immediately after the Conversion, of the same amount of Series A Participating Preferred Units, Class A-1 Common Units and Class A-2 Common Units, as applicable, as owned by such Limited Partner as of immediately prior to such Conversion when the Partnership was the LLC and with such Units being as defined in the Prior Agreement. The Partnership shall maintain a schedule of all Limited Partners from time to time, their respective Series B Commitments (for so long as any portion of the Series B Commitments remain callable by the Partnership and unfunded), mailing addresses and the Units held by them (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Limited Partners Schedule ”), a copy of which as of the execution of this Agreement is attached hereto as Schedule B . Ownership of a Unit (or fraction thereof) shall not entitle a Limited Partner to call for a partition or division of any property of the Partnership or for any accounting.

5.2 Authorization of Units .

(a) Series A Participating Preferred Units . The Partnership is hereby authorized to issue 6,115,500 Series A Participating Preferred Units, all of which are issued and outstanding as of the Second Effective Date.

(b) Series B Participating Preferred Units . The Partnership is hereby authorized to issue Series B Participating Preferred Units.

(c) Other Preferred Units . In addition to Series A Participating Preferred Units and Series B Participating Preferred Units, the Partnership is hereby authorized to issue other classes and series of Preferred Units. With respect to such other classes and series of Preferred Units, subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 , the Board is authorized to provide for the issuance of such Preferred Units in any class or series by amending this Agreement to reflect such issuance and to establish the Preferred Units to be included in each such class or series, and to fix the relative rights, obligations, preferences and limitations of the Preferred Units of each such class or series.

(d) Class A-1 Common Units . The Partnership is hereby authorized to issue Class A-1 Common Units.

(e) Class A-2 Common Units . The Partnership is hereby authorized to issue Class A-2 Common Units.

(f) Other Common Units . In addition to Class A Common Units, the Partnership is hereby authorized to issue other classes and series of Common Units. With respect to such other classes and series of Common Units, subject to the foregoing and the provisions of Section 5.3 , the Board is hereby authorized to provide for the issuance of such Common Units in any class or series by amending this Agreement to reflect such issuance and to establish the Common Units to be included in each such class or series, and to fix the relative rights, obligations, preferences and limitations of the Common Units of each such class or series.

 

37


(g) Additional Units . Except as expressly provided by this Agreement, the Partnership shall not authorize, issue or sell, or cause to be authorized, issued or sold, any Units.

5.3 Issuance of Units . Subject to the limitations contained in Section 11.5 , and subject to Sections 5.5 , 5.6 , 5.7 and 5.8 , after the Second Effective Date, the Partnership (with the approval of the Board) may issue additional Series B Participating Preferred Units, Class A-1 Common Units, Class A-2 Common Units or other Units that the Board may provide for pursuant to Sections 5.2(c) or 5.2(f) above (any such other Units, “ Other Units ”); provided that:

 

  (i) any such Other Unit may only be created in a manner that does not change the manner in which distributions are allocated among the holders of Series A Participating Preferred Units, Series B Participating Preferred Units, Class A-1 Common Units and Class A-2 Common Units as set forth in Sections 7.2 , 7.3 , 10.2(b) and 10.2(c) ;

 

  (ii) so long as Brian Harris is the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, the Partnership shall not issue any Other Units at any time prior to a Qualified Initial Public Offering without the prior approval of Brian Harris; and

 

  (iii) if, in connection with the issuance of any such Other Units, (A) the holders of Participating Preferred Units immediately prior to such issuance are not entitled to participate in such issuance on a pro rata basis (based on their respective ownership of the number of then issued and outstanding Participating Preferred Units) and (B) a majority of such Other Units will be issued to the TowerBrook Funds, GI Investors and/or their respective Affiliates, then the issuance price per such Other Unit with respect to such issuance shall be subject to approval of a majority of the votes of the Directors that are not TowerBrook Related Persons or GI Related Persons.

Upon the issuance of Units, the Board shall adjust the Capital Accounts of the Limited Partners as necessary in accordance with Section 6.2 .

5.4 New Limited Partners . In order for a Person to be admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership, such Person shall have executed and delivered to the Partnership a Series B Subscription Agreement or other written undertaking to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. Upon the amendment of the Limited Partners Schedule by the Partnership and the satisfaction of any other applicable conditions, including, if a condition, the receipt by the Partnership of payment for the issuance of any applicable Units, such Person shall be admitted as a Limited Partner and deemed listed as such on the books and records of the Partnership and shall be issued such Limited Partner’s Units, and the Partnership shall modify the Limited Partners Schedule to reflect such admittance. The Board shall also adjust the Capital Accounts of the Limited Partners as necessary in accordance with Section 6.2 .

5.5 Increase in Series B Commitments . Subject to the limitations contained in Section 11.5 , at any time prior to the expiration of the Series B Commitment Period, the

 

38


Partnership (with the approval of the Board) may accept additional Series B Commitments from existing or new Limited Partners (any such additional Series B Commitments, “ Additional Series B Commitments ”), and the Partnership shall modify the Limited Partners Schedule to reflect such Additional Series B Commitments. By no later than ten Business Days after the date on which the Partnership accepts any Additional Series B Commitments from an existing or new Limited Partner pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, such Limited Partner shall be required to make a Capital Contribution in cash to the Partnership in an amount equal to the product of (i) such Limited Partner’s Additional Series B Commitment and (ii) a fraction, (A) the numerator of which is the amount that any Person who was a Limited Partner as of the Second Effective Date (other than a Defaulting Limited Partner) has contributed to the Partnership as of the date of the Partnership’s acceptance of such Additional Series B Commitment in respect of such Person’s Series B Commitment as of the Second Effective Date and (B) the denominator of which is such Person’s Series B Commitment as of the Second Effective Date; and in exchange for such Capital Contribution such Limited Partner will be issued a number of Series B Participating Preferred Units equal to the amount of such Capital Contribution divided by such Additional Series B Commitment’s Subsequent Closing Issuance Price (as herein defined). With respect to each Additional Series B Commitment accepted by the Partnership, the Board shall determine in good faith the issuance price per Series B Participating Preferred Unit for the Series B Participating Preferred Units to be issued to the applicable Limited Partner in exchange for the Capital Contributions made (or to be made) by such Limited Partner to the Partnership with respect to such Additional Series B Commitment, with consideration given by the Board to the Partnership’s then equity book value and any premium to such book value as may be appropriate given the market conditions as of the date of the Partnership’s acceptance of such Additional Series B Commitment, and with any such determination by the Board being final and binding on all Limited Partners (any such issuance price per Series B Participating Preferred Unit, the “ Subsequent Closing Issuance Price ”); provided that if, in connection with the acceptance of any such Additional Series B Commitments on a particular date, (i) the holders of Participating Preferred Units immediately prior to such acceptance are not entitled to participate in the subscription for the aggregate amount of such Additional Series B Commitments on a pro rata basis (based on their respective ownership of the number of then issued and outstanding Participating Preferred Units) and (ii) a majority of the aggregate amount of such Additional Series B Commitments are from the TowerBrook Funds, GI Investors and/or their respective Affiliates, then the Subsequent Closing Issuance Price with respect to such Additional Series B Commitments to be accepted as of such particular date shall be subject to approval of a majority of the votes of the Directors that are not TowerBrook Related Persons or GI Related Persons.

5.6 Issuance of Series B Participating Preferred Units other than pursuant to the Series B Commitments . Subject to the limitations contained in Section 11.5 , at any time after the first to occur of (A) the date on which all of the Series B Commitments have been funded in full (other than with respect to a failure to so fund by any Defaulting Limited Partner) and (B) the expiration of the Series B Commitment Period, the Partnership (with the approval of the Board) may issue additional Series B Participating Preferred Units to any Limited Partner, or to any Person that becomes a Limited Partner in connection with such issuance, in exchange for an issuance price per Series B Participating Preferred Unit, as determined in good faith by the Board in its sole discretion, with consideration given to the Partnership’s then equity book value and any premium to such book value as may be appropriate given the market conditions as of the date of such issuance, and with any such determination by the Board being final and binding on

 

39


all Partners; provided that if, in connection with the issuance of any such additional Series B Participating Preferred Units, (i) the holders of Participating Preferred Units immediately prior to such issuance are not entitled to participate in such issuance on a pro rata basis (based on their respective ownership of the number of then issued and outstanding Participating Preferred Units) and (ii) a majority of such additional Series B Participating Preferred Units will be issued to the TowerBrook Funds, GI Investors and/or their respective Affiliates, then the issuance price per Series B Participating Preferred Unit with respect to such issuance shall be subject to approval of a majority of the votes of the Directors that are not TowerBrook Related Persons or GI Related Persons. Upon the issuance of any such Series B Participating Preferred Units, the Board shall adjust the Capital Accounts of the Limited Partners as necessary in accordance with Section 6.2 .

5.7 Increase in the Class A Common Percentage .

(a) Non-Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units . At any time after the Second Effective Date, the Board may elect to increase the Class A Common Percentage (the amount of any such increase, a “ Class A Common Percentage Increase ” ( e.g. , if pursuant to this Section 5.7(a) the Class A Common Percentage is increased from 20% to 21%, then the applicable Class A Common Percentage Increase will be 1%)) in order for the Partnership to grant additional Class A-2 Common Units (such additional Class A-2 Common Units, “ Non-Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units ”) to one or more employees and/or directors of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a TCP Director that qualifies as a “TowerBrook Related Person” pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of a “TowerBrook Related Person” or a GI Director that qualifies as a “GI Related Person” pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of a “GI Related Person”); provided that the Class A Common Percentage Increase pursuant to this Section 5.7(a) must have the same proportionate relationship to the Class A Common Percentage immediately prior to such increase as the number of Non-Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units to be so granted has to the Aggregate Class A Common Units Outstanding as of immediately prior to such grant by the Partnership of such Non-Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units ( e.g. , if pursuant to this Section 5.7(a) the Class A Common Percentage is increased from 20% to 21%, at a time when there are 20,000,000 Aggregate Class A Common Units Outstanding, then the corresponding number of Non-Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units to be granted by the Partnership will be 1,000,000); provided further , that no such increase in the Class A Common Percentage will be effective for purposes of this Agreement until such time as the corresponding Non-Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units are actually granted to the applicable employees and/or directors of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries.

(b) Pro Rata Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units . At any time after the Second Effective Date, the Board may elect to increase the Class A Common Percentage (the amount of any such increase, a “ Class A Common Percentage Increase ” ( e.g. , if pursuant to this Section 5.7(b) , the Class A Common Percentage is increased from 20% to 21.6%, then the applicable Class A Common Percentage Increase will be 1.6%)) in order for the Partnership to grant additional Class A-2 Common Units (such additional Class A-2 Common Units, “ Pro Rata Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units ”) to one or more employees and/or directors of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a TCP Director that qualifies as a “TowerBrook Related Person” pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of a “TowerBrook Related Person” or a GI Director that qualifies as a “GI Related Person” pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of a “GI Related Person”) in a manner that dilutes the then Class A Common Percentage (without

 

40


regard to such increase) and the Participating Preferred Percentage on a pro rata basis; provided that, so long as Brian Harris is the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, the Board shall not make any election to increase the Class A Common Percentage pursuant to this Section 5.7(b) and, as required by Section 5.8(a) , the Partnership shall not issue any Pro Rata Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units, in each case, without the prior approval of Brian Harris. For purposes of this Section 5.7(b) , with respect to any particular increase in the Class A Common Percentage pursuant to this Section 5.7(b) :

(i) the term “ Pro Rata Aggregate Percentage Increase ” means the amount equal to the applicable Class A Common Percentage Increase with respect to such increase divided by the Participating Preferred Percentage immediately prior to such increase;

(ii) the term “ Pre-Existing Class A Common Dilution Percentage ” means the amount equal to the Pro Rata Aggregate Percentage Increase for such increase minus the applicable Class A Common Percentage Increase with respect to such increase; and

(iii) the term “ Pre-Existing Class A Common Adjusted Common Percentage ” means the amount equal to the Class A Common Percentage immediately prior to such increase minus the applicable Pre-Existing Class A Common Dilution Percentage with respect to such increase ( e.g. , if pursuant to this Section 5.7(b) , the applicable Class A Common Percentage Increase is 1.6% at a time when, immediately prior to the applicable increase in Class A Common Percentage, the Participating Preferred Percentage is 80% and the Class A Common Percentage is 20%, then the applicable “Pro Rata Aggregate Percentage Increase” will be 2%, the applicable “Pre-Existing Class A Common Dilution Percentage” will be 0.4% and the applicable “Pre-Existing Class A Common Adjusted Common Percentage” will be 19.6%).

With respect to any particular increase in the Class A Common Percentage pursuant to this Section 5.7(b) , the applicable number of Pro Rata Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units to be granted in connection with such increase must have the same proportionate relationship to the Aggregate Class A Common Units Outstanding as of immediately prior to such grant by the Partnership of such Pro Rata Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units, as the applicable Pro Rata Aggregate Percentage Increase with respect thereto has to the Pre-Existing Class A Common Adjusted Common Percentage with respect thereto ( e.g. , if pursuant to this Section 5.7(b) the Class A Common Percentage is increased from 20% to 21.6%, at a time when there are 20,000,000 Aggregate Class A Common Units Outstanding, then the corresponding number of Pro Rata Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units to be granted by the Partnership will be 2,040,816); provided that no such increase in the Class A Common Percentage will be effective for purposes of this Agreement until such time as the corresponding Pro Rata Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units are actually granted to the applicable employees and/or directors of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries.

Further detail of the example described in this Section 5.7(b) is as follows: if the Class A Common Percentage is increased pursuant to this Section 5.7(b) from 20% to 21.6%, at a time when there are 20,000,000 Aggregate Class A Common Units Outstanding, then (i) the Class A

 

41


Common Percentage Increase would be 1.6%; (ii) the Participating Preferred Percentage immediately prior to such increase would be 80%; (iii) the Pro Rata Aggregate Percentage Increase would be 2% (or 1.6% divided by 80%); (iv) the Pre-Existing Class A Common Dilution Percentage would be 0.4% (or 2.0% minus 1.6%); (v) the Pre-Existing Class A Common Adjusted Common Percentage would be 19.6% (or 20% minus 0.4%); (vi) the ratio of the number of Pro Rata Class A-2 Common Units to be granted in connection with such increase (2,040,816 Class A-2 Common Units) to the Aggregate Class A Common Units Outstanding immediately prior to such increase (20,000,000 Class A Common Units) would be the same as the ratio of the applicable Pro Rata Aggregate Percentage Increase (2%) to the applicable Pre-Existing Class A Common Adjusted Common Percentage (19.6%); and (vii) the Participating Preferred Percentage immediately after such increase would be 78.4%.

(c) Non-Dilutive Class A-1 Common Units . At any time after the Second Effective Date, with the prior written consent of the Participating Preferred Independent Supermajority Holders, the Board may elect to increase the Class A Common Percentage (the amount of any such increase, also, a “ Class A Common Percentage Increase ”) in order for the Partnership to issue additional Class A-1 Common Units (such additional Class A-1 Common Units, “ Non-Dilutive Class A-1 Common Units ”) to any Person; provided that the Class A Common Percentage Increase pursuant to this Section 5.7(c) must have the same proportionate relationship to the Class A Common Percentage immediately prior to such increase as the number of Non-Dilutive Class A-1 Common Units to be so issued has to the Aggregate Class A Common Units Outstanding as of immediately prior to such issuance by the Partnership of such Non-Dilutive Class A-1 Common Units ( e.g. , if pursuant to this Section 5.7(c) the Class A Common Percentage is increased from 20% to 21%, at a time when there are 20,000,000 Aggregate Class A Common Units Outstanding, then the corresponding number of Non-Dilutive Class A-1 Common Units to be issued by the Partnership will be 1,000,000); provided , further , that no such increase in the Class A Common Percentage will be effective for purposes of this Agreement until such time as the corresponding Non-Dilutive Class A-1 Common Units are actually issued to the applicable Person(s).

5.8 Issuance of Dilutive Class A Common Units .

(a) So long as Brian Harris is the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, the Partnership shall not issue or grant any Dilutive Class A Common Units at any time prior to the occurrence of a Qualified Initial Public Offering without the prior approval of Brian Harris, which approval Brian Harris does not currently intend to provide; provided that Brian Harris may at any time provide such approval in his sole discretion.

(b) At any time prior to the occurrence of a Qualified Initial Public Offering when Brian Harris is not the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, the Partnership shall not issue or grant any Dilutive Class A Common Units (other than Pro Rata Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units) without the prior written approval of the Class A-2 Common Majority Holders; provided that, as a point of clarity, at any time that Brian Harris is not the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, the Partnership may (with the approval of the Board) issue or grant Pro Rata Dilutive Class A-2 Common Units.

 

42


(c) Notwithstanding Sections 5.8(a) and 5.8(b) above, if at the time of any proposed issuance or grant by the Partnership of Class A-2 Common Units that are Dilutive Class A Common Units there are Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units, then, to the extent permitted by Section 5.11 , the Partnership shall first grant and re-issue such Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units prior to issuing or granting such Class A-2 Common Units that are Dilutive Class A Common Units.

5.9 Deemed Ownership of Forfeited Class A-2 Common Units .

(a) If at any date prior to the occurrence of a Qualified Initial Public Offering when Brian Harris is the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, any Class A-2 Common Units become Forfeited Class A-2 Common Units (such date, a “ Forfeiture Date ”), then, subject to any such Forfeited Class A-2 Common Units becoming Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, such Forfeited Class A-2 Common Units shall thereafter be deemed to be owned by the holders of the issued and outstanding Class A-2 Common Units (other than any then Excluded Class A-2 Common Units) pro rata based on such holders’ relative ownership of the number of issued and outstanding Class A-2 Common Units (other than any then Excluded Class A-2 Common Units) as of such Forfeiture Date.

(b) If at any date prior to the occurrence of a Qualified Initial Public Offering when Brian Harris is not the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, any Class A-2 Common Units become Forfeited Class A-2 Common Units (such date, also a “ Forfeiture Date ”), then, subject to any such Forfeited Class A-2 Common Units becoming Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, such Forfeited Class A-2 Common Units shall thereafter be deemed to be owned by the holders of the issued and outstanding Class A-1 Common Units and Class A-2 Common Units (other than any then Excluded Class A-2 Common Units) pro rata based on such holders’ relative ownership of the number of issued and outstanding Class A-1 Common Units and Class A-2 Common Units (other than any then Excluded Class A-2 Common Units) as of such Forfeiture Date.

(c) As a point of clarity, to the extent any particular Forfeited Class A-2 Common Units are forfeited by the holder thereof pursuant to the terms of the applicable Equity Grant Agreement (other than as a result of becoming Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Units), such particular Forfeited Class A-2 Common Units will be deemed to have become “Forfeited Class A-2 Common Units” for purposes of this Section 5.9 with a Forfeiture Date of the date of such forfeiture.

5.10 Deemed Ownership of Repurchased Class A-2 Common Units . If at any date prior to the occurrence of a Qualified Initial Public Offering, any Class A-2 Common Units become Repurchased Class A-2 Common Units (such date, a “ Repurchased Date ”), then, subject to any such Repurchased Class A-2 Common Units becoming Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (i) a number of such Repurchased Class A-2 Common Units equal to (A) the then Participating Preferred Percentage multiplied by (B) the aggregate number of Repurchased Class A-2 Common Units shall thereafter be deemed to be owned by the holders of the issued and outstanding Participating Preferred Units pro rata based on such holders’ relative ownership of the number of issued and outstanding Participating

 

43


Preferred Units as of such Repurchased Date and (ii) a number of such Repurchased Class A-2 Common Units equal to (AA) the then Class A Common Percentage multiplied by (BB) the aggregate number of such Repurchased Class A-2 Common Units shall thereafter be deemed to be owned by the holders of the issued and outstanding Class A-1 Common Units and Class A-2 Common Units (other than any then Excluded Class A-2 Common Units) pro rata based on such holders’ relative ownership of the number of issued and outstanding Class A-1 Common Units and Class A-2 Common Units (other than any then Excluded Class A-2 Common Units) as of such Repurchased Date. As a point of clarity, to the extent any particular Repurchased Class A-2 Common Units are repurchased by the Partnership pursuant to the terms of the applicable Equity Grant Agreement or otherwise, such particular Repurchased Class A-2 Common Units will be deemed to have become “Repurchased Class A-2 Common Units” for purposes of this Section 5.10 with a Repurchased Date of the date of such repurchase.

5.11 Re-Issuance of Forfeited Class A-2 Common Units and Repurchased Class A-2 Common Units .

(a) At any time prior to the occurrence of an Approved Company Sale or a Qualified Initial Public Offering when there are any Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units, the Board may elect to grant and re-issue any number of such Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units to any employee or director of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a TCP Director that qualifies as a “TowerBrook Related Person” pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of a “TowerBrook Related Person” or a GI Director that qualifies as a “GI Related Person” pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of a “GI Related Person”), in which case, immediately upon such grant and re-issuance, such Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units (i) will immediately cease to be deemed owned by the applicable Limited Partners that were deemed to own such Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units pursuant to Section 5.9 or Section 5.10 , as the case may be, and (ii) will be an Original Class A-2 Common Unit and a Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Unit for purposes of this Agreement; provided that so long as Brian Harris is the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, the Board may elect to grant and re-issue Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units only with the approval of Brian Harris.

(b) Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units that are granted and re-issued pursuant to Section 5.11(a) above shall be so granted and re-issued from the then Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units (i) in the order in which the then Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units became Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units ( i.e. , the particular Re-Issuable Class A-2 Common Units that first became Re-Issuable Class A-2 Common Units would be the first Re-Issuable Class A-2 Common Units to be so granted and re-issued) and (ii) in the event any such grant and issuance includes only a portion of a particular number of Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units that become Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units on the same date, then pro rata among the Limited Partners that are deemed to own such particular number of Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units pursuant to Section 5.9 or Section 5.10 , as the case may be, based on such Limited Partners’ relative deemed ownership of such particular number of Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units.

 

44


5.12 Threshold Amount for Class A-2 Common Units .

(a) With respect to any Original Class A-2 Common Unit issued or granted by the Partnership after the Original Closing Date (a “ Subsequent Class A-2 Common Unit ”), the Board shall designate a “ Threshold Amount ” applicable to such Subsequent Class A-2 Common Unit, which Threshold Amount will be set forth in the applicable Equity Grant Agreement pursuant to which such Subsequent Class A-2 Common Unit is issued or granted by the Partnership. In so designating a Threshold Amount applicable to any Subsequent Class A-2 Common Unit, the Board shall designate as such Subsequent Class A-2 Common Unit’s Threshold Amount, a dollar amount equal to the amount that would, in the reasonable determination of the Board, be distributed with respect to one of the Partnership’s then issued and outstanding Original Class A-2 Common Units with a Threshold Amount of zero dollars ($0), if immediately prior to the issuance or grant of such Subsequent Class A-2 Common Unit, the assets of the Partnership were sold for their Fair Market Value and the proceeds of such sale were distributed pursuant to Section 10.2(b) . The Threshold Amount for each Class A-2 Common Unit issued and outstanding as of the Original Closing Date is zero dollars ($0).

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit will thereafter have a Threshold Amount attributable to such Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit equal to the repurchase price paid by the Partnership for such Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit (such Threshold Amount, a “ Repurchased Price Threshold Amount ”), and no such Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit will be granted and re-issued pursuant to Section 5.11 unless the Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Unit granted and re-issued with respect thereto has a designated Threshold Amount attributable to such Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Unit equal to no less than the Repurchased Price Threshold Amount (but giving effect to any forgone distributions attributable to such Repurchased Price Threshold Amount pursuant to Section 7.2(b) ) attributable to such Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit. Any such Repurchased Price Threshold Amount will continue to be a Repurchased Price Threshold Amount (but giving effect to any forgone distributions attributable to such Repurchased Price Threshold Amount pursuant to Section 7.2(b) ) for purposes of this Agreement with respect to the applicable Class A-2 Common Unit that is such Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit even if such Repurchased Class A-2 Common Unit subsequently becomes a Re-Issued Class A-2 Common Unit or any other type of Class A-2 Common Unit hereunder.

5.13 2008 Incentive Equity Plan . Each owner of Class A-2 Common Units that have been granted pursuant to the 2008 Incentive Equity Plan hereby acknowledges and agrees that, from and after the Second Effective Date, the term “LLC Agreement” as used in the 2008 Incentive Equity Plan, as well as each Equity Grant Agreement entered into under the 2008 Incentive Equity Plan, shall mean this Agreement, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

ARTICLE VI

Commitments and Capital Accounts

6.1 Series A Commitments and Series B Commitments .

(a) Series A Commitments . Each Limited Partner with a Series A Commitment has previously made Capital Contributions to the Partnership with respect to such

 

45


Limited Partner’s Series A Commitment in the aggregate amount equal to such Limited Partner’s Series A Commitment. For each Capital Contribution made by a Limited Partner to the Partnership with respect to such Limited Partner’s Series A Commitment as described in the immediately preceding sentence, the Partnership has issued to such Limited Partner a number of Series A Participating Preferred Units equal to the amount of such Capital Contribution divided by $100.00. Each Limited Partner’s obligation to fund its Series A Commitment expired at the end of the last day of the Series A Commitment Period.

(b) Series B Commitments . Subject to the Series B Subscription Agreement to which it is a party and Sections 5.4 , 6.7 and 6.1(d) , each Series B Limited Partner with a Series B Commitment shall make Capital Contributions to the Partnership, payable in cash in U.S. Dollars, in the aggregate amount equal to such Series B Limited Partner’s Series B Commitment, by contributing in installments when and as called by the Partnership (with the approval of the Board) (a “ Capital Call ”) during the Series B Commitment Period upon at least ten Business Days prior written notice (a “ Series B Capital Call Notice ”). Subject to Section 5.4 , such installments shall be made pro rata among all Series B Limited Partners based upon their respective Series B Commitments. For each Capital Contribution made by a Series B Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to this Section 6.1(b) with respect to such Series B Limited Partner’s Series B Commitment, the Partnership will issue to such Series B Limited Partner a number of Series B Participating Preferred Units equal to the amount of such Capital Contribution divided by the Series B Participating Preferred Capital Value (or, if such Series B Commitment is an Additional Series B Commitment, then a number of Series B Participating Preferred Units equal to the amount of such Capital Contribution divided by such Additional Series B Commitment’s Subsequent Closing Issuance Price). Each Capital Contribution to the Partnership shall be made by means of a certified or cashier’s check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Partnership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6.1(b) and subject to Section 6.1(e) , each Series B Limited Partner’s obligation to fund its Series B Commitment will expire at the end of the last day of the Series B Commitment Period.

(c) Additional Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement the following terms have the following meanings:

Fundamental Representations ” means Sections 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), 4(g), and 4(h) of any Significant Series B Limited Partner’s Series B Subscription Agreement.

Ladder Fraud ” actual fraud of the Partnership.

Ladder Material Misrepresentation ” means (i) a breach by the Partnership of any of the Fundamental Representations or (ii) a Ladder Fraud.

Significant Series B Limited Partner ” means a Series B Limited Partner with a Series B Commitment of at least $150 million.

(d) Ladder Material Misrepresentation . At any time prior to the expiration of the Series B Commitment Period, a Significant Series B Limited Partner may deliver a written notice (a “ Material Breach Notice ”) to the Partnership stating that a Ladder Material

 

46


Misrepresentation has occurred (which Material Breach Notice must include a reasonable description of such Ladder Material Misrepresentation). Upon receipt of a Material Breach Notice, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Partnership will have no further right or obligation to make any Capital Calls, and no Series B Limited Partner will have any further obligation with respect to its Series B Commitment, in each case, unless and until a final determination (a “ Final Determination ”) is made prior to the second anniversary of the Second Effective Date that no Ladder Material Misrepresentation has occurred (which Final Determination may occur either by mutual written agreement by such Significant Series B Limited Partner and the Partnership, or by a final, non-appealable court order); provided that in no event will any Material Breach Notice that may be received by the Partnership from a Significant Series B Limited Partner affect in any way the validity or enforceability of any previously funded Capital Call that may been made by the Partnership prior to the Partnership’s receipt of such Material Breach Notice; provided further that any particular Series B Limited Partner may (in its sole discretion) permit (which permission must be evidenced by a written consent from such Series B Limited Partner) the Partnership to make a Capital Call solely with respect to such Series B Limited Partner’s Series B Commitment during the Series B Commitment Period notwithstanding the Partnership having received a Material Breach Notice from a Significant Series B Limited Partner and a Final Determination with respect thereto having not occurred (in which case, such Series B Limited Partner shall only be obligated to fund Capital Calls that may thereafter be made to all of the Series B Limited Partners with Series B Commitments to the extent such Series B Limited Partner continues to have an unfunded Series B Commitment and only at such time as the other Series B Limited Partners have made Capital Contributions to the Partnership with respect to their Series B Commitments in an amount sufficient for such other Series B Limited Partners’ to have the same percentage of their respective Series B Commitments remaining as unfunded as such Series B Limited Partner). If the Partnership receives a Material Breach Notice from a Significant Series B Limited Partner during the Series B Commitment Period, the Partnership may thereafter either (i) elect, by delivering written notice to all of the Series B Limited Partners, to terminate all remaining unfunded Series B Commitments and the Series B Commitment Period, in which case, the Partnership will have no further ability or obligation to make any Capital Calls, no Series B Investor shall have any further obligation to make any Capital Contributions with respect to the Series B Commitments and the Series B Commitment Period will be deemed to have terminated or (ii) dispute that a Ladder Material Misrepresentation has occurred by delivering written notice of such dispute to such Significant Series B Limited Partner, in which case, (A) if the Final Determination of such dispute occurs prior to the second anniversary of the Second Effective Date and results in a determination that a Ladder Material Misrepresentation has not occurred, then the Series B Commitment Period will be deemed to have been extended until the later of (x) the first anniversary of the Second Effective Date and (y) the date 90 days after the date of such Final Determination, and thereafter the Partnership will be permitted to again make Capital Calls with respect to the remaining uncalled Series B Commitments during the Series B Commitment Period (as extended by the provisions of this subclause (A)), or (B) if the Final Determination of such dispute results in a determination that a Ladder Material Misrepresentation has occurred, or if a Final Determination of such dispute does not occur by the second anniversary of the Second Effective Date, then the Partnership will have no further ability or obligation to make any Capital Calls, no Series B Investor shall have any further obligation to make any Capital Contributions with respect to the Series B Commitments and the Series B Commitment Period will be deemed to have terminated.

 

47


(e) Requirement by the Partnership to make Capital Calls . The Partnership hereby agrees that (unless the Partnership has received a Material Breach Notice from a Significant Series B Limited Partner, in which case the provisions of this Section 6.1(e) shall be null and void):

(i) by the date three months after the commencement of the Series B Commitment Period (the “ Three Month Date ”), the Partnership shall have made Capital Calls (which for this purposes will include any Capital Contributions required to be made pursuant to Section 5.5 with respect to any Additional Series B Commitments accepted by the Partnership prior to the Three Month Date) for at least 25% (unless the aggregate amount of the Series B Commitments as of the Three Month Date is in excess of $350 million, in which case, that percentage equal to (A) 25% of the aggregate amount of the Series B Commitments as of the Three Month Date divided by (B) $350 million (but in no event will such percentage be greater than 100%)) of the aggregate amount of the Series B Commitments as of the Three Month Date;

(ii) by the date six months after the commencement of the Series B Commitment Period (the “ Six Month Date ”), the Partnership shall have made Capital Calls (which for this purposes will include any Capital Contributions required to be made pursuant to Section 5.5 with respect to any Additional Series B Commitments accepted by the Partnership prior to the Six Month Date) for at least 50% (unless the aggregate amount of the Series B Commitments as of the Six Month Date is in excess of $350 million, in which case, that percentage equal to (A) 50% of the aggregate amount of the Series B Commitments as of the Sixth Month Date divided by (B) $350 million (but in no event will such percentage be greater than 100%)) of the aggregate amount of the Series B Commitments as of the Six Month Date;

(iii) by the date nine months after the commencement of the Series B Commitment Period (the “ Nine Month Date ”), the Partnership shall have made Capital Calls (which for this purposes will include any Capital Contributions required to be made pursuant to Section 5.5 with respect to any Additional Series B Commitments accepted by the Partnership prior to the Nine Month Date) for at least 75% (unless the aggregate amount of the Series B Commitments as of the Nine Month Date is in excess of $350 million, in which case, that percentage equal to (A) 75% of the aggregate amount of the Series B Commitments as of the Nine Month Date divided by (B) $350 million (but in no event will such percentage be greater than 100%)) of the aggregate amount of the Series B Commitments as of the Nine Month Date;

(iv) by the date twelve months after the commencement of the Series B Commitment Period (the “ Twelve Month Date ”), the Partnership shall have made Capital Calls for all of the aggregate amount of the Series B Commitments as of the Twelve Month Date; and

 

48


(v) prior to the consummation of any Approved Company Sale or any Qualified Initial Public Offering, the Partnership shall have made Capital Calls for all of the aggregate amount of the then Series B Commitments.

6.2 Capital Accounts .

(a) Maintenance Rules . The Partnership shall maintain for each Limited Partner a separate capital account (a “ Capital Account ”) in accordance with this Section 6.2(a) . Each Capital Account shall be maintained in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Such Capital Account shall be increased by the cash amount or Book Value of any property contributed by such Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement, such Limited Partner’s allocable share of Profits and any items in the nature of income or gains which are specially allocated to such Limited Partner pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 , and the amount of any liabilities of the Partnership assumed by such Limited Partner or which are secured by any property distributed to such Limited Partner.

(ii) Such Capital Account shall be decreased by the cash amount or Book Value of any property distributed to such Limited Partner pursuant to this Agreement, such Limited Partner’s allocable share of Losses and any items in the nature of deductions or losses which are specially allocated to such Limited Partner pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 and the amount of any liabilities of such Limited Partner assumed by the Partnership or which are secured by any property contributed by such Limited Partner to the Partnership.

(iii) If all or any portion of a Unit is transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred Unit (or portion thereof).

(iv) Upon any revaluation described in paragraph (B) of the definition of “Book Value”, the Capital Accounts of the Limited Partners shall be adjusted in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f ).

The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Section 1.704-1(b) of the Treasury Regulations and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations. If the Board determines that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any increases or decreases to the Capital Accounts, are computed in order to comply with such Treasury Regulations, the Board may authorize such modifications.

(b) Definition of Profits and Losses . “ Profits ” and “ Losses ” mean, for each Taxable Year or other period, an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss, respectively, for such Taxable Year or other period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

(i) The computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall include tax-exempt income and those items described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( i ), without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are not deductible for federal income tax purposes.

 

49


(ii) If the Book Value of any Partnership property is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( e ) or ( f ), the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such property ( provided that if the Book Value of any Partnership property is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f )(5)(i), the allocation of gain or loss shall be made immediately prior to the related acquisition of the interest in the Partnership).

(iii) Items of income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to the disposition of Partnership property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Book Value of such property.

(iv) Items of depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions with respect to Partnership property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the property’s Book Value in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( g ).

(v) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership property pursuant to Code Sections 732(d), 734(b) or 743(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis).

6.3 Negative Capital Accounts . If any Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account, such Partner shall have no obligation to restore such negative balance or to make any Capital Contributions to the Partnership by reason thereof, and such negative balance shall not be considered an asset of the Partnership or of any Partner.

6.4 No Withdrawal . No Limited Partner will be entitled to withdraw any part of his or its Capital Contribution or Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Partnership, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

6.5 Loans From Partners . Loans by Partners to the Partnership shall not be considered Capital Contributions.

6.6 Status of Capital Contributions . No Partner shall receive any interest, salary or drawing with respect to its Capital Contributions or its Capital Account, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, no Partner shall be required to lend any funds to the Partnership or to make any additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership.

 

50


6.7 Series B Limited Partner’s Default on Series B Commitment .

(a) If any Series B Limited Partner (a “ Defaulting Limited Partner ”) fails to make full payment of any portion of its Series B Commitment when due and such failure is not cured within ten Business Days after receipt by such Series B Limited Partner of written notice from the Partnership with respect to such failure to pay, the Partnership may, in its sole discretion, undertake any one or more of the following steps:

(i) The Partnership may pursue and enforce all rights and remedies the Partnership may have against such Defaulting Limited Partner with respect thereto, including a lawsuit to collect the overdue amount with interest calculated thereon at a rate equal to 20% per annum (but not in excess of the highest rate per annum permitted by law).

(ii) The Partnership may purchase all or any part of the Defaulting Limited Partner’s interest in the Partnership on the terms set forth below. If the Partnership does not elect to purchase the entire interest of the Defaulting Limited Partner, the Partnership may offer such unpurchased interest to one or more Persons (which may or may not include other Limited Partners but shall not include any Defaulting Limited Partner) on the same terms. At the closing of such purchase (on a date and at a place designated by the Partnership), each purchasing Person shall, as payment in full for the Defaulting Limited Partner’s interest being purchased, (A) deliver a non-interest bearing, non-recourse ten-year promissory note (in a form approved by the Partnership), secured only by the Defaulting Limited Partner’s interest being purchased, payable to the Defaulting Limited Partner in an amount equal to 10% of the portion of the Defaulting Limited Partner’s Capital Account being purchased by such Person, and (B) assume the portion of the Defaulting Limited Partner’s obligation to make both defaulted and future Capital Contributions pursuant to its Series B Commitment which are commensurate with the portion of the Defaulting Limited Partner’s interest being purchased by such Person. The Partnership shall handle the mechanics of making the offers set forth herein and shall in its discretion set time limits for acceptance.

(iii) In addition to, or instead of, the other remedies and undertakings available to the Partnership pursuant to this Section 6.7(a) , the Partnership may, in its sole discretion, reduce (and such reduction shall be deemed to be effective as of the date of the default, without giving effect to any applicable cure period) any portion of such Defaulting Limited Partner’s Series B Commitment (which has not been assumed by another Limited Partner) to the amount of the Capital Contributions (which have not been purchased by another Limited Partner) made by such Defaulting Limited Partner; provided that the Partnership shall take some action under this Agreement to ensure that a Defaulting Limited Partner does not receive distributions for any of such Defaulting Limited Partner’s Series B Commitments for which it fails to make Capital Contributions in accordance with this Agreement.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, from and after any date on which a Defaulting Limited Partner’s Series B Commitment is reduced pursuant to subparagraph (iii) above, (A) such Defaulting Limited Partner will

 

51


have no right to receive any distributions, except for distributions made upon the Partnership’s liquidation, (B) such Defaulting Limited Partner’s Capital Account will not be credited with any items of income or gain, which shall instead be treated as increasing the net profit or reducing the net loss allocable to the Limited Partners (other than any Defaulting Limited Partners) but such Defaulting Limited Partner’s Capital Account will be debited with items of Losses or deduction as otherwise provided herein and (C) notwithstanding Section 10.2(b) , upon liquidation such Defaulting Limited Partner shall receive only an amount equal to its Capital Account.

(b) The failure of any Partner to fulfill an obligation hereunder shall not relieve any other Partner of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

(c) In connection with any purchase of a Limited Partnership Interest pursuant to this Section 6.7 , upon the Partnership’s request, the Defaulting Limited Partner shall make customary representations and warranties to each purchaser and will execute a customary transfer agreement.

(d) Each Partner hereby acknowledges that certain provisions of this Agreement (including this Section 6.7 ) provide for specific consequences in the event of a breach of this Agreement by a Partner. Each Partner hereby agrees that the default provisions of this Agreement are fair and reasonable and, in light of the difficulty of determining actual damages, represent a prior agreement among the Partners as to appropriate liquidated damages. Without limiting the general effect of the preceding sentence, the Partners hereby specifically acknowledge and agree that the enforceability of this Section 6.7 is essential to the stability of the Partnership as an organization and to the ability of the Partnership to effectively serve its purpose and conduct its business operations.

(e) Each Partner hereby specifically agrees that, in the event such Partner violates the terms of this Agreement, such Partner shall not be entitled to claim that the Partnership or any of the other Partners are precluded, on the basis of any fiduciary or other duty arising in respect of such Partner’s status as such, from seeking any of the penalties or other remedies permitted under this Agreement or applicable law.

ARTICLE VII

Distributions

7.1 Generally .

(a) Subject to Sections 7.2 and 7.3 , the Board shall have sole discretion regarding the amounts and timing of distributions to Limited Partners, in each case subject to the retention and establishment of reserves of, or payment to third parties of, such funds as it deems necessary with respect to the reasonable business needs of the Partnership which shall include the payment or the making of provision for the payment when due of the Partnership’s obligations, including the payment of any management or administrative fees and expenses or any other obligations.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (i) the Partnership shall not make any distribution to Limited Partners if such distribution would violate Section 17-607 of the Delaware LP Act or other applicable law and (ii) in no event with the General Partner be entitled to receive any distributions from the Partnership.

 

52


7.2 Discretionary Distributions .

(a) Distributions . Subject to Section 7.3 , available cash or other assets (taking such other assets into account at their Fair Market Value at the time of distributions) shall be distributed, at such times and in such amounts as the Board determines in its sole discretion, in the following order and priority:

(i) First , to the holders of Participating Preferred Units, in proportion to and to the extent of the Participating Preferred Unreturned Original Capital Value in respect of the Participating Preferred Units owned by each such holder as of the time of such distribution;

(ii) Second , subject to Section 7.2(b) and until such time as the Series A Participating Preferred Unreturned Second Capital Value in respect of the Series A Participating Preferred Units is reduced to zero dollars ($0), to the holders of Series A Participating Preferred Units and Class A Common Units as follows: (A) to the holders of the Series A Participating Preferred Units ( pro rata based on the number of then issued and outstanding Series A Participating Preferred Units), an amount equal to the product of (x) the Participating Preferred Percentage as of the date of such distribution multiplied by (y) the amount to be distributed pursuant to this Section 7.2(a)(ii) ; and (B) to the holders of the Class A Common Units, ( pro rata based on the then Aggregate Class A Common Units Outstanding), including any deemed owners of Class A-2 Common Units pursuant to Sections 5.9 or 5.10 , an amount equal to the product of (xx) the Class A Common Percentage as of the date of such distribution multiplied by (yy) the amount to be distributed pursuant to this Section 7.2(a)(ii) ;

(iii) Third , subject to Section 7.2(b) , to the holders of Participating Preferred Units and Class A Common Units as follows: (A) to the holders of the Participating Preferred Units ( pro rata based on the number of then issued and outstanding Participating Preferred Units), an amount equal to the product of (x) the Participating Preferred Percentage as of the date of such distribution multiplied by (y) the amount to be distributed pursuant to this Section 7.2(a)(iii) ; and (B) to the holders of the Class A Common Units, ( pro rata based on the then Aggregate Class A Common Units Outstanding), including any deemed owners of Class A-2 Common Units pursuant to Sections 5.9 or 5.10 , an amount equal to the product of (xx) the Class A Common Percentage as of the date of such distribution multiplied by (yy) the amount to be distributed pursuant to this Section 7.2(a)(iii) .

(b) No Right to Receive Certain Distributions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Sections 7.2(a)(ii) and 7.2(a)(iii) :

(i) Class A-2 Common Units with a Threshold Amount . Distributions with respect to each Class A-2 Common Unit with a Threshold Amount which would

 

53


otherwise be made in respect of such Class A-2 Common Unit from time to time pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(ii) or 7.2(a)(iii) (including by virtue of Section 10.2(b) ) will be foregone by the holder thereof in such amount(s) as may be required so that the aggregate amount of distributions foregone with respect to such Class A-2 Common Unit by reason of this Section 7.2(b)(i) is equal to the Threshold Amount for such Class A-2 Common Unit. The amount of any distribution forgone with respect to any Class A-2 Common Unit shall be treated as received with respect to such Class A-2 Common Unit solely for purposes of calculating the right of the holder of such Class A-2 Common Unit to receive further distributions under Sections 7.2(a)(ii) and 7.2(a)(iii) . No holder of any Class A-2 Common Unit will later have the right to receive any distribution which is foregone pursuant to this Section 7.2(b)(i) , except to the extent that any portion of such foregone distribution may be reallocated to such holder in accordance with Section 7.2(b)(ii) .

(ii) Reallocation . Any distribution withheld in respect of any Class A-2 Common Unit pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(i) will be reallocated and paid instead to the holders of Class A Common Units in accordance with the provisions of subclause (B) of Section 7.2(a)(ii) and/or subclause (B) of Section 7.2(a)(iii) , as applicable (subject again to being foregone pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(i) ), unless such distribution withheld in respect of any Class A-2 Common Unit pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(i) is with respect to a Repurchased Price Threshold Amount, in which case, such distribution will be reallocated and paid instead to the holders of the Participating Preferred Units and the Class A Common Units in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.2(a)(ii) and/or Section 7.2(a)(iii) , as applicable (subject again to being foregone pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(i) ).

(c) Meridian Good News Equity Amount .

(i) For purposes of this Section 7.2(c) , the following terms have the following meanings:

Excess Equity Amount ” means, in connection with a Qualified Exit Event, the aggregate amount of the fair market value of the proceeds that the holders of the Partnership’s Units are entitled to receive on the date of such Qualified Exit Event that are in excess of 150% of the then Ladder Equity Book Value, all as determined by the Board in good faith in a manner consistent with the definition of Qualified Exit Event set forth herein.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States.

Ladder Equity Book Value ” means, as of any time, the Partnership’s equity book value, as determined in good faith by the Board based on the Partnership’s then most recent month-end GAAP financial statements, prepared in accordance with the Partnership’s past practices.

Meridian Applicable Percentage ” means 0.80625% (which has been calculated pursuant to the following formula: (A) 1.25% multiplied by (B) (i) $64,500,000 (which represents the aggregate amount of Meridian-Procured Commitments) divided by (ii) $100,000,000).

 

54


Meridian Good News Equity Amount ” means, in connection with a Qualified Exit Event, any proceeds that the holders of the Partnership’s Units are entitled to receive on the date of such Qualified Exit Event that (i) constitute an Excess Equity Amount with respect to such Qualified Exit Event and (ii) are distributable (or otherwise receivable) in connection with such Qualified Exit Event (without regard to the provisions of this Section 7.2(c) ) solely with respect to issued and outstanding Class A Common Units with a Class A Common Percentage equal to the then Meridian Applicable Percentage.

Qualified Exit Event ” means an Approved Company Sale or a Qualified Initial Public Offering as a result of which the holders of the Partnership’s Units are entitled to receive proceeds (in cash or other equity) with a fair market value as of such Approved Company Sale or Qualified Initial Public Offering, as the case may be (which fair market value, in the case of a Qualified Initial Public Offering, shall be determined as set forth in Section 13.15(b) hereof), in excess of 150% of the then Ladder Equity Book Value.

(ii) If, upon the first to occur of an Approved Company Sale or a Qualified Initial Public Offering, such Approved Company Sale or Qualified Initial Public Offering, as the case may be, is a Qualified Exit Event, then an amount of the applicable proceeds otherwise to be received on the date of such Qualified Exit Event by the holders of the Partnership’s Class A Common Units with a fair market value equal to such Qualified Exit Event’s Meridian Good News Equity Amount shall be reallocated to Meridian LCF with respect to its Class A Common Units and distributed or otherwise paid to Meridian LCF rather than to the applicable holders of Class A Common Units in the following manner: (i) 40% of such Meridian Good News Equity Amount shall result in a reduction of the amount otherwise distributable or payable on the date of such Qualified Exit Event to the holders of the then issued and outstanding Class A Common Units (other than any Class A-2 Common Units that were actually issued (as opposed to deemed issued) to, and are then still owned by, Alan Fishman), pro rata based on such holders’ relative ownership of the issued and outstanding Class A Common Units and (ii) 60% of such Meridian Good News Equity Amount shall result in a reduction of the amount otherwise distributable or payable on the date of such Qualified Exit Event to the then holders of the TowerBrook Funds Class A-1 Common Units (whether such holders are then any of the TowerBrook Funds or any other Person), pro rata based on such holders’ relative ownership of the issued and outstanding TowerBrook Funds Class A-1 Common Units.

7.3 Tax Distributions . Subject to the restrictions of any of the Partnership’s and/or its Subsidiaries’ then applicable debt financing agreements and subject to the retention of any other amounts necessary to satisfy the Partnership’s and/or its Subsidiaries’ obligations, at least five days before each date prescribed by the Code for a calendar year corporation to pay quarterly installments of estimated tax, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to distribute to each Limited Partner cash in proportion to and to the extent of such Limited

 

55


Partner’s Quarterly Estimated Tax Amount for the applicable calendar quarter. If, at any time after the final Quarterly Estimated Tax Amount has been distributed pursuant to the previous sentence with respect to any Fiscal Year, the aggregate Tax Distributions to any Limited Partner with respect to such Fiscal Year are less than such Limited Partner’s Tax Amount for such Fiscal Year (a “ Shortfall Amount ”), the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to distribute cash in proportion to and to the extent of each Limited Partner’s Shortfall Amount. The Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to distribute Shortfall Amounts with respect to a Fiscal Year before the 75th day of the next succeeding Fiscal Year ( provided that if the Partnership has made distributions other than pursuant to this Section 7.3 , the Board may apply such distributions to reduce any Shortfall Amount). If the aggregate distributions made to any Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 7.3 for any Fiscal Year exceed such Limited Partner’s Tax Amount (an “ Excess Amount ”) such Excess Amount shall reduce subsequent distributions that would be made to such Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 7.3 . Distributions made pursuant to this Section 7.3 shall not be considered advances on distributions made pursuant to Section 7.2 , and shall not reduce the distributions to be made to any Limited Partner under Section 7.2 . No Limited Partner shall be liable to the Partnership for any amount distributed to it pursuant to this Section 7.3 or for any interest on such amount.

ARTICLE VIII

Allocations

8.1 Allocations of Profits and Losses . The Partnership’s Profit and Loss for any fiscal period shall be allocated among the Limited Partners in such a manner that, as of the end of such fiscal period and to the extent possible, the Capital Account of each Limited Partner shall be equal to the respective net amount which would be distributed to such Limited Partner under this Agreement, determined as if the Partnership were to (a) liquidate the assets of the Partnership for an amount equal to their Book Value as of the end of such fiscal period and (b) distribute the proceeds in liquidation in accordance with Section 10.2 .

8.2 Regulatory and Special Allocations . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.1 :

(a) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or 743(b) is required to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated, as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ), as an item of Profit (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or Loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such Profit or Loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to the Treasury Regulations.

(b) If there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain (determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d)(1)) during any Taxable Year, each Limited Partner shall be specially allocated Profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, subsequent Taxable Years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(g). The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This paragraph is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

56


(c) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated in the manner required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain during any Taxable Year, each Limited Partner that has a share of such Partner Minimum Gain shall be specially allocated Profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, subsequent Taxable Years) in an amount equal to that Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain. Items to be allocated pursuant to this paragraph shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This paragraph is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirements in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(d) In the event any Limited Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )( 4 ), ( 5 ) or ( 6 ), Profits shall be specially allocated to such Limited Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible. This paragraph is intended to comply with the qualified income offset requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(e) The allocations set forth in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) above (the “ Regulatory Allocations ”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 704. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article VIII (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the Regulatory Allocations shall be taken into account in allocating Profits and Losses among Partners so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of such allocations of Profits and Losses and other items and the Regulatory Allocations to each Limited Partner shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to such Limited Partner if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred.

8.3 Curative Allocations . If the Tax Matters Partner determines, after consultation with counsel experienced in income tax matters, that the allocation of any item of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction or credit is not specified in this Article VIII (an “ unallocated item ”), or that the allocation of any item of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction or credit hereunder is clearly inconsistent with the Partners’ economic interests in the Partnership (determined by reference to the general principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b) and the factors set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(3)(ii)) (a “ misallocated item ”), then the Board may allocate such unallocated items, or reallocate such misallocated items, to reflect such economic interests; provided that no such allocation will be made without the prior consent of each Limited Partner that would be affected thereby (which consent no such Limited Partner may unreasonably withhold); and provided , further , that no such allocation shall have any material effect on the amounts distributable to any Partner, including the amounts to be distributed upon the complete liquidation of the Partnership.

 

57


8.4 Forfeiture Allocations and Liquidation Value Safe Harbor .

(a) Notwithstanding Section 8.1 (but subject to Section 8.2 ), allocations relating to a forfeiture of Class A-2 Common Units with respect to which an election has been made pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code shall be made in accordance with Proposed Treasury Regulations 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii) or its successor, or otherwise in accordance with Code Section 704(b).

(b) To the extent provided for in Treasury Regulations, revenue rulings, revenue procedures and/or other Internal Revenue Service guidance issued after the Original Closing Date, the Partnership is hereby authorized to, and at the direction of the Board shall, elect a safe harbor under which the fair market value of any unvested Class A-2 Common Units granted after the effective date of such Treasury Regulations (or other guidance) will be treated as equal to the liquidation value of such Class A-2 Common Units ( i.e. , a value equal to the amount that would, in the reasonable determination of the Board, be distributed with respect to such Class A-2 Common Units, if immediately after the issuance or grant of such Class A-2 Common Units, the assets of the Partnership were sold for their Fair Market Value and the proceeds of such sale (net of any liabilities of the Partnership) were distributed pursuant to Section 7.2 ). In the event that the Partnership makes a safe harbor election as described in the preceding sentence, each Partner hereby agrees to comply with all safe harbor requirements with respect to transfers of Class A-2 Common Units while the safe harbor election remains effective.

8.5 Tax Allocations .

(a) All income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the Partnership shall be allocated, for federal, state and local income tax purposes, among the Partners in accordance with the allocation of such income, gains, losses, deductions and credits among the Partners for computing their Capital Accounts, except that if any such allocation for tax purposes is not permitted by the Code or other applicable law, the Partnership’s subsequent income, gains, losses, deductions and credits shall be allocated among the Partners for tax purposes, to the extent permitted by the Code and other applicable law, so as to reflect as nearly as possible the allocation set forth herein in computing their Capital Accounts. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit realized by the Partnership in any taxable year shall be allocated pro rata to the Partners according to the amount of Profit or Loss, as the case may be, allocated to them in such year.

(b) Items of Partnership taxable income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the traditional method of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(b), or such other method elected by the Board, so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its Book Value.

(c) If the Book Value of any Partnership property is adjusted pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(iv) , subsequent allocations of items of taxable income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such property shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes and its Book Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c).

 

58


(d) Allocations of tax credit, tax credit recapture, and any items related thereto shall be allocated to the Partners according to their interests in such items as determined by the Board taking into account the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii).

(e) Allocations pursuant to this Section 8.5 are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, distributions or other items pursuant to any provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

Elections and Reports

9.1 Generally . The Partnership will keep appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 12.2 .

9.2 Tax Status . The Partners intend that the Partnership be treated as a partnership for federal, state and local income tax purposes and the Partnership and each Partner shall file all tax returns on the basis consistent therewith.

9.3 Tax Elections . The Board will determine whether to make or revoke any available election pursuant to the Code. Each Partner will upon request supply the information necessary to give proper effect to any such election.

9.4 Tax Controversies . The General Partner shall be the “Tax Matters Partner” (as such term is defined in Code Section 6231) for the Partnership. The Tax Matters Partner is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the Tax Matters Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably requested by the Tax Matters Partner with respect to the conduct of such proceedings. Subject to the foregoing proviso, the Tax Matters Partner will have sole discretion to determine whether the Partnership (either in its own behalf or on behalf of the Partners) will contest or continue to contest any tax deficiencies assessed or proposed to be assessed by any taxing authority. Any deficiency for taxes imposed on any Partner (including penalties, additions to tax or interest imposed with respect to such taxes) will be paid by such Partner.

9.5 Waiver of Section 17-305 of the Delaware LP Act . Each Limited Partner hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights that such Limited Partner may have to receive information from the Partnership or the General Partner pursuant to Section 17-305 of the Delaware LP Act.

 

59


9.6 Schedule K-1 . The Partnership shall use reasonable efforts to provide each Partner with such Partner’s U.S. Internal Revenue Schedule K-1 for each fiscal year within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year.

ARTICLE X

Dissolution and Liquidation

10.1 Dissolution . The Partnership shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up only upon the happening of any of the following events:

(a) Upon the election to dissolve the Partnership by action of the Board; or

(b) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 17-802 of the Delaware LP Act; provided that, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no Partner shall make an application for the dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to Section 17-802 of the Delaware LP Act without the unanimous approval of the Partners.

Dissolution of the Partnership shall be effective on the day on which the event occurs giving rise to the dissolution, but the Partnership shall not terminate until the winding up of the Partnership has been completed, the assets of the Partnership have been distributed as provided in Section 10.2 and the Certificate of Limited Partnership shall have been canceled.

10.2 Liquidation .

(a) Liquidator . Upon dissolution of the Partnership, the Board will appoint a person to act as the “ Liquidator ”, and such person shall act as the Liquidator unless and until a successor Liquidator is appointed as provided in this Section 10.2 . The Liquidator will agree not to resign at any time without 30 days’ prior written notice to the Board. The Liquidator may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal and appointment of a successor Liquidator approved by the Board. Any successor Liquidator will succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the former Liquidator. The right to appoint a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided in this Section 10.2 will be recurring and continuing for so long as the functions and services of the Liquidator are authorized to continue under the provisions of this Agreement, and every reference in this Agreement to the Liquidator will be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator appointed in the manner provided in this Section 10.2 . The Liquidator will receive as compensation for its services (1) no additional compensation, if the Liquidator is an employee of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries or is a TowerBrook Investor, GI Investor or any of their respective Affiliates, or (2) if the Liquidator is not such a Person, such compensation as the Board may approve, plus, in either case, reimbursement of the Liquidator’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in performing its duties.

(b) Liquidating Actions . The Liquidator will liquidate the assets of the Partnership and apply and distribute the proceeds of such liquidation, in the following order of priority, unless otherwise required by mandatory provisions of applicable law:

(i) First , to the payment of the Partnership’s debts and obligations to its creditors (including Partners), including sales commissions and other expenses incident to any sale of the assets of the Partnership, in order of the priority provided by law.

 

60


(ii) Second , to the establishment of and additions to such reserves as the Board deems necessary or appropriate.

(iii) Third , to the Partners, in accordance with Section 7.2 .

The reserves established pursuant to clause (ii) above will be paid over by the Liquidator to a bank or other financial institution, to be held in escrow for the purpose of paying any such contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations and, at the expiration of such period as the Board deems advisable, such reserves will be distributed to the Partners in accordance with Section 7.2 in the manner provided above in this Section 10.2(b) . The allocations and distributions provided for in this Agreement are intended to result in the Capital Account of each Partner immediately prior to the distribution of the Partnership’s assets pursuant to this Section 10.2(b) being equal to the amount distributable to such Partner pursuant to this Section 10.2(b) .

(c) Distribution in Kind . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.2(b) which require the liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth in Section 10.2(b) and subject to the terms of the AIMCo Letter Agreement, if upon dissolution of the Partnership the Board determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or could cause undue loss to the Partners, the Board may, in its sole discretion, defer the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy Partnership liabilities and reserves, and may, in its absolute discretion, distribute to the Partners, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2(b) , undivided interests in such Partnership assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such distribution in kind will be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any agreements governing the operating of such properties at such time. For purposes of any such distribution, any property to be distributed will be valued at its Fair Market Value.

(d) Reasonable Time for Winding Up . A reasonable time will be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Partnership and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 10.2(b) in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up. Distributions upon liquidation of the Partnership (or any Partner’s interest in the Partnership) and related adjustments will be made by the end of the Fiscal Year of the liquidation (or, if later, within 90 days after the date of such liquidation) or as otherwise permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( b ).

(e) Termination . Upon completion of the distribution of the assets of the Partnership as provided in Section 10.2(b) , the Partnership shall be terminated and the Liquidator shall cause the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership in the State of Delaware and shall take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership.

 

61


ARTICLE XI

Transfer of Units

11.1 Restrictions .

(a) Transfer Restrictions . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each TowerBrook Investor and GI Investor may Transfer any Units it holds to (i) any of its Permitted Transferees pursuant to Section 11.1(c)(i) , (ii) any other Person so long such TowerBrook Investor or GI Investor, as the case may be, has complied with the terms and requirements of Sections 11.1(b) , 11.6 and 11.7 (as applicable), (iii) in connection with the exercise of its rights pursuant to Section 11.1(b) , and (iv) in connection with an Approved Company Sale pursuant to Section 12.1 ; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no TowerBrook Investor or GI Investor shall be permitted to Transfer any Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units pursuant to clauses (ii) or (iii) above. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each Limited Partner (other than any TowerBrook Investor or GI Investor) may only Transfer any Units it holds (i) to any of its Permitted Transferees pursuant to Section 11.1(c)(i) , (ii) if approved in writing by the Board (which approval the Board shall provide only in its sole discretion, unless a Limited Partner proposes to Transfer any Vested Original Class A-2 Common Unit or any Vested Warehoused Class A-2 Common Unit as a gift without consideration to a charitable organization, in which case such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by the Board), (iii) in connection with the exercise of its rights, if any, pursuant to Section 11.1(b) , (iv) in connection with an Approved Company Sale pursuant to Section 12.1 , or (v) to the Partnership; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no Limited Partner shall be permitted to Transfer any Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units pursuant to clause (iii) above.

(b) Tag-Along Rights .

(i) General . Subject to Section 11.1(c) and except as provided in (ii) below, at least 10 Business Days prior to the Transfer by any TowerBrook Investor or GI Investor (the “ Transferring Investor ”) of any Series B Participating Preferred Units, Series A Participating Preferred Units, Class A-1 Common Units or Class A-2 Common Units (if applicable) to any Person(s) (including a Transfer of any such Units pursuant to Section 11.6 ) the applicable Transferring Investor shall deliver a written notice (the “ Sale Notice ”) to each holder of Participating Preferred Units that is not a Transferring Investor (but only if the Transferring Investor is Transferring Participating Preferred Units) and to each Tag-Along Manager (regardless of the class or series of Units being transferred) (collectively, the “ Recipient Investors ”), specifying in reasonable detail the type, class or series, and the number of such Units to be Transferred, and the purchase price therefor, as well as the other material terms of the proposed Transfer. Any of the applicable Recipient Investors may elect to participate in such contemplated Transfer pursuant to the terms of this subsection (b) by delivering written notice to the applicable Transferring Investor within 10 Business Days after delivery of the applicable Sale Notice.

(ii) Exceptions . A Transferring Investor shall not be obligated to deliver a Sale Notice and the provisions of subsections (b)(i) and (b)(iii) through (b)(viii) shall not apply to Transfers pursuant to a Public Offering or pursuant to any of clause (i)

 

62


or (iv) of the first sentence of Section 11.1(a) above, and (I) with respect to up to 5% in the aggregate of the number of Class A-1 Common Units owned by the TowerBrook Investors as of the Original Closing Date and with respect to up to 5% in the aggregate of the number of Class A-1 Common Units owned by the GI Investors as of the Original Closing Date, (II) with respect to up to 5% in the aggregate of the Series A Participating Preferred Units owned by the TowerBrook Investors or the GI Investors, as the case may be, as of the Second Effective Date, (III) with respect to up to 5% in the aggregate of the Series B Participating Preferred Units issuable to the TowerBrook Investors or the GI Investors, as the case may be, as of the Second Effective Date assuming such Persons have funded their aggregate Series B Commitments as of the Second Effective Date in full (provided that if upon the expiration of the Series B Commitment Period such Series B Commitments have not been funded in full, then with respect to up to 5% in the aggregate of the number of Series B Participating Preferred Units actually issued to the TowerBrook Investors or GI Investors, as the case may be, with respect to their aggregate Series B Commitments as of the Second Effective Date) and (IV) in the case of any GI Investor, any Transfer by such GI Investor during any ROFR Period so long as such GI Investor has complied with the terms of Section 11.7 .

(iii) Transfer of Class A Common Units . If any Tag-Along Manager that is a Recipient Investor elects to participate in any such Transfer by a Transferring Investor of Class A Common Units, such Tag-Along Manager who elects to participate (the “ Tagging Investor ”, and collectively with the applicable Transferring Investor, the “ Participating Investors ”) shall be entitled to sell in such contemplated Transfer of Class A Common Units, at the same price and on the same terms (but appropriately taking into account any applicable Threshold Amount), up to a number of Class A-1 Common Units and Class A-2 Common Units equal to the product of (x) a fraction, (A) the numerator of which is the number of Class A-1 Common Units and Class A-2 Common Units owned by such Tagging Investor and (B) the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Class A-1 Common Units and Class A-2 Common Units owned by all of the Participating Investors (in each case, other than any Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units), multiplied by (y) the aggregate Class A Common Units contemplated to be sold by such Transferring Investor in such contemplated Transfer ( provided that, to the extent that any such Tag-Along Manager that is a Tagging Investor elects to so participate, such Tag-Along Manager must first include in such Transfer the Class A-1 Common Units owned by such Tag-Along Manager; then, if available, the Vested Original Class A-2 Common Units owned by such Tag-Along Manager; then, if available, the Vested Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units owned by such Tag-Along Manager; and finally, if available, the Unvested Original Class A-2 Common Units owned by such Tag-Along Manager).

(iv) Transfer of Participating Preferred Units . If any Recipient Investor elects to participate in such Transfer by a Transferring Investor of Participating Preferred Units, each Recipient Investor who elects to participate (also, the “ Tagging Investors ”, and collectively with the applicable Transferring Investor, also, the “ Participating Investors ”) shall be entitled to sell in such contemplated Transfer, on the same terms and at the price determined in the next sentence but subject to subsection (vii) below, up to a number of Participating Preferred Units to be sold in such contemplated Transfer equal to

 

63


the product of (x) a fraction, (A) the numerator of which is the number of Participating Preferred Units owned by such Tagging Investor and (B) the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Participating Preferred Units owned collectively by all of the Participating Investors, multiplied by (y) the aggregate number of Participating Preferred Units to be sold in such contemplated Transfer (with an allocation of Series A Participating Preferred Units and/or Series B Participating Preferred Units to be included by the Tagging Investor in such contemplated Transfer to be as close as reasonably possible (given the ownership of Series A Participating Preferred Units and/or Series B Participating Preferred Units by the Tagging Investor) as the allocation of Series A Participating Preferred Units and/or Series B Participating Preferred Units to be included by the Transferring Investor in such contemplated Transfer). If the Transferring Investor contemplates Transferring any Series B Participating Preferred Unit for a purchase price per Series B Participating Preferred Unit in excess of the then Series B Participating Preferred Unreturned Capital Value, then the Recipient Investor shall be entitled to sell in such contemplated Transfer at the same price per Participating Preferred Unit as the Transferring Investor; if the Transferring Investor contemplates Transferring any Series A Participating Preferred Unit for a purchase price per Series A Participating Preferred Unit in excess of the then Participating Preferred Unreturned Total Capital Value of such Series A Participating Preferred Unit, then the Recipient Investor shall be entitled to sell in such contemplated Transfer at the same price per Participating Preferred Unit as the Transferring Investor; if the Transferring Investor contemplates transferring any Series A Participating Preferred Unit for a purchase price per Series A Participating Preferred Unit in excess of the then Participating Preferred Unreturned Capital Value of such Series A Participating Preferred Unit but less than or equal to the Participating Preferred Unreturned Total Capital Value of such Series A Participating Preferred Unit, then the Recipient Investor shall be entitled to sell in such contemplated Transfer (A) Series A Participating Preferred Units at the same price per Participating Preferred Unit as the Transferring Investor and (B) Series B Participating Preferred Units at a price per Series B Participating Preferred Unit equal to the then Series B Participating Preferred Unreturned Capital Value; and if the Transferring Investor contemplates transferring any Participating Preferred Unit for a purchase price per Participating Preferred Unit less than the then Participating Preferred Unreturned Original Capital Value, then the Recipient Investor shall be entitled to sell in such contemplated Transfer at a price per Participating Preferred Unit that reflects the same ratio of purchase price to Participating Preferred Unreturned Original Capital Value as will be paid to the Transferring Investor.

(v) Ability of Tag-Along Managers to Participate in Certain Applicable Transfers of Participating Preferred Units . If the Transferring Investor contemplates transferring any Participating Preferred Unit for a purchase price per Participating Preferred Unit in excess of the then Participating Preferred Unreturned Total Capital Value attributable to such Participating Preferred Units, then, so long as a Tag-Along Manager has exercised his or her rights under this Section 11.1(b) to include all of his or her available Participating Preferred Units, if any, in such contemplated Transfer, such Tag-Along Manager also will be entitled to sell a number of Class A-1 Common Units and Class A-2 Common Units (other than Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units) determined according to the following provisions: First, solely with respect to the contemplated Transfer, each Participating Preferred Unit will be

 

64


assigned a “ Common Equivalent Percentage Point ” equal to the then Participating Preferred Percentage divided by the aggregate number of outstanding Participating Preferred Units. Second, solely with respect to the contemplated Transfer, each Class A Common Unit will be assigned a “Common Equivalent Percentage Point” equal to the then Class A Common Percentage divided by the Aggregate Outstanding Class A Common Units. Third, each Tag-Along Manager to whom this subsection applies shall be entitled to sell a number of Class A Common Units with aggregate Common Equivalent Percentage Points equal to (I) the product of (X) the aggregate number of Common Equivalent Percentage Points to be sold in the contemplated Transfer multiplied by (Y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate Common Equivalent Percentage Points owned by such Tag-Along Manager (other than with respect to any Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units owned by such Tag-Along Manager) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Common Equivalent Percentage Points owned collectively by all Participating Investors (other than with respect to any Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units) minus (II) the Common Equivalent Percentage Points associated with the Participating Preferred Units of such Tag-Along Manager that are to be sold in such contemplated Transfer ( provided that, to the extent that any such Tag-Along Manager that is a Tagging Investor elects to so participate, such Tag-Along Manager must first include in such Transfer the Class A-1 Common Units owned by such Tag-Along Manager; then, if available, the Vested Original Class A-2 Common Units owned by such Tag-Along Manager; then, if available, the Vested Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units owned by such Tag-Along Manager; and finally, if available, the Unvested Original Class A-2 Common Units owned by such Tag-Along Manager). In the event any Tag-Along Managers elect to include any Class A-1 Common Units and/or Class A-2 Common Units in any such Transfer as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, the number of Participating Preferred Units that would otherwise be included by the Participating Investors in such Transfer shall be appropriately reduced ( pro rata based on the relative number of such Participating Preferred Units such Participating Investors had elected to include in such Transfer) so that the aggregate Common Equivalent Percentage Points Transferred after giving effect to this Section 11.1(b) is the same as the aggregate Common Equivalent Percentage Points initially proposed to the Transferred. Each seller of Participating Preferred Units shall be permitted to identify the Participating Preferred Units originally proposed to be Transferred that after application of this Section 11.1(b) will not be Transferred. The aggregate purchase price in connection with the contemplated Transfer shall be reduced by (AA) the Participating Preferred Unreturned Total Capital Value associated with any Participating Preferred Units that will not be Transferred solely as a result of any Tag-Along Manager’s inclusion of Class A Common Units in such contemplated Transfer as a result of the provisions of this Section 11.1(b) minus (BB) the aggregate amount that would be received with respect to the Class A Common Units to be Transferred solely as a result of any Tag-Along Manager’s inclusion of Class A Common Units in such contemplated Transfer as a result of the provisions of this Section 11.1(b) in a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 10.2(b)(iii) but solely with respect to distributions pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(ii) had a Participating Preferred Unit received the amount to be paid in the contemplated Transfer in the same liquidating distribution (the “ Section 7.2(a)(ii) Amount ”). The purchase price paid in connection with such Transfer

 

65


equal to (A) the Participating Preferred Unreturned Total Capital Value associated with the Participating Preferred Units to be actually Transferred shall be paid with respect to those Participating Preferred Units, (B the Section 7.2(a)(ii) Amount shall be paid with respect to the Class A Common Units to be Transferred solely as a result of any Tag-Along Manager’s inclusion of Class A Common Units in such contemplated Transfer as a result of the provisions of this Section 11.1(b) and the amount of such purchase price in excess of the sum of (A) and (B) shall be allocated among the holders of the Participating Preferred Units, Class A-1 Common Units and Class A-2 Common Units to be actually Transferred pro rata based on the Common Equivalent Percentage Points to be sold by each of them (but appropriately taking into account any applicable Threshold Amount).

(vi) Ability of Tag-Along Managers to Participate in Certain Other Transfers of Series A Participating Preferred Units . If the Transferring Investor contemplates transferring any Series A Participating Preferred Unit for a purchase price per Series A Participating Preferred Unit in excess of the then Series A Participating Preferred Unreturned Capital Value but less than the Participating Preferred Unreturned Total Capital Value attributable to such Series A Participating Preferred Unit, then, so long as a Tag-Along Manager has exercised his or her rights under this Section 11.1(b) to include all of his or her available Participating Preferred Units, if any, in such contemplated Transfer, such Tag-Along Manager also will be entitled to sell a number of Class A-1 Common Units and Class A-2 Common Units (other than Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units) determined according to the following provisions: First, solely with respect to the contemplated Transfer, each Participating Preferred Unit will be assigned a “ Common Equivalent Percentage Point ” equal to the then Participating Preferred Percentage divided by the aggregate number of outstanding Participating Preferred Units. Second, solely with respect to the contemplated Transfer, each Class A Common Unit will be assigned a “Common Equivalent Percentage Point” equal to the then Class A Common Percentage divided by the Aggregate Outstanding Class A Common Units. Third, each Tag-Along Manager to whom this subsection applies shall be entitled to sell a number of Class A Common Units with aggregate Common Equivalent Percentage Points equal to (I) the product of (X) the aggregate number of Common Equivalent Percentage Points to be sold in the contemplated Transfer multiplied by (Y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate Common Equivalent Percentage Points owned by such Tag-Along Manager (other than with respect to any Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units owned by such Tag-Along Manager) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Common Equivalent Percentage Points owned collectively by all Participating Investors (other than with respect to any Re-Issuable Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units) minus (II) the Common Equivalent Percentage Points associated with the Participating Preferred Units of such Tag-Along Manager that are to be sold in such contemplated Transfer ( provided that, to the extent that any such Tag-Along Manager that is a Tagging Investor elects to so participate, such Tag-Along Manager must first include in such Transfer the Class A-1 Common Units owned by such Tag-Along Manager; then, if available, the Vested Original Class A-2 Common Units owned by such Tag-Along Manager; then, if available, the Vested Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units owned by such Tag-Along Manager; and finally, if available, the Unvested Original Class A-2 Common Units owned by such Tag-Along

 

66


Manager). In the event any Tag-Along Managers elect to include any Class A-1 Common Units and/or Class A-2 Common Units in any such Transfer as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, the number of Series A Participating Preferred Units that would otherwise be included by the Participating Investors in such Transfer shall be appropriately reduced ( pro rata based on the relative number of such Series A Participating Preferred Units such Participating Investors had elected to include in such Transfer) so that the aggregate Common Equivalent Percentage Points Transferred after giving effect to this Section 11.1(b) is the same as the aggregate Common Equivalent Percentage Points initially proposed to the Transferred. Each seller of Series A Participating Preferred Units shall be permitted to identify the Series A Participating Preferred Units originally proposed to be Transferred that after application of this Section 11.1(b) will not be Transferred. The purchase price in connection with the contemplated Transfer paid for any Series A Participating Preferred Unit shall be the purchase price per Series A Participating Preferred Unit originally proposed to the Transferring Investor. The purchase price in connection with the contemplated Transfer paid for any Class A Common Unit shall be an amount per Class A Common Unit that would be received in a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 10.2(b)(iii) had a Series A Participating Preferred Unit received the amount to be paid in the contemplated Transfer in the same liquidating distribution.

(vii) Coordination of Subsections (iv), (v) and (vi) . In the event a Tag-Along Manager proposes to Transfer Class A Common Units pursuant to subsection (v) or (vi), then with respect to such proposed Transfer the provisions of subsection (iv) shall be applied first and for purposes of subsections (v) and (vi) the Transferors of Participating Preferred Units (after giving effect to subsection (iv)) shall be treated as a single Transferring Investor. The reduction in Participating Preferred Units to be sold as a result of the application of subsection (v) or (vi) shall be applied pro rata (based on the number of Participating Units to be sold prior to the application of subsection (v) or (vi)).

(viii) Miscellaneous . Each Limited Partner Transferring Units pursuant to this Section 11.1(b) shall pay its pro rata share (based on the amount of consideration received) of the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the applicable Transferring Investor in connection with such Transfer ( provided that if the Partnership covers such expenses for any Limited Partner it shall cover such expenses for all Limited Partners) and shall take all reasonably necessary and desirable actions as reasonably directed by the applicable Transferring Investor in connection with the consummation of such Transfer, including executing the applicable purchase agreement so long as the representations, warranties and covenants therein are substantially the same (as applicable) as those given by the Transferring Investor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any such Transfer, (i) no Limited Partner shall have any liability relating to any representation, warranty or covenant made by any other Limited Partner, (ii) any direct liability of any Limited Partner in respect of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Partnership shall be several (but not joint) with the other selling Limited Partners ( pro rata based on the aggregate consideration to be paid to such Limited Partners in connection with such sale) and (iii) other than acts of fraud or intentional misrepresentation by such Limited Partner, the aggregate liability of any Limited Partner in respect of any representation or warranty of the Partnership or such

 

67


Limited Partner or covenant made by the Partnership shall not exceed the amount of the consideration received by such Limited Partner. With respect to any particular Transfer by any TowerBrook Investor or GI Investor, as the case may be, that is subject to the provisions of this Section 11.1(b) , the rights granted under this Section 11.1(b) to the Tag-Along Managers with respect to such particular Transfer may be waived in writing by the Class A-2 Common Majority Holders, in which case, no Tag-Along Manager will have any rights under this Section 11.1(b) with respect to such particular Transfer by such Person. This Section 11.1(b) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of an Approved Company Sale or a Qualified Initial Public Offering. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, (i) the TowerBrook Investors agree that the rights and obligations with respect to sales or other transfers for economic value (including by way of a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction) of capital stock of TCP Blocker Corporation shall apply for the benefit of the Recipient Investors with equal force to a sale or other transfer for economic value (including by way of a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction) of Units as set forth herein, but only to the extent any such sale or other transfer of capital stock of TCP Blocker Corporation would give rise to any such rights and obligations pursuant to this Section 11.1(b) if such sale or other transfer was made of Units owned directly by TCP Blocker Corporation and (ii) subject to Section 11.1(c) , the GI Investors agree that the rights and obligations with respect to sales or other transfers for economic value (including by way of a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction) of capital stock of any GI Blocker Corporation or equity securities of GI Partners Holdco shall apply for the benefit of the Recipient Investors with equal force to a sale or other transfer for economic value (including by way of a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction) of Units as set forth herein, but only to the extent any such sale or other transfer of capital stock of such GI Blocker Corporation or equity securities of GI Partners Holdco would give rise to any such rights and obligations pursuant to this Section 11.1(b) if such sale or other transfer was made of Units owned directly by such GI Blocker Corporation or GI Partners Holdco. In such event, the Recipient Investors may Transfer a pro rata number of their Units as determined by the participating parties in good faith, in order that the provisions of this Section 11.1(b) are replicated to the maximum extent possible, and the applicable terms and conditions of this Section 11.1(b) shall apply to the indirect transfer.

(c) Permitted Transfers .

(i) The restrictions contained in Sections 11.1(a) , 11.1(b) and 11.6 shall not apply with respect to any Transfer of Units by any Limited Partner (A) in the case of an individual Limited Partner, pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution or, to such Limited Partner’s Family Group, (B) in the case of a non-individual Limited Partner, to its Affiliates (which, for purposes of this Section 11.1(c) , (1) with respect to any TowerBrook Investor, shall include, without limitation, (x) the respective partners, members or stockholders of such TowerBrook Investor and (y) any other TowerBrook Investor and the respective partners, members or stockholders of any other TowerBrook Investor, (2) with respect to any GI Investor, shall include, without limitation, (xx) the respective partners, members or stockholders of such GI Investor and (yy) any other GI Investor and the respective partners, members or stockholders of any other GI Investor) and (3) with respect to any Meridian Investor

 

68


(other than Alan Fishman), shall include, without limitation, any Meridian Affiliate, or (C) in the case of the Initial AIMCo Partner or any other AIMCo Permitted Holder that may become a Limited Partner, to an AIMCo Permitted Holder; provided , in each case, that any such transferee shall have complied with the requirements of Section 11.1(c)(iv) .

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the restrictions contained in Sections 11.1(a) , 11.1(b) and 11.6 shall not apply with respect to any Transfer (including, without limitation, any sale or other transfer for economic value (including, without limitation, by way of merger, consolidation or other similar transaction)) of (I) any capital stock of TCP Blocker Corporation or any equity securities of TowerBrook Holdings to (A) any private equity fund advised or managed on a consistent and arms-length basis by TCP or any Affiliate of TCP or (B) any Affiliate of TCP or any TowerBrook Investor, or (II) any capital stock of any GI Blocker Corporation or any equity securities of GI Partners Holdco to (AA) any private equity fund advised or managed on a consistent and arms-length basis by GI Manager or any Affiliate of GI Manager or (BB) any Affiliate of GI Manager or any GI Investor.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the restrictions contained in Sections 11.1(a) , 11.1(b) and 11.6 shall not apply with respect to any reallocation of any Class A-1 Common Units as expressly provided for in the Class A-1 Common Unit Grant Agreement.

(iv) Prior to any proposed transferee’s acquisition of Units pursuant to a Transfer permitted by Section 11.1(a) (other than a Transfer made to the Partnership or in connection with an Approved Company Sale pursuant to Section 12.1 ) unless waived in writing by the Partnership (after receiving approval from the Board, provided that any such waiver in connection with any Transfer by a TowerBrook Investor or a GI Investor shall require approval from a majority of the votes of the then Independent Directors), such proposed transferee must agree to take such Units subject to and to be fully bound by the terms of this Agreement applicable to such Units by executing a joinder to this Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and delivering such executed joinder to the Partnership prior to the effectiveness of such Transfer (unless such Transfer is pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution, in which case, such executed joinder shall be delivered to the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable after such Transfer). All transferees acquiring Units and executing a joinder in compliance with this Section 11.1(c)(iv) are collectively referred to herein as “ Permitted Transferees ”.

(v) If any Limited Partner Transfers Units to an Affiliate and an event occurs which causes such Affiliate to cease to be an Affiliate of such Limited Partner unless, prior to such event, such Affiliate Transfers such Units back to such Limited Partner or to another Affiliate of such Limited Partner (but only if such Limited Partner or such Affiliate of such Limited Partner has complied with the provisions of Sections 11.1(c)(i) and 11.1(c)(iv) ), then, in each case, such event or Transfer shall be deemed a Transfer of Units subject to all of the restrictions on Transfers of Units set forth in this Agreement, including this Section 11.1 .

 

69


11.2 Void Transfers . Except for Transfers of Units pursuant to a Approved Company Sale (to which this Article XI shall not apply), each Limited Partner acknowledges and agrees that such Limited Partner shall not Transfer any Unit(s) except in accordance with the provisions of this Article XI . Any attempted Transfer of any Unit(s) in violation of the preceding sentence shall be deemed null and void for all purposes, and the Partnership will not record any such Transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee as the owner of such Unit(s) for any purpose.

11.3 General Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) no transferee of any Unit(s) received pursuant to a Transfer (but excluding transferees that were Limited Partners immediately prior to such a Transfer, who shall automatically become a Limited Partner with respect to any additional Units they so acquire) shall become a Limited Partner in respect of or be deemed to have any ownership rights in the Unit(s) so Transferred unless the purported transferee is admitted as a Limited Partner as set forth in Section 11.4 and (ii) unless waived by the Partnership, no Limited Partner may Transfer any Units (except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or to members of such Limited Partner’s Family Group without consideration (but only if the Partnership has received from the transferor written evidence that is reasonably satisfactory to the Partnership demonstrating that such Transfer is to a member of such Limited Partner’s Family Group without consideration)) without, at the Partnership’s request, first delivering to the Partnership an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Partnership (which counsel will be reasonably acceptable to the Partnership) that registration under the Securities Act is not required in connection with such Transfer. The Partnership shall modify the Limited Partners Schedule from time to time to reflect the admittance of any such Limited Partner.

(b) Following a Transfer of any Unit(s) that is permitted under this Article XI , the transferee of such Unit(s) shall succeed to the Capital Account associated with such Unit(s) and shall receive allocations and distributions under Articles VI , VII , VIII and X in respect of such Unit(s). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Profits, Losses and other items will be allocated between the transferor and the transferee according to Code Section 706.

(c) Any Limited Partner who Transfers all his or its Units (i) shall cease to be a Limited Partner upon such Transfer, and (ii) shall no longer possess or have the power to exercise any rights or powers of a Limited Partner of the Partnership.

11.4 Procedures for Transfer . Subject in all events to the general restrictions on Transfers contained in Sections 11.1 , 11.3 and 11.5 , no Transfer of Unit(s) may be completed to a Person that is not already a Limited Partner until the prospective transferee is admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership by executing and delivering to the Partnership a written undertaking to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. Upon the amendment of the Limited Partners Schedule by the Partnership, such prospective transferee shall be admitted as a Limited Partner and deemed listed as such on the books and records of the Partnership.

 

70


11.5 Limitations .

(a) In order to permit the Partnership to qualify for the benefit of a “safe harbor” under Code Section 7704, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Transfer of any Unit shall be permitted or recognized by the Partnership (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(d)) and the Partnership shall not issue any Units if and to the extent that such Transfer or issuance would cause the Partnership to have more than 100 partners (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h), including the look-through rule in Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)).

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Unit may be Transferred and the Partnership may not issue any Unit unless (i) such Transfer or issuance, as the case may be, shall not affect the Partnership’s existence or qualification as a limited liability limited partnership under the Delaware LP Act, (ii) such Transfer or issuance, as the case may be, shall not cause the Partnership to be classified as other than a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, (iii) such Transfer or issuance, as the case may be, shall not result in a termination of the Partnership under Code Section 708, unless the Board determines that any such termination will not have a material adverse impact on the Limited Partners, (iv) such Transfer shall not cause the Partnership to lose its ability to rely on the “qualified purchaser” exemption of Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (v) such Transfer shall not cause all or any portion of the assets of the Partnership to constitute “plan assets” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the related provisions of the Code and the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, in each case as amended from time to time and (vi) such Transfer or issuance, as the case may be, shall not cause the application of the tax-exempt use property rules of Code Sections 168(g)(l)(B) and 168(h) to the Partnership or its Limited Partners.

11.6 Right of First Offer .

(a) Subject to Section 11.1(c) , at least 20 Business Days prior to the Transfer by any TowerBrook Investor or any GI Investor of any Units to any Person(s) (including any indirect Transfer of Units by means of a sale or other transfer for economic value (including by way of a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction) of capital stock of a Blocker Corporation or equity securities of GI Partners Holdco) (other than pursuant to a Public Offering or pursuant to any of clause (i) or (iv) of the first sentence of Section 11.1(a) above, and other than (I) with respect to up to 5% in the aggregate of the number of Class A-1 Common Units owned by the TowerBrook Investors as of the Original Closing Date and with respect to up to 5% in the aggregate of the number of Class A-1 Common Units owned by GI Investors as of the Original Closing Date, (II) with respect to up to 5% in the aggregate of the Series A Participating Preferred Units owned by the TowerBrook Investors or the GI Investors, as the case may be, as of the Original Closing Date, (III) with respect to up to 5% in the aggregate of the Series B Participating Preferred Units issuable to the TowerBrook Investors or the GI Investors, as the case may be, as of the Second Effective Date assuming such Persons have funded their aggregate Series B Commitments as of the Second Effective Date in full (provided that if upon the expiration of the Series B Commitment Period such Series B Commitments have not been funded in full, then with respect to up to 5% in the aggregate of the number of Series B

 

71


Participating Preferred Units actually issued to the TowerBrook Investors or GI Investors, as the case may be, with respect to their aggregate Series B Commitments as of the Second Effective Date), or (IV) in the case of any GI Investor, any Transfer during any ROFR Period), such Transferring Investor shall give notice (the “ ROFO Notice ”) to Brian Harris (but only if Brian Harris is then the Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries) and to the TowerBrook Investors (if such Transferring Investor is a GI Investor) or to the GI Investors (if such Transferring Investor is a TowerBrook Investor), as the case may be, (Brian Harris (if he is then eligible to receive such ROFO Notice), and such TowerBrook Investors or GI Investors being collectively referred to herein as the “ Offered Holders ”) specifying the Units (and/or the capital stock of any applicable Blocker Corporation or equity securities of GI Partners Holdco) proposed to be Transferred (any such Units and any such capital stock, the “ Offered Units ”). At any time within 10 Business Days after delivery of the ROFO Notice (the “ Exercise Period ”) any Offered Holder (other than Brian Harris) may notify such Transferring Holder (with a copy to Brian Harris, if he is then an Offered Holder) in writing of its offer to purchase all of the Offered Units and the price (the “ Offered Price ”) and the other terms upon which the Offered Holder proposes to purchase such Offered Units (such offer must be solely for cash) (the “ Offer Notice ”). If an Offer Notice is delivered to such Transferring Holder and if Brian Harris is then an Offered Holder, then at any time within five Business Days after the delivery of such Offer Notice to such Transferring Holder, Brian Harris may notify such Transferring Holder and the Offered Holder that delivered such Offer Notice in writing of his offer to purchase one-seventh of each series, class and type of Offered Units at the same applicable Offered Price and other terms as set forth in such Offer Notice (the “ Harris Offer Notice ”). Any Offer Notice will constitute an irrevocable offer by the applicable Offered Holder to acquire the Offered Units (other than any Offered Units for which a Harris Offer Notice has been delivered by Brian Harris) from such Transferring Holder at the Offered Price and on the terms specified in such Offer Notice, and any Harris Offer Notice will constitute an irrevocable offer by Brian Harris to acquire the Offered Units covered thereby in the manner and on the terms described above.

(b) At any time during the 30-day period commencing upon the date six Business Days after the expiration of the Exercise Period, such Transferring Holder may (x) deliver written notice to the applicable Offered Holder(s) accepting the applicable offer set forth in both the applicable Offer Notice and any related Harris Offer Notice (an “ Acceptance Notice ”) or (y) Transfer all of the Offered Units under the Offer Notice, at a price which is greater than the price specified in such Offer Notice and on other terms and conditions which are not in the aggregate more favorable to the transferee thereof than those specified in the Offer Notice, to any Person(s); provided that, in either case, such Transferring Holder shall also comply with any applicable provisions of Section 11.1(b) hereof. Upon the proper delivery of an Acceptance Notice, the applicable Offered Holder(s) (including Brian Harris, if he has delivered a Harris Offer Notice in connection therewith) and such Transferring Holder shall be firmly bound to consummate the purchase and sale of the Offered Units in accordance with the terms hereof and the applicable ROFO Notice, Offer Notice, Harris Offer Notice (if any) and Acceptance Notice. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.1(b) hereof and this Section 11.6 , within 60 days after the applicable Offered Holder’s receipt of the applicable Acceptance Notice, such Offered Holder shall purchase and such Transferring Holder shall sell all of the Offered Units under the Offer Notice (other than any Offered Units for which a Harris Offer Notice has been delivered by Brian Harris) (or in the case such Transferring Holder is Brian Harris, then all of the Offered Units covered by the applicable Harris Offer Notice) at a mutually agreeable time and place (the

 

72


Offered Units Closing ”). At the Offered Units Closing, such Transferring Holder shall deliver to the applicable Offered Holder title and ownership to the applicable number of Offered Units, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, and such Offered Holder shall deliver to such Transferring Holder the applicable Offered Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account(s) designated by such Transferring Holder. Any Offered Units not Transferred within the applicable time periods specified above in this Section 11.6 will again be subject to the provisions of this Section 11.6 upon any subsequent proposed Transfer.

11.7 Right of First Refusal . If, pursuant to Section 3.1(j) , a majority of the TCP Directors terminate the employment of Ladder Capital Finance LLC’s Chief Executive Officer without the consent of the GI Directors (which as provided by the terms of Section 3.1(j) can only occur prior to September 22, 2011), the GI Investors may transfer all, but not less than all, of the Participating Preferred Units held by such GI Investors (except, in the case of Participating Preferred Units held by the GI Blocker Corporations, in which case, at the election of the GI Investors, all of the then issued and outstanding capital stock of the GI Blocker Corporations) (such Participating Preferred Units and any such capital stock of the GI Blocker Corporations, collectively, the “ GI Preferred Equity Securities ”) to any Person who is not a competitor of the Partnership within 180 days (but subject to extension for up to 90 days if required to obtain regulatory approvals or consents of any governmental authority) of such termination (any such period, a “ ROFR Period ”) without being required to comply with any of the restrictions contained in Sections 11.1(a) , 11.1(b) or 11.6 (a “ ROFR Transfer ”) but subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 11.7 . At least 20 Business Days prior to consummating any ROFR Transfer, the GI Investors shall give notice (the “ ROFR Notice ”) to the Partnership specifying the name of the proposed transferee, the price and the other terms upon which such proposed transferee proposes to purchase such GI Preferred Equity Securities. At any time within 10 Business Days after delivery of the ROFR Notice, the Partnership may notify the GI Investors (and the GI Blocker Corporations, if applicable) in writing of its offer to purchase all of such GI Preferred Equity Securities at the same price and other terms as set forth in the ROFR Notice. Such offer will constitute an irrevocable offer by the Partnership and acceptance by the GI Investors (and the GI Blocker Corporations, if applicable) at the price and on the terms specified in such offer. Within 60 days after the receipt of the Partnership’s offer hereunder, the Partnership shall purchase and the GI Investors (and, if applicable, the applicable owners of the GI Blocker Corporations) shall sell all of the GI Preferred Equity Securities held by such GI Investors and such owners of the GI Blocker Corporations (if applicable) at a mutually agreeable time and place (the “ ROFR Transfer Closing ”). At the ROFR Transfer Closing, such GI Investors and such owners of the GI Blocker Corporations (if applicable) shall deliver to the Partnership title and ownership to all of the GI Preferred Equity Securities held by the GI Investors and such owners of the GI Blocker Corporations (if applicable), free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, and the Partnership shall deliver to the GI Investors and such owners of the GI Blocker Corporations (if applicable) the applicable price by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account(s) designated by the GI Investors.

11.8 Pledge of Units . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent any Limited Partner pledges any Units owned by such Limited Partner in a manner permitted by Section 11.1(a) hereof, then such permitted pledge of such Units shall not be considered a “Transfer” for purposes of Sections 11.3 and 11.4 hereof; provided that, as a point of clarity, such Sections 11.3 and 11.4 hereof shall be applicable in connection with any transfer or assignment of any such Units in connection with the exercise of any remedies by the applicable beneficiary of such permitted pledge of such Units.

 

73


ARTICLE XII

Certain Agreements

12.1 Approved Company Sale .

(a) At any time that the Board approves a bona fide sale of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets determined on a consolidated basis or a bona fide sale of all (or a lesser percentage (but at least 80%), if necessary, as determined by the Board for accounting, tax or other reasons) of the Partnership’s outstanding Units or equivalents (in either case, whether by merger, recapitalization, consolidation, reorganization, combination or otherwise) or any other transaction which has the same effect as any of the foregoing, to an Independent Third Party or group of Independent Third Parties (each such sale or transaction, an “ Approved Company Sale ”), and the Participating Preferred Majority Holders have consented to such Approved Company Sale as required by Section 12.3 , then each holder of Units and the General Partner will vote for, consent to and raise no objections against the Approved Company Sale or the process, so long as such transaction involves the receipt by each holder of Units of consideration in accordance with Section 7.2 or any similar provision of this Agreement. If the Approved Company Sale is structured as a merger or consolidation, then each holder of Units and the General Partner shall waive any dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger or consolidation so long as such transaction involves the receipt by each holder of Units of consideration in accordance with Section 7.2 or any similar provision of this Agreement. If the Approved Company Sale is structured as a Transfer of Units, then each holder of Units shall agree to sell all (or his or its pro rata portion, if less than all Units are being sold in such Approved Company Sale) of his or its Units and rights to acquire Units on substantially the same terms and conditions, in all material respects, as applicable to the respective types of Units to be Transferred in such Approved Company Sale (except for the giving effect to the relative preferences of the different types and classes of Units pursuant to Section 7.2 or any similar provision of this Agreement) and the General Partner agrees to comply with its obligations with respect to such Approved Company Sale as set forth in Section 4.8 . Each holder of Units shall take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of an Approved Company Sale as reasonably requested by the Board, including executing the applicable purchase agreement. In connection with any Approved Company Sale, (i) no Limited Partner shall have any liability relating to any representation, warranty or covenant made by any other Partner, (ii) subject to clause (iii) below, no Limited Partner shall be required to make any representation or warranty about the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries (but may be required to make customary representations and warranties about such Limited Partner’s valid title to, and ownership of, such Limited Partner’s Units, free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances (other than those arising under applicable securities laws)), (iii) any direct liability of any Limited Partner in respect of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Partnership shall be several (but not joint) with the other selling Limited Partners ( pro rata based on the aggregate consideration to be paid to such Limited Partners in connection with such sale), (iv) other than acts of fraud or intentional misrepresentation by such Limited Partner, the aggregate liability of any Limited Partner in respect of any representation or warranty of the Partnership or such Limited Partner or covenant made by the Partnership shall not exceed the

 

74


amount of the consideration received by such Limited Partner and (v) the General Partner shall have no obligations or liabilities (including indemnification obligations) with respect to such Approved Company Sale after the completion of such Approved Company Sale.

(b) If the Board or the Partnership enter into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), each holder of Units who is not an “accredited investor,” as such term is defined in Regulation D as promulgated under the Securities Act, will, at the request of the Partnership, appoint a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act) (reasonably acceptable to the Board), in which event the Partnership will be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative so appointed.

(c) This Section 12.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of an Approved Company Sale or a Qualified Initial Public Offering.

12.2 Financial Statements; Confidentiality .

(a) Financial Statements . The Partnership shall deliver to each holder of Series A Participating Preferred Units and Series B Participating Preferred Units:

(i) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, an unaudited consolidated quarterly financial statement for the Partnership for such quarter; and

(ii) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, consolidated financial statements for the Partnership for such year audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Board in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, the Partnership may furnish such reports to holders of Series A Participating Preferred Units and Series B Participating Preferred Units after the expiration of such time periods, but as soon as reasonably practical following receipt of all financial and other information necessary or desirable to prepare such documents. Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 12.2(a) to the contrary, the information and materials described in this paragraph shall only be furnished to a holder of Series A Participating Preferred Units and/or Series B Participating Preferred Units who has provided such representations, warranties and assurances, as the Partnership may request in its sole discretion, that such documents (and the contents thereof) are not required by any law to be disclosed to any other Person and that such holder will not disclose such documents (or any contents thereof) to any other Person who may be required by law to disclose such documents (or any contents thereof), in each case other than disclosure permitted by Section 12.2(b) . The Partnership may, in its sole discretion, choose to furnish certain or all such information and materials described in this paragraph to holders of Series A Participating Preferred Units and Series B Participating Preferred Units electronically via the Internet in lieu of providing the holders of Series A Participating Preferred Units and Series B Participating Preferred Units with hard copies of such information and materials.

 

75


(b) Confidentiality . All information disclosed by the Partnership pursuant to Section 12.2(a) or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement shall be confidential information of the Partnership (other than information which is publicly available not pursuant to a breach of this Section 12.2(b) ) and, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or consented to by the Board in writing in advance, shall not be used by the recipients thereof for any purpose other than (i) to monitor and manage their investment in the Partnership, and shall not be disclosed to any third party other than employees, consultants, advisors, accountants, attorneys and other representatives of such recipient on a need-to-know basis and (ii) in the case of any Limited Partner that is (or is controlled by) a private equity fund or other investment fund, the disclosure in a customary manner by such Limited Partner of any such information in confidence to such Limited Partner’s investors. The obligations of a Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 12.2(b) shall not apply to the extent that the disclosure of information otherwise determined to be confidential is required by applicable law, regulations, stock exchange rules or regulations, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other proceeding; provided that (x) as soon as reasonably practicable, such Limited Partner shall notify the Partnership thereof, which notice shall include the basis upon which such Limited Partner believes the information is required to be disclosed and (y) such Limited Partner shall, if requested by the Partnership and at the sole cost and expense of the Partnership, reasonably cooperate with the Partnership to protect the continued confidentiality thereof.

12.3 Certain Partnership Actions that Require the Consent of the Participating Preferred Majority Holders . Except with the written consent of the Participating Preferred Majority Holders, the Partnership shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) take any action that would reasonably be expected to effect a change in the business of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that causes such business to differ materially from the description of such business described in that certain Private Offering Memorandum of the Partnership, dated as of April 2008, as supplemented from time to time prior to the Original Closing Date (which, business, includes, without limitation, the owning, sponsoring and/or managing by the Partnership and/or one or more of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries of various funds, real estate investment trusts, managed accounts and/or other investment vehicles that conduct the business (or certain portions thereof) of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries as described in such Private Offering Memorandum, as so supplemented), (ii) consummate any Approved Company Sale or (iii) consummate any Public Offering.

12.4 Blocker Corporations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, with respect to each Blocker Corporation so long as (A) such Blocker Corporation is a Limited Partner and (B) such Blocker Corporation never conducts any business, or enters into any arrangement, in each case, other than in connection with its purchase and ownership of Limited Partnership Interests, the Partnership and each Partner hereby agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) effect the sale of the capital stock of such Blocker Corporation to the applicable acquirer(s) as part of any sale of the Partnership, or sale of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s and its subsidiaries assets (on a consolidated basis), to such acquirer(s), including in connection with any Approved Company Sale and (ii) in connection with the consummation of any Qualified Initial Public Offering, cause such Blocker Corporation

 

76


to become (by merger, contribution or other appropriate means) the applicable IPO Newco, or a wholly-owned subsidiary of the applicable IPO Newco, in exchange for which the owner(s) of such Blocker Corporation will receive an appropriate number of shares of capital stock or other equity securities of such IPO Newco (as determined in good faith by the Board) in a manner consistent with the terms of Section 13.15 hereof.

ARTICLE XIII

Miscellaneous Provisions

13.1 Notices .

(a) All notices, requests and other communications hereunder must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given only if delivered personally against written receipt or by facsimile transmission against facsimile confirmation or mailed by internationally recognized overnight courier prepaid, to (i) any Limited Partner, at such Limited Partner’s address set forth on the Limited Partners Schedule, (ii) the General Partner, c/o the General Partner at the Partnership’s principal place of business (with a copy to the Partnership’s Secretary at the Partnership’s principal place of business), and (iii) the Partnership, to the Partnership’s Secretary at the Partnership’s principal place of business (or in any case to such other address as the addressee may from time to time designate in writing to the sender).

(b) All such notices, requests and other communications will (i) if delivered personally to the address as provided in Section 13.1(a) be deemed given upon delivery, (ii) if delivered by facsimile transmission to the facsimile number as provided in Section 13.1(a) , be deemed given upon facsimile confirmation and (iii) if delivered by overnight courier to the address as provided in Section 13.1(a) , be deemed given on the earlier of the first Business Day following the date sent by such overnight courier or upon receipt (in each case regardless of whether such notice, request or other communication is received by any other person to whom a copy of such notice is to be delivered pursuant to this Section 13.1 ).

13.2 GOVERNING LAW . ALL ISSUES AND QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE EXHIBITS TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND SPECIFICALLY THE DELAWARE LP ACT, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT OF LAW RULES OR PROVISIONS (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

13.3 No Action for Partition . No Partner shall have any right to maintain any action for partition with respect to the property of the Partnership.

13.4 Headings and Sections . The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define, or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement. Unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this Agreement to Sections, Articles or Exhibits shall be deemed to mean and refer to Sections, Articles or Exhibits of or to this Agreement.

 

77


13.5 Amendments . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Certificate of Limited Partnership, this Agreement and any provision hereof or thereof may be modified, amended or restated only upon the written approval of the Participating Preferred Majority Holders, the TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders, and any such modification, amendment or restatement to which such written approval is obtained will be binding upon the Partnership and each Partner; provided that no modification, amendment or restatement of any provision of this Agreement that materially and adversely affects the rights or obligations hereunder of (I) any holder of Series A Participating Preferred Units, in its capacity as such, without similarly affecting the rights or obligations hereunder of all holders of Series A Participating Preferred Units shall be effective against such holder unless approved in writing by such holder of Series A Participating Preferred Units, (II) any holder of Series B Participating Preferred Units, in its capacity as such, without similarly affecting the rights or obligations hereunder of all holders of Series B Participating Preferred Units shall be effective against such holder unless approved in writing by such holder of Series B Participating Preferred Units or (III) any holder of Class A-1 Common Units, in its capacity as such, without similarly affecting the rights or obligations hereunder of all holders of Class A-1 Common Units shall be effective against such holder unless approved in writing by such holder of Class A-1 Common Units. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 13.5 , no such modification, amendment or restatement that (A) amends (i) this sentence, (ii) the manner in which distributions to holders of Class A-2 Common Units are allocated among the holders of Class A-2 Common Units and the holders of Series A Participating Preferred Units, Series B Participating Preferred Units and Class A-1 Common Units (including with respect to priority and ratios of such distributions) as set forth in Sections 7.2 , 7.3 , 10.2(b) or 10.2(c) , (iii) any consent or approval right granted specifically in this Agreement to the Class A-2 Common Majority Holders, (iv)  Sections 5.7 , 5.8 , 5.9 , 5.10 , 5.11 or 5.12 or (v) any of the related defined terms used in such Sections with respect thereto, or (B) except as expressly set forth in Sections 5.2 and 5.3 of this Agreement, otherwise has an adverse effect upon the rights and obligations of the holders of Class A-2 Common Units (solely in their capacity as such) under this Agreement, in each case, shall be binding on the holders of the Class A-2 Common Units unless such modification, amendment or restatement has also been approved in writing by the Class A-2 Common Majority Holders, in which case, such modification, amendment or restatement will be binding upon all holders of Class A-2 Common Units. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 13.5 , so long as Brian Harris is Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries no such modification, amendment or restatement that amends this sentence or any right (including any consent or approval right) granted specifically in this Agreement to Brian Harris for so long as he is Chief Executive Officer of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries unless such modification, amendment or restatement has been approved in writing by Brian Harris. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 13.5 , so long as any Meridian Investor (other than Alan Fishman or any of his Permitted Transferees) is a holder of Units, no such modification, amendment or restatement that amends this sentence, any defined term with the word “Meridian” included as part of such defined term, or any of the rights granted specifically to Meridian Capital, Meridian LCF or the Meridian Majority Holders in Sections 3.1, 3.2 or 7.2(c) of this Agreement shall be binding upon Meridian Capital, Meridian LCF or any other Meridian Investor unless such modification, amendment or restatement has been approved in writing by the Meridian Majority Holders.

 

78


Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights of GI Partners Fund III-A L.P. to designate one GI Director pursuant to Section 3.1 and the definition of “GI Specified Holders” shall not be modified, amended or restated without the prior written consent of GI Partners Fund III-A L.P. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 13.5 , no such modification, amendment or restatement that (A) amends (i) this sentence or (ii) any consent or approval right granted specifically in this Agreement to the Series B Preferred Majority Holders or (iii) the defined term of “Series B Preferred Majority Holders”, or (B) except as expressly set forth in Sections 5.2 and 5.3 of this Agreement, otherwise has an adverse effect upon the rights and obligations of the holders of Series B Participating Preferred Units (solely in their capacity as such) under this Agreement, in each case, shall be binding on the holders of the Series B Participating Preferred Units unless such modification, amendment or restatement has also been approved in writing by the Series B Preferred Majority Holders, in which case, such modification, amendment or restatement will be binding upon all holders of Series B Participating Preferred Units.

13.6 Binding Effect . Except as otherwise provided to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Partners, their distributees, heirs, legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns.

13.7 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (and may be transmitted via facsimile or scanned pages), each of which shall be deemed to be an original and shall be binding upon the Partner who executed the same, but all of such counterparts shall constitute the same agreement.

13.8 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

13.9 Remedies . Each of the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages and costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees) caused by any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor. The Partners agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or deposit) for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

13.10 Business Days . If any time period for giving notice or taking action under this Agreement expires on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or holiday in the state in which the Partnership’s chief executive office is located, the time period shall be automatically extended to the Business Day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or holiday.

13.11 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.

 

79


13.12 No Strict Construction . The parties to this Agreement have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties to this Agreement, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

13.13 Entire Agreement and Incorporation by Reference . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement and the other agreements referred to in this Agreement (including the Series B Subscription Agreements, the Class A-1 Common Unit Grant Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Equity Grant Agreements and the AIMCo Letter Agreement) embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter of this Agreement in any way. This Agreement amends and restates the Prior Agreement in its entirety.

13.14 Parties in Interest . Nothing herein shall be construed to be to the benefit of or enforceable by any third party, including any creditor of the Partnership; provided , however , so long as GI Partners Fund III-A L.P. owns an equity interest in a Limited Partner, GI Partners Fund III-A L.P. is hereby expressly made a third party beneficiary of Section 3.1 and the last sentence of Section 13.5 of this Agreement.

13.15 Qualified Initial Public Offering .

(a) If at any time the Board desires to cause (i) a transfer of all the issued and outstanding Units to a newly organized corporation or other business entity, existing corporate Subsidiary of the Partnership and/or any Blocker Corporation (an “ IPO Newco ”), (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Partnership into or with an IPO Newco as provided under Section 17-211 of the Delaware LP Act or otherwise or (iii) another restructuring of the Partnership into an IPO Newco, including by way of the conversion of the Partnership into a corporation (any such corporation, also an “ IPO Newco ”), in any case, in connection with a Qualified Initial Public Offering, and the Participating Preferred Majority Holders have consented to such Qualified Initial Public Offering as required by Section 12.3 , then each Partner shall take such steps to effect such transfer, merger, consolidation or other restructuring as may be requested by the Board, including, in the case of each Limited Partner, transferring or tendering such Limited Partner’s Units to IPO Newco in exchange or consideration for shares of capital stock or other equity interests of IPO Newco, determined in accordance with the valuation procedures set forth in Section 13.15(b) .

(b) In connection with a transaction described in Section 13.15(a) , the Board shall, in good faith, determine the fair market value of the Units transferred to or otherwise converted or exchanged in connection with the applicable transaction of the Partnership with IPO Newco, the aggregate fair market value of IPO Newco and the number of shares of capital stock or other equity interests to be issued to each Limited Partner in exchange or consideration

 

80


therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in determining such fair market value of the Units, (i) the offering price of the applicable Qualified Initial Public Offering will be used by the Board to determine such fair market value of the Units, and (ii) the impact of the provisions of Sections 7.2 and 10.2(b) will be taken into account.

(c) Each Partner hereby agrees (i) not to effect any sale or distribution of any Units (or any equity securities issued in exchange for, or distributed with respect to, Units, including any equity securities of IPO Newco) or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Units (or any equity securities issued in exchange for, or distributed with respect to, Units, including any equity securities of IPO Newco), during the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of a Qualified Initial Public Offering (except as part of such Qualified Initial Public Offering, if otherwise permitted), unless the underwriters managing such Qualified Initial Public Offering otherwise agree (which agreement shall be equally applicable to all Partners) and (ii) to execute and deliver any reasonable agreement which is consistent with the provisions of clause (i) of this Section 13.15(c) and which may be required by the underwriters managing such Qualified Initial Public Offering.

(d) This Agreement will automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the consummation of a Qualified Initial Public Offering, except that the provisions of Sections 12.2(b) and 13.15(c) shall survive any such termination and will continue to be enforceable by the Partnership.

13.16 Mergers and Consolidations . Any merger or consolidation of the Partnership with or into another entity shall require the approval of only the Participating Preferred Majority Holders, the Class A-2 Common Majority Holders, the TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders, unless such merger or consolidation of the Partnership with or into another entity is in connection with an Approved Company Sale or a Qualified Initial Public Offering, in which case, shall require the approval of only the Participating Preferred Majority Holders, the TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders. The approval of any such merger or consolidation as provided in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to meet all of the requirements of Partner approval of a merger or consolidation, as the case may be, for purposes of the Delaware LP Act, including Section 17-211 of the Delaware LP Act.

13.17 Conflicting Agreements . Each Partner represents that such Partner has not granted and is not a party to any proxy, voting trust or other agreement which is inconsistent with or conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement, and no Partner shall grant any proxy or become party to any voting trust or other agreement which is inconsistent with or conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement.

13.18 Venue and Submission to Jurisdiction . ANY AND ALL SUITS, LEGAL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING AGAINST ANY DIRECTOR OR OFFICER OF THE PARTNERSHIP) SHALL BE BROUGHT SOLELY IN THE COURT OF CHANCERY OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND EACH PARTNER HEREBY SUBMITS TO AND ACCEPTS THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT FOR THE PURPOSE OF SUCH SUITS, LEGAL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS. IN ANY SUCH SUIT, LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING, EACH PARTNER WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS,

 

81


COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS AND AGREES THAT SERVICE THEREOF MAY BE MADE BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL DIRECTED TO IT AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH IN THE BOOKS AND RECORDS OF THE PARTNERSHIP. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR ANY SUCH SUIT, LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT AND HEREBY FURTHER WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUIT, LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

*     *     *     *

 

82


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP as of the date first above written.

 

GENERAL PARTNER :
LCFH GP, LLC
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Bilzin

Name:   Jonathan Bilzin
Title:   Authorized Person
By:  

/s/ Howard Park

Name:   Howard Park
Title:   Authorized Person
LIMITED PARTNERS :
TI II LADDER HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Glenn Miller

Name:   Glenn F. Miller
Title:   Vice President
TCP LADDER BLOCKER, INC.
By:  

/s/ Glenn Miller

Name:   Glenn F. Miller
Title:   Vice President


[Continuation of Signature Page to this

Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement of

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP]

 

GI LADDER HOLDCO LLC
By:   GI Partners Fund III L.P., its sole member
By:   GI GP III L.P., its General Partner
By:   GI GP III LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Howard Park

Name:   Howard Park
Title:   Managing Director
GI LADDER HOLDCO ECI BLOCKER, INC.
By:  

/s/ Howard Park

Name:   Howard Park
Title:   President
GI LADDER HOLDCO UBTI BLOCKER, INC.
By:  

/s/ Howard Park

Name:   Howard Park
Title:   President

 

GI Partners Fund III-A L.P. hereby consents to this Agreement:
GI PARTNERS FUND III-A L.P.
By:   GI GP III L.P., its General Partner
By:   GI GP III LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Howard Park

Name:   Howard Park
Title:   Managing Director


[Continuation of Signature Page to this

Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement of

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP]

 

/s/ Brian Harris

Brian Harris

/s/ Greta Guggenheim

Greta Guggenheim

/s/ Pamela McCormack

Pamela McCormack

/s/ Robert Perelman

Robert Perelman

/s/ Marc Fox

Marc Fox

/s/ Thomas Harney

Thomas M. Harney

/s/ Alan Fishman

Alan Fishman


[Continuation of Signature Page to this

Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement of

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP]

 

MERIDIAN LCF LLC
By:  

/s/ Alexander DiLorenzo

Name:   Alexander DiLorenzo
Title:   Sole Member


[Continuation of Signature Page to this

Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement of

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP]

 

LIMITED PARTNER:

GP09 LADDER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

(Print or Type Name)
By:  

/s/ Jason Peters

Name:   Jason Peters
Title:   Director of GP


Exhibit A

FORM OF JOINDER TO

THE LIMITED LIABILITY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

THIS JOINDER (this “ Joinder ”) to the Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), dated as of August 9, 2011, as amended or restated from time to time, by and among the Partners of the Partnership (the “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of                  by and between the Partnership and                      (“ Holder ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, Holder has acquired                  [[Series A/Series B] Participating Preferred Units/Class [A-1][A-2] Common Units] from                      and the Agreement and the Partnership require Holder, as a holder of such [[Series A/Series B] Participating Preferred Units/Class [A-1][A-2] Common Units] , to become a party to the Agreement, and Holder agrees to do so in accordance with the terms hereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Joinder hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Agreement to be Bound . Holder hereby (i) acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a complete copy of the Agreement and (ii) agrees that upon execution of this Joinder, it shall become a party to the Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Agreement as though an original party thereto and shall be deemed, and is hereby admitted as, a Limited Partner for all purposes thereof and entitled to all the rights incidental thereto.

 

2. Limited Partners Schedule . For purposes of the Limited Partners Schedule, the address of the Holder is as follows:

[Name]

[Address]

 

3. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

4. Counterparts . This Joinder may be executed in separate counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

5. Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Joinder are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Joinder.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Joinder to the Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP as of the date set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[HOLDER]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Schedule A

Officers of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

(as of August 9, 2011)

 

Brian Harris     

Chief Executive Officer

Greta Guggenheim     

President

Pamela McCormack     

Managing Director, Head of Transaction Management, General Counsel and Secretary

Robert Perelman     

Managing Director and Head of Asset Management

Marc Fox     

Chief Financial Officer

Thomas Harney     

Head of Merchant Banking & Capital Markets

Jonathan Bilzin     

Vice President

Howard Park     

Vice President

Exhibit 3.5

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

LIMITED LIABILITY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP

The undersigned, which collectively represent the Participating Preferred Majority Holders, the TowerBrook Majority Holders and the GI Majority Holders, desire to amend, as of February 10, 2012, the Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2011 (the “ Partnership Agreement ”) of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

1. Amendments .

(a) The Partnership Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following as an additional defined term for purposes of Section 1.1 of the Partnership Agreement:

““ Extinguishable Class A-2 Common Units ” means any Original Class A-2 Common Units that may be issued by the Partnership pursuant to an Equity Grant Agreement entered into during or after calendar year 2012 by the Partnership which specifically provides in such Equity Grant Agreement that such Original Class A-2 Common Units will be “Extinguishable Class A-2 Common Units” for purposes of this Agreement.”

(b) The Partnership Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following as a sentence at the end of the defined term for “Forfeited Class A-2 Common Unit” in Section 1.1 of the Partnership Agreement:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else set forth in this Agreement, if any Extinguishable Class A-2 Common Units are forfeited to the Partnership pursuant to the terms of the applicable Equity Grant Agreement, such Extinguishable Class A-2 Common Units that are so forfeited (i) shall cease to be issued and outstanding (and will not be deemed to be issued and outstanding) for purposes of this Agreement, (ii) will not be “Forfeited Class A-2 Common Units” or “Warehoused Class A-2 Common Units” for purposes of this Agreement, (iii) will not be deemed to be owned by any holder of Class A Common Units pursuant to Section 5.9 and (iv) will not thereafter be re-issued by the Partnership other than in compliance with the requirements of Section 5.8 .”

(c) The Partnership Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the second sentence of Section 5.12(a) of the Partnership Agreement.


2. Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

3. Counterparts; Facsimile and Email . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts (and may be transmitted via facsimile or email), each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4. Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Amendment are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Amendment.

*  *  *  *  *  *

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to the Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP to be duly executed as of the date set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

 

GENERAL PARTNER :
LCFH GP, LLC
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Bilzin

  Name:   Jonathan Bilzin
  Title:   Authorized Person
By:  

/s/ Howard Park

  Name:   Howard Park
  Title:   Authorized Person
LIMITED PARTNERS :
TI II LADDER HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Glenn Miller

  Name:   Glenn F. Miller
  Title:   Vice President
TCP LADDER BLOCKER, INC.
By:  

/s/ Glenn Miller

  Name:   Glenn F. Miller
  Title:   Vice President

/s/ Brian Harris

Brian Harris


[Continuation of Signature Page to this First Amendment to the

Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement

of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP]

 

GP09 LADDER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:  

/s/ Jason Peters

  Name:   Jason Peters
  Title:   Director of GP
MERIDIAN LCF LLC
By:  

/s/ Alexander DiLorenzo

  Name:   Alexander DiLorenzo
  Title:   Sole Member

/s/ Alan Fishman

Alan Fishman


[Continuation of Signature Page to this First Amendment to the

Limited Liability Limited Partnership Agreement

of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP]

 

GI LADDER HOLDCO LLC
By:   GI Partners Fund III L.P., its sole member
By:   GI GP III L.P., its General Partner
By:   GI GP III LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Howard Park

  Name:   Howard Park
  Title:   Authorized Person
GI LADDER HOLDCO ECI BLOCKER, INC.
By:  

/s/ Howard Park

  Name:   Howard Park
  Title:   Authorized Person
GI LADDER HOLDCO UBTI BLOCKER, INC.
By:  

/s/ Howard Park

  Name:   Howard Park
  Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.6

STATE of DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE of INCORPORATION

A STOCK CORPORATION

 

  First:  The name of this Corporation is  

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  .

 

 

Second: The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is: 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, 19801. The name of its Registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

Third: The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

 

Fourth: The amount of the total stock of this corporation is authorized to issue is 100 shares (number of authorized shares) with a par value of $0.01 per share.

 

 

Fifth: The name and mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

   Name  

Pamela McCormack

  Mailing Address  

Ladder Capital Finance LLC, 345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor

   

New York, NY

  Zip Code  

10154

 

 

I, The Undersigned, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, do make, file and record this Certificate, and do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and I have accordingly hereunto set my hand this 22nd day of August , A.D. 20 12 .

 

BY:  

/s/ Pamela McCormack

 

    (Incorporator)

NAME:  

Pamela McCormack

 

    (type or print)

Exhibit 3.7

Effective as of August 31, 2012

BYLAWS

OF

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

(a Delaware Corporation)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office and Registered Agent . The corporation shall maintain a registered office in the State of Delaware at c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 or at such other place within Delaware as the secretary of the corporation may designate. The name and address of the corporation’s registered agent for service of process on the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 or such other agent as the secretary of the Company may from time to time designate.

Section 2. Other Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place and Time of Meetings . An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year for the purpose of electing directors and conducting such other proper business as may come before the meeting. The date, time and place of the annual meeting may be determined by resolution of the board of directors or as set by the president of the corporation.

Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called for any purpose (including, without limitation, the filling of board vacancies and newly created directorships), and may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in a notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Such meetings may be called at any time by two or more members of the board of directors or the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes at the meeting or the holders of fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of any series or class of the corporation’s capital stock.

Section 3. Place of Meetings . The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any special meeting called by the board of directors. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting is otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive office of the corporation.


Section 4. Notice . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, written or printed notice stating the place, date, time, and, in the case of special meetings, the purpose(s), of such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting. All such notices shall be delivered, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the board of directors or the secretary, and if mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the corporation. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 5. Stockholders List . The officer having charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall make, at least 10 days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 6. Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by applicable law or by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, a majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time in accordance with Section 7 of this Article II, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

Section 7. Adjourned Meetings . When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting, at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 8. Vote Required . When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the question is one upon which by express provisions of an applicable law or of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Where a separate vote by class is required, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class, unless the question is one upon which by express provisions of an applicable law or of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

2


Section 9. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or any amendments thereto, every stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of common stock held by such stockholder.

Section 10. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person(s) to act for him, her or it by proxy. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder granting the proxy or by his, her or its attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally.

Section 11. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent(s) in writing, setting forth the action so taken and bearing the dates of signature of the stockholders who signed the consent(s), shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares of stock having not less than a majority of the shares entitled to vote, or, if greater, not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, or the corporation’s principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book(s) in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, provided, however, that no consent(s) delivered by certified or registered mail shall be deemed delivered until such consent(s) are actually received at the registered office. All consents properly delivered in accordance with this section shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation as required by this section, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent(s) of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof.

 

3


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors.

Section 2. Number, Election and Term of Office . The number of directors which shall constitute the first board shall be one or more, which number may be increased or decreased from time to time by resolution of the board. The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at a special meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors or by a written consent, in accordance with Article II, Section 11. The directors shall be elected in this manner at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article III. Each director elected shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3. Removal and Resignation . Any director or the entire board of directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Whenever the holders of any class or series are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, the provisions of this section shall apply, in respect to the removal without cause or a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class or series and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.

Section 4. Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Each director so chosen shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as herein provided.

Section 5. Meetings and Notice . Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the board. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of a director or the secretary on at least 24 hours notice to each director, either personally, by telephone, by mail, or by telegraph; in like manner and on like notice the secretary must call a special meeting on the written request of at least a majority of the directors.

Section 6. Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment . A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7. Committees . The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of

 

4


one or more of the directors of the corporation, which to the extent provided in such resolution or these bylaws shall have and may exercise the powers of the board of directors in the management and affairs of the corporation except as otherwise limited by law. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Such committee(s) shall have such name(s) as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

Section 8. Committee Rules . Each committee of the board of directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the board of directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. In the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the board of directors as provided in Section 7 of this Article III, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member(s) thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member(s) constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Section 9. Communications Equipment . Members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in and act at any meeting of such board or committee through the use of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in the meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 10. Waiver of Notice and Presumption of Assent . Any member of the board of directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.

Section 11. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise restricted by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing(s) are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

 

5


ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number . The officers of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors and shall consist of a secretary and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the board of directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the board of directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable.

Section 2. Election and Term of Office . The officers of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the board of directors. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3. Removal . Any officer or agent elected by the board of directors may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

Section 4. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term by the board of directors then in office.

Section 5. Compensation . Compensation of all officers, if any, shall be fixed by the board of directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the corporation.

Section 6. The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors, all meetings of the committees thereof and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book(s) to be kept for that purpose. Under the board of directors’ supervision, the secretary (i) shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these bylaws or by law; (ii) shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors or these bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe; and (iii) shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation. The secretary, or an assistant secretary shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or secretary may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 7. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents . Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board of directors.

 

6


Section 8. Absence or Disability of Officers . In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer’s place during such officer’s absence or disability, the board of directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

ARTICLE V

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the corporation. If such a certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent other than the corporation or its employee or (2) by a registrar, other than the corporation or its employee, the signature of any such secretary or assistant secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer(s) who have signed, or whose facsimile signature(s) have been used on, any such certificate(s) shall cease to be such officer(s) of the corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate(s) have been delivered by the corporation, such certificate(s) may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate(s) or whose facsimile signature(s) have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer(s) of the corporation. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the books of the corporation. Shares of stock of the corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the corporation of the certificate(s) for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person(s), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization, and other matters as the corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate(s), and record the transaction on its books. The board of directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the corporation.

Section 2. Lost Certificates . The board of directors may direct a new certificate(s) to be issued in place of any certificate(s) previously issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate(s), the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate(s), or his or her legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against the corporation on account of the loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

7


Section 3. Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 4. Fixing a Record Date for Action by Written Consent . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors and prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 5. Fixing a Record Date for Other Purposes . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights of the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

8


Section 6. Registered Stockholders . Prior to the surrender to the corporation of the certificate(s) for a share(s) of stock with a request to record the transfer of such share(s), the corporation may treat the registered owner as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications, and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. The corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share(s) on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

Section 7. Subscriptions for Stock . Unless otherwise provided for in the subscription agreement, subscriptions for shares shall be paid in full at such time, or in such installments and at such times, as shall be determined by the board of directors. Any call made by the board of directors for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform as to all shares of the same class or as to all shares of the same series. In case of default in the payment of any installment or call when such payment is due, the corporation may proceed to collect the amount due in the same manner as any debt due the corporation.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum(s) as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve(s) to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or any other purpose and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 2. Checks, Drafts or Orders . All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money by or to the corporation and all notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer(s), agent(s) of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

Section 3. Contracts . The board of directors may authorize any officer(s), or any agent(s), of the corporation to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4. Loans . The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of

 

9


directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

Section 5. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 6. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation . Voting securities in any other corporation held by the corporation shall be voted by the secretary, unless the board of directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

Section 7. Inspection of Books and Records . Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware or at its principal place of business.

Section 8. Section Headings . Section headings in these bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 9. Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, such provision of these bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be amended, altered, or repealed and new bylaws adopted at any meeting of the board of directors by a majority vote. The fact that the power to adopt, amend, alter, or repeal the bylaws has been conferred upon the board of directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

10

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP

AND

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION

as Issuers,

AND

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

$325,000,000 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of September 19, 2012

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

            Page  
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   
SECTION 1.1.     

Definitions

     1   
SECTION 1.2.     

Other Definitions

     30   
SECTION 1.3.     

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

     33   
SECTION 1.4.     

Rules of Construction

     33   
ARTICLE II   
THE NOTES   
SECTION 2.1.     

Form, Dating and Terms

     34   
SECTION 2.2.     

Execution and Authentication

     40   
SECTION 2.3.     

Registrar and Paying Agent

     41   
SECTION 2.4.     

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

     41   
SECTION 2.5.     

Holder Lists

     42   
SECTION 2.6.     

Transfer and Exchange

     42   
SECTION 2.7.     

Form of Certificate to be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period

     45   
SECTION 2.8.     

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to IAIs

     46   
SECTION 2.9.     

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

     48   
SECTION 2.10.     

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to AIs

     49   
SECTION 2.11.     

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes

     50   
SECTION 2.12.     

Outstanding Notes

     51   
SECTION 2.13.     

Temporary Notes

     51   
SECTION 2.14.     

Cancellation

     51   
SECTION 2.15.     

Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest

     52   
SECTION 2.16.     

CUSIP and ISIN Numbers

     53   
SECTION 2.17.     

Joint and Several Liability

     53   
ARTICLE III   
COVENANTS   
SECTION 3.1.     

Payment of Notes

     53   
SECTION 3.2.     

Limitation on Indebtedness

     53   
SECTION 3.3.     

Limitation on Restricted Payments

     57   
SECTION 3.4.     

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries

     61   
SECTION 3.5.     

Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

     63   
SECTION 3.6.     

Limitation on Liens

     66   
SECTION 3.7.     

Limitation on Guarantees

     67   
SECTION 3.8.     

Limitation on Affiliate Transactions

     68   
SECTION 3.9.     

Change of Control

     70   
SECTION 3.10.     

Reports

     72   
SECTION 3.11.     

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     73   
SECTION 3.12.     

Corporate Existence

     73   
SECTION 3.13.     

Payment of Taxes

     74   
SECTION 3.14.     

Payments for Consent

     74   
SECTION 3.15.     

Compliance Certificate

     74   
SECTION 3.16.     

Further Instruments and Acts

     74   
SECTION 3.17.     

Conduct of Business

     74   

 

-i-


            Page  
SECTION 3.18.     

Statement by Officers as to Default

     74   
SECTION 3.19.     

Suspension of Certain Covenants

     74   
SECTION 3.20.     

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

     75   
SECTION 3.21.     

[Reserved]

     75   
SECTION 3.22.     

[Reserved]

     76   
SECTION 3.23.     

[Reserved]

     76   
ARTICLE IV   
SUCCESSOR ISSUERS; SUCCESSOR PERSON   
SECTION 4.1.     

Merger and Consolidation

     76   
ARTICLE V   
REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES   
SECTION 5.1.     

Notices to Trustee

     77   
SECTION 5.2.     

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased

     77   
SECTION 5.3.     

Notice of Redemption

     77   
SECTION 5.4.     

Effect of Notice of Redemption

     78   
SECTION 5.5.     

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

     78   
SECTION 5.6.     

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

     78   
SECTION 5.7.     

Optional Redemption

     79   
SECTION 5.8.     

Mandatory Redemption

     79   
ARTICLE VI   
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   
SECTION 6.1.     

Events of Default

     79   
SECTION 6.2.     

Acceleration

     81   
SECTION 6.3.     

Other Remedies

     82   
SECTION 6.4.     

Waiver of Past Defaults

     82   
SECTION 6.5.     

Control by Majority

     82   
SECTION 6.6.     

Limitation on Suits

     82   
SECTION 6.7.     

Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

     83   
SECTION 6.8.     

Collection Suit by Trustee

     83   
SECTION 6.9.     

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     83   
SECTION 6.10.     

Priorities

     83   
SECTION 6.11.     

Undertaking for Costs

     84   
ARTICLE VII   
TRUSTEE   
SECTION 7.1.     

Duties of Trustee

     84   
SECTION 7.2.     

Rights of Trustee

     85   
SECTION 7.3.     

Individual Rights of Trustee

     86   
SECTION 7.4.     

Trustee’s Disclaimer

     86   
SECTION 7.5.     

Notice of Defaults

     86   
SECTION 7.6.     

Reports by Trustee to Holders

     87   
SECTION 7.7.     

Compensation and Indemnity

     87   
SECTION 7.8.     

Replacement of Trustee

     87   
SECTION 7.9.     

Successor Trustee by Merger

     88   

 

-ii-


            Page  
SECTION 7.10.     

Eligibility; Disqualification

     88   
SECTION 7.11.     

Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers

     88   
SECTION 7.12.     

Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuers

     88   
ARTICLE VIII   
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE   
SECTION 8.1.     

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance

     89   
SECTION 8.2.     

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

     89   
SECTION 8.3.     

Covenant Defeasance

     89   
SECTION 8.4.     

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

     90   
SECTION 8.5.     

Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

     91   
SECTION 8.6.     

Repayment to the Issuers

     91   
SECTION 8.7.     

Reinstatement

     91   
ARTICLE IX   
AMENDMENTS   
SECTION 9.1.     

Without Consent of Holders

     92   
SECTION 9.2.     

With Consent of Holders

     93   
SECTION 9.3.     

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

     94   
SECTION 9.4.     

Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers

     94   
SECTION 9.5.     

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

     94   
SECTION 9.6.     

Trustee to Sign Amendments

     94   
ARTICLE X   
GUARANTEE   
SECTION 10.1.     

Guarantee

     94   
SECTION 10.2.     

Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge

     96   
SECTION 10.3.     

Right of Contribution

     96   
SECTION 10.4.     

No Subrogation

     96   
ARTICLE XI   
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE   
SECTION 11.1.     

Satisfaction and Discharge

     97   
SECTION 11.2.     

Application of Trust Money

     98   
ARTICLE XII   
MISCELLANEOUS   
SECTION 12.1.     

Trust Indenture Act Controls

     98   
SECTION 12.2.     

Notices

     98   
SECTION 12.3.     

Communication by Holders with other Holders

     99   
SECTION 12.4.     

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

     99   
SECTION 12.5.     

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

     99   
SECTION 12.6.     

When Notes Disregarded

     100   
SECTION 12.7.     

Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar

     100   

 

-iii-


            Page  
SECTION 12.8.     

Legal Holidays

     100   
SECTION 12.9.     

Governing Law

     100   
SECTION 12.10.     

Jurisdiction

     100   
SECTION 12.11.     

Waivers of Jury Trial

     100   
SECTION 12.12.     

USA PATRIOT Act

     100   
SECTION 12.13.     

No Recourse Against Others

     101   
SECTION 12.14.     

Successors

     101   
SECTION 12.15.     

Multiple Originals

     101   
SECTION 12.16.     

Qualification of Indenture

     101   
SECTION 12.17.     

Table of Contents; Headings

     101   
SECTION 12.18.     

Force Majeure

     101   
SECTION 12.19.     

Severability

     101   
SECTION 12.20.     

[Reserved]

     101   
SECTION 12.21.     

[Reserved]

     101   
SECTION 12.22.     

Waiver of Immunities

     101   
SECTION 12.23.     

Judgment Currency

     102   

 

EXHIBIT A   Form of Global Restricted Note
EXHIBIT B   Form of Exchange Global Note
EXHIBIT C   Form of Supplemental Indenture

 

-iv-


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

TIA Section

  

Indenture Section

310(a)(1)

   7.10

      (a)(2)

   7.10

      (a)(3)

   N.A.

      (a)(4)

   N.A.

      (a)(5)

   7.10

      (b)

   7.3; 7.8; 7.10

311(a)

   7.11

      (b)

   7.11

312(a)

   2.5

      (b)

   12.3

      (c)

   12.3

313(a)

   7.6

      (b)(1)

   7.6

      (b)(2)

   7.6

      (c)

   7.6

      (d)

   7.6

314(a)

   3.10; 3.15; 12.5

      (b)

   N.A.

      (c)(1)

   2.2; 12.4

      (c)(2)

   2.2; 12.4

      (c)(3)

   N.A.

      (d)

   N.A.

      (e)

   12.5

315(a)

   7.1

      (b)

   7.5; 12.2

      (c)

   7.1

      (d)

   7.1

      (e)

   6.11

316(a)(last sentence)

   12.6

      (a)(1)(A)

   6.5

      (a)(1)(B)

   6.4

      (a)(2)

   N.A.

      (b)

   6.7

      (c)

   N.A.

317(a)(1)

   6.8

      (a)(2)

   6.9

      (b)

   2.4

318(a)

   12.1

N.A. means not applicable.

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

-v-


INDENTURE dated as of September 19, 2012, among LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (the “ Company ”) and LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Co-Issuer ” and together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”) and WIL-MINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Issuers have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of (i) their $325,000,000 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Initial Notes ”), each as issued on the date hereof, (ii) any additional Notes (the “ Additional Notes ”) that may be issued after the Issue Date and (iii) their $325,000,000 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017 issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein) in exchange for any Initial Notes or Additional Notes (the “ Exchange Notes ,” and together with the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes, the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Issuers have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary (i) to make the Notes, when executed and duly issued by the Issuers and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid obligations of the Issuers, and (ii) to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuers have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.1. Definitions .

Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition or (3) of a Person at the time such Person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets and, with respect to clause (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination.

Additional Assets ” means:

(1) any property or assets (other than Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

(2) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.


Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Additional Notes ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “ control ” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

AI ” means an “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(4) under the Securities Act.

Applicable Premium ” means the greater of (A) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (B) on any redemption date, the excess (to the extent positive) of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at April 1, 2017 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note to and including such date set forth in clause (i) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed upon the redemption date using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate at such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the outstanding principal amount of such Note;

in each case, as calculated by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate.

Asset Disposition ” means:

(a) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of the Company (other than Capital Stock of the Company) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than any Required Asset Sale (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”); or

(b) the issuance or sale of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 3.2 hereof or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law and other than any Required Asset Sale), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

(1) a disposition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) a disposition of inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business;

(4) a disposition of obsolete, surplus or worn out equipment or other assets or equipment or other assets that are no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) transactions permitted under Section 4.1 hereof or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control;

 

-2-


(6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or pursuant to an equity incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(7) any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of less than $15.0 million;

(8) any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 3.3 and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment or, solely for purposes of Section 3.5(a)(3) asset sales, the proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments;

(9) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

(10) disposition of Investments or other assets and disposition or compromise of receivables, in each case, in connection with the compromise, workout, settlement or collection thereof or exercise of remedies with respect thereto, or in bankruptcy, foreclosure or similar proceedings, including foreclosure, repossession and disposition of collateral for loans serviced or originated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(11) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(12) foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

(13) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable, notes receivable or other assets that by their terms convert into cash in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable, the sale of advances, loans, customer receivables, mortgage related securities or other assets, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(14) any disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(15) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(16) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(17) dispositions of assets of a Similar Business, including real estate and real estate related assets, as well as any dispositions by the Issuers and their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their respective businesses investment activities;

(18) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(19) any sales, transfers, contributions or dispositions of Securitization Assets to Securitiza-tion Entities in connection with Securitizations in the ordinary course of business; and

(20) transactions pursuant to repurchase agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

-3-


Associate ” means (i) any Person engaged in a Similar Business of which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any Joint Venture entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11 of the United States Code or similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors ” means (1) with respect to any corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of the corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof; (2) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof; and (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person serving a similar function. Whenever any provision requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval).

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of a Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect of the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

Business Day ” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York, United States or in the state of the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close.

Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or other equivalents of or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

Capitalized Lease Obligations ” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) (a) United States dollars, euro, or any national currency of any member state of the Euro-pean Union; or (b) any other foreign currency held by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Ca-nadian governments, a member state of the European Union or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality of thereof ( provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender or by any bank or trust company (a) whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) or (b) (in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of $100.0 million;

 

-4-


(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or carrying an equivalent rating by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has an equivalent rating in respect of its long-term debt, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America, any province of Canada, any member of the European Union or any political subdivision thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P or “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(8) bills of exchange issued in the United States, Canada, a member state of the European Union or Japan eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent);

(9) interests in any investment company, money market or enhanced high yield fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (8) above; and

(10) for purposes of clause (2) of the definition of “Asset Disposition,” the marketable securities portfolio owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clause (1) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clause (1) as promptly as practicable and in any event within 10 Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Management Services ” means any of the following to the extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight draft facility that is not in default): ACH transactions, treasury and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services.

Change of Control ” means:

(1) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; or

(2) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, other than any Required Asset Sale, to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders.

 

-5-


Change of Control Repurchase Event ” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Ratings Event.

Co-Issuer ” means Ladder Capital Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company ” means Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership, and any successor thereto.

Consolidated Debt ” means, with respect to any Person as of any determination date, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money and obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, plus (2) the aggregate liquidation preference of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, less (3) up to $150.0 million aggregate amount of unrestricted cash of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is in excess of $50.0 million, in each case as of such determination date.

Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio ” means, with respect to any person on any determination date, the ratio of Consolidated Debt of such Person as of such determination date to the Consolidated Stockholders Equity of such Person as of such determination date. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, assumes, Guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires or extinguishes any Consolidated Debt (other than Consolidated Debt incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the date of the most recent consolidated balance sheet for which the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio is made (the “ Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such Issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if the same had occurred prior to such determination date; provided , however , that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to Section 3.2(b) .

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations had occurred prior to the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio Calculation Date.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Company.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (loss) attributable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of GAAP; provided , however , that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) subject to the limitations contained in clause (3) below, any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment or could have been distributed, as reasonably determined by an Officer of the Company (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution or return on investment to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below);

 

-6-


(2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a)(4)(iii)(A) hereof, any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantors) if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company or a Guarantor by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders (other than (a) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (b) restrictions pursuant to the Notes or this Indenture, and (c) restrictions specified in Section 3.4(b)(14)(i) ), except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause);

(3) any net gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any disposed or discontinued operations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction but excluding pursuant to any sale of real estate related assets) and related fees and expenses as well as any net income or loss from disposed or discontinued operations;

(4) any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense;

(5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(6) any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts;

(7) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

(8) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Hedging Obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of Hedging Obligations;

(9) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

(10) any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) any purchase accounting effects including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development);

(12) any goodwill or other intangible asset amortization, impairment charge or write-off;

 

-7-


(13) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

(14) the amount of any expense to the extent a corresponding amount is received in cash by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries from a Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries under any agreement providing for reimbursement of any such expense, provided such reimbursement payment has not been included in determining Consolidated Net Income (it being understood that if the amounts received in cash under any such agreement in any period exceed the amount of expense in respect of such period, such excess amounts received may be carried forward and applied against expense in future periods);

(15) change in fair value of Permitted Funding Indebtedness or Investments or the amortization of Permitted Funding Indebtedness or the write-off of Investments pursuant to such Person’s accounting policy;

(16) any unrealized gains or losses on investment assets whether or not recognized as such on the financial statements of the Company; and

(17) any realized gains or losses in respect to Hedging Obligations associated with specific assets owned by the Company as of the last day of the period for which Consolidated Net Income is being determined.

Consolidated Stockholders Equity ” means, with respect to any Person as of any determination date, the stockholders’ equity or partners’ capital, as applicable, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is internally available, determined on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the pro forma basis contained in the definition of Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”), including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

(2) to advance or supply funds:

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

(b) to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Credit Enhancement Agreements ” means, collectively, any documents, instruments, guarantees or agreements entered into by the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Securitization Entity for the purpose of providing credit support (that is reasonably customary as determined by the Company) with respect to any Permitted Funding Indebtedness or Permitted Securitization Indebtedness.

Credit Facility ” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures or other arrangements (including the commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from

 

-8-


such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

Definitive Notes ” means certificated Notes.

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.3 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 3.5 hereof.

Disinterested Director ” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Company or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or

(2) is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

 

-9-


in each case on or prior to the earlier of (a) the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided , however , that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant Person with Section 3.3 hereof; provided, however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor securities clearing agency.

Equity Offering ” means (x) a sale of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions, or (y) the sale of Capital Stock or other securities by a Parent, the proceeds of which are contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or through an Excluded Contribution) of the Company.

Escrowed Proceeds ” means the proceeds from the offering of any debt securities or other Indebtedness paid into an escrow account with an independent escrow agent on the date of the applicable offering or Incurrence pursuant to escrow arrangements that permit the release of amounts on deposit in such escrow account upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the occurrence of certain events. The term “Escrowed Proceeds” shall include any interest earned on the amounts held in escrow.

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Exchange Notes ” means any notes issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or similar agreement.

Excluded Contribution ” means Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets received by the Company as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock) of the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, in each case, to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company.

Excluded Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary but prohibited, in the reasonable judgment of senior management of the Company, from guaranteeing the Notes by any applicable law, regulation or contractual restrictions existing at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and which, in the case of any such contractual restriction, in the reasonable judgment of senior management of the Company, cannot be removed through commercially reasonable efforts; provided that a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Excluded Restricted Subsidiary if, in the reasonable judgment of senior management of the Company, such a Subsidiary guaranteeing the Notes would require any of the Issuers or their Restricted Subsidiaries to register as an “investment company” (as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended), or from otherwise becoming subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries are Excluded Restricted Subsidiaries other than Ladder Capital CRE Equity LLC, Ladder Capital Finance LLC, Ladder Capital Finance Portfolio II LLC, Ladder Member Corporation, Ladder Midco LLC, Ladder Midco II LLC, LCF Retail Portfolio I LLC, LCF Retail Portfolio II LLC and LCF Retail Portfolio III LLC.

 

-10-


The Issuers and the Guarantors are prohibited from taking or permitting actions that would require any of them from being required to register as an “investment company” (as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended), or from otherwise becoming subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

fair market value ” may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

Fitch ” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary and (b) any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that has no material assets other than Capital Stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries thereof).

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the date of any calculation or determination required hereunder. Except as otherwise set forth in this Indenture, all ratios and calculations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in accordance with GAAP. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to establish that GAAP shall mean the GAAP as in effect on or prior to the date of such election; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture), including as to the ability of the Company to make an election pursuant to the previous sentence; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided , further , that any calculation or determination in this Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , further again , that the Company may only make such election if it also elects to report any subsequent financial reports required to be made by the Company, including pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and Section 3.10 hereof, in IFRS. The Company shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.

Guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

(2) entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

provided , however , that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

-11-


Guarantor ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes; provided that any Excluded Restricted Subsidiary and any Securitization Entities shall not be deemed Guarantors.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, commodity swap, cap or collar agreements, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements, currency future or option contracts, credit-related derivatives and hedging instruments and other hedging agreements and transactions intended to hedge against financial risk.

Holder ” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the Registrar’s books, which shall initially be the respective nominee of DTC.

IAI ” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

IFRS ” means International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that (i) has not guaranteed any other Indebtedness of the Company and (ii) has Total Assets together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries (as determined in accordance with GAAP) and consolidated operating income of less than 3.0% of the Company’s Total Assets and consolidated operating income (measured, in the case of operating income, at the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available and, in the case of operating income, for the four quarters ended most recently for which internal financial statements are available, in each case measured on a pro forma basis giving effect to any acquisitions or depositions of companies, division or lines of business since such balance sheet date or the start of such four quarter period, as applicable, and on or prior to the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary).

Incur ” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(1) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

(2) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

(4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

 

-12-


(6) the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

(7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

(8) Guarantees by such Person of the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

(9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at the termination of such agreement or arrangement).

The term “Indebtedness” shall not include any lease, concession or license of property (or Guarantee thereof) which would be considered an operating lease under GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date, any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business, or obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) Incurred prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any time in the case of a revolving credit or similar facility shall be the total amount of funds borrowed and then outstanding. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in this Indenture, and (other than with respect to letters of credit or Guarantees or Indebtedness specified in clause (7) above) shall equal the amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared on the basis of GAAP.

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness:

(i) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) Cash Management Services;

(iii) in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided , however , that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner; or

(iv) for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes.

Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third party appraiser of international standing; provided, however , that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Company.

Initial Notes ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

 

-13-


Initial Purchasers ” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other Persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of GAAP; provided , however , that (x) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business, (y) accounts receivable, extensions of trade credit or advances by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ normal trade practices, as the case may be and (z) deposits made in the ordinary course of business and customary deposits into reserve accounts related to securitizations will not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time.

For purposes of Sections 3.3 hereof:

(1) “ Investment ” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

Investment Grade ” means (i) BBB- or higher by S&P, (ii) Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or (iii) the equivalent of such ratings by S&P or Moody’s, or of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by a member of the European Union, or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(3) debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of “A-” or higher from S&P or “A3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

(4) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalents pending investment or distribution.

 

-14-


Investment Grade Status ” shall occur when the Notes receive two of the following:

(1) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P;

(2) a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s; and

(3) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from Fitch.

or the equivalent of such rating by either such rating organization or, if no rating of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization.

Issue Date ” means September 19, 2012.

Issuers ” means the Company and the Co-Issuer.

Joint Venture ” means, as to any Person, any other Person designated as a “joint venture” (1) that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, (2) in which such Person owns less than 100% of the equity or voting interests and (3) which Person is engaged in a Similar Business, including making Investments in real estate and real estate related assets.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

Management Advances ” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made by third parties to, directors, officers, employees or consultants of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(1) (a) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving related expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase of Capital Stock (or similar obligations) of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Parent with (in the case of this sub-clause (b)) the approval of the Board of Directors;

(2) in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office; or

(3) not exceeding $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization ” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 436 under the Securities Act.

Net Available Cash ” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Taxes and Related Taxes paid or required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

 

-15-


(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than any Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

(4) the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.

Net Cash Proceeds ,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

Non-Funding Indebtedness ” means, Indebtedness other than Permitted Funding Indebtedness.

Non-Guarantor ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

Non-Recourse Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness for borrowed money of a Restricted Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Company, with respect to which recourse for payment is limited to investment assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries) encumbered by a Lien securing such Indebtedness and/or the general credit of such Restricted Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries) but for which recourse shall not extend to the general credit of the Company or any other of its Restricted Subsidiaries, it being understood that the instruments governing such Indebtedness may include customary carve-outs to such limited recourse such as, for example, personal recourse to the Company or its Subsidiaries for breach of representations, fraud, misapplication or misappropriation of cash, voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy filings, violation of loan document prohibitions against transfer of assets or ownership interests therein, environmental liabilities, and liabilities and other circumstances customarily excluded by lenders from exculpation provisions and/or included in separate indemnification and/or guaranty agreements in financings of loan assets, unless, until and for so long as a claim for payment or performance has been made thereunder (which has not been satisfied) at which time the obligations with respect to any such customary carve-out shall not be considered Non-Recourse Indebtedness, to the extent that such claim is a liability of the Company for GAAP purposes.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S).

Note Documents ” means the Notes (including Additional Notes), the Guarantees and this Indenture.

Notes ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

Notes Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to the Global Notes (as appointed by DTC), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

Offering Memorandum ” means the final offering memorandum, dated September 14, 2012, relating to the offering by the Issuers of $325,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.375% senior notes due 2017 and any future offering memorandum relating to Additional Notes.

 

-16-


Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Investment Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Managing Director, the Secretary or the Head of Merchant Banking & Capital Markets (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity, or (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person.

Officer’s Certificate ” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person and meeting the requirements of this Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Parent ” means any Person of which the Company at any time is or becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date and any holding companies established by any Permitted Holder for purposes of holding its investment in any Parent

Parent Expenses ” means:

(1) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) Incurred by any Parent in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise Incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(2) customary indemnification obligations of any Parent owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person to the extent relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(3) obligations of any Parent in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor) to the extent relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(4) general corporate overhead expenses, including professional fees and expenses and other operational expenses of any Parent related to the ownership or operation of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(5) expenses Incurred by any Parent in connection with any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness:

(x) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,

(y) in a pro-rated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or

(z) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed.

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means Non-Funding Indebtedness of the Company which ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee if such Guarantee ranks equally in right of payment to the Guarantees of the Notes.

Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Issuers to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note on behalf of the Issuers.

 

-17-


Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalents sold or exchanged must be applied in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof.

Permitted Funding Indebtedness ” means (i) any Indebtedness Incurred in connection with investment activities of a Similar Business, including Indebtedness to finance real estate and real estate related assets and Non-Recourse Indebtedness, as well as any Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuers and their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their respective businesses and (ii) any Refinancing of the Indebtedness under clause (i), provided, however that the excess (determined as of the most recent date for which internal financial statements are available), if any, of (x) the amount of any Indebtedness incurred in accordance with this clause (ii) for which the holder thereof has contractual recourse to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to satisfy claims with respect thereto over (y) the aggregate (without duplication of amounts) Realizable Value of the assets that secure such Indebtedness shall not be Permitted Funding Indebtedness (but shall not be deemed to be a new incurrence of Indebtedness subject to the provisions of Section 3.2 , except with respect to, and solely to the extent of, any such excess that exists upon the initial incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred under this clause (ii) which excess shall be entitled to be incurred pursuant to any other provision under Section 3.2 . The amount of any Permitted Funding Indebtedness shall be determined in accordance with the definition of “Indebtedness.”

Permitted Holders ” means, collectively, (1) any Person who beneficially owns more than 20% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its Parents as of the Issue Date, together with such Persons’ Affiliates (other than an operating company with an existing business), (2) any one or more Persons, together with such Persons’ Affiliates, whose beneficial ownership constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture, (3) Senior Management, (4) any Person who is acting as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any Parent or the Company, acting in such capacity, and (5) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its Parents held by such group.

Permitted Investment ” means (in each case, by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries):

(1) Investments in (a) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Company or (b) a Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) Investments in another Person if such Person is engaged in any Similar Business and as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) Investments in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(4) Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(5) Investments in payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

(6) Management Advances;

(7) Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection

 

-18-


or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or otherwise with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, including an Asset Disposition;

(9) Investments existing or pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased except (a) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(10) Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 3.2 hereof;

(11) pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 3.6 hereof;

(12) any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or Capital Stock of any Parent as consideration;

(13) any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 3.8(b) hereof (except those described in Sections 3.8(b)(1) , (3) , (6) , (8) , (9)  and (12) );

(14) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with this Indenture;

(15) (i) Guarantees not prohibited by Section 3.2 hereof and (other than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) performance guarantees with respect to obligations incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are permitted by this Indenture;

(16) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(17) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into the Company or merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(18) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(19) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Company;

(20) Investments in Joint Ventures;

(21) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $15.0 million and 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

-19-


(22) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in Securitization Entities or Investments in mortgage related securities or charge-off receivables in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Investments arising out of purchases of all remaining outstanding asset-backed securities of any Securitization Entity for the purpose of relieving the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of the administrative expense of servicing such Securitization Entity;

(24) Investments in connection with any Permitted Funding Indebtedness;

(25) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the form of loans extended to non-Affiliate borrowers in connection with any loan origination business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(26) Investments of a Similar Business, including real estate and real estate related assets, as well as any Investments by the Issuers and their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their respective businesses investment activities; and

(27) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (27) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $70.0 million and 2.5% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) plus the amount of any distributions, dividends, payments or other returns in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 3.3 of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(4)(iii) ); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) or (2) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (27).

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

(2) pledges, deposits or Liens under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements), or in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure surety, indemnity, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, guarantees of government contracts (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or other obligations of like nature, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s and repairmen’s or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;

(5) encumbrances, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including

 

-20-


minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of their properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(6) Liens (a) on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Hedging Obligations or Cash Management Services permitted under this Indenture; (b) that are contractual rights of set-off or, in the case of clause (i) or (ii) below, other bankers’ Liens (i) relating to treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds in the ordinary course of business and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; (c) on cash accounts securing Indebtedness incurred under Section 3.2(b)(8)(iii) with financial institutions; (d) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice and not for speculative purposes; and/or (e) (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the maintenance of such accounts and (iii) arising under customary general terms of the account bank in relation to any bank account maintained with such bank and attaching only to such account and the products and proceeds thereof, which Liens, in any event, do not to secure any Indebtedness;

(7) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(8) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(9) Liens (i) on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of securing Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations, or securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or securing other Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, development, construction, lease, repairs, maintenance or improvement of assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business (including Indebtedness incurred under Section 3.2(b)(7); provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and (b) any such Lien may not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets or property acquired, improved, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any improvements or accessions to such assets and property and (ii) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease;

(10) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(11) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(12) Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided , however , that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other

 

-21-


Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other assets or stock); provided , further , that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock ( plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

(13) Liens on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(14) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured, and permitted to be secured under this Indenture; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is or could be the security for or subject to a Permitted Lien hereunder;

(15) (a) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (b) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

(16) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any Joint Venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any Joint Venture or similar agreement;

(17) Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

(18) Liens on Escrowed Proceeds for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the underwriters or arrangers thereof) or on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case to the extent such cash or government securities prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose;

(19) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(1) ;

(21) [Reserved].

(22) Liens on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(23) any security granted over the marketable securities portfolio described in clause (9) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in connection with the disposal thereof to a third party;

(24) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods (which for the avoidance of doubt excludes Receivables);

 

-22-


(25) Liens on equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and located on the premises of any client or supplier in the ordinary course of business;

(26) Liens on assets or securities deemed to arise in connection with and solely as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of contracts to sell such assets or securities if such sale is otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

(27) Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

(28) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(29) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under Section 3.5 , in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or asset sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(30) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million and (b) 1.0% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding;

(31) Liens securing Non-Recourse Indebtedness (solely as assets of the type permitted to be secured pursuant to the definition hereof);

(32) Liens securing Permitted Funding Indebtedness so long as any such Lien shall encumber only (i) the assets acquired or originated with the proceeds of Permitted Funding Indebtedness, assets that consist of loans, mortgage related securities and other mortgage related receivables, residual assets and other similar assets subject to and pledged to secure such Indebtedness and (ii) any intangible contract rights and proceeds of, and other, related documents, records and assets directly related to the assets set forth in clause (i);

(33) any amounts held by a trustee in the funds and accounts under an indenture securing any revenue bonds issued for the benefit of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(34) Liens to secure Indebtedness of any Excluded Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Excluded Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted by this Indenture to be Incurred;

(35) Liens on Securitization Assets and the proceeds thereof Incurred in connection with Permitted Securitization Indebtedness or permitted Guarantees thereof; and

(36) Liens on spread accounts and credit enhancement assets, Liens on the stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company substantially all of which are spread accounts and credit enhancement assets and Liens on interests in Securitization Entities, in each case Incurred in connection with Credit Enhancement Agreements.

For purposes of this definition, the term Indebtedness shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness including interest which increases the principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Permitted Securitization Indebtedness ” means Securitization Indebtedness; provided that (i) in connection with any Securitization, any other Permitted Funding Indebtedness used to finance the purchase, origination or pooling of any Receivables subject to such Securitization is repaid in connection with such Securitization to the extent of the net proceeds received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from the applicable Securitization Entity,

 

-23-


and (ii) the excess (determined as of the most recent date for which internal financial statements are available), if any, of (x) the amount of any such Securitization Indebtedness for which the holder thereof has contractual recourse to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to satisfy claims with respect to such Securitization Indebtedness (excluding recourse for matters such as fraud, misappropriation, breaches of representations and warranties and misapplication) over (y) the aggregate (without duplication of amounts) Realizable Value of the assets that secure such Securitization Indebtedness shall not be Permitted Securitization Indebtedness (but shall not be deemed to be a new incurrence of Indebtedness subject to the provisions of Section 3.2 except with respect to, and solely to the extent of, any such excess that exists upon the initial incurrence of such Indebtedness which excess shall be entitled to be incurred pursuant to any other provisions of Section 3.2 ).

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, Joint Venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Predecessor Note ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.11 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

Preferred Stock ,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

Purchase Money Obligations ” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

QIB ” means any “qualified institutional buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A.

Rating Agency ” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Company or any parent of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.

Ratings Decline Period ” means the period that (i) begins on the earlier of (a) a Change of Control or (b) the first public notice of the intention by the Company to affect a Change of Control and (ii) ends 60 days following the consummation of such Change of Control; provided, that such period will be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for a possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies.

Ratings Event ” means (x) a downgrade by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between categories) or withdrawal of the rating of the Notes within the Ratings Decline Period by one or more Rating Agencies if the applicable Rating Agency shall have put forth a statement to the effect that such downgrade is attributable in whole or in part to the applicable Change of Control and (y) the Notes do not have an Investment Grade Status from either Rating Agency.

Realizable Value ” of an asset means the lesser of (x) if applicable, the face value of such asset and (y) the market value of such asset as determined by the Company in accordance with the agreement governing the applicable Permitted Funding Indebtedness, as the case may be, (or, if such agreement does not contain any related provision, as determined in good faith by management of the Company); provided, however , that the realizable value of any asset described above which an unaffiliated third party has a binding contractual commitment to purchase from the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be the minimum price payable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary for such asset pursuant to such contractual commitment.

 

-24-


Receivables means loans and other mortgage-related receivables (excluding and net interest margin securities) purchased or originated by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or otherwise arising in the ordinary course of business; provided, however , that for purposes of determining the amount of a Receivable at any time, such amount shall be determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as of the most recent practicable date.

Refinance ” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “ refinances ,” “ refinanced ” and “ refinancing ” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that:

(1) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is the same as or greater than the final Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or, if less, the Notes and if the Indebtedness being re-financed constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness , such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(2) if the Indebtedness being refinanced constituted Subordinated Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and

(3) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include:

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Guarantor; or

(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers, as amended or supplemented, and (ii) any other registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of Additional Notes in a private offering by the Company after the Issue Date.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Regulation S-X ” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

Related Taxes ” means:

(1) any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem , value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise,

 

-25-


occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding imposed on payments made by any Parent), required to be paid ( provided such Taxes are in fact paid) by any Parent by virtue of its:

(a) being organized or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries);

(b) being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries;

(c) receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or indirectly, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries; or

(d) having made any payment in respect to any of the items for which the Company is permitted to make payments to any Parent pursuant to Section 3.3 ; or

(2) for any taxable period of an Issuer, either

(a) if, for such period, such Issuer is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for so long as such Issuer is a member of a group filing a consolidated, unitary or combined tax return with any Parent, any Taxes measured by income for which such Parent is liable, up to an amount not to exceed the amount of any such Taxes that such Issuer and its Subsidiaries that are members of such group would have been required to pay on a separate group basis if such Issuer and such Subsidiaries had paid tax on a consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary basis on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only of such Issuer and its Subsidiaries; provided that the amount of such Taxes with respect to any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not exceed the amount actually paid by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries for the relevant taxable period; or

(b) if, for such period (or portion thereof corresponding to a period used for computing estimated tax of a calendar year corporation), such Issuer is a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, tax distributions (in the case of an estimated tax period, prior to the related due date) to the owner or owners of equity of the Issuer in an aggregate amount equal to the greater of (1) the product of (i) the Issuer’s “taxable income” (in the case of a disregarded entity, computed as if such entity were a partnership) for such period (or portion thereof), reduced by the cumulative net taxable loss of the Issuer for all prior periods ending after the Issue Date (determined as if all such prior periods were one taxable period) to the extent such loss is of a character that would permit such loss to be deducted against the current period’s income, and (ii) the highest combined marginal federal, state and/or local income tax rate applicable to an individual residing in New York City for such period or (2) the sum of the alternative minimum tax owed by an individual residing in New York City as a result of the income of the Issuer and the corresponding state and local tax (taking into account in each case the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes), as properly adjusted to reflect the final determination of any previously estimated taxable income or loss; provided that the aggregate amount of Related Taxes determined under this paragraph for any taxable period shall be reduced by the excess of (A) the product of (x) the taxable income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary for such taxable period included in the calculation of clause (i) above and (y) the rate described in clause (ii) above, over (B) the amount distributed by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries for the relevant taxable period.

Restricted Investment ” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Notes ” means Initial Notes and Additional Notes bearing one of the restrictive legends described in Section 2.1(d) .

 

-26-


Restricted Notes Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(1) and, in the case of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(2) .

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Required Asset Sale ” means any Asset Sale that is a result of a repurchase right or obligation or a mandatory sale right or obligation related to Permitted Funding Indebtedness, which rights or obligations are either in existence on the Issue Date (or substantially similar in nature to such rights or obligations in existence on the Issue Date) or pursuant to the guidelines or regulations of a government-sponsored enterprise.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Securitization ” means a public or private transfer, sale or financing of servicing advances, mortgage loans, installment contracts, other loans, accounts receivable, real estate assets, mortgage receivables and any other assets capable of being securitized (collectively, the “ Securitization Assets ”) by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly securitizes a pool of specified Securitization Assets including any such transaction involving the sale of specified servicing advances or mortgage loans to a Securitization Entity.

Securitization Asset ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Securitization.”

Securitization Entity ” means (i) any Person (whether or not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) established for the purpose of issuing asset-backed or mortgage-backed or mortgage pass-through securities of any kind (including collateralized mortgage obligations and net interest margin securities), (ii) any special purpose Subsidiary established for the purpose of selling, depositing or contributing Securitization Assets into a Person described in clause (i) or holding securities in any related Securitization Entity, regardless of whether such person is an issuer of securities; provided that such person is not an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor and (iii) any special purpose Subsidiary of the Company formed exclusively for the purpose of satisfying the requirements of Credit Enhancement Agreements and regardless of whether such Subsidiary is an issuer of securities; provided that such person is not an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor other than under Credit Enhancement Agreements. As of the Issue Date, none of the Subsidiaries of the Company are Securitization Entities.

Securitization Facility ” means any of one or more securitization financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its Securitization Assets to either (a) Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Securitization Entity that in turn sells Securitization Assets to a person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Securitization Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Securitization Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Securitization.

Securitization Indebtedness ” means (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to on-balance sheet Securitizations treated as financings and (ii) any Indebtedness consisting of advances made to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries based upon securities issued by a Securitization Entity pursuant to a Securitization and acquired or retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

-27-


Securitization Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Securitization to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Senior Management ” means the officers, directors, and other members of senior management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, who at any date beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Similar Business ” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries or any Associates on the Issue Date and (b) any businesses, services and activities engaged in by the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries or any Associates that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions, expansions or developments of any thereof.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Entity, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, Joint Venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or

(2) any partnership, Joint Venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:

(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise; and

(b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

-28-


Taxes ” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, duties and withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority.

Total Assets ” mean, as of any date, the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is internally available, determined on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the pro forma basis contained in the definition of Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio.

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Treasury Rate ” means in the case of a redemption of the Notes, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the redemption date (or, if such statistical release is not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to April 1, 2017; provided, however , that if the period from the redemption date to April 1, 2017 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to such applicable date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Trust Officer ” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any vice president, assistant vice president, any trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee, as applicable, who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below); and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company, respectively, (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

(1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(2) such designation and the Investment of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with Section 3.3 hereof.

 

-29-


U.S. Government Obligations ” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the Company thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt.

Voting Stock ” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Domestic Subsidiary of the Company, all of the Capital Stock of which is owned by the Company.

SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions .

 

Term

  

Defined in
Section

Accredited Investor Note    2.1(b)
Additional Restricted Notes    2.1(b)
Affiliate Transaction    3.8(a)
Agent Members    2.1(g)(2)
Asset Disposition Offer    3.5(b)
Asset Sale Payment Date    3.5(f)(2)
Authenticating Agent    2.2
Automatic Exchange    2.6(e)
Automatic Exchange Date    2.6(e)
Automatic Exchange Notice    2.6(e)
Automatic Exchange Notice Date    2.6(e)

 

-30-


Term

  

Defined in
Section

bankruptcy provisions    6.1(a)(5)(F)
Change of Control Offer    3.9(a)
Change of Control Payment    3.9(a)(2)
Change of Control Payment Date    3.9(a)
Clearstream    2.1(b)
Covenant Defeasance    8.3
cross acceleration provision    6.1(a)(4)(B)
Defaulted Interest    2.15
Defeasance Trust    8.4(1)
Euroclear    2.1(b)
Event of Default    6.1(a)
Excess Proceeds    3.5(b)
Exchange Global Note    2.1(b)
Global Notes    2.1(b)
Guaranteed Obligations    10.1
Initial Agreement    3.4(b)
Initial Lien    3.6
Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note    2.1(b)
Institutional Accredited Investor Notes    2.1(b)
Issuers Order    2.2
judgment default provision    6.1(a)(7)
Legal Defeasance    8.2
Legal Holiday    12.8
New York Presence Obligor    12.21(b)
New York Process Agent    12.21(b)

 

-31-


Term

  

Defined in
Section

Notes Register    2.3
payment default    6.1(a)(4)(A)
Permitted Debt    3.2(b)
Permanent Regulation S Global Note    2.1(b)
Permitted Payments    3.3(b)
Process Agent    12.21(a)
protected purchaser    2.11
Redemption Date    5.7(a)
Refunding Capital Stock    3.3(b)
Registrar    2.3
Regulation S Global Note    2.1(b)
Regulation S Notes    2.1(b)
Resale Restriction Termination Date    2.6(b)
Restricted Global Note    2.6(e)
Restricted Payment    3.3(a)(4)
Restricted Period    2.1(b)
Reversion Date    3.19(b)
Rule 144A Global Note    2.1(b)
Rule 144A Notes    2.1(b)
Special Interest Payment Date    2.15(a)
Special Record Date    2.15(a)
Successor Company    4.1(a)(1)
Suspended Covenants    3.19(a)
Suspension Period    3.19(b)
Taxes    3.23(a)

 

-32-


Term

  

Defined in
Section

Temporary Regulation S Global Note    2.1(b)
Third Party Process Agent    12.21(c)
Unrestricted Global Note    2.6(e)

SECTION 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

Commission ” means the SEC.

indenture securities ” means the Notes.

indenture security holder ” means a Holder.

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture.

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee.

obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Issuers and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

SECTION 1.4. Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

(4) “including” means including without limitation;

(5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(6) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(7) whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest, to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the Notes, provided , however , that the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the requirement that Additional Interest is due unless the Trustee receives written notice from the Issuers stating that such amounts are due and specifying the dollar amounts thereof;

(8) all amounts expressed in this Indenture or in any of the Notes in terms of money refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America;

 

-33-


(9) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(10) unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person; and

(11) For the purposes of Section 6.1(a)(6)(D) , in respect of Parent, the making of a declaration that the affairs of Parent are en etat de désastre shall be deemed to be similar relief granted under foreign law.

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.1. Form, Dating and Terms .

(a) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal amount of $325,000,000. In addition, the Issuers may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Notes (as provided herein) and Exchange Notes. Furthermore, Notes may be authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer, exchange or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.2 , 2.6 , 2.11 , 2.13 , 5.6 or 9.5 , in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer pursuant to Section 3.5 or in connection with a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 3.9 .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Issuers may not issue any Additional Notes, unless such issuance is in compliance with Sections 3.2 and 3.6 .

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuers shall set forth in (1) a Board Resolution and (2) (i) an Officer’s Certificate and (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information:

(A) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

(B) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest shall accrue; and

(C) whether such Additional Notes shall be Restricted Notes.

In authenticating and delivering Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate required by Section 12.4 , an Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization, execution, delivery, validity and enforceability of such Additional Notes.

The Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture. Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes will vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of the Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes or the Exchange Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent.

If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Issuers, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuers and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate or an indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes.

 

-34-


(b) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Issuers pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated September 14, 2012, among the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (if issued as Restricted Notes) (the “ Additional Restricted Notes ”) will be resold initially only to (A) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (B) Non-U.S. Persons in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, AIs and IAIs in accordance with Rule 501 under the Securities Act, in each case, in accordance with the procedure described herein. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuers from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law.

Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (the “ Rule 144A Notes ”) shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A , which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) and (e)  (the “ Rule 144A Global Note ”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

Initial Notes and any Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold outside the United States of America (the “ Regulation S Notes ”) in reliance on Regulation S shall initially be issued in the form of a temporary global Note (the “ Temporary Regulation S Global Note ”). Beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in a corresponding permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) and (e)  (the “ Permanent Regulation S Global Note ” and, together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, each a “ Regulation S Global Note ”) within a reasonable period after the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined below) upon delivery of the certification contemplated by Section 2.7 . Each Regulation S Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for DTC in the manner described in this Article II for credit to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such other accounts as they may direct), including, but not limited to, accounts at Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (“ Euroclear ”) or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“ Clearstream ”). Prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Initial Notes and the Issue Date (such period through and including such 40th day, the “ Restricted Period ”), interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may only be transferred to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S, unless exchanged for interests in a Global Note in accordance with the transfer and certification requirements described herein.

Investors may hold their interests in the Regulation S Global Note through organizations other than Euro-clear or Clearstream that are participants in DTC’s system or directly through Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems. If such interests are held through Euroclear or Clearstream, Euroclear and Clearstream will hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective depositaries. Such depositaries, in turn, will hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note in customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC.

The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes resold to IAIs (the “ Institutional Accredited Investor Notes ”) in the United States of America shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) and (e)  (the “ Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note ”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

 

-35-


Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes resold to AIs in the United States of America shall be issued in the form of a Definitive Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A including the legend as set forth in Section 2.1(f) (an “ Accredited Investor Note ”).

Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in the Rule 144A Notes, the Regulation S Notes, and the Institutional Accredited Investor Notes will be issued in the form of a permanent global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit B , which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, deposited with the Trustee as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend set forth in Section 2.1(d) and (e)  (the “ Exchange Global Note ”). The Exchange Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.

The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “ Global Notes .”

The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Paying Agent designated by the Company maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 ; provided , however , that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B and in Section 2.1(d) , (e)  and (f) . The Issuers shall approve any notation, endorsement or legend on the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuers and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms.

(c) Denominations . The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

-36-


(d) Restrictive Legends . Unless and until (i) an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is sold under an effective registration statement or (ii) an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in connection with an effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement or (iii) the Trustee receives an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to it to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act:

(1) the Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note and the Accredited Investor Note shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUERS OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUERS SO REQUEST), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUERS SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

(2) the Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following additional legend on the face thereof:

THIS SECURITY IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR PHYSICAL NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

(e) Global Note Legend .

Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE

 

-37-


OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

(f) AI Note Legend .

Each Accredited Investor Note shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUERS OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUERS SO REQUEST), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUERS SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

(g) Book-Entry Provisions . (i) This Section 2.1(g) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC.

 

-38-


(1) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Notes Custodian for DTC and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(e) . Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to the DTC, its successors or its respective nominees, except as set forth in Section 2.1(g)(4) and 2.1(h) . If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Notes Custodian will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

(2) Members of, or participants in, DTC (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Notes Custodian as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

(3) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(h) to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Notes Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.

(4) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.1(h) , such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

(5) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(6) Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (i) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (ii) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

(h) Definitive Notes . Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes. Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (A) DTC notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Note and the Issuers fail to appoint a successor depositary within 90 days of such notice, (B) the Issuers, at their option, notify the Trustee that they elect to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes or (C) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes under this Indenture and DTC shall have requested the issuance of Definitive Notes. In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in the second preceding sentence or in clause (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the Issuers shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes. In addition, any Note transferred to an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuers or evidencing a Note that

 

-39-


has been acquired by an affiliate in a transaction or series of transactions not involving any public offering must, until one year after the last date on which either the Issuers or any affiliate of the Issuers was an owner of the Note, be in the form of a Definitive Note and bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions in Section 2.1(d) . If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may also obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures.

(1) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(g) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d) , bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Note set forth in Section 2.1(d) .

(2) If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Definitive Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount not so transferred.

(3) If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for another Definitive Note, (x) the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Note being transferred or exchanged, (y) the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more new Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Definitive Note (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, one or more Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the un-transferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Definitive Notes, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.

(4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in no event shall a Definitive Note be delivered upon exchange or transfer of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note prior to the end of the Restricted Period.

SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication . One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuers by manual, facsimile or PDF signature. If the Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $325,000,000, (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes for original issue in an unlimited principal amount, (3) Exchange Notes for issue only in an exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and only in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes of an equal principal amount and (4) under the circumstances set forth in Section 2.6(e) , Initial Notes in the form of an Unrestricted Global Note, in each case upon a written order of the Issuers signed by one Officer (the “ Issuers Order ”). Such Issuers Order shall specify whether the Notes will be in the form of Definitive Notes or Global Notes, the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, the holder of the Notes and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes.

The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “ Authenticating Agent ”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuers. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating

 

-40-


Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

In case the Issuers, pursuant to Article IV , shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Issuers or any Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV , any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may (but shall not be required), from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate to reflect such successor Person, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon the Issuers Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.

SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent . The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “ Notes Register ”). The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar.

The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of each such agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7 . The Issuers or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

The Issuers initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuers initially appoints the Trustee as the Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes and the Issuers may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders, but upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided , however , that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuers and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee and the passage of any waiting or notice periods required by DTC procedures or (ii) written notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee.

SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on each due date of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium or interest when due. The Issuers shall require the Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuers or other obligors on the Notes), shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuers or any Guarantor in making any such payment and shall during the continuance of any default by the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment in respect of the Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith deliver to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Notes together with a full accounting thereof. If the Issuers or a Subsidiary of the Issuers acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuers at any time may

 

-41-


require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds or assets disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4 , the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuers or a Subsidiary of the Issuers) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

SECTION 2.5. Holder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, or to the extent otherwise required under the TIA, the Issuers, on their own behalf and on behalf of each of the Guarantors, shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders and the Issuers shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).

SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange .

(a) A Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Note or Notes of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Trustee a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by this Section 2.6 . The Trustee will promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section 2.6 by noting the same in the Notes Register maintained by the Trustee for the purpose, and no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such Notes Register. The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section 2.6 and Section 2.1(g) and 2.1(h) , as applicable, and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clear-stream. The Trustee shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with this paragraph.

(b) Transfers of Rule 144A Notes and Institutional Accredited Investor Notes . The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of its original issue and the last date on which the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”):

(1) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; provided that no such written representation or other written certification shall be required in connection with the transfer of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee in the form of a beneficial interest in that Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with this Indenture and the applicable procedures of DTC.

(2) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI or an AI shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8 or Section 2.10 , respectively, from the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it; and

(3) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 from the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it.

 

-42-


(c) Transfers of Regulation S Notes . The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period:

(1) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

(2) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI or an AI shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8 or Section 2.10 , respectively, from the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers; and

(3) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 hereof from the proposed transferee and receipt by the Registrar or its agent of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers.

After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Note may be transferred in accordance with applicable law without requiring the certification set forth in Section 2.8 , Section 2.9 , Section 2.10 or any additional certification.

(d) Restricted Notes Legend . Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restricted Notes Legend unless (1) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Exchange Notes in an exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, in which case the Exchange Notes shall not bear a Restricted Notes Legend, (2) an Initial Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement, (3) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend in accordance with Section 2.6(e) or (4) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to it stating that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(e) Automatic Exchange from Global Note Bearing Restricted Notes Legend to Global Note Not Bearing Restricted Notes Legend . Upon the Issuers’ satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, beneficial interests in a Global Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (a “ Restricted Global Note ”) may be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in a Global Note not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (an “ Unrestricted Global Note ”) without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “ Automatic Exchange ”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar day after (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Issue Date or (2) with respect to Additional Notes, if any, the issue date of such Additional Notes, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the “ Automatic Exchange Date ”). Upon the Issuers’ satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Issuers shall (i) provide written notice to DTC and the Trustee at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, instructing DTC to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Restricted Global Note to the Unrestricted Global Note, which the Issuers shall have previously otherwise made eligible for exchange with the DTC, (ii) provide prior written notice (the “ Automatic Exchange Notice ”) to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Automatic

 

-43-


Exchange Date (the “ Automatic Exchange Notice Date ”), which notice must include (w) the Automatic Exchange Date, (x) the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange shall occur, (y) the “CUSIP” number of the Restricted Global Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and (z) the “CUSIP” number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (iii) on or prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the Issuers, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Global Notes to be exchanged into such Unrestricted Global Notes. At the Issuers’ written request on no less than five (5) calendar days’ notice prior to the Automatic Exchange Notice Date, the Trustee shall deliver, in the Issuers’ name and at its expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders; provided that the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee the information required to be included in such Automatic Exchange Notice.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.6(e) , during the fifteen (15) calendar day period prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.6(e) shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Issuers. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Issuers shall provide, and the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the Issuers to the effect that the Automatic Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal amount of the particular Restricted Global Note is to be transferred to the particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary to reflect the Automatic Exchange. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.6(e) , the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Restricted Global Note from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange shall be cancelled following the Automatic Exchange.

(f) Retention of Written Communications . The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6 . The Issuers shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar.

(g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes . To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Issuers’ and Registrar’s written request.

No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2 , 2.6 , 2.11 , 2.13 , 3.5 , 5.6 or 9.5 ).

The Issuers (and the Registrar) shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 calendar days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 calendar days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to paragraph 2 of the forms of Notes attached hereto as Exhibits A , B and C ) interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, including without limitation the transfer or exchange of such Note, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

-44-


Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(h) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d) , bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(d) .

All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(h) No Obligation of the Trustee . The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any of its agents shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by DTC.

SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificate to be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period .

[Date]

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Marc Fox and Pamela McCormack

Facsimile: (212) 715-3199

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Attention: Ladder Capital Administrator

Facsimile: (612) 217-5651

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Joshua N. Korff

Facsimile: (212) 446-4900

 

-45-


Re: Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation (the “ Issuers ”)

7.375% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter relates to Notes represented by a temporary global Note (the “ Temporary Regulation S Global Note ”). Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Indenture dated as of September 19, 2012 relating to the Notes (the “ Indenture ”), we hereby certify that the persons who are the beneficial owners of $[        ] principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note are persons outside the United States to whom beneficial interests in such Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, you are hereby requested to issue a Permanent Regulation S Global Note representing the undersigned’s interest in the principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, all in the manner provided by the Indenture. We certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuers.

The Trustee and the Issuers are entitled to conclusively rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

  Authorized Signature

SECTION 2.8. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to IAIs .

[Date]

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Marc Fox and Pamela McCormack

Facsimile: (212) 715-3199

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Attention: Ladder Capital Administrator

Facsimile: (612) 217-5651

 

-46-


Re: Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation (the “ Issuers ”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[        ] principal amount of the 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Notes ”) of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and Ladder Capital Finance Corporation (the “ Issuers ”).

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

 

Name:  

 

  
Address:  

 

  
Taxpayer ID Number:  

 

  

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” of at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of our investment in the Notes and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuers or any affiliate of the Issuers was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only (a) to the Issuers or any Subsidiary thereof, (b) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person we reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” under Rule 144A of the Securities Act (a “ QIB ”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000 for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuers and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuers and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers.

3. We [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuers.

 

TRANSFEREE:  

 

 

BY:  

 

 

-47-


SECTION 2.9. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S .

[Date]

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Marc Fox and Pamela McCormack

Facsimile: (212) 715-3199

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Attention: Ladder Capital Administrator

Facsimile: (612) 217-5651

 

Re: Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation (the “ Issuers ”)

7.375% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $[        ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

(a) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

(c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

(d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.

We also hereby certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuers and, to our knowledge, the transferee of the Notes [is][is not] an Affiliate of the Issuers.

The Trustee and the Issuers are entitled to conclusively rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

  Authorized Signature

 

-48-


SECTION 2.10. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to AIs .

[Date]

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Marc Fox and Pamela McCormack

Facsimile: (212) 715-3199

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Attention: Ladder Capital Administrator

Facsimile: (612) 217-5651

 

Re: Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation (the “ Issuers ”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[        ] principal amount of the 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Notes ”) of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and Ladder Capital Finance Corporation (the “ Issuers ”).

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

 

Name:  

 

 
Address:  

 

 
Taxpayer ID Number:  

 

 

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

4. I am an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(4) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)) and I am acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. I have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of my investment in the Notes and I invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of my business. I am able to bear the economic risk of my investment.

 

-49-


5. I understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. I agree on my own behalf to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuers or any affiliate of the Issuers was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only (a) to the Issuers or any Subsidiary thereof, (b) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person I reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” under Rule 144A of the Securities Act (a “ QIB ”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $200,000 for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of my property be at all times within my control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuers and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers.

6. I understand and acknowledge that upon the issuance thereof, and until such time as the same is no longer required under applicable requirements of the Securities Act or state securities laws, the Notes that I acquire will be certificated Notes that will bear, and all certificates issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof will bear, a restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.1(d) of the Indenture.

7. I am an Affiliate of the Issuers.

 

TRANSFEREE:  

 

BY:  

 

SECTION 2.11. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes .

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuers and the Trustee that such Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar has not registered a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuers and the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “ protected purchaser ”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee; provided , however , if after the delivery of such replacement Note, a protected purchaser of the Note for which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such replaced Note, the Trustee and/or the Issuers shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was issued and delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuers or the Trustee in connection therewith. Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the (i) Trustee to protect the Trustee and (ii) the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar, from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Issuers shall execute, and upon receipt of an Issuers Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

-50-


In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuers in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.11 , the Issuers may require that such Holder pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee) in connection therewith.

Subject to the proviso in the initial paragraph of this Section 2.11 , every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.11 , in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuers, any Guarantor (if applicable) and any other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section 2.11 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

SECTION 2.12. Outstanding Notes . Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those paid pursuant to Section 2.11 and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding in the event the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers holds the Note; provided , however , that (i) for purposes of determining which are outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder, the provisions of Section 12.6 shall apply and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Notes are present at a meeting of Holders of Notes for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers shall not be considered outstanding.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.11 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuers receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement pursuant to Section 2.11 .

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.13. Temporary Notes . In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights, of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Issuers for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuers Order, authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Notes.

SECTION 2.14. Cancellation . The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of such Notes in accordance with its internal policies and customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act and the Trustee). If the

 

-51-


Issuers or any Guarantor acquires any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.14 . The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange.

At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by DTC to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

SECTION 2.15. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest . Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such payment at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 . The Issuers shall advise the Paying Agent in writing five Business Days prior to any interest payment date of any Additional Interest payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall be paid by the Issuers, at their election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

(a) The Issuers may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “ Special Interest Payment Date ”), and at the same time the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Section 2.15(a) . Thereupon the Issuers shall fix a record date (the “ Special Record Date ”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which date shall be not more than 20 calendar days and not less than 15 calendar days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 calendar days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuers, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 12.2 , not less than 10 calendar days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the provisions in Section 2.15(b) .

(b) The Issuers may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuers to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Section 2.15(b) , such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

-52-


Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15 , each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

SECTION 2.16. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers . The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP and “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP and ISIN numbers. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.

SECTION 2.17. Joint and Several Liability . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, from and after the Issue Date, the Issuers shall be jointly and severally liable for the performance of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

ARTICLE III

COVENANTS

SECTION 3.1. Payment of Notes . The Issuers shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) shall be considered paid on the date due if by 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. The Issuers shall advise the Paying Agent in writing five Business Days prior to any interest payment date of any Additional Interest payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuers may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder.

SECTION 3.2. Limitation on Indebtedness .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided , however , that the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Non-Funding Indebtedness, if on the date of such Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not greater than 4.00 to 1.00.

(b) Section 3.2(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

(1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility (including letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created under any Credit Facility), and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and Guarantees in respect of such Indebtedness in a maximum aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding (i) the greater of $75.0 million or 2.5% of Total Assets, plus (ii) in the case of any refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under this clause or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

 

-53-


(2) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness is permitted under the terms of this Indenture;

(3) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that:

(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;

(4) Indebtedness represented by (i) the Notes (other than any Additional Notes), including any Guarantee thereof, (ii) any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(1) and (3) ) outstanding on the Issue Date, (iii) Refinancing Indebtedness (including, in the case of the Notes (other than any Additional Notes) and any Guarantee thereof, any Exchange Notes and related exchange Guarantees to be issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement) Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause or clauses (5), (6), (7), (9), (10) or (15) of this Section 3.2(b) or Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a) , and (iv) Management Advances;

(5) Indebtedness of (x) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either

(i) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio test set forth in Section 3.2(a);

(ii) the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation; or

(iii) such Indebtedness constitutes Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred in contemplation of the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that only the obligors with respect to such Indebtedness shall be those Persons who were obligors of such Indebtedness prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(6) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

(7) Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, does not exceed the greater of (i) $10.0 million and (ii) 1.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence;

 

-54-


(8) Indebtedness in respect of (i) workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment, customs, value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion guarantees and warranties provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; (iii) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business; (iv) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (v) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(9) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets, Person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary;

(10) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding, will not exceed 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issuance or sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution) or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution) of the Company, in each case, subsequent to the Issue Date; provided , however , that (i) any such Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall not increase the amount available for making Restricted Payments to the extent the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries Incur Indebtedness in reliance thereon and (ii) any Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes of Incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this clause to the extent the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries make a Restricted Payment;

(11) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any current or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parents (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee, director or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Parents that is permitted by Section 3.3 ;

(12) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(13) Permitted Funding Indebtedness;

(14) Permitted Securitization Indebtedness and Indebtedness under Credit Enhancement Agreements or arising out of or to fund purchases of all remaining outstanding asset-backed securities of any Securitization Entity for the purpose of relieving the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of the administrative expense of servicing such Securitization Entity; and

(15) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding, will not exceed $40.0 million.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 3.2 :

(1) in the event that all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(a) and (b) , the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the clauses of Section 3.2(a) or (b) ;

 

-55-


(2) additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be reclassified as having been Incurred pursuant to any type of Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(a) and (b)  so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to such provision and any related Liens are permitted to be Incurred at the time of reclassification;

(3) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

(4) if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (1), (7) or (10) of Section 3.2(b) or Section 3.2(a) and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;

(5) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

(6) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 3.2 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 3.2 permitting such Indebtedness; and

(7) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of GAAP.

(d) Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a change in GAAP, will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 3.2 . The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (a) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (b) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

(e) If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 3.2, the Company shall be in default of this Section 3.2 ).

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.2 , the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being re-financed, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refi-nancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

(g) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

 

-56-


(h) Unsecured Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because such Indebtedness is unsecured. Senior Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or is secured by different collateral.

SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

(i) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock; and

(ii) dividends or distributions payable to any of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis);

(2) purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (i) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (ii) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(3) ); or

(4) make any Restricted Investment;

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (4) are referred to herein as a “ Restricted Payment ”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

(i) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result immediately thereafter therefrom);

(ii) the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or

(iii) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date (and not returned or rescinded) (including Permitted Payments permitted by Section 3.3(b)(1) (without duplication of the declaration of the dividend or delivery of a redemption notice), (6) , (10) , (11)  and (17) , but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 3.3(b) ) would exceed the sum of (without duplication):

(A) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit);

 

-57-


(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or as the result of a merger or consolidation with another Person subsequent to the Issue Date or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock) of the Company subsequent to the Issue Date (other than (x) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (y) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities to the extent that any Restricted Payment has been made from such proceeds in reliance on Section 3.3(b)(6) and (z) Excluded Contributions;

(C) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) plus, without duplication, the amount of any cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange;

(D) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by means of: (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or (ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent of the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(10) or (14)  or to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; and

(E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in good faith of the Company at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger or consolidation or transfer of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or merged or consolidated or Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred), other than to the extent

 

-58-


of the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(10) or (14)  or to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment.

(b) Section 3.3(a) will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “ Permitted Payments ”):

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any irrevocable redemption notice, such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture as if it were and is deemed at such time to be a Restricted Payment at the time of such notice;

(2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) or a substantially concurrent contribution to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or through an Excluded Contribution) of the Company; provided , however , that to the extent so applied, the Net Cash Proceeds, or fair market value of property or assets or of marketable securities, from such sale of Capital Stock or such contribution will be excluded from Section 3.3(a)(4)(iii) ;

(3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2 ;

(4) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock (other than an issuance of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary to replace Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company) of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2 ;

(5) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary:

(i) from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 3.5 , but only if the Issuers shall have first complied with the terms described under Section 3.5 and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to any offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or

(ii) to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”), but only if the Company shall have first complied with the terms described under Section 3.9 and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or

(iii) consisting of Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred (A) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) otherwise in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition);

 

-59-


(6) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its Parents held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parents (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such employee, director or consultant) either pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or upon the termination of such employee, director or consultant’s employment or directorship; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause do not exceed $10.0 million in any fiscal year (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried over to succeeding fiscal years subject to a maximum of $20.0 million in any fiscal year); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(i) the cash proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Company (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution), Capital Stock of any of the Company’s Parents, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parents that occurred after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 3.3(a)(4)(iii) ; plus

(ii) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

(iii) the amount of any Restricted Payments made in previous calendar years pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (6);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, or any of its Parents or Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Parent will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Indenture;

(7) the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of Section 3.2 ;

(8) purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof;

(9) dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent or other payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in amounts equal to (without duplication):

(i) the amounts required for any Parent to pay any Parent Expenses;

(ii) distributions in respect of Related Taxes; or

(iii) amounts constituting or to be used for purposes of making payments to the extent specified in Section 3.8(b)(2) , (3)  and (5) ;

(10) the declaration and payment by the Company of dividends on the common stock or common equity interests of the Company or any Parent following a public offering of such common stock or common equity interests, in an amount not to exceed 6% in any fiscal year of the aggregate proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from all such public offerings;

(11) payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent in lieu of the issuance of

 

-60-


fractional shares of such Capital Stock, provided , however , that any such payment, loan, advance, dividend or distribution shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this Section 3.3 or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors);

(12) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(13) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock provided however, that for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Refunding Capital Stock, after giving effect to such issuance on a pro forma basis the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the test set forth in Section 3.2(a) ;

(14) dividends or other distributions of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (unless the Unrestricted Subsidiary’s principal asset is cash and Cash Equivalents);

(15) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Securitization;

(16) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result from), Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at the time made not to exceed $25.0 million; and

(17) mandatory redemptions of Preferred Stock issued as a Restricted Payment or as consideration for a Permitted Investment.

(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be their face amount, and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash, in each case over $25.0 million, shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith.

SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions in cash or otherwise on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

 

-61-


(b) Section 3.4(a) shall not prohibit:

(1) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to any Credit Facilities or any other agreement or instrument, in each case, in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;

(2) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;

(3) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(4) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument of a Person or relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person, entered into on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by or merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or was designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or on which such agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or was merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or entered into in contemplation of or in connection with such transaction) and outstanding on such date; provided that, for the purposes of this clause, if another Person is the Successor Company, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary when such Person becomes the Successor Company;

(5) any encumbrance or restriction:

(i) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract or agreement, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract or agreement;

(ii) contained in mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements permitted under this Indenture or securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted under this Indenture to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer or encumbrance of the property or assets subject to such mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements; or

(iii) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;

(7) any encumbrance or restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition to a Person of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(8) customary provisions in leases, licenses, Joint Venture agreements and other similar agreements and instruments;

(9) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority;

(10) any encumbrance or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

-62-


(11) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Hedging Obligations;

(12) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be Incurred or issued subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.2 that impose restrictions solely on the Foreign Subsidiaries party thereto or their Subsidiaries;

(13) provisions in agreements evidencing Permitted Funding Indebtedness and restrictions or requirements created in connection with any Securitization Facility that are necessary or advisable to effect such Securitization Facility or applicable to any special purpose Subsidiary of the Company formed in connection therewith;

(14) any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.2 if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than (i) the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Credit Facilities, together with the security documents associated therewith as in effect on the Issue Date or (ii) in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and where, in the case of clause (ii), either (A) the Company determines at the time of issuance of such Indebtedness that such encumbrances or restrictions will not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (B) such encumbrance or restriction applies only during the continuance of a default relating to such Indebtedness;

(15) any encumbrance or restriction existing by reason of any lien permitted under Section 3.6 ; or

(16) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refi-nancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise refinances, an agreement or instrument referred to in clauses (1) to (15) of this Section 3.4(b) (an “ Initial Agreement ”) or contained in any amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, refunding, replacement, refinancing, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clauses (1) to (15) of this Section 3.4(b) or this clause (16); provided , however , that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders taken as a whole than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good faith by the Company).

SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap);

(2) in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions (except to the extent the Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap), at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and

 

-63-


(3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be:

(i) to the extent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness), (A) to prepay, repay or purchase any Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor, Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien or Permitted Funding Indebtedness (in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) within 365 days from the later of (1) the date of such Asset Disposition and (2) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided , however , that, in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (i), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (if any) to be reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; or (B) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness; provided further that, to the extent the Company redeems, repays or repurchases Pari Passu Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (B), the Company shall equally and ratably reduce obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 5.7 , through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

(ii) to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in or commit to invest in Additional Assets (including Securitization Assets and by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 365 days from the later of (A) the date of such Asset Disposition and (B) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided , however , that any such reinvestment in Additional Assets made pursuant to a definitive binding agreement or a commitment approved by the Board of Directors of the Company that is executed or approved within such time will satisfy this requirement, so long as such investment is consummated within 180 days of such 365th day;

provided that, pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (i) or clause (ii) in Section 3.5(a)(3) , the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness (including Permitted Funding Indebtedness) or otherwise use such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

(b) Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds ” under this Indenture. On the 366th day after the later of an Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds under this Indenture exceeds $25.0 million, the Issuers will within 10 Business Days be required to make an offer (“ Asset Disposition Offer ”) to all Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture and, to the extent the Issuers elect, to all holders of other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in respect of the Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, and in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers will deliver notice of such Asset Disposition Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Asset Disposition and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice.

(c) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may

 

-64-


use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes surrendered in any Asset Disposition Offer by Holders and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Excess Proceeds shall be allocated among the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, and in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Upon completion of any Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

(d) To the extent that any portion of Net Available Cash payable in respect of the Notes is denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the amount thereof payable in respect of the Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in U.S. dollars that is actually received by the Issuers upon converting such portion into U.S. dollars.

(e) For the purposes of Section 3.5(a)(2) hereof, the following will be deemed to be cash:

(i) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities contingent or otherwise of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Asset Disposition;

(ii) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition;

(iii) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition;

(iv) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Issue Date from Persons who are not the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(v) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 3.5 that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $70.0 million and 2.5% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

(f) Upon the commencement of an Asset Disposition Offer, the Issuers shall send, or cause to be sent, electronically or by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder at its registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holder to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer. Any Asset Disposition Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Disposition Offer, shall state:

(1) that the Asset Disposition Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.5 and that, to the extent lawful, all Notes tendered and not withdrawn shall be accepted for payment (unless prorated);

(2) the Asset Disposition payment amount, the Asset Disposition offered price, and the date on which Notes tendered and accepted for payment shall be purchased, which date shall be at least 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notices is mailed (the “ Asset Sale Payment Date ”);

(3) that any Notes not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest in accordance with the terms thereof;

 

-65-


(4) that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Asset Sale Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Disposition Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days before the Asset Sale Payment Date;

(6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than two Business Days prior to the Asset Sale Payment Date, a notice setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased;

(7) that if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Asset Disposition payment amount, the Issuers shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuers so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof shall be purchased); and

(8) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry).

(g) If the Asset Sale Payment Date is on or after a record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer.

(h) On the Asset Sale Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent permitted by law,

(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer,

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Asset Disposition payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuers.

(i) The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 3.5 . To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.

SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Liens . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, which Lien secures any Indebtedness (such Lien, the “ Initial Lien ”), without effectively providing that the Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured. Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien.

 

-66-


SECTION 3.7. Limitation on Guarantees .

(a) The Company will not permit any of its Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries Guarantee other loan facilities or debt securities (other than Permitted Funding Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), other than (i) a Co-Issuer or a Guarantor, (ii) an Excluded Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) a Securitization Entity, to Incur any Non-Funding Indebtedness (other than Preferred Stock) or Guarantee the payment of any loan facilities or debt securities of the Company or any other Guarantor that are Non-Funding Indebtedness, in each case, unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture and a joinder or supplement to the Registration Rights Agreement (if Exchange Notes have not yet been issued) providing for a senior Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (a) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; and (b) if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes or the Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

(2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee until payment in full of obligations under this Indenture; and

(3) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that:

(i) such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and

(ii) such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principals of equity;

provided that this Section 3.7 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case, such Subsidiary shall only be required to comply with the 30-day period described in this Section 3.7 .

(c) Any Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount that would not render the Guarantor’s obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of foreign or state law to comply with corporate benefit, financial assistance and other laws. By virtue of this limitation, a Guarantor’s obligation under its Guarantee could be significantly less than amounts payable with respect to the Notes, or a Guarantor may have effectively no obligation under its Guarantee.

(d) The Guarantee of a Guarantor will terminate upon:

(1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by the indenture;

 

-67-


(2) the designation in accordance with the indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the occurrence of any event after which the Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary;,

(3) defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in Article VIII and XI ;

(4) to the extent that such Guarantor is not an Immaterial Subsidiary solely due to the operation of clause (i) of the definition of “Immaterial Subsidiary,” upon the release of the Guarantee referred to in such clause;

(5) such Guarantor being released from all of its obligations under all of its Guarantees of payment by the Company of any Non-Funding Indebtedness of the Company under all loan facilities and debt securities of the Company (it being understood that a release subject to reinstatement is considered a release);, or

(6) upon the achievement of Investment Grade Status by the Notes; provided that such Guarantee shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date.

(e) Claims of creditors of non-guarantor Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, secured creditors and creditors holding debt and guarantees issued by those Subsidiaries, and claims of preferred and minority stockholders (if any) of those Subsidiaries and claims against Joint Ventures generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of those Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures over the claims of creditors of the Company, including Holders of the Notes. The Notes and each Guarantee therefore will be structurally subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred and minority stockholders (if any) of Subsidiaries of the Company (other than the Guarantors) and Joint Ventures. Initially, none of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries will guarantee the Notes.

SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate value in excess of $5.0 million unless:

(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate; and

(2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of $25.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in Section 3.8(a)(2) if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Company, if any.

(b) Section 3.8(a) shall not apply to:

(1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 3.3 , or any Permitted Investment;

(2) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans,

 

-68-


participation plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements) or indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of the Company in the ordinary course of business;

(3) any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto;

(4) any transaction between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) the payment of compensation, reasonable fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, officers, consultants or employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Person owned or controlled by any of such directors, officers or employees);

(6) the entry into and performance of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction arising out of, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect as of or on the Issue Date, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this Section 3.8 or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect;

(7) any customary transaction with a Securitization Entity effected as part of a Securitization;

(8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business, which are fair to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the management of the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(9) any transaction between or among the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is an Affiliate of the Company or an Associate or similar entity solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any Permitted Holder owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity;

(10) issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 3.8(a)(1) ;

(12) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equityholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under any future amendment to the equityholders’ agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date will only be permitted under this clause to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respects;

 

-69-


(13) any purchases by the Company’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Company’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; and

(14) the provision of mortgage brokerage and servicing, asset management and similar services to Affiliates not prohibited by this Indenture that are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or the management of the Company) or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or the management of the Company).

SECTION 3.9. Change of Control .

(a) If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes under Section 5.7 , the Issuers shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control Repurchase Event, the Issuers will deliver notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Repurchase Event and with the following information:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.9 , and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuers;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

(3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4) that unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest, on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuers to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day prior to the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

(7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000;

 

-70-


(8) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and

(9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuers, consistent with this Section 3.9 , that a Holder must follow.

The Paying Agent will promptly deliver to each Holder of the Notes tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be paid on the relevant interest payment date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date.

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent permitted by law,

(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuers.

(c) The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.9 , a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

(d) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuers, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuers as described in this Section 3.9 , purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.

(e) The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

-71-


SECTION 3.10. Reports .

(a) Notwithstanding that the Issuers may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Issuers shall file with the SEC within the dates set forth below:

(1) within 90 days (120 days in the case of the first fiscal year ending after the Issue Date) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports of the Company containing substantially all of the financial information that would have been required to be contained in an annual report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information is included in the Offering Memorandum), including (A) “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and (B) audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) within 45 days (60 days in the case of the first fiscal quarter ending after the Issue Date) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, quarterly reports of the Company containing substantially all of the financial information that would have been required to be contained in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information is included in the Offering Memorandum), including (A) “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and (B) unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

(3) within the time periods specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K after the occurrence of each event that would have been required to report in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act, current reports containing substantially all of the information that would have been required to be contained in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided, however , that no such current report will be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to noteholders or the business, assets, operations, financial positions or prospects of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

provided, however , that such reports (A) will not be required to comply with Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sar-banes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein) and (B) will not be required to contain the separate financial information for Guarantors contemplated by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC (i) if the SEC does not permit such filing or (ii) prior to the consummation of an exchange offer or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as required by the Registration Rights Agreement, so long as if clause (i) or (ii) is applicable the Company makes available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case, at the Company’s expense and by the applicable date the Company would be required to file such information pursuant to Section 3.10(a) . To the extent any such information is not so filed or furnished, as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently filed or furnished, as applicable, the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Section 6.1 if Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure.

(c) At any time that any of the Subsidiaries of the Company are Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual reports required by Section 3.10(a) will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s discussion and analysis of

 

-72-


financial condition and results of operations” or other comparable section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

(d) So long as the Notes are outstanding and the reports described above are not filed with the SEC, the Company will maintain a website (that may be password protected) to which noteholders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts are given access promptly and to which all of the reports and press releases required by this Section 3.10 are posted. The Company will hold a conference call for the Holders and securities analysts to discuss such financial information no later than 15 calendar days after filing the annual financial information described in Section 3.10(a)(1) and after filing the quarterly financial information described in Section 3.10(a)(2) . The Company will announce any such conference call at least three business days in advance and not more than ten business days after filing of the foregoing financial information.

(a) To the extent not satisfied by the reports referred to in Section 3.10(a), the Company shall furnish to noteholders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts, upon their request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.

(b) In the event that any Parent of the Company becomes a guarantor of the Notes, this Indenture will permit the Company to satisfy its obligations in this Section 3.10 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such Parent; provided that, to the extent required by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

SECTION 3.11. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

The Issuers will maintain an office or agency where the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose and where, if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be delivered. The corporate trust office of the Trustee, which initially shall be located at Wilmington Trust, National Association, Global Capital Markets, 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290, Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544, Attention: Ladder Capital Administrator, shall be such office or agency of the Issuers unless the Issuers shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made or delivered to the corporate trust office of the Trustee, and the Issuers hereby appoint the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations and surrenders.

The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

SECTION 3.12. Corporate Existence . Except as otherwise provided in this Article III , Article IV and Section 10.2(b) , the Issuers will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect their corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuers and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Issuers shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise or the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any Restricted Subsidiary if the respective Board of Directors or, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together would not be a Significant Subsidiary), senior management of the Issuers determines that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuers and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not, and will not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

 

-73-


SECTION 3.13. Payment of Taxes . The Issuers shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuers or any Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Issuers shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Issuers), are being maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment will not be disadvantageous to the Holders.

SECTION 3.14. Payments for Consent . The Issuers will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes or the Guarantees unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

SECTION 3.15. Compliance Certificate . The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuers an Officer’s Certificate, which shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or the Secretary of each of the Issuers, stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an Officer of the Issuers he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous fiscal year; provided that no such Officer’s Certificate shall be required for any fiscal year ended prior to the Issue Date. If such Officer does have such knowledge, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and the action the Issuers is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Issuers also shall comply with TIA Section 314(a)(4).

SECTION 3.16. Further Instruments and Acts . Upon request of the Trustee or as necessary to comply with future developments or requirements, the Issuers will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.17. Conduct of Business . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any businesses other than Similar Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

SECTION 3.18. Statement by Officers as to Default . The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the Issuers become aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default, its status and the actions which the Issuers are taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 3.19. Suspension of Certain Covenants .

(a) Following the first day: (1) the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status; and (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that day and continuing until the Reversion Date (as defined below), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 3.2 , 3.3 , 3.4 , 3.5 , 3.7 , 3.8 and 4.1(a)(3) (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”).

(b) If at any time the Notes cease to have such Investment Grade Status or if a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “ Reversion Date ”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence); provided, however , that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date, regardless of

 

-74-


whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “ Suspension Period .” During the Suspension Period no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(c) On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or one of the clauses set forth in Section 3.2(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to the Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reinstatement Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or (b) , such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 3.2(b)(4)(iii) . On and after the Reversion Date, all Liens created during the Suspension Period will be considered Permitted Liens. Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3 will be made as though Section 3.3 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a) . In addition, any future obligation to grant further Guarantees shall be released. All such further obligation to grant Guarantees shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date.

(d) The Issuers shall send prompt written notice to the Trustee if the conditions in Section 3.19(a) are satisfied or if a Reversion Date occurs. The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any suspension of covenants or Reversion Date unless a Trust Officer has received the notice referred to in this Section 3.19(d).

SECTION 3.20. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries .

(a) Except for during a Suspension Period, the Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.3 or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

(b) Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 3.3 . If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 3.2 , the Company will be in default of Section 3.2 .

(c) The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 3.2 calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions.

SECTION 3.21. [Reserved] .

 

-75-


SECTION 3.22. [Reserved] .

SECTION 3.23. [Reserved] .

ARTICLE IV

SUCCESSOR ISSUERS; SUCCESSOR PERSON

SECTION 4.1. Merger and Consolidation .

(a) The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Company ”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture and if such Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under such laws;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, either (i) the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or (ii) the Consolidated Debt to Equity Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be greater than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; and

(4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such supplemental indenture (if any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company, provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of Section 4.1(a)(2) and (3) .

(b) For purposes of this Section 4.1 , the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

(c) The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor company will not be released from its obligations under this Indenture or the Notes.

(d) Notwithstanding Section 4.1(a)(2) , (a)(3) and (a)(4) (which do not apply to transactions referred to in this sentence), (i) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) the Company may consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the Company, reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of the Company and (d) this covenant does not apply to any Required Asset Sale that complies with Section 3.5 as if such Required Asset Sale were considered an Asset Disposition.

 

-76-


(e) The foregoing provisions (other than the requirements of Section 4.1(a)(2) ) shall not apply to the creation of a new Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

ARTICLE V

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 5.1. Notices to Trustee .

If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 5.7 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(2) the redemption date;

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

(4) the redemption price.

Any optional redemption referenced in such Officer’s Certificate may be cancelled by the Issuers at any time prior to notice of redemption being sent to any Holder and thereafter shall be null and void.

SECTION 5.2. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased .

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select the applicable Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, as certified to the Trustee by the Issuers, and in compliance with the requirements of DTC, or if Notes are not so listed or such exchange prescribes no method of selection and such Notes are not held through DTC or DTC prescribes no method of selection, on a pro rata basis, subject to adjustments so that no Note in an unauthorized denomination is redeemed in part and further; provided , however , that no Note of $2,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part.

SECTION 5.3. Notice of Redemption .

(a) At least 30 but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuers will send or cause to be sent, by electronic delivery, if held at DTC, or by first class mail postage prepaid, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles VIII or XI hereof.

The notice will identify the Notes (including the CUSIP or ISIN number) to be redeemed and will state:

(1) the redemption date;

(2) the redemption price;

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

-77-


(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(6) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at their expense; provided, however, that the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as the Trustee may agree but in no event less than 35 days), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

(b) If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, in which case a portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. In the case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. Subject to the terms of the applicable redemption notice (including any conditions contained therein), Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption payment, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

SECTION 5.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 5.3 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. Notice of redemption may, at the Issuers’ option and discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering (in the case of redemption pursuant to Section 5.7(b) hereof) or Change of Control (in the case of purchase pursuant to Section 3.9 hereof), as the case may be.

SECTION 5.5. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price . Prior to 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuers will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest and Additional Interest, if any, will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 3.1 hereof.

SECTION 5.6. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part . Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuers will issue and, upon receipt of an Issuers Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided , that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

-78-


SECTION 5.7. Optional Redemption .

(a) At any time prior to April 1, 2017, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by electronic delivery or by first class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the rights of holders of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

(b) At any time and from time to time prior to October 1, 2015, the Issuers may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuers from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 107.375% plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 25% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes); provided that (1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering, and (2) not less than 75% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries). The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.1 through 5.6 .

(c) [Reserved].

(d) At any time and from time to time on or after April 1, 2017, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice by electronic delivery or by first class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date.

(e) Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6 .

SECTION 5.8. Mandatory Redemption . The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes; provided however, that under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes under Section 3.5 and Section 3.9 . The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.1. Events of Default .

(a) Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ”:

(1) default in any payment of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days;

 

-79-


(2) default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under this Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

(3) (a) failure to comply with Section 3.9 and Section 4.1 for 30 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any agreement or obligation contained in this Indenture and (b) failure to comply with the agreements or obligations contained in this Indenture for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or Non-Recourse Indebtedness whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default:

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness (“ payment default ”); or

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity (the “ cross acceleration provision ”);

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $30.0 million or more;

(5) any Issuer:

(A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding;

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for substantially all of its property;

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(E) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against it; or

(F) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency (collectively, the “ bankruptcy provisions ”);

(6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against Parent, the Issuers or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;

 

-80-


(B) appoints a Custodian of Parent, the Issuers or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, for substantially all of its property;

(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of Parent, the Issuers or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(D) or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order, decree or relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;

(7) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $30.0 million other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed (the “ judgment default provision ”); and

(8) any Guarantee of the Notes ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or a Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes, other than in accordance with the terms thereof or upon release of such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a default under Section 6.1(a)(3) , (4)  or (7)  will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company of the default and, with respect to Section 6.1(a)(3) or (7)  the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in Section 6.1(a)(3) or (7) , as applicable, after receipt of such notice.

SECTION 6.2. Acceleration .

(a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(5) and (a)(6) ) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuers or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(4) , such Event of Default and all consequences thereof shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose:

(1) (x) the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full; or

(y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(z) if the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured; and

(2) (x) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and

 

-81-


(y) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

(b) If an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(5) and (a)(6) occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults . The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, (a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on a Note or (ii) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected and (b) rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, (2) all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration, (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, Additional Interest if any, premium, if any, and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid, (4) the Issuers have paid the Trustee its compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances and (5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (4) of Section 6.1 , the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right.

SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority . The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or the Notes or, subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 , that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any such action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it against all fees, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses) caused by or that might be caused by taking or not taking such action.

SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits . Subject to Section 6.7 , no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

-82-


(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holders have offered in writing the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the written request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such

60-day period.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.6) , the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(1) or (2)  occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7 .

SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers, their Subsidiaries or its or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 .

No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities .

(a) If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI , it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due to it under Section 7.7 ;

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal of, or premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal of, or premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest), respectively; and

THIRD: to the Issuers, or to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Guarantor, to such Guarantor.

 

-83-


(b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10 . At least 15 days before such record date, the Issuers shall send or cause to be sent to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Issuers, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee .

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth as duties of the Trustee in this Indenture or the Notes and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates, opinions or orders furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.1 ;

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5 ; and

(d) No provision of this Indenture or the Notes shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

-84-


(e) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7.1 .

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers.

(g) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(h) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1 and to the provisions of the TIA.

SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee . Subject to Section 7.1 :

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Issuers as provided herein, but shall have no duty to review or analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance with covenants or other obligations of the Issuers.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts and powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel relating to this Indenture or the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Notes in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default or whether any entity or group of entities constitutes a Significant Subsidiary unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or of any such Significant Subsidiary is received by the Trustee at the corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in Section 3.11 , and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(h) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture or the Notes at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.

 

-85-


(i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any fact or matter unless such fact or matter is actually known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee.

(j) Whenever in the administration of this Indenture or the Notes the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder or thereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate.

(k) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine, during business hours and upon reasonable notice, the books, records and premises of the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(l) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

(m) The Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes.

(n) In no event shall the Trustee be liable to any Person for special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage.

(o) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuers shall be sufficient if signed by one Officer of each of the Issuers.

SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11 . In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuers; provided , however , that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest under the TIA, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.

SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee or any money paid to the Issuers pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults . If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall send electronically or by first class mail to each Holder at the address set forth in the Notes Register notice of the Default or Event of Default within 60 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, or premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note (including payments pursuant to the optional redemption or required repurchase provisions of such Note), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

 

-86-


SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders . Within 60 days after each March 31 beginning March 31, 2013, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such March 31 that complies with TIA Section 313(a) if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Issuers agree to notify the Trustee promptly in writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 313(d).

SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity . The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its services hereunder and under the Notes as the Issuers and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the agents, counsel, accountants and experts of the Trustee. The Issuers shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all fees, loss, liability, damages, claims or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based upon the income of the Trustee) (including reasonable attorneys’ and agents’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, on its part in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Notes, including the fees, costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.7 ) and the Notes and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuers or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity of which it has received written notice. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuers’ expense in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Issuers shall not be required to pay the fees and expenses of such separate counsel if it assumes the Trustee’s defense, and, in the reasonable judgment of outside counsel to the Trustee, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuers and the Trustee in connection with such defense.

To secure the Issuers’ payment obligations in this Section 7.7 , the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. The Trustee’s respective right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.7 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Issuers.

The Issuers’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and any resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs fees, expenses or renders services after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(5) or (a)(6) , the fees and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee . The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the removed Trustee in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Company’s written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

-87-


If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee as described in the preceding paragraph, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall, at the expense of the Company, promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7 .

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Company’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 , unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in TIA Section 310(b), any Holder, who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8 , the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. The predecessor Trustee shall have no liability for any action or inaction of any successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall only apply to its successor or successors by merger, consolidation or conversion.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification . This Indenture shall always have a Trustee that satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) in every respect. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuers are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met.

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers . The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

SECTION 7.12. Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuers . Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Issuers may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application

 

-88-


(which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the date any Officer of the Issuers actually receives such application, unless any such Officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

ARTICLE VIII

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.1. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance . The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in this Article VIII .

SECTION 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge . Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.2 , the Issuers and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same) and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1) the rights of Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust referred to in Section 8.4 hereof;

(2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Notes under Article II concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and Section 3.11 hereof concerning the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Issuers’ or Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) this Article VIII with respect to provisions relating to Legal Defeasance.

Subject to compliance with this Section 8.2 , the Issuers may exercise their option under Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3 hereof.

SECTION 8.3. Covenant Defeasance . Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3 , the Issuers and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Section 3.2 , 3.3 , 3.4 , 3.5 , 3.6 , 3.7 , 3.8 , 3.9 , 3.10 , 3.19 , 3.20 , 3.23 and Section 4.1 (except Section 4.1(a)(1) and (a)(2) ) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Guarantees, the Issuers and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other

 

-89-


document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof, but, except as specified in this Section, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3 , subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, Sections 6.1(a)(3) (solely with respect to the defeased covenants listed above), 6.1(a)(4) , 6.1(a)(5) (with respect only to the Company and a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(a)(6) (with respect only to the Company and a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(a)(7) and 6.1(a)(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

SECTION 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance . In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust (the “ Defeasance Trust ”), for the benefit of the Holders, cash in dollars or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, due on the Notes issued under this Indenture on the stated maturity date or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States stating that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions;

(A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(B) since the issuance of such Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law;

in either case stating that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States stating that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuers or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuers or any Guarantor is bound;

(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally under any applicable U.S. federal or state law;

 

-90-


(7) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Company; and

(8) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

SECTION 8.5. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions . Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5 , the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuers will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding anything in this Article VIII to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.6. Repayment to the Issuers . Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person or (if then held by the Issuers) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuers for payment thereof unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers.

SECTION 8.7. Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be; provided , however , that, if the Issuers make any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

-91-


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders . Notwithstanding Section 9.2 of this Indenture, the Issuers, any Guarantor (with respect to its Guarantee or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend, supplement or modify this Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes without the consent of any Holder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect, error or inconsistency, conform any provision to any provision under the heading “Description of notes,” in the Offering Memorandum or reduce the minimum denomination of the Notes;

(2) to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of any Issuer under any Note Document;

(3) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(4) to add to the covenants or provide for a Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;

(6) at the Company’s election, to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, if such qualification is required;

(7) to make such provisions as necessary (as determined in good faith by the Company) for the issuance of Exchange Notes and Additional Notes;

(8) to provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee in accordance with Section 3.2 , to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under this Indenture;

(9) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements hereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee to any Note Document; or

(10) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes and the Exchange Notes; provided , however , that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

Subject to Section 9.2 , upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by Board Resolutions authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 9.6 and 12.4 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

 

-92-


After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.1 becomes effective, the Issuers shall deliver to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.1 .

SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders .

(a) Except as provided in this Section 9.2 , the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Note Documents with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and issued under this Indenture, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and, subject to Sections 6.4 and 6.7 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Note Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes). Section 2.12 hereof and Section 12.6 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.2 .

Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by resolutions of their Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 9.6 and 12.4 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

(b) Without the consent of each Holder of Notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes issued thereunder and held by a nonconsenting Holder:

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(2) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note (other than provisions relating to Sections 3.5 and 3.9 );

(3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any such Note;

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be redeemed, in each case as set forth in Section 5.7 ;

(5) make any such Note payable in currency other than that stated in such Note;

(6) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(7) waive a Default or Event of Default with respect to the nonpayment of principal, premium or interest (except pursuant to a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); or

(8) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require the Holders’ consent described in this Section 9.2 .

 

-93-


It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder of the Notes given in connection with a tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange.

After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Issuers shall deliver to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement.

SECTION 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act . Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers . Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described in this Section or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes . The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuers Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.6. Trustee to Sign Amendments . The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuers may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the respective Board of Directors of the Issuers approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.4 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and is valid, binding and enforceable against the Issuers or any Guarantor, as the case may be, in accordance with its terms.

ARTICLE X

GUARANTEE

SECTION 10.1. Guarantee . Subject to the provisions of this Article X , each Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) on the Notes and all other obligations and liabilities of the Issuers under this Indenture

 

-94-


(including without limitation interest (including Additional Interest) accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Issuers or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding and the obligations under Section 7.7 ), and the Registration Rights Agreement (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations will rank equally in right of payment with other Indebtedness of such Guarantor, except to the extent such other Indebtedness is subordinate to the Guaranteed Obligations, in which case the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees will rank senior in right of payment to such other Indebtedness.

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.1 , each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

Each Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations.

Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Except as set forth in Section 10.2 , the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder for the Guaranteed Obligations; (e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor; (f) any change in the ownership of the Issuers; (g) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (h) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations or such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee in compliance with Section 10.2 , Article VIII or Article XI . Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuers or otherwise.

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers to pay any of the Guaranteed

 

-95-


Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest) on such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Issuers or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding).

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee.

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all fees, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section.

SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge .

(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal, foreign or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(b) Any Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

(1) other than in the case of Parent or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company, a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture,

(2) the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the occurrence of any event after which the Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary,

(3) defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in Articles VIII or XI , or

(4) upon the achievement of Investment Grade Status by the Notes; provided that such Guarantee shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date.

SECTION 10.3. Right of Contribution . Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under the Guarantees, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Issuers or any other Guarantor who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 10.4. No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by each Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Issuers or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any

 

-96-


Holder for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuers or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Issuers on account of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations.

ARTICLE XI

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 11.1. Satisfaction and Discharge . This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

(a) either:

(1) all Notes that have been authenticated and delivered except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or (ii) will become due and payable within one year at their Stated Maturity or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company;

(b) the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

(c) no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes issued hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which an Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which an Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

(d) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture;

(e) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such notes issued hereunder at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be; and

(f) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent under Article XI relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with clauses (a), (b) and (c)).

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (b)(2) of this Section 11.1 , the provisions of Sections 11.2 and 8.6 hereof will survive.

 

-97-


SECTION 11.2. Application of Trust Money . Subject to the provisions of Section 8.6 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as their own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 11.1 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls . If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control. Each Guarantor in addition to performing its obligations under its Guarantee shall perform such other obligations as may be imposed upon it with respect to this Indenture under the TIA.

SECTION 12.2. Notices . Any notice, request, direction, consent or communication made pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes shall be in writing and delivered in person, sent by facsimile, sent by electronic mail in pdf format, delivered by commercial courier service or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

if to the Issuers:

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Marc Fox and Pamela McCormack

Facsimile: (212) 715-3199

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Joshua N. Korff

Facsimile: (212) 446-4900

if to the Trustee, at its corporate trust office, which corporate trust office for purposes of this Indenture is at the date hereof located at:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544

Attention: Ladder Capital Administrator

Facsimile: (612) 217-5651

 

-98-


The Issuers or the Trustee by written notice to each other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication to the Issuers or the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered or if delivered electronically, in pdf format; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and seven calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee). Any notice or communication to the Trustee shall be deemed delivered upon receipt.

Any notice or communication sent to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears in the Notes Register and shall be sufficiently given if so sent within the time prescribed.

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption or purchase) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC (or its designee) pursuant to the procedures of DTC or its designee.

SECTION 12.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders . Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

SECTION 12.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture or the Notes, the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officer’s Certificate in form satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture or the Notes relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been satisfied and all covenants have been complied with.

SECTION 12.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture or the Notes (other than a Certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and shall include:

(1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

-99-


(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

SECTION 12.6. When Notes Disregarded . In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of them shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

SECTION 12.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or at meetings of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

SECTION 12.8. Legal Holidays . A “ Legal Holiday ” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York or the state of the place of payment. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

SECTION 12.9. Governing Law . THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 12.10. Jurisdiction . The Issuers and the Guarantors agree that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuers or any Guarantor brought by any Holder or the Trustee arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Notes may be instituted in any state or Federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of them irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding. The Issuers and the Guarantors irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any suit, action, or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Notes, including such actions, suits or proceedings relating to securities laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, in such courts whether on the grounds of venue, residence or domicile or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Issuers and the Guarantors agree that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Issuers or the Guarantors, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Issuers or the Guarantors, as the case may be, are subject by a suit upon such judgment.

SECTION 12.11. Waivers of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

SECTION 12.12. USA PATRIOT Act . The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

-100-


SECTION 12.13. No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of any Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or such (other than the Issuers and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

SECTION 12.14. Successors . All agreements of the Issuers and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 12.15. Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

SECTION 12.16. Qualification of Indenture . The Issuers has agreed to qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and to pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuers any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

SECTION 12.17. Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents, cross-reference table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 12.18. Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable best efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

SECTION 12.19. Severability . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 12.20. [Reserved] .

SECTION 12.21. [Reserved] .

SECTION 12.22. Waiver of Immunities . To the extent that Issuers or any Guarantor or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to them, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from set-off or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, or from attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to their obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, the Issuers and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally, to the extent permitted by applicable law, waives and agrees not to plead or claim any such immunity and consents to such relief and enforcement.

 

-101-


SECTION 12.23. Judgment Currency . The Issuers and each Guarantor agrees to indemnify the recipient against any loss incurred by such recipient as a result of any judgment or order being given or made against the Issuers or any Guarantor for any amount due hereunder and such judgment or order being expressed and paid in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than United States dollars and as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the United States dollar amount is converted into the Judgment Currency for the purpose of such judgment or order, and (ii) the rate of exchange in The City of New York at which such party on the date of payment of such judgment or order is able to purchase United States dollars with the amount of the Judgment Currency actually received by such party if such party had utilized such amount of Judgment Currency to purchase United States dollars as promptly as practicable upon such party’s receipt thereof. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Issuers and each Guarantor and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of, or conversion into, the relevant currency.

[Signature on following pages]

 

-102-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, (he parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date and year first written above.

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP
By:   /s/ Pamela McCormack
 

 

  Name:   Pamela McCormack
  Title:   Managing Director, Head of Transaction Management, General Counsel and Secretary
LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Pamela McCormack
 

 

  Name:   Pamela McCormack
  Title:   Secretary

[Indenture]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Jane Schweiger
  Name:   Jane Schweiger
  Title:   Vice President

[Indenture]


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL RESTRICTED NOTE]

[Applicable Restricted Notes Legend]

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

[If the Note is determined to have been issued with OID, the Note will include the following legend:

THE NOTES WERE ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT (“OID”) FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273, AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP AND LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION WILL, BEGINNING NO LATER THAN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE ISSUE DATE, PROMPTLY PROVIDE TO HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF OID, THE ISSUE DATE, AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY WITH RESPECT TO THE DEBENTURES. ANY SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY AT [                    ], ATTENTION: [                    ].]

[Temporary Regulation S Legend, if applicable]

 

No. [    ]    Principal Amount $[        ] [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached here- to] 1
   CUSIP NO.                    

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP

and

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION

7.375% Senior Notes due 2017

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership and Ladder Capital Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally, promise to pay to [Cede & Co.], or its registered assigns, the principal sum of                     Dollars, [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto], on October 1, 2017.

Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1, commencing on April 1, 2013 2

Record Dates: March 15 and September 15

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

1   Insert in Global Notes only.
2   In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date.

 

A-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-2


TRUSTEE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Dated  

 

 

A-3


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP

and

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION

7.375% Senior Notes due 2017

Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

 

1. Interest

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership and Ladder Capital Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.375% per annum from September 19, 2013 3 until maturity and shall pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuers will pay interest semi-annually in arrears every April 1 and October 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided , that the first Interest Payment Date shall be April 1, 2013. 4 The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest) (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

In addition to the rights provided to Holders of the Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Registrable Notes (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) shall have all rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 19, 2012, among the Issuers and the other parties named on the signature pages thereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), including the right to receive Additional Interest in certain circumstances. If applicable, Additional Interest shall be paid to the same Persons, in the same manner and at the same times as regular interest.

 

2. Method of Payment

By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium, interest and Additional Interest when due. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the preceding March 15 and September 15 at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture. The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (and Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuers maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuers as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided , however , that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if

 

3   In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date.
4   In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date.

 

A-4


any) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). If an Interest Payment Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

The Issuers initially appoint Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “ Trustee ”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuers may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuers or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

 

4. Indenture

The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of September 19, 2012 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuers and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Act”). The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

 

5. [Reserved]

 

6. Guarantees

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantors will unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, jointly and severally with the Guarantor, will fully and unconditionally Guarantee) such obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

 

7. Redemption

(a) At any time prior to April 1, 2017, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by electronic delivery or by first class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the rights of holders of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

(b) At any time and from time to time prior to October 1, 2015, the Issuers may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuers from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 107.375% plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 25% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes); provided that (1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering, and (2) not less than 75% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries). The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture.

(c) [Reserved].

 

A-5


(d) At any time and from time to time on or after April 1, 2017, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice by electronic delivery or by first class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date.

(e) Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture.

The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes; provided however, that under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes under Section 3.5 and Section 3.9 of the Indenture. The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.

 

8. Repurchase Provisions

If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

Upon certain Asset Sales, the Issuers may be required to use the Excess Proceeds from such Asset Sales to offer to offer to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes (that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) and, at the Issuers’ option, Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 and in Article V of the Indenture.

 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form in denominations of minimum principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

11. [Reserved] .

 

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

A-6


13. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions contained in the Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended, or a Default thereunder may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes as provided in the Indenture.

 

14. Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuers or certain Guarantors) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any), and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, interest, Additional Interest, if any, and other monetary obligations will be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuers or certain Guarantors occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest) and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

 

15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuers; provided , however , that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest under the TIA, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the Commission for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.

 

16. No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuers or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than the Issuers and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

17. Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 

18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

A-7


19. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers

The Issuers have caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Notes and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

20. Governing Law

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Marc Fox and Pamela McCormack

Facsimile: (212) 715-3199

 

A-8


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)  

 

 
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)  
and irrevocably appoint                                          agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:     Your Signature:  

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee:  

 

 
(Signature must be guaranteed)  

 

 

 
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.  

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

The undersigned hereby certifies that it ¨ is / ¨ is not an Affiliate of the Issuers and that, to its knowledge, the proposed transferee ¨  is / ¨ is not an Affiliate of the Issuers.

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

 

(1)    ¨    acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or
(2)    ¨    transferred to the Issuers; or
(3)    ¨    transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); or
(4)    ¨    transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
(5)    ¨    transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or
(6)    ¨    transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) or an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(4) under the Securities Act), that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.8 or 2.10 of the Indenture, respectively); or
(7)    ¨    transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

A-9


Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuers may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in its sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuers may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

 

   

 

    Signature
Signature Guarantee:    

 

   

 

(Signature must be guaranteed)     Signature

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

 

Dated:

 

A-10


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

   Amount of decrease
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note
   Amount of increase
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note
   Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following such

decrease or increase
   Signature of authorized
signatory of

Trustee or Notes
Custodian
           
           
           
           
           

 

A-11


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box:

 

  Section 3.5 ¨         Section 3.9 ¨  

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): $        and specify the denomination or denominations (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such Note will be issued for the portion not being repurchased):                     .

 

Date:                        Your Signature  

 

 
    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)  

 

Signature Guarantee:  

 

 
  (Signature must be guaranteed)  

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

 

A-12


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE GLOBAL NOTE]

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

[If the Note is determined to have been issued with OID, the Note will include the following legend:

THE NOTES WERE ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT (“OID”) FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273, AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP AND LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION WILL, BEGINNING NO LATER THAN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE ISSUE DATE, PROMPTLY PROVIDE TO HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF OID, THE ISSUE DATE, AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY WITH RESPECT TO THE DEBENTURES. ANY SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY AT [                                ], ATTENTION: [                                ].]

 

No. [      ]   Principal Amount $[          ] [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto] 5
  CUSIP NO.                     

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP

and

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION

7.375% Senior Notes due 2017

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership and Ladder Capital Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally, promise to pay to [Cede & Co.], or its registered assigns, the principal sum of            Dollars, [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto], on October 1, 2017.

Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1, commencing on April 1, 2013 6

Record Dates: March 15 and September 15

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

 

5   Insert in Global Notes only
6   In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date.

 

B-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

B-2


TRUSTEE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Dated:  

 

 

B-3


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP

and

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION

7.375% Senior Notes due 2017

Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

 

1. Interest

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership and Ladder Capital Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.375% per annum from September 19, 2012 7 until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest semi-annually in arrears every April 1 and October 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided , that the first Interest Payment Date shall be April 1, 2013. 8 The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

2. Method of Payment

By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium, and interest when due. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the preceding March 1 and September 1 at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture. The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuers maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuers as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided , however , that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). If an Interest Payment Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

 

7   In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date.
8   In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date.

 

B-4


3. Paying Agent and Registrar

The Issuers initially appoint Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “ Trustee ”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuers may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuers may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

 

4. Indenture

The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of September 19, 2012 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuers and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ Act ”). The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

 

5. [Reserved] .

 

6. Guarantees

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the term of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantors will unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, jointly and severally with the Guarantor, will fully and unconditionally Guarantee) such obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

 

7. Redemption

(a) At any time prior to April 1, 2017, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by electronic delivery or by first class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the rights of holders of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

(b) At any time and from time to time prior to October 1, 2015, the Issuers may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuers from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 107.375% plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 25% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes); provided that (1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering, and (2) not less than 75% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries). The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture.

(c) [Reserved]

(d) At any time and from time to time on or after April 1, 2017, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice by electronic delivery or by first class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Notes Register at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date.

 

B-5


(e) Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture.

The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes; provided however, that under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes under Section 3.5 and Section 3.9 of the Indenture. The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.

 

8. Repurchase Provisions

If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

Upon certain Asset Sales, the Issuers may be required to use the Excess Proceeds from such Asset Sales to offer to offer to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes (that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) and, at the Issuers’ option, Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 and in Article V of the Indenture.

 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form in denominations of minimum principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

11. [Reserved] .

 

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

B-6


13. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions contained in the Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended, or a Default thereunder may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes as provided in the Indenture.

 

14. Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuers or certain Guarantors) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, interest, Additional Interest, if any, and other monetary obligations will be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuers or certain Guarantors occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

 

15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuers; provided , however , that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest under the TIA, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the Commission for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.

 

16. No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuers or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than the Issuers and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

17. Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 

18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

B-7


19. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers

The Issuers have caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Notes and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

20. Governing Law

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Marc Fox and Pamela McCormack

Facsimile: (212) 715-3199

 

B-8


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                                          agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:      Your Signature:   

 

Signature Guarantee:  

 

(Signature must be guaranteed)

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

 

B-9


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

       Amount of
decrease in  Principal

Amount of this
Global Note
   Amount of
increase in  Principal

Amount of this
Global Note
   Principal Amount
of this  Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase
   Signature of
authorized  signatory
of Trustee or Notes
Custodian
               
               
               

Date of Exchange

           
           
           
           

 

B-10


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box:

Section 3.5 ¨     Section 3.9 ¨

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): $              and specify the denomination or denominations (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such Note will be issued for the portion not being repurchased):                      .

 

Date:                         Your Signature  

 

    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:    

 

    (Signature must be guaranteed)

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

 

B-11


EXHIBIT C

Form of Supplemental Indenture to Add Guarantors

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of [            ], 20[    ], by and among the parties that are signatories hereto as Guarantors (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, each of the Issuers and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an indenture dated as of September 19, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of $325.0 million of 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Notes ”) of the Issuers (as defined in the Indenture);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and several basis with the other Guarantors, all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Issuers, any Guarantor and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend or supplement the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuers, the other Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recitals hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

ARTICLE II

AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND; GUARANTEE

SECTION 2.1. Agreement to be Bound . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

SECTION 2.2. Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Guarantors, to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to Article X of the Indenture on a senior basis.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 3.1. Notices . All notices and other communications to the Guarantor shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Guarantor, at its address set forth below, with a copy to the Issuers as provided in the Indenture for notices to the Issuers.

 

C-1


SECTION 3.2. Merger and Consolidation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into another Person (other than the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction) except in accordance with Section 4.1(g) of the Indenture.

SECTION 3.3. Release of Guarantee . This Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Section 10.2 of the Indenture.

SECTION 3.4. Parties . Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.

SECTION 3.5. Governing Law . This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 3.6. Severability . In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

SECTION 3.7. Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

SECTION 3.8. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

SECTION 3.9. The Trustee . The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto.

SECTION 3.10. Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

SECTION 3.11. Execution and Delivery . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of any such Guarantee.

SECTION 3.12. Headings . The headings of the Articles and the Sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

C-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR] ,
as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[ADDRESS FOR NOTICES]

 

Acknowledged by:
LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,
as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

C-1

Exhibit 4.2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP,

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

and

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC,

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.,

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC,

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

and

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

Dated as of September 19, 2012


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of September 19, 2012, by and among Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (the “ Company ”), Ladder Capital Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Co-Issuer ” and, together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representative for the several Initial Purchasers listed on Schedule 1 to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), all of whom have agreed to purchase the Issuers’ $325,000,000 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Initial Securities ”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated September 14, 2012, by and among the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Initial Securities, including the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Securities, the Issuers have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 6(j) of the Purchase Agreement.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Interest Payment Date: With respect to the Initial Securities, each Interest Payment Date.

Advice: As defined in Section 6(c) hereof.

Agreement: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies located in New York, New York are authorized or obligated to be closed.

Closing Date: The date of this Agreement.

Co-Issuer: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission.

Company: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities


Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Issuers to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

controlling person: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof.

Effectiveness Target Date: As defined in Section 5 hereof.

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Offer: The registration by the Issuers under the Securities Act of the Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to which the Issuers offer the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus.

Exchange Securities: The $325,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017, of the same series under the Indenture as the Initial Securities, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

FINRA: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.

Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof.

Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of September 19, 2012, by and between the Issuers and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), pursuant to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Initial Notes: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the Issuers of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

Initial Purchasers: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Initial Securities: As defined in the preamble hereto.

 

-2-


Interest Payment Date: As defined in the Indenture and the Securities.

Issuers: As defined in preamble hereto.

Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus.

Purchase Agreement: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof.

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Issuers relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Initial Security, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Initial Security is exchanged in the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, (b) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement and (c) the date on which such Initial Security is distributed to the public by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein).

Trust Indenture Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Trustee: As defined in the definition of the term “Indenture.”

SECTION 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement .

(a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities.

(b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “ Holder ”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.

 

-3-


SECTION 3. Registered Exchange Offer .

(a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), each of the Issuers shall (i) cause to be filed with the Commission, a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange Offer, (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, (A) file all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, file a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Initial Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof.

(b) Each Issuer shall cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however , that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Issuers shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has become effective, but in no event later than 365 days after the Closing Date (or if such 365th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

(c) Each Issuer shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Securities that are Transfer Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Issuers), may exchange such Initial Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may

 

-4-


require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Initial Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement.

Each Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Initial Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities.

Each Issuer shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 180-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales.

SECTION 4. Shelf Registration .

(a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Issuers are not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer is not Consummated within 365 days after the Closing Date (or if such 365th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), or (iii) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (A) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, or (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Initial Securities acquired directly from the Issuers or one of their respective affiliates, then, upon such Holder’s request, the Issuers shall

(x) cause to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) on or prior to the 30th day after the date such obligation arises but no earlier than the 365th day after the Closing Date (or if such 365th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (such date being the “ Shelf Filing Deadline ”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; and

(y) use their best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or before the 30th day after the Shelf Filing Deadline (or if such 30th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

 

-5-


Each Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Initial Securities by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of at least two years following the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (or shorter period that will terminate when all the Initial Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement).

(b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Issuers in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Issuers may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuers all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Issuers by such Holder not materially misleading.

SECTION 5. Additional Interest. If (i) any of the Registration Statements required by this Agreement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such filing in this Agreement, (ii) any of such Registration Statements has not been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness in this Agreement (the “ Effectiveness Target Date ”), (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated within 30 Business Days after the Effectiveness Target Date with respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (iv) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose without being succeeded immediately by a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is itself immediately declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “ Registration Default ”), each Issuer hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such increase exceed 1.00% per annum. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular Transfer Restricted Securities, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate borne by such Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.

All obligations of each Issuer set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full.

 

-6-


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the increased interest rate described in this Section 5 is the sole and exclusive remedy available to the Holders due to a Registration Default, so long as each Issuer is acting in good faith hereunder, including, without limitation, with respect to satisfying their obligations under this Agreement.

SECTION 6. Registration Procedures .

(a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, each Issuer shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof, shall use their reasonable best efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the following provision:

(i) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of each Issuer, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to each Issuer (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of each Issuer, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in each Issuer’s preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Securities acquired by such Holder directly from an Issuer.

(b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, each Issuer shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use its best efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto each Issuer will as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.

 

-7-


(c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Initial Securities by Broker-Dealers), each Issuer shall:

(i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, each Issuer shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use its reasonable best efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter;

(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

(iii) advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, to confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the

 

-8-


Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, each Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time;

(iv) furnish without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers and each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such Holders in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five Business Days, and the Issuer will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which an Initial Purchaser of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement shall reasonably object in writing within five Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission;

(v) promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, make each Issuer’s representatives available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, reasonably may request;

(vi) make available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchasers all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of each Issuer and cause each Issuer’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness;

(vii) if requested by any selling Holders, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold, the purchase price being paid therefor

 

-9-


and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Issuer is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(viii) cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby;

(ix) if such documents are not publicly available, furnish to each Initial Purchaser and each selling Holder without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference);

(x) deliver to each selling Holder without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; each Issuer hereby consents to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

(xi) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders and their counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders may request; provided, however , that neither of the Issuers shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(xii) cooperate with the selling Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders;

(xiii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in Section 6(c)(xii) hereof;

(xiv) if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer

 

-10-


Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading;

(xv) provide a CUSIP number for all Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement covering such Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for such Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and take all other action necessary to ensure that all such Securities are eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;

(xvi) otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement;

(xvii) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(xviii) cause all Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Issuers are then listed if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities; and

(xix) provide promptly to each Holder upon request each document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and Section 15 of the Exchange Act, unless such documents are publicly available.

Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuers of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “ Advice ”) by the Issuers that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Issuers, each Holder will deliver to the Issuers (at the Issuers’ expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Issuers shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as

 

-11-


applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice; provided, however, that no such extension shall be taken into account in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest, it being agreed that the Issuers’ option to suspend use of a Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall be treated as a Registration Default for purposes of Section 5 hereof.

SECTION 7. Registration Expenses .

(a) All expenses incident to the Issuers’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Issuers, jointly and severally, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchaser or Holder with FINRA; (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state securities or blue sky laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuers and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Securities on a securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Issuers (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance).

Each Issuer will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Issuers.

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement), the Issuers, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered in the Exchange Offer and/or resold pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared.

SECTION 8. Indemnification .

(a) The Issuers, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “ controlling person ”) and (iii) the respective officers,

 

-12-


directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “ Indemnified Holder ”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Issuers by any of the Holders expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Issuers may otherwise have.

In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Issuers, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve any Issuer of its respective obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid, as incurred, by the Issuers (regardless of whether it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to indemnification hereunder). The Issuers shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders, which firm shall be designated by the Holders. The Issuers shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected with the Issuers’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and each Issuer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Issuers. The Issuers shall not, without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding.

(b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers and their respective directors, officers of the Issuers who sign a Registration Statement, and any Person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Issuers, and the respective officers,

 

-13-


directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such Person, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuers to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Issuers or their respective directors or officers or any such controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and duties given the Issuers, and the Issuers, their respective directors and officers and such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph.

(c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or (b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuers, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Issuers shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds to the Issuers from the Initial Placement), the amount of Additional Interest which did not become payable as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement resulting in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments actions or expenses, and such Registration Statement, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, the relative fault of the Issuers, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Issuers, on the one hand, and of the Indemnified Holder, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuers, on the one hand, or the Indemnified Holders, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim.

The Issuers and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and their related Indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discount received by such Holder with respect to the Initial Securities exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise

 

-14-


been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Initial Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint.

SECTION 9. Rule 144A. Each Issuer hereby agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

SECTION 10. [ Reserved ].

SECTION 11. [ Reserved ].

SECTION 12. Miscellaneous.

(a) Remedies. Each Issuer hereby agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(b) No Inconsistent Agreements. Each Issuer will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that would prevent consummation of the Exchange Offer or the performance by the Issuers of their obligations hereunder or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The Issuers have not previously entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to the Initial Securities to any Person. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Issuers’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

(c) Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Issuers will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to the Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer.

(d) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Issuers have (i) in the case of Section 5 hereof and this Section 12(d)(i), obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding any Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Issuers or their Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not

 

-15-


being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided, however, that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Issuers shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective.

(e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and

(ii) if to the Issuers:

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

345 Park Avenue, 8 th Floor

New York, NY 10154

Telecopier No.: (212) 715-3199

Attention: Marc Fox and Pamela McCormack

With a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Telecopier No.: (212) 446-6460

Attention: Joshua N. Korff, Esq.

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture.

(f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however , that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder.

 

-16-


(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS.

(j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

(k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by each Issuer with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

-17-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP
By:  

/s/ Pamela McCormack

  Name:   Pamela McCormack
  Title:  

Managing Director, Head of Transaction Management, General Counsel and Secretary

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Pamela McCormack

  Name:   Pamela McCormack
  Title:   Secretary

 

-18-


The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Initial Purchasers as of the date first above written.

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
                               INCORPORATED
By:  

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

for itself and the other several Initial Purchasers

By:  

/s/ J.W. Price

  Name: J.W. Price
  Title: Executive Director

[Registration Rights Agreement]

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

 

  

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

  
  

 

(212) 446-4800

 

www.kirkland.com

  

Facsimile:

(212) 446-4900

April 29, 2013

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

345 Park Avenue, 8th Floor

New York, NY 10154

 

  Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are issuing this opinion letter in our capacity as legal counsel to Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP, a Delaware limited liability limited partnership (“ Ladder ”), and Ladder Capital Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Co-Issuer ” and, together with Ladder, the “ Issuers ” or the “ Registrants ”). This opinion letter is being delivered in connection with the proposed registration by the Issuers of $325,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Exchange Notes ”), pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), on or about April [•], 2013, as amended. Such Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement .” The Exchange Notes are to be issued pursuant to the Indenture with respect to the Issuers’ 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017 issued on September 19, 2012 (the “ Old Notes ”), dated as of September 19, 2012, as amended, supplemented or modified prior to the date hereof (the “ Indenture ”) by and among the Issuers and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). The Exchange Notes are to be issued in exchange for, and in replacement of, the Old Notes, of which $325,000,000 in aggregate principal amount is outstanding and is subject to the exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Statement.

In that connection, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion, including (i) the certificates of incorporation, bylaws and operating agreements of the Issuers, as applicable, (ii) resolutions of the Issuers with respect to the issuance of the Exchange Notes, (iii) the Indenture, (iv) the Registration Statement, (v) the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 19, 2012, by and among the Issuers and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) and (vi) forms of the Exchange Notes.

 

Chicago   Hong Kong   London   Los Angeles   Munich   Palo Alto   San Francisco   Shanghai   Washington, D.C.


For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed the genuineness of the signatures of persons signing all documents in connection with which this opinion is rendered, the authority of such persons signing on behalf of the parties thereto other than the Issuers, and the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents by the parties thereto other than the Issuers. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein that we have not independently established or verified, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Issuers.

Our opinion expressed below is subject to the qualifications that we express no opinion as to the applicability of, compliance with, or effect of (i) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar law affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general principals of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) public policy considerations that may limit the rights of parties to obtain certain remedies.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing qualifications, assumptions and limitations and the further limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion that when (i) the Registration Statement becomes effective, (ii) the Indenture has been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and (iii) the Exchange Notes have been duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and duly delivered to holders of the Old Notes in exchange for the Old Notes, the Exchange Notes will be validly issued under the Indenture and binding obligations of the Issuers.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Our advice on every legal issue addressed in this letter is based exclusively on the internal law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act of the State of Delaware, and the federal laws of the United States, without our having made any investigation as to the applicability of any specific law unless such advice specifically references a specific law (the “ Specified Laws ”), and represents our opinion as to how that issue would be resolved were it to be considered by the highest court in the jurisdiction which enacted such law. None of the opinions or other advice contained in this letter considers or covers, and the term “ Specified Law ” does not include: (i) any antifraud laws, rules or regulations, (ii) any state securities (or “ blue sky ”) laws, rules or regulations, (iii) laws, rules or regulations with respect to any financial statements or supporting schedules (or any notes to any such statements or schedules) or other financial information derived therefrom set forth in (or omitted from) the Registration Statement or the prospectus contained therein, (iv) any laws, rules or regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc; and (v) any laws, statutes, governmental rules or regulations or decisions which in our experience are not usually considered for or covered by opinions like those contained in this letter or are not generally applicable to transactions of the kind covered by the Registration

 

2


Rights Agreement including any regulatory laws or requirements specific to the industry in which the Issuers are engaged. We express no opinion as to what law might be applied by any courts to resolve any issue addressed by our opinion and we express no opinion as to whether any relevant difference exists between the laws upon which our opinions are based and any other laws which may actually be applied to resolve issues which may arise. The manner in which any particular issue would be treated in any actual court case would depend in part on facts and circumstances particular to the case and would also depend on how the court involved chose to exercise the wide discretionary authority generally available to it.

This opinion is limited to the specific issues addressed herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly stated herein. This opinion speaks only as of the date hereof and we assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion.

We have also assumed that the execution and delivery of the Indentures and the Exchange Notes and the performance by the Issuers of their obligations thereunder do not and will not violate, conflict with or constitute a default under any agreement or instrument to which any Registrant is bound.

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement and in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5)(i) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act, and is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise relied upon for any other purposes.

Yours very truly,

/s/ Kirkland & Ellis LLP

KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

 

3

Exhibit 10.1

FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of                  , 201     by and between Ladder Capital Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and [EXECUTIVE’S NAME] (“ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement in order to set forth, among other things, the terms of Executive’s employment with the Company during the Employment Period (as herein defined).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants set forth herein, and other consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

1. Position and Employment . The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, to serve as the Company’s [EXECUTIVE’S TITLE] upon the terms and subject to the conditions as set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the earliest to occur of (i) Executive’s death, (ii) Executive’s disability, (ii) termination of Executive’s employment with the Company by the Company in accordance with Section 4 below and (iv) termination of Executive’s employment with the Company as a result of a resignation by Executive in accordance with Section 4 below (such period shall be referred to as the “ Employment Period ”). For purposes of this Agreement, “ Commencement Date ” means [the date hereof / on or about                     , on which date Executive shall commence Executive’s employment with the Company] .

2. Reporting, Duties, and Other Covenants .

(a) Reporting . During the Employment Period, Executive shall report to the Company’s [chief executive officer (the “ Chief Executive Officer ”)] or such other senior executive as may be designated by (i) the Board of Directors of the Company’s ultimate parent, Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP (“ Holdings ”) or, if the Company ceases to be a direct or indirect subsidiary of Holdings, then the Board of Directors of the Company (in either case, the “ Board ” and collectively, the “ Boards ”) and/or (ii) the [Chief Executive Officer].

(b) Duties . During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve the Company as [EXECUTIVE’S TITLE] and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities and authority of a [EXECUTIVE’S TITLE] , subject to the power of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, such person’s direct report (if other than the Company’s Chief Executive Officer) and the Board to expand such duties, responsibilities and authority and to identify specific decisions or actions that require consultation with, or the consent of, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, such direct report and/or the Board.

(c) Executive Covenants .

(i) Executive acknowledges and agrees that during the Employment Period Executive will be subject to and will comply with the policies and procedures of the

 

1


Company, as may be established, amended, or terminated from time to time, including those generally applicable to senior management employees of the Company, and specifically including the Company’s policy prohibiting employees (and, for the avoidance of doubt, former employees during any Severance Period) from joining or participating in professional networks that constitute “Executive Councils” as that term is defined in such policy (the “ Professional Network Policy ”).

(ii) Subject to Section 3(d) , during the Employment Period, Executive shall devote Executive’s full business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company, Holdings, and their respective subsidiaries, whether currently existing or hereafter acquired or formed (collectively, the “ Ladder Companies ”).

(iii) The Company may apply for, obtain, and maintain a key man life insurance policy in the name of Executive, the beneficiary of which shall be the Company. Executive shall submit to reasonable physical examinations and answer reasonable questions as may be required in connection with the application and, if obtained, the maintenance of, such insurance policy.

(d) Company Covenants .

(i) [During the Employment Period, the Company shall obtain and maintain director’s and officer’s insurance for Executive (in such amounts as are customary for executives of businesses of size and nature comparable to that of the Company). In the event any such insurance policy is terminated for any reason, the Company shall give timely notice to Executive of such termination and shall promptly obtain an appropriate replacement policy. To the extent that there is any gap in coverage of such insurance policy, the Company agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Executive harmless, to the maximum extent permitted by law, in accordance with the indemnification provisions set forth in Section 8 hereof.]

(ii) [During the Employment Period, Executive may continue to engage in charitable activities so long as such charitable work does not interfere with the fulfillment of Executive’s duties under this Agreement.]

(iii) [Following the Commencement Date, the Company shall promptly pay Executive’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred prior to the Commencement Date, in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement, any predecessor term sheets, any incentive equity agreements contemplated by the parties and legal advice related to any such documents.]

3. Base Salary and Benefits .

(a) Base Salary . Executive’s base salary shall be in an amount set by the Board, but under no circumstances will be less than $         per annum (the “ Base Salary ”), which Base Salary shall be payable in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices and shall be subject to customary withholding and other customary deductions.

 

2


(b) Bonus . Subject to Section  4 , after each fiscal year during the Employment Period, Executive shall be eligible to participate in any bonus pool as may be established from time to time by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”) in its sole discretion (any payment made to Executive from any such bonus pool shall be referred to herein as a “ Year End Bonus ”). The amount of any Year End Bonus shall be determined by the Board, after receiving the recommendations of the Compensation Committee; provided that (i) Executive’s targeted Year End Bonus for the fiscal year ending December 31, [201    ] shall be [$        ] and (ii) any Year End Bonus paid for the Company’s fiscal year ending December 31, [201    ] shall be pro rated based on the number of days during such fiscal year with respect to which the Employment Period shall have occurred. In determining the amount of any Year End Bonus for any particular fiscal year of the Company, the Compensation Committee and the Board shall give consideration to both Executive’s individual performance during such fiscal year as well as the overall financial performance of the Ladder Companies for such fiscal year (including, without limitation, how such overall financial performance of the Ladder Companies for such fiscal year compares to the budgeted financial performance of the Ladder Companies for such fiscal year). The Year End Bonus, if any, shall be payable no later than February 15 th of the fiscal year following the fiscal year with respect to which such Year End Bonus shall have accrued. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has not guaranteed the payment of any Year End Bonus, and that any Year End Bonus that may be paid by the Company shall be subject to customary withholding and other customary deductions.

(c) Benefits . Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s standard employee benefits programs for which employees of the Company are generally eligible, including, without limitation, life, disability, group medical and dental insurance benefits (collectively, the “ Benefits ”). The Company agrees that, solely to the extent permitted by the plans governing any health insurance coverage that is a component of the Benefits, Executive shall be entitled to designate Executive’s spouse or domestic partner and children as dependents for purposes of such health insurance. Executive recognizes that the Company reserves the right to change its standard employee benefit programs from time to time.

(d) Vacation/Holidays . Executive shall be entitled to at least [27 for MDs (as per October 2011 Employment Manual)] days of paid vacation during each calendar year in addition to sick days and recognized holidays, each in accordance with the Company’s applicable policies in effect from time to time.

(e) Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for all customary business expenses (including travel and entertainment) incurred by Executive in the course of performing Executive’s duties under this Agreement, subject to the Company’s policies in effect from time to time regarding expense reimbursement, including with respect to the reporting and documentation of such expenses.

(f) [Relocation Allowance . The Company shall reimburse Executive for direct and indirect costs incurred in securing a residence in the [                    ] metropolitan area (but excluding any broker or real estate agent fees or commissions) and customary van line and other moving-related expenses for the movement of

 

3


Executive’s household items and personal belongings to [                    ] in an aggregate amount equal to the lesser of (i) the actual amount of such expenses and (ii) [$        ] (the “ Cap ”). If any of the amounts reimbursed to Executive pursuant to this Section 3(f) are required to be included in Executive’s income for federal or state income or employment tax purposes, then Executive shall be entitled to receive a payment from the Company (a “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all income and employment taxes imposed on the benefits provided under this Section 3(f) and such Gross-Up Payment, Executive would be in the same tax position as he would have been without having received the benefits provided for in this Section 3(f) ; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, any Gross-Up Payment shall be applied toward, and be subject to, the Cap. Such reimbursement shall be subject to Executive’s submission to the Company of invoices or other instruments evidencing such expenses.]

4. Termination of the Employment Period .

(a) Termination . The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time upon written notice to Executive, subject to the expiration of any applicable cure periods set forth herein in the case of a termination for Cause (as defined in Section 4(d) ). Executive may resign at any time upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to the Company (unless such resignation by Executive is with Good Reason (as defined in Section 4(e) , in which case, subject to any applicable cure periods set forth in Section 4(e) ), provided, however, under such circumstances the Company may waive the notice period and relieve Executive of all duties at any time during the notice period. Upon the date Executive ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason (including, without limitation, due to Executive’s death or disability), the Employment Period shall be deemed to have ended, and (i) Executive shall be entitled to receive Executive’s Base Salary through the date of such termination, subject to withholding and other appropriate deductions, (ii) Executive shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for expenses accrued during the Employment Period in accordance with Section 3(e) and (iii) only as and to the extent expressly provided in Section 4(c) below, if applicable, the Severance Payment (as defined below).

(b) Payments . Except as expressly provided in Section 4(a) , upon the date Executive ceases to be employed by the Company, (i) all of Executive’s rights to Base Salary, other compensation (including Year End Bonus), and Benefits (except as mandated by applicable law) hereunder (if any) shall cease and (ii) no other severance, compensation, or retirement benefits shall be payable by the Ladder Companies to Executive other than the Severance Payment (as defined in Section 4(c) below), if applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein but except as required by applicable law, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any payments, benefits, or other compensation under Section 4(c) unless and until Executive has executed and delivered to the Company a general release acceptable to the Company (the “ General Release ”) and such General Release has become effective. Any payments paid to Executive pursuant to Section 4(c) shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices in ratable installments made at the end of each of the first four calendar quarters following the date upon which Executive is no longer employed by the Company, subject, in each case, to withholding and other deductions required by law or authorized in writing by Executive.

 

4


(c) [ Include Paragraph Only if Executive is Subject to a Non-Compete; if not, take out references in document to this section also ] Severance . If and only if Executive’s employment with the Company ends as a result of a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause (as defined in Section 4(d) ), or as a result of Executive’s resignation for Good Reason (as defined in forth in Section 4(e) ), then the Company shall pay to Executive Executive’s then Base Salary and continue to provide Executive (and Executive’s beneficiaries, as applicable) with all group medical and dental insurance benefits then in effect, in each case, for the [six-month] period beginning on the effective date of the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company (“ Severance Period ”); provided, that in lieu of continuing such benefits as set forth above, the Company may provide Executive with a payment equal to (x) the after-tax ( i.e. , “grossed up”) cost of Executive purchasing in the open market the continuation of such benefits for a such extension period or (y) the value of the continuation of such benefits if such benefits cannot readily be purchased by Executive in the open market; provided further , that the Company will be under no obligation to provide or pay the cost (or remaining cost) of such coverage if such provision or payment subjects the Company to any penalty, excise or other tax associated with such payment or coverage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time during the Severance Period Executive (i) accepts employment with any other person or entity, (ii) breaches any of Executive’s covenants or obligations under the General Release or under Sections 5 , 6 , or 9 of this Agreement, or (iii) engages in any conduct prohibited by the Professional Network Policy (the prohibitions of which Executive acknowledges survive the termination of the Employment Period for the full Severance Period), then the Severance Period and the Company’s obligation to make the payments and provide the benefits contemplated by this Section 4(c) shall automatically terminate. Executive covenants that Executive shall provide the Company with prompt written notice if Executive accepts employment with any person or entity during the Severance Period. Any and all payments that may be made to Executive pursuant to the terms of this Section 4(c) shall be referred to herein as the “ Severance Payment ”. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any Severance Payment or any other form of severance unless his or her employment is terminated by the Company without Cause.]

(d) Definition of Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean: (A) Executive’s willful and material violation of the Company’s written policies and/or procedures where such policies and/or procedures (1) are reasonable, legal, and ethical and (2) have been made available to Executive in writing; (B) Executive’s engagement in willful misconduct materially injurious to the financial condition of the Company and Executive’s failure to cure such misconduct and injury (if such misconduct and injury are capable of cure) within thirty days following delivery by the Board to Executive of a written notice of such misconduct and injury; (C) Executive’s material breach of any provision of this Agreement and Executive’s failure to cure such breach (if such breach is capable of cure) within thirty days following delivery by the Board to Executive of a written notice which specifically identifies the provision in this Agreement which the Board believes Executive has materially breached and the specific conduct constituting such material breach; (D) Executive’s engagement in theft, embezzlement, fraud, or material misappropriation of any of the Company’s property; or (E) Executive’s conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction of (or Executive’s plea of guilty or nolo contendere to) a felony [involving dishonesty or moral turpitude (excluding any motoring offense for which a non-custodial sentence is received and excluding any conviction for “driving under the influence” or “driving while intoxicated”)] .

 

5


(e) Definition of Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean: (A) without Executive’s express written consent, (1) any change in reporting duties such that Executive no longer reports to [the Board/the Chief Executive Officer/or any other senior executive of the Company] or (2) a change in Executive’s title; (B) without Executive’s prior written consent, the relocation of Executive’s office to a location outside of [New York, New York / other applicable location] other than for travel in the course of Executive’s duties; or (C) without Executive’s prior written consent, any reduction of Executive’s Base Salary below [$        ] per annum or any material reduction in the Benefits taken as a whole or any material breach by the Company of this Agreement, and, in any such case, the Board’s failure to cure such reduction or breach (if such reduction or breach is capable of cure) within thirty days following delivery by Executive to the Board of a written notice which specifically identifies such reduction or breach.

5. Confidential Information . Executive acknowledges that the non-public information and data obtained by Executive while employed by any Ladder Company concerning the business or affairs of the Ladder Companies and their affiliates (“ Confidential Information ”) are the property of the Ladder Companies. Therefore, except as may be otherwise required by law or legal process, Executive agrees that, during the period between the date hereof and the Commencement Date, during the Employment Period and at all times thereafter, Executive shall not disclose to any unauthorized person or use for Executive’s own purposes any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Board other than in a good faith effort during the Employment Period to promote the interests of the Ladder Companies. Executive shall deliver to the Company at the termination of the Employment Period, or at any other time the Company may request, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, computer files and related back-ups, printouts, software, and other documents and data (and copies thereof) relating to the Confidential Information, Work Product (as defined in Section 6 ), or the business of any Ladder Company which Executive may then possess or have under Executive’s control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section  5 , (i) Confidential Information shall not include: (A) information to the extent that it is or becomes generally available to the public (other than as a result of the acts or omissions of Executive) and (B) information to the extent that it is disclosed to Executive by a party or person that is not under any obligation to keep such information confidential; and (ii) if Executive is required to disclose or discuss Confidential Information by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, Executive may disclose such Confidential Information ( provided that in such case, Executive shall promptly inform the Company of such order, cooperate with Company efforts to prevent or restrict disclosure, and shall only disclose Confidential Information to the extent necessary to comply with any such court order).

6. Inventions and Patents . Executive acknowledges that all inventions, innovations, improvements, enhancements, modifications, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to any Ladder Company’s actual or anticipated business, research, and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed, or made by Executive while employed by any Ladder Company (collectively, “ Work Product ”) belong to the

 

6


applicable Ladder Company. Any copyrightable work falling within the definition of Work Product shall be deemed a “work made for hire” as such term is defined in 17 U.S.C. Section 101, and ownership of all right, title, and interest herein shall vest in the applicable Ladder Company. To the extent that any Work Product is not deemed to be a “work made for hire” under applicable law or all right, title, and interest in and to such Work Product has not automatically vested in the applicable Ladder Company, Executive hereby irrevocably assigns, transfers and conveys, to the full extent permitted by applicable law, all right, title and interest in and to the Work Product on a worldwide basis to the applicable Ladder Company, without further consideration. Executive shall perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney, and other instruments). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Ladder Company shall have any right, title, or interest in any work product or copyrightable work developed by Executive outside of work hours and without the use of any of Ladder Company’s resources or facilities that does not relate to the business of any Ladder Company and does not result from any work performed by Executive for any Ladder Company and (ii) Work Product shall not include business methods, contract structures, document forms and similar information developed or made by Executive prior to Executive’s employment by any Ladder Company (collectively, to the extent used during the Employment Period by any Ladder Company, “ Prior Works ”), even if Executive uses such methods, structures, forms or information in the course of Executive’s employment with any Ladder Company. Executive hereby grants the Ladder Companies a perpetual, irrevocable, non-exclusive, royalty-free, worldwide, assignable, sublicensable license under all rights in any Prior Works for all purposes in connection with the Ladder Companies’ current and future businesses.

7. Cooperation with Investigation . During the Employment Period and thereafter, Executive shall cooperate with the applicable Ladder Company in any internal investigation or administrative, regulatory, or judicial proceeding as reasonably requested by the Company (including, without limitation, Executive’s being available to the Company upon reasonable notice for interviews and factual investigations, appearing at the Company’s request to give testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to the Company all pertinent information, and turning over to the Company all relevant documents which are or may come into Executive’s possession, all at times and on schedules that are reasonably consistent with Executive’s other permitted activities and commitments if Executive is then employed by the Company) (any such cooperation requested by the Company, collectively, “ Investigation Assistance ”). Such Investigation Assistance will be (i) without additional compensation (if Executive is then employed by the Company) or (ii) for reasonable compensation along with reimbursement for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith (if Executive is not then employed by the Company).

8. Indemnification . The Company agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Executive and Executive’s heirs and representatives harmless, to the maximum extent permitted by law, against any and all damages, costs, liabilities, losses, and out-of-pocket expenses (including actual attorneys’ fees) as a result of any claim or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative), or any threatened claim or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative), against Executive that arises out of or relates to Executive’s lawful service as an officer, director, or employee, as the case may be, of the Company, or Executive’s service in any such capacity or similar capacity with any Ladder Company or other

 

7


entity at the request of the Company, and to promptly advance to Executive or Executive’s heirs or representatives such expenses upon written request with appropriate documentation of such expense and receipt of an undertaking by Executive or on Executive’s behalf to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined in a final, non-appealable judgment from a court of competent jurisdiction that Executive is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. If Executive has any knowledge of any actual or threatened action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, as to which Executive may request indemnity under this provision, Executive shall give the Company prompt written notice thereof; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect Executive’s right to indemnification. The Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of any such proceeding, and Executive shall use reasonable efforts to cooperate with such defense. To the extent that Executive in good faith determines that there is an actual or potential conflict of interest between the Company and Executive in connection with the defense of a proceeding, Executive shall so notify the Company and shall be entitled to separate representation at the Company’s expense by counsel selected by Executive ( provided that the Company may reasonably object to the selection of counsel within ten business days after notification thereof), which counsel shall cooperate, and coordinate the defense, with the Company’s counsel and minimize the expense of such separate representation to the extent consistent with Executive’s separate defense. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its prior written consent but shall not unreasonably withhold such consent.

9. Outside Business Activities . Executive shall disclose to the Company any outside business activities, including, without limitation: self-employment; commercial or business ventures and employment with other companies; serving as an officer, director or trustee (or similar capacity) of another entity; or serving as an officer, director or trustee (or in a similar capacity) of a not-for-profit or government organization (collectively, “ Outside Business Activities ”) as these could lead to potential conflicts of interest, raise insider trading concerns, or otherwise interfere with Executive’s duties to the Company and its clients. The Company reserves the right to require that Executive terminate any such Outside Business Activity as a condition to continued employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the ownership by Executive of less than 5% of any class of publicly traded equity securities of any corporation, will not be deemed to be a breach of this Section 9 .

10. Non-Solicitation . 1

(a) In further consideration of the compensation to be paid to Executive hereunder, Executive acknowledges that in the course of Executive’s employment with the Company Executive has and will continue to become familiar with the Ladder Companies’ trade secrets and with other Confidential Information concerning the Ladder Companies and that Executive’s services shall be of special, unique, and extraordinary value to the Ladder Companies. Therefore, Executive agrees that during the Restrictive Period (as defined below), Executive shall not for any reason whatsoever, directly or indirectly, for Executive or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, persons, company, partnership,

 

1  

Note: For those Executives whose competitive activities the Company would like to restrict, incorporate the Non-Competition section provided in Exhibit A , and update section number references accordingly.

 

8


corporation, business, or other entity of whatever nature, solicit, hire, retain as an employee or independent contractor, or interfere with any Ladder Company’s relationship with any employee, investor, or customer of any Ladder Company (or any person who was an employee, investor, or customer of any Ladder Company within the past twelve months). For purposes of this Agreement, “ Restrictive Period ” shall mean the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the date Executive’s employment with the Company ends plus the [six-month] period immediately following the date of separation of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason.

(b) If, at the time of enforcement of this Section 10 , a court shall hold that the duration or scope restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration or scope reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration or scope and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period and scope permitted by law

(c) Each of Executive and the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company will suffer irreparable harm from a breach by Executive of any of the covenants or agreements contained in Section  5 or this Section  10 . Executive further acknowledges that the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section are of a special, unique, and extraordinary character, the loss of which cannot be adequately compensated by monetary damages. Executive agrees that the terms and provisions of this Section  10 are fair and reasonable and are reasonably required for the protection of the Company in whose favor such restrictions operate. Executive acknowledges that, but for Executive’s agreements to be bound by the restrictive covenants set forth in Section  5 and this Section  10 , the Company would not have entered into this Agreement. In the event of an alleged or threatened breach by Executive of any of the provisions of Section  5 or this Section  10 , the Company or its successors or assigns may, in addition to all other rights and remedies existing in its or their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, the extension of the Restrictive Period by a period equal to the duration of the violation of this Section  10 ).

(d) The refusal or failure of the Company to enforce any of the restrictive covenants set forth in Section  5 or this Section  10 against Executive, for any reason, shall not constitute an act of precedent or a defense to the enforcement by the Company of the restrictive covenants set forth herein, nor shall it give rise to any claim or cause of action by Executive against the Company. If any action should have to be brought by the Company against Executive to enforce the restrictive covenants set forth in Section  5 or this Section  10 , the Company is entitled to seek preliminary and permanent injunctive relief restraining Executive from violating any of such restrictive covenants and shall be entitled to seek all other legal and equitable remedies provided under New York law. Executive expressly acknowledges that the restrictive covenants set forth in Section  5 or this Section  10 apply to any successor or assign of the Company as a direct third-party beneficiary and that such restrictive covenants are expressly intended for the benefit of such successor or assign.

 

9


11. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . All notices, demands, or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when delivered personally, two business days after being mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or one business day after being sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier. Such notices, demands, and other communications will be sent to the addresses indicated below:

To the Company :

Ladder Capital Finance LLC

345 Park Avenue, 8 th Floor

New York, NY 10154

Attention:        Brian Harris and Pamela McCormack

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Company) to :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

Citigroup Center

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention:        Brian Raftery, Esq.

To Executive :

 

 

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 

or such other addresses or to the attention of such other persons as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

(b) Remedies . In addition and supplementary to other rights and remedies existing in the Company’s or Executive’s favor, the Company or Executive may apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive or other relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions hereof.

(c) Choice of Law . All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement, and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions that could cause the applications of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

(d) Representation by Executive . Executive represents and warrants to the Company that Executive is not a party to any agreement containing a noncompetition provision or other restriction with respect to (i) the nature of any services or business which Executive is entitled to perform or conduct for the Company (or any other Ladder Company) under this Agreement, or (ii) the disclosure or use of any information which directly or indirectly relates to the nature of the business of any Ladder Company or the services to be rendered by Executive under this Agreement.

 

10


(e) Complete Agreement . This Agreement shall embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(f) Successor and Assigns . This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive individually and the Company and its respective successors and assigns. The duties and obligations of the Executive under this Agreement, being personal, may not be delegated.

(g) Amendment . Other than otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement may be amended, and any provision hereof may be waived, at any time by written agreement between the Company (with the approval of the Board) and Executive.

(h) Counterparts; Facsimile Signature . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which together shall constitute but one agreement. Any party may execute this Agreement by facsimile or scanned page signature and the other parties shall be entitled to rely upon such facsimile or scanned page signature as conclusive evidence that this Agreement has been duly executed by such party.

(i) No Waiver . No failure or delay on the part of the Company or Executive in enforcing or exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.

(j) Severability . If any provision or clause of this Agreement, or portion thereof shall be held by any court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, the remainder of such provision shall not be thereby affected and shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portion.

(k) No Strict Construction; Descriptive Headings . The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

(l) Withholding . The Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any amounts owing from the Company or any of its subsidiaries to Executive under this Agreement, any United States federal, state, or local or non-United States withholding taxes, excise taxes, or employment taxes imposed with respect to Executive’s compensation or other payments from the Company or any of its subsidiaries under this Agreement.

(m) Section 409A . To the extent required by Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, any payment required to be made to Executive under Section  4 shall be deferred until the first day of the first month commencing after the six month anniversary of the date that Executive ceases to be employed by the Company. The Company shall make a lump sum payment to Executive on or about such date in an amount equal to the aggregate payments that would have otherwise been paid to Executive during such deferral period.

 

11


12. Effect of Termination of the Employment Period . Other than Sections  4 through 10 , which shall survive indefinitely, upon termination of the Employment Period, this Agreement shall no longer have any force or effect.

*    *    *    *

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[EXECUTIVE’S NAME]


Exhibit A

For those Executives whose competitive activities the Company would like to restrict, incorporate the following non-compete, and update section number references accordingly:

Non-Competition.

(a) Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive’s services to the Company and the other Ladder Companies are and will be unique in nature, that during his or her term of employment that Executive will be provided access to Confidential Information about the Company’s commercial real estate finance-related products and services (the “ Business ”), and that the Company and the other Ladder Companies would be irreparably harmed if Executive were to provide such products or services to any person or entity competing with the Ladder Companies within the restricted time periods set forth herein, or were otherwise to solicit business relations, with whom Executive maintained material contacts related to the Business while employed by the Company. Therefore, Executive agrees, for no additional consideration, that during the Non-Competition Period (as defined below), he or she shall not, directly or indirectly, either for himself or herself or for any other person or entity: (i) permit his or her name to be used by or participate in any business or enterprise (including, without limitation, any division, group or franchise of a larger organization) that engages in the Business anywhere within the United States and (ii) without any geographical restrictions, solicit or permit his or her name to be used by any business or enterprise that engages in the Business to solicit business from any customer, client or investor (or prospective customer, client or investor) with whom Employee had material contacts in connection with the Business during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the end of the Employment Period. For purposes of this Agreement, “Non-Competition Period” shall mean the Employment Period plus

(A) zero days if Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason; or

(B) the 6-month period immediately following the date of separation of Executive’s employment with Company if such separation is for any reason other than under a scenario described in the foregoing clause (A);

provided, however, that if Executive’s employment separates under any of the scenarios described in clause (A) above, the Company may elect in its sole discretion to continue to pay Executive Executive’s then Base Salary and continue to provide Executive (and Executive’s beneficiaries, as applicable) with all group medical and dental insurance benefits then in effect, in each case for up to [six months] (“ Elective Severance Payment ”) and, in such case, extend the Non-Competition Period for such period of time as the Elective Severance Payment is to be made following the separation of Executive’s employment; provided that in lieu of continuing such benefits as set forth above, the Company may provide Executive with a payment equal to (A) the after-tax (i.e., “grossed up”) cost of Executive purchasing in the open market the continuation of such benefits for a such extension period or (B) the value of the continuation of such benefits if such benefits cannot readily be purchased by Executive in the open market. Within ten business days of the separation of Executive’s employment under any of the scenarios described in clause (A) immediately above, the Company shall deliver to Executive a written notice advising Executive as to whether the Company elects to pay Executive any Elective Severance Payment and the period of time over which such Elective Severance Payment is to be made. The failure of the Company to deliver such written notice to Executive within ten business days of the separation of Executive’s employment shall be deemed a waiver of the Company’s right to make any Elective Severance Payment.

(b) For purposes of this Section [    ] , the term “ participate in ” shall include, without limitation, having any direct or indirect interest in any business entity, whether as a sole proprietor, owner, stockholder, partner, joint venturer, creditor or otherwise, or rendering any direct or indirect service or assistance to any business entity (whether as a director, officer, manager, supervisor, employee, agent, consultant or otherwise) or planning for any prospective business entity. Nothing herein will prohibit Executive from mere passive ownership of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any wholesale construction or industrial supply company whose stock is traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market. As used herein, the phrase “ mere passive ownership ” shall include voting or otherwise granting any consents or approvals required to be obtained from such person or entity as an owner of stock or other ownership interests in any entity pursuant to the charter or other organizational documents of such entity, but shall preclude, without limitation, any involvement in the day-to-day operations of such entity.

Exhibit 12.1

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2009
     For the Period
from Inception
through
December 31,
2008
 

Earnings:

              

Income (loss) before taxes

     180,687,910         71,634,761         89,097,828         41,201,638         (6,439,181

Fixed charges

     38,252,072         36,493,464         49,482,619         17,273,763         1,039,999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     218,890,898         108,143,850         138,580,447         58,475,401         (5,399,182 )  

Fixed charges:

              

Interest expense

     36,472,578         35,836,124         48,874,327         16,726,638         1,039,999   

Operating lease rental expense

     593,165         219,113         202,764         182,375         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     37,065,743         36,055,237         49,077,091         16,909,013         1,039,999   

Ra tio of Earnings to Fixed Charges:

     5.87         2.99         2.82         3.44         (a )  

 

(a) Earnings for the Period from inception through December 31, 2008 were not sufficient to cover fixed charges by $6.4 million.

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

 

Exact Name of Subsidiaries of Registrant

as Specified in their Charter

  

State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization

Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

   Delaware

Ladder Midco LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Adviser LLC

   Delaware

LCR Income I GP LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Member Corporation

   Delaware

Ladder Midco II LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Securities LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Finance LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Commercial Mortgage Securities LLC

   Delaware

Tuebor Captive Insurance Company LLC

   Michigan

Ladder Capital Finance I LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Finance II LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Finance III LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Finance IV LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Finance V LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Finance Portfolio II LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Realty II LLC

   Delaware

LC Carmel Retail LLC

   Delaware

LVT JV Member LLC

   Delaware

LVT JV LLC

   Delaware

LVT Owner LLC

   Delaware

ONP JV Member LLC

   Delaware

ONP JV LLC

   Delaware

ONP Owner LLC

   Delaware

ONP Rooftop JV Member LLC

   Delaware

ONP Rooftop JV LLC

   Delaware

IOP JV LLC

   Delaware

IOP JV Member LLC

   Delaware

IOP Owner LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Grace Lake Member LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital CRE Equity LLC

   Delaware

LACSVGA LLC

   Delaware

LACCBSC LLC

   Delaware

LAS Jonesboro LLC

   Delaware

LAS Mt Juliet LLC

   Delaware

LAS Wichita LLC

   Delaware

LBWPIMA LLC

   Delaware

LBW Portfolio I LLC

   Delaware

LBWNDMA LLC

   Delaware


Exact Name of Subsidiaries of Registrant

as Specified in their Charter

  

State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization

LBW Mooresville LLC

   Delaware

LBW Saratoga LLC

   Delaware

LBW Sennett LLC

   Delaware

LBW Tilton LLC

   Delaware

LBW Vineland LLC

   Delaware

LBW Waldorf LLC

   Delaware

LDGDSFL LLC

   Delaware

LDGMBFL LLC

   Delaware

LDGOCFL LLC

   Delaware

LDGSSFL LLC

   Delaware

LDG Yulee LLC

   Delaware

LWAG Millbrook LLC

   Delaware

LWAG Greewood AR LLC

   Delaware

LWAG Gallatin LLC

   Delaware

LWAG Aiken LLC

   Delaware

LWAG Durant LLC

   Delaware

LWAG Johnson City LLC

   Delaware

LWAG Palmview LLC

   Delaware

LWAG Ooltewah LLC

   Delaware

LWAG Mount Airy LLC

   Delaware

LWAG Abingdon LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Midco III LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Finance Revolver I Parent LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Finance Revolver I LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Realty Finance Trust

   Maryland

Ladder Capital Realty (TRS) Inc

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Finance Portfolio LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Realty CMBS IV LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Realty Equity LLC

   Delaware

LWAGLXSC LLC

   Delaware

LWAGTPMS LLC

   Delaware

LWAGEKMD LLC

   Delaware

LWAGDVGA LLC

   Delaware

LWAGLBGA LLC

   Delaware

LWAGSBSC LLC

   Delaware

LCR Income I LP LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Realty Income Partnership I LP

   Delaware

LCR Income Finance I LLC

   Delaware

 

2


Exact Name of Subsidiaries of Registrant

as Specified in their Charter

  

State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization

LCRIP Finance I LP

   Delaware

LCR Income Finance II LLC

   Delaware

LCRIP Finance II LP

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Realty Finance Midco LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Realty Finance III LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Realty Finance V LLC

   Delaware

Ladder Capital Realty Finance ERF Parent LLC

   Delaware

 

3

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP of our report dated March 28, 2013, except for Note 14, the Master Repurchase Agreement paragraph in Note 15, the financial statement schedules and the effects of the Registration paragraph described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is April 29, 2013 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedules of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and our reports dated April 29, 2013 relating to the statements of revenue and certain expenses for the Abingdon, Aiken, Johnson City, Ooltewah, Palmview, Middleburg and Satsuma properties for the year ended December 31, 2011, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

April 29, 2013

Exhibit 25.1

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939

OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

¨ CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

16-1486454

(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890

(Address of principal executive offices)

Robert C. Fiedler

Vice President and Counsel

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

(302) 651-8541

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE HOLDINGS LLLP

LADDER CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware

Delaware

 

26-2048427

80-0846293

(State of incorporation)  

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

345 Park Avenue, 8 th Floor

New York, New York

 

10154

(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

 

7.375% Senior Notes due 2017

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

 

 


Item 1. GENERAL INFORMATION. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of Currency, Washington, D.C.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

 

Item 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR . If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each affiliation:

Based upon an examination of the books and records of the trustee and upon information furnished by the obligor, the obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.

 

Item 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS. Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this Statement of Eligibility and Qualification.

 

  1. A copy of the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

 

  2. The authority of Wilmington Trust, National Association to commence business was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

 

  3. The authorization to exercise corporate trust powers was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T - 1.

 

  4. A copy of the existing By-Laws of Trustee, as now in effect, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 of form T-1.

 

  5. Not applicable.

 

  6. The consent of Trustee as required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6 of Form T-1.

 

  7. Current Report of the Condition of Trustee, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

 

  8. Not applicable.

 

  9. Not applicable.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this Statement of Eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 29 th day of April, 2013.

 

WILMINGTON TRUST,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Jane Schweiger

Name:   Jane Schweiger
Title:   Vice President


EXHIBIT 1

CHARTER OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

For the purpose of organizing an association to perform any lawful activities of national banks, the undersigned do enter into the following articles of association:

FIRST. The title of this association shall be Wilmington Trust, National Association.

SECOND. The main office of the association shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The general business of the association shall be conducted at its main office and its branches.

THIRD. The board of directors of this association shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five persons, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit. The exact number is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any annual or special meeting thereof. Each director shall own common or preferred stock of the association or of a holding company owning the association, with an aggregate par, fair market or equity value $1,000. Determination of these values may be based as of either (i) the date of purchase or (ii) the date the person became a director, whichever value is greater. Any combination of common or preferred stock of the association or holding company may be used.

Any vacancy in the board of directors may be filled by action of a majority of the remaining directors between meetings of shareholders. The board of directors may not increase the number of directors between meetings of shareholders to a number which:

 

  1) exceeds by more than two the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 15 or less; or

 

  2) exceeds by more than four the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 16 or more, but in no event shall the number of directors exceed 25, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit.

Directors shall be elected for terms of one year and until their successors are elected and qualified. Terms of directors, including directors selected to fill vacancies, shall expire at the next regular meeting of shareholders at which directors are elected, unless the directors resign or are removed from office. Despite the expiration of a director’s term, the director shall continue to serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until there is a decrease in the number of directors and his or her position is eliminated.

Honorary or advisory members of the board of directors, without voting power or power of final decision in matters concerning the business of the association, may be appointed by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors, or by resolution of shareholders at any annual or special meeting. Honorary or advisory directors shall not be counted to determine the number of directors of the association or the presence of a quorum in connection with any board action, and shall not be required to own qualifying shares.

FOURTH. There shall be an annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may be brought before the meeting. It shall be held at the main office or any other convenient place the board of directors may designate, on the day of each year specified therefor in


the bylaws, or, if that day falls on a legal holiday in the state in which the association is located, on the next following banking day. If no election is held on the day fixed, or in the event of a legal holiday on the following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the day fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the day, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares issued and outstanding. In all cases at least 10 days advance notice of the time, place and purpose of a shareholders’ meeting shall be given to the shareholders by first class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. The sole shareholder of the bank is permitted to waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting.

In all elections of directors, the number of votes each common shareholder may cast will be determined by multiplying the number of shares such shareholder owns by the number of directors to be elected. Those votes may be cumulated and cast for a single candidate or may be distributed among two or more candidates in the manner selected by the shareholder. If, after the first ballot, subsequent ballots are necessary to elect directors, a shareholder may not vote shares that he or she has already fully cumulated and voted in favor of a successful candidate. On all other questions, each common shareholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by him or her.

Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for election of directors. Nominations other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management shall be made in writing and be delivered or mailed to the president of the association not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nominations shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

 

  1) The name and address of each proposed nominee.

 

  2) The principal occupation of each proposed nominee.

 

  3) The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee.

 

  4) The name and residence address of the notifying shareholder.

 

  5) The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee. No bylaw may unreasonably restrict the nomination of directors by shareholders.

A director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the board of directors, its chairperson, or to the association, which resignation shall be effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

A director may be removed by shareholders at a meeting called to remove the director, when notice of the meeting stating that the purpose or one of the purposes is to remove the director is provided, if there is a failure to fulfill one of the affirmative requirements for qualification, or for cause; provided, however, that a director may not be removed if the number of votes sufficient to elect the director under cumulative voting is voted against the director’s removal.


FIFTH. The authorized amount of capital stock of this association shall be ten thousand shares of common stock of the par value of one hundred dollars ($100) each; but said capital stock may be increased or decreased from time to time, according to the provisions of the laws of the United States.

No holder of shares of the capital stock of any class of the association shall have any preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any shares of any class of stock of the association, whether now or hereafter authorized, or to any obligations convertible into stock of the association, issued, or sold, nor any right of subscription to any thereof other than such, if any, as the board of directors, in its discretion, may from time to time determine and at such price as the board of directors may from time to time fix. Preemptive rights also must be approved by a vote of holders of two-thirds of the bank’s outstanding voting shares. Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, (1) all matters requiring shareholder action, including amendments to the articles of association, must be approved by shareholders owning a majority voting interest in the outstanding voting stock, and (2) each shareholder shall be entitled to one vote per share.

Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, all shares of voting stock shall be voted together as a class, on any matters requiring shareholder approval. If a proposed amendment would affect two or more classes or series in the same or a substantially similar way, all the classes or series so affected must vote together as a single voting group on the proposed amendment.

Shares of one class or series may be issued as a dividend for shares of the same class or series on a pro rata basis and without consideration. Shares of one class or series may be issued as share dividends for a different class or series of stock if approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the class or series to be issued, unless there are no outstanding shares of the class or series to be issued. Unless otherwise provided by the board of directors, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to a share dividend shall be the date authorized by the board of directors for the share dividend.

Unless otherwise provided in the bylaws, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting is the close of business on the day before the first notice is mailed or otherwise sent to the shareholders, provided that in no event may a record date be more than 70 days before the meeting.

If a shareholder is entitled to fractional shares pursuant to a stock dividend, consolidation or merger, reverse stock split or otherwise, the association may: (a) issue fractional shares; (b) in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, issue script or warrants entitling the holder to receive a full share upon surrendering enough script or warrants to equal a full share; (c) if there is an established and active market in the association’s stock, make reasonable arrangements to provide the shareholder with an opportunity to realize a fair price through sale of the fraction, or purchase of the additional fraction required for a full share; (d) remit the cash equivalent of the fraction to the shareholder; or (e) sell full shares representing all the fractions at public auction or to the highest bidder after having solicited and received sealed bids from at least three licensed stock brokers; and distribute the proceeds pro rata to shareholders who otherwise would be entitled to the fractional shares. The holder of a fractional share is entitled to exercise the rights for shareholder, including the right to vote, to receive dividends, and to participate in the assets of the association upon liquidation, in proportion to the fractional interest. The holder of script or warrants is not entitled to any of these rights unless the script or warrants explicitly provide for such rights. The script or warrants may be subject to such additional conditions as: (1) that the script or warrants will become void if not exchanged for full shares before a specified date; and (2) that the shares for which the script or warrants are exchangeable may be sold at the option of the association and the proceeds paid to scriptholders.


The association, at any time and from time to time, may authorize and issue debt obligations, whether or not subordinated, without the approval of the shareholders. Obligations classified as debt, whether or not subordinated, which may be issued by the association without the approval of shareholders, do not carry voting rights on any issue, including an increase or decrease in the aggregate number of the securities, or the exchange or reclassification of all or part of securities into securities of another class or series.

SIXTH. The board of directors shall appoint one of its members president of this association, and one of its members chairperson of the board and shall have the power to appoint one or more vice presidents, a secretary who shall keep minutes of the directors’ and shareholders’ meetings and be responsible for authenticating the records of the association, and such other officers and employees as may be required to transact the business of this association.

A duly appointed officer may appoint one or more officers or assistant officers if authorized by the board of directors in accordance with the bylaws.

The board of directors shall have the power to:

 

  1) Define the duties of the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

 

  2) Delegate the performance of its duties, but not the responsibility for its duties, to the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

 

  3) Fix the compensation and enter into employment contracts with its officers and employees upon reasonable terms and conditions consistent with applicable law.

 

  4) Dismiss officers and employees.

 

  5) Require bonds from officers and employees and to fix the penalty thereof.

 

  6) Ratify written policies authorized by the association’s management or committees of the board.

 

  7) Regulate the manner in which any increase or decrease of the capital of the association shall be made, provided that nothing herein shall restrict the power of shareholders to increase or decrease the capital of the association in accordance with law, and nothing shall raise or lower from two-thirds the percentage required for shareholder approval to increase or reduce the capital.

 

  8) Manage and administer the business and affairs of the association.

 

  9) Adopt initial bylaws, not inconsistent with law or the articles of association, for managing the business and regulating the affairs of the association.

 

  10) Amend or repeal bylaws, except to the extent that the articles of association reserve this power in whole or in part to shareholders.

 

  11) Make contracts.

 

  12) Generally perform all acts that are legal for a board of directors to perform.

SEVENTH. The board of directors shall have the power to change the location of the main office to any other place within the limits of Wilmington, Delaware, without the approval of the shareholders, or with a vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such association for a relocation outside such limits and upon receipt of a certificate of approval from the Comptroller of the Currency, to any other location within or outside the limits of Wilmington Delaware, but not more than 30 miles beyond such limits. The board of directors shall have the power to establish or change the location of any branch or branches of the association to any other location permitted under applicable law, without approval of shareholders, subject to approval by the Comptroller of the Currency.


EIGHTH. The corporate existence of this association shall continue until termination according to the laws of the United States.

NINTH. The board of directors of this association, or any one or more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than 50 percent of the stock of this association, may call a special meeting of shareholders at any time. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or the laws of the United States, a notice of the time, place, and purpose of every annual and special meeting of the shareholders shall be given at least 10 days prior to the meeting by first-class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. If the association is a wholly-owned subsidiary, the sole shareholder may waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or these articles, any action requiring approval of shareholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting.

TENTH. For purposes of this Article Tenth, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that


such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these articles of association and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders. To the extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.

In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these articles of association, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these articles of association with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in these articles of association, the bylaws, a resolution of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

If this Article Tenth or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Article Tenth shall remain fully enforceable.


The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these articles of association; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage to pay or reimburse any institution-affiliated party for the cost of any judgment or civil money penalty assessed against such person in an administrative proceeding or civil action commenced by any federal banking agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution-affiliated parties.

ELEVENTH. These articles of association may be amended at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of this association, unless the vote of the holders of a greater amount of stock is required by law, and in that case by the vote of the holders of such greater amount. The association’s board of directors may propose one or more amendments to the articles of association for submission to the shareholders.


EXHIBIT 4

BY-LAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

ARTICLE I

Meetings of Shareholders

Section 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may properly come before the meeting shall be held at the main office of the association, Rodney Square North, 1100 Market Street, City of Wilmington, State of Delaware, at 1:00 o’clock p.m. on the first Tuesday in March of each year, or at such other place and time as the board of directors may designate, or if that date falls on a legal holiday in Delaware, on the next following banking day. Notice of the meeting shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 10 days and no more than 60 days prior to the date thereof, addressed to each shareholder at his/her address appearing on the books of the association. If, for any cause, an election of directors is not made on that date, or in the event of a legal holiday, on the next following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the date fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the date, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares. In these circumstances, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first class mail to shareholders.

Section 2. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise specifically provided by statute, special meetings of the shareholders may be called for any purpose at any time by the board of directors or by any one or more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than fifty percent of the stock of the association. Every such special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law, shall be called by mailing, postage prepaid, not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting, to each shareholder at the address appearing on the books of the association a notice stating the purpose of the meeting.

The board of directors may fix a record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice and to vote at any meeting, in reasonable proximity to the date of giving notice to the shareholders of such meeting. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting is the date the first shareholder signs a demand for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held.

A special meeting may be called by shareholders or the board of directors to amend the articles of association or bylaws, whether or not such bylaws may be amended by the board of directors in the absence of shareholder approval.

If an annual or special shareholders’ meeting is adjourned to a different date, time, or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time or place, if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment, unless any additional items of business are to be considered, or the association becomes aware of an intervening event materially affecting any matter to be voted on more than 10 days prior to the date to which the meeting is adjourned. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, however, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date. If, however, the meeting to elect the directors is adjourned before the election takes place, at least ten days’ notice of the new election must be given to the shareholders by first-class mail.


Section 3. Nominations of Directors . Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for the election of directors. Nominations, other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management of the association, shall be made in writing and shall be delivered or mailed to the president of the association and the Comptroller of the Currency, Washington, D.C., not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nomination shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

 

  (1) The name and address of each proposed nominee;

 

  (2) The principal occupation of each proposed nominee;

 

  (3) The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee;

 

  (4) The name and residence of the notifying shareholder; and

 

  (5) The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and upon his/her instructions, the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee.

Section 4. Proxies . Shareholders may vote at any meeting of the shareholders by proxies duly authorized in writing, but no officer or employee of this association shall act as proxy. Proxies shall be valid only for one meeting, to be specified therein, and any adjournments of such meeting. Proxies shall be dated and filed with the records of the meeting. Proxies with facsimile signatures may be used and unexecuted proxies may be counted upon receipt of a written confirmation from the shareholder. Proxies meeting the above requirements submitted at any time during a meeting shall be accepted.

Section 5. Quorum . A majority of the outstanding capital stock, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, unless otherwise provided by law, or by the shareholders or directors pursuant to Article IX, Section 2, but less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. A majority of the votes cast shall decide every question or matter submitted to the shareholders at any meeting, unless otherwise provided by law or by the articles of association, or by the shareholders or directors pursuant to Article IX, Section 2. If a meeting for the election of directors is not held on the fixed date, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first-class mail to the shareholders.


ARTICLE II

Directors

Section 1. Board of Directors . The board of directors shall have the power to manage and administer the business and affairs of the association. Except as expressly limited by law, all corporate powers of the association shall be vested in and may be exercised by the board of directors.

Section 2. Number . The board of directors shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five members, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit. The exact number within such minimum and maximum limits is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any meeting thereof.

Section 3. Organization Meeting . The secretary or treasurer, upon receiving the certificate of the judges of the result of any election, shall notify the directors-elect of their election and of the time at which they are required to meet at the main office of the association, or at such other place in the cities of Wilmington, Delaware or Buffalo, New York, to organize the new board of directors and elect and appoint officers of the association for the succeeding year. Such meeting shall be held on the day of the election or as soon thereafter as practicable, and, in any event, within 30 days thereof. If, at the time fixed for such meeting, there shall not be a quorum, the directors present may adjourn the meeting, from time to time, until a quorum is obtained.

Section 4. Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors may, at any time and from time to time, by resolution designate the place, date and hour for the holding of a regular meeting, but in the absence of any such designation, regular meetings of the board of directors shall be held, without notice, on the first Tuesday of each March, June and September, and on the second Tuesday of each December at the main office or other such place as the board of directors may designate. When any regular meeting of the board of directors falls upon a holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next banking business day unless the board of directors shall designate another day.

Section 5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of the association, or at the request of two or more directors. Each member of the board of directors shall be given notice by telegram, first class mail, or in person stating the time and place of each special meeting.

Section 6. Quorum . A majority of the entire board then in office shall constitute a quorum at any meeting, except when otherwise provided by law or these bylaws, but a lesser number may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. If the number of directors present at the meeting is reduced below the number that would constitute a quorum, no business may be transacted, except selecting directors to fill vacancies in conformance with Article II, Section 7. If a quorum is present, the board of directors may take action through the vote of a majority of the directors who are in attendance.

Section 7. Meetings by Conference Telephone. Any one or more members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such board or committees by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 8. Procedures . The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of the board of directors may be determined by the person presiding at the meeting.


Section 9. Removal of Directors . Any director may be removed for cause, at any meeting of stockholders notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of the stockholders. Any director may be removed without cause, at any meeting of stockholders notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote. Any director may be removed for cause, at any meeting of the directors notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

Section 10. Vacancies . When any vacancy occurs among the directors, a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors, according to the laws of the United States, may appoint a director to fill such vacancy at any regular meeting of the board of directors, or at a special meeting called for that purpose at which a quorum is present, or if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office, or by shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose in conformance with Section 2 of Article I. At any such shareholder meeting, each shareholder entitled to vote shall have the right to multiply the number of votes he or she is entitled to cast by the number of vacancies being filled and cast the product for a single candidate or distribute the product among two or more candidates. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date (by reason of a resignation effective at a later date) may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

ARTICLE III

Committees of the Board

The board of directors has power over and is solely responsible for the management, supervision, and administration of the association. The board of directors may delegate its power, but none of its responsibilities, to such persons or committees as the board may determine.

The board of directors must formally ratify written policies authorized by committees of the board of directors before such policies become effective. Each committee must have one or more member(s), and who may be an officer of the association or an officer or director of any affiliate of the association, who serve at the pleasure of the board of directors. Provisions of the articles of association and these bylaws governing place of meetings, notice of meeting, quorum and voting requirements of the board of directors, apply to committees and their members as well. The creation of a committee and appointment of members to it must be approved by the board of directors.

Section 1. Loan Committee . There shall be a loan committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The loan committee, on behalf of the bank, shall have power to discount and purchase bills, notes and other evidences of debt, to buy and sell bills of exchange, to examine and approve loans and discounts, to exercise authority regarding loans and discounts, and to exercise, when the board of directors is not in session, all other powers of the board of directors that may lawfully be delegated. The loan committee shall keep minutes of its meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted at the next regular meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present, and any action taken by the board of directors with respect thereto shall be entered in the minutes of the board of directors.

Section 2. Investment Committee . There shall be an investment committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The investment committee, on behalf of the bank, shall have the power to ensure adherence to the investment policy, to recommend amendments thereto, to purchase and sell securities, to exercise authority regarding


investments and to exercise, when the board of directors is not in session, all other powers of the board of directors regarding investment securities that may be lawfully delegated. The investment committee shall keep minutes of its meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted at the next regular meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present, and any action taken by the board of directors with respect thereto shall be entered in the minutes of the board of directors.

Section 3. Examining Committee . There shall be an examining committee composed of not less than 2 directors, exclusive of any active officers, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The duty of that committee shall be to examine at least once during each calendar year and within 15 months of the last examination the affairs of the association or cause suitable examinations to be made by auditors responsible only to the board of directors and to report the result of such examination in writing to the board of directors at the next regular meeting thereafter. Such report shall state whether the association is in a sound condition, and whether adequate internal controls and procedures are being maintained and shall recommend to the board of directors such changes in the manner of conducting the affairs of the association as shall be deemed advisable.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the first paragraph of this section 3, the responsibility and authority of the Examining Committee may, if authorized by law, be given over to a duly constituted audit committee of the association’s parent corporation by a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors.

Section 4. Trust Audit Committee. There shall be a trust audit committee in conformance with Section 1 of Article V.

Section 5. Other Committees . The board of directors may appoint, from time to time, from its own members, compensation, special litigation and other committees of one or more persons, for such purposes and with such powers as the board of directors may determine.

However, a committee may not:

 

  (1) Authorize distributions of assets or dividends;

 

  (2) Approve action required to be approved by shareholders;

 

  (3) Fill vacancies on the board of directors or any of its committees;

 

  (4) Amend articles of association;

 

  (5) Adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; or

 

  (6) Authorize or approve issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares.

Section 6. Committee Members’ Fees . Committee members may receive a fee for their services as committee members and traveling and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending any meeting of a committee of which they are a member. The fee may be a fixed sum to be paid for attending each meeting or a fixed sum to be paid quarterly, or semiannually, irrespective of the number of meetings attended or not attended. The amount of the fee and the basis on which it shall be paid shall be determined by the Board of Directors.


ARTICLE IV

Officers and Employees

Section 1. Chairperson of the Board . The board of directors shall appoint one of its members to be the chairperson of the board to serve at its pleasure. Such person shall preside at all meetings of the board of directors. The chairperson of the board shall supervise the carrying out of the policies adopted or approved by the board of directors; shall have general executive powers, as well as the specific powers conferred by these bylaws; and shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned by the board of directors.

Section 2. President . The board of directors shall appoint one of its members to be the president of the association. In the absence of the chairperson, the president shall preside at any meeting of the board of directors. The president shall have general executive powers and shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation, or practice to the office of president, or imposed by these bylaws. The president shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred or assigned by the board of directors.

Section 3. Vice President . The board of directors may appoint one or more vice presidents. Each vice president shall have such powers and duties as may be assigned by the board of directors. One vice president shall be designated by the board of directors, in the absence of the president, to perform all the duties of the president.

Section 4. Secretary . The board of directors shall appoint a secretary, treasurer, or other designated officer who shall be secretary of the board of directors and of the association and who shall keep accurate minutes of all meetings. The secretary shall attend to the giving of all notices required by these bylaws; shall be custodian of the corporate seal, records, documents and papers of the association; shall provide for the keeping of proper records of all transactions of the association; shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation or practice to the office of treasurer, or imposed by these bylaws; and shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned from time to time, by the board of directors.

Section 5. Other Officers . The board of directors may appoint one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more trust officers, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more managers and assistant managers of branches and such other officers and attorneys in fact as from time to time may appear to the board of directors to be required or desirable to transact the business of the association. Such officers shall respectively exercise such powers and perform such duties as pertain to their several offices, or as may be conferred upon or assigned to them by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, or the president. The board of directors may authorize an officer to appoint one or more officers or assistant officers.

Section 6. Tenure of Office . The president and all other officers shall hold office for the current year for which the board of directors was elected, unless they shall resign, become disqualified, or be removed; and any vacancy occurring in the office of president shall be filled promptly by the board of directors.

Section 7. Resignation . An officer may resign at any time by delivering notice to the association. A resignation is effective when the notice is given unless the notice specifies a later effective date.


ARTICLE V

Fiduciary Activities

Section 1. Trust Audit Committee. There shall be a Trust Audit Committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors, which shall, at least once during each calendar year make suitable audits of the association’s fiduciary activities or cause suitable audits to be made by auditors responsible only to the board, and at such time shall ascertain whether fiduciary powers have been administered according to law, Part 9 of the Regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency, and sound fiduciary principles. Such committee: (1) must not include any officers of the bank or an affiliate who participate significantly in the administration of the bank’s fiduciary activities; and (2) must consist of a majority of members who are not also members of any committee to which the board of directors has delegated power to manage and control the fiduciary activities of the bank.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the first paragraph of this section 1, the responsibility and authority of the Trust Audit Committee may, if authorized by law, be given over to a duly constituted audit committee of the association’s parent corporation by a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors.

Section 2. Fiduciary Files. There shall be maintained by the association all fiduciary records necessary to assure that its fiduciary responsibilities have been properly undertaken and discharged.

Section 3. Trust Investments. Funds held in a fiduciary capacity shall be invested according to the instrument establishing the fiduciary relationship and applicable law. Where such instrument does not specify the character and class of investments to be made, but does vest in the association investment discretion, funds held pursuant to such instrument shall be invested in investments in which corporate fiduciaries may invest under applicable law.

ARTICLE VI

Stock and Stock Certificates

Section 1. Transfers . Shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the association, and a transfer book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall be recorded. Every person becoming a shareholder by such transfer shall in proportion to such shareholder’s shares, succeed to all rights of the prior holder of such shares. The board of directors may impose conditions upon the transfer of the stock reasonably calculated to simplify the work of the association with respect to stock transfers, voting at shareholder meetings and related matters and to protect it against fraudulent transfers.

Section 2. Stock Certificates . Certificates of stock shall bear the signature of the president (which may be engraved, printed or impressed) and shall be signed manually or by facsimile process by the secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, assistant treasurer, or any other officer appointed by the board of directors for that purpose, to be known as an authorized officer, and the seal of the association shall be engraved thereon. Each certificate shall recite on its face that the stock represented thereby is transferable only upon the books of the association properly endorsed.

The board of directors may adopt or use procedures for replacing lost, stolen, or destroyed stock certificates as permitted by law.


The association may establish a procedure through which the beneficial owner of shares that are registered in the name of a nominee may be recognized by the association as the shareholder. The procedure may set forth:

 

  (1) The types of nominees to which it applies;

 

  (2) The rights or privileges that the association recognizes in a beneficial owner;

 

  (3) How the nominee may request the association to recognize the beneficial owner as the shareholder;

 

  (4) The information that must be provided when the procedure is selected;

 

  (5) The period over which the association will continue to recognize the beneficial owner as the shareholder;

 

  (6) Other aspects of the rights and duties created.

ARTICLE VII

Corporate Seal

Section 1. Seal . The seal of the association shall be in such form as may be determined from time to time by the board of directors. The president, the treasurer, the secretary or any assistant treasurer or assistant secretary, or other officer thereunto designated by the board of directors shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any document requiring such seal and to attest the same. The seal on any corporate obligation for the payment of money may be facsimile.

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous Provisions

Section 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the association shall be the calendar year.

Section 2. Execution of Instruments . All agreements, indentures, mortgages, deeds, conveyances, transfers, certificates, declarations, receipts, discharges, releases, satisfactions, settlements, petitions, schedules, accounts, affidavits, bonds, undertakings, proxies and other instruments or documents may be signed, executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association by the chairperson of the board, or the president, or any vice president, or the secretary, or the treasurer, or, if in connection with the exercise of fiduciary powers of the association, by any of those offices or by any trust officer. Any such instruments may also be executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association in such other manner and by such other officers as the board of directors may from time to time direct. The provisions of this section 2 are supplementary to any other provision of these bylaws.

Section 3. Records . The articles of association, the bylaws and the proceedings of all meetings of the shareholders, the board of directors, and standing committees of the board of directors shall be recorded in appropriate minute books provided for that purpose. The minutes of each meeting shall be signed by the secretary, treasurer or other officer appointed to act as secretary of the meeting.


Section 4. Corporate Governance Procedures. To the extent not inconsistent with federal banking statutes and regulations, or safe and sound banking practices, the association may follow the Delaware General Corporation Law, Del. Code Ann. tit. 8 (1991, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter) with respect to matters of corporate governance procedures.

Section 5. Indemnification. For purposes of this Section 5 of Article VIII, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these bylaws and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders. To the extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.


In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these bylaws, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these bylaws with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these bylaws shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in the association’s articles of association, these bylaws, a resolution of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

If this Section 5 of Article VIII or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Section 5 of Article VIII shall remain fully enforceable.

The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these bylaws; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage for a final order assessing civil money penalties against such persons by a bank regulatory agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution-affiliated parties.


ARTICLE IX

Inspection and Amendments

Section 1. Inspection . A copy of the bylaws of the association, with all amendments, shall at all times be kept in a convenient place at the main office of the association, and shall be open for inspection to all shareholders during banking hours.

Section 2. Amendments . The bylaws of the association may be amended, altered or repealed, at any regular meeting of the board of directors, by a vote of a majority of the total number of the directors except as provided below, and provided that the following language accompany any such change.

I,                    , certify that: (1) I am the duly constituted (secretary or treasurer) of and secretary of its board of directors, and as such officer am the official custodian of its records; (2) the foregoing bylaws are the bylaws of the association, and all of them are now lawfully in force and effect.

I have hereunto affixed my official signature on this              day of                     .

 

 

 

  (Secretary or Treasurer)

The association’s shareholders may amend or repeal the bylaws even though the bylaws also may be amended or repealed by the board of directors.


EXHIBIT 6

Section 321(b) Consent

Pursuant to Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, Wilmington Trust, National Association hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.

 

    WILMINGTON TRUST,
    NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Dated: April 29, 2013     By:  

/s/ Jane Schweiger

    Name:   Jane Schweiger
    Title:   Vice President


EXHIBIT 7

R E P O R T    O F    C O N D I T I O N

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

As of the close of business on December 31, 2012:

 

ASSETS    Thousands of Dollars  

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

     1,158,614   

Securities:

     13,651   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreement to resell:

     0   

Loans and leases held for sale:

     0   

Loans and leases net of unearned income, allowance:

     583,026   

Premises and fixed assets:

     12,868   

Other real estate owned:

     41   

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies:

     0   

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures:

     0   

Intangible assets:

     7,692   

Other assets:

     70,647   

Total Assets:

     1,846,539   
LIABILITIES    Thousands of Dollars  

Deposits

     1,240,175   

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     139,200   

Other borrowed money:

     0   

Other Liabilities:

     62,077   

Total Liabilities

     1,441,452   
EQUITY CAPITAL    Thousands of Dollars  

Common Stock

     1,000   

Surplus

     382,176   

Retained Earnings

     26,966   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (5,055

Total Equity Capital

     405,087   

Total Liabilities and Equity Capital

     1,846,539   

Exhibit 99.1

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

With respect to the Exchange Offer Regarding the

7.375% Senior Notes due 2017

issued by Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

and Ladder Capital Finance Corporation

 

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 PM, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON             , 2013, unless extended

 

 

To My Broker or Account Representative:

I, the undersigned, hereby acknowledge receipt of the Prospectus, dated             , 2013 (the “Prospectus”) of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP and Ladder Capital Finance Corporation (the “Issuers”) with respect to the Issuers’ exchange offer set forth therein (the “Exchange Offer”). I understand that the Exchange Offer must be accepted on or prior to 5:00 PM, New York City Time, on             , 2013, unless extended.

This letter instructs you as to action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange Offer with respect to the Issuers’ 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Old Notes”) held by you for the account of the undersigned.

The aggregate face amount of the Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (FILL IN AMOUNT): $         of the Notes.

With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX(ES)):

 

¨    TO TENDER the following Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (INSERT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AT MATURITY OF OLD NOTES TO BE TENDERED, IF ANY): $         (must be in integral multiples of $1,000)
¨    NOT TO TENDER any Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

If the undersigned instructs you to tender the Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, the undersigned hereby represents for the benefit of the Issuer and you that:

 

1. The undersigned is acquiring the Issuers’ 7.375% Senior Notes due 2017, for which the Old Notes will be exchanged (the “Exchange Notes”), in the ordinary course of its business;

 

2. Neither the undersigned nor any other person acquiring Exchange Notes in exchange for the undersigned’s Old Notes in the exchange offer is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the federal securities laws;

 

3. The undersigned is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and does not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution (as defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) of Exchange Notes;

 

4. The undersigned is not an “affiliate,” as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Issuer; and

 

5. The undersigned is not a broker-dealer and does not engage in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Old Notes or the Exchange Notes.

Once the Issuers accepts the tender of the Old Notes, this letter of transmittal is a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Issuers.


The Issuers reserve the absolute right to:

 

1. reject any and all tenders of any particular Old Notes not properly tendered;

 

2. refuse to accept any Old Notes if, in its reasonable judgment or the judgment of its counsel, the acceptance would be unlawful; and

 

3. waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular Old Notes before the expiration of the offer.

If the undersigned is a broker-dealer, and acquired the Old Notes as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, the undersigned represents that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of Exchange Notes received in respect of such Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

The undersigned also authorizes you to:

 

  (1) confirm that the undersigned has made such representations; and

 

  (2) take such other action as necessary under the Prospectus to effect the valid tender of such Old Notes.

The undersigned acknowledges that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the Exchange Notes acquired by such person and cannot rely on the position of the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission set forth in no-action letters that are discussed in the section of the Prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer.”

The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions, described in the prospectus in the section entitled “The Exchange Offer—Conditions on the Exchange Offer.”

 

Name of beneficial owner(s):    
Signatures:    
Name (please print):    
Address:    
Telephone Number:    
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:    
Date:    

Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Partners of

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses for the Palmview Property (the “Property”) for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Management’s Responsibility for the Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the statement of revenue and certain expenses based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenue and certain expenses is free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the statement of revenue and certain expenses. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the statement of revenue and certain expenses, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Property’s preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Property’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Property present fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses described in Note 2 of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2011 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

We draw attention to Note 2 to the statement of revenue and certain expenses, which describes that the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the filing of Form S-4 of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP) and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property’s revenue and expenses. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

April 29, 2013

 

1


Palmview Property

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Period from
January 1, 2012 to
September 30, 2012
     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 
     (Unaudited)         

Revenue

     

Rental revenue

   $ 36       $ 0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     36         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain expenses

     

Certain expenses

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

   $ 36       $ 0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statements of revenue and certain expenses.

 

2


Palmview Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

The Palmview (“Property”) is a single tenant retail property located in Palmview, TX. The accompanying statements of revenue and certain expenses (“Statements”) relate to the operations of the Property.

Prior to December 19, 2012, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On December 19, 2012, the Property was acquired by LWAG Palmview LLC, an entity consolidated by Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Statements have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

 

   

Depreciation and amortization

 

   

Interest income and expense

 

   

Amortization of above and below market leases

 

   

Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

(b) Revenue Recognition

Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. Real estate held for investment is primarily leased to others on a net basis whereby the tenant is generally responsible for all operating expenses relating to the property, including property taxes, insurance, maintenance, repairs, renewals and improvements. These leases are for fixed terms of varying length and provide for annual rentals with no rent escalations.

(c) Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(d) Unaudited Interim Statement

The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the period from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

 

3


Palmview Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

 

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which commenced on September 1, 2012 and has an expiration date of August 31, 2037.

Future minimum base rentals over the next five years under the non-cancelable operating lease at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

     Amount  

2013

   $ 437   

2014

     437   

2015

     437   

2016

     437   

2017

     437   

Thereafter

     8,594   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,779   
  

 

 

 

The above future minimum lease payments exclude amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property’s revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through April 29, 2013 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

 

4


Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Partners of

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses for the Ooltewah Property (the “Property”) for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Management’s Responsibility for the Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the statement of revenue and certain expenses based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenue and certain expenses is free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the statement of revenue and certain expenses. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the statement of revenue and certain expenses, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Property’s preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Property’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Property present fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses described in Note 2 of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2011 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

We draw attention to Note 2 to the statement of revenue and certain expenses, which describes that the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the filing of Form S-4 of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP) and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property’s revenue and expenses. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

April 29, 2013

 

5


The Ooltewah Property

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Period from
January 1, 2012 to
September 30, 2012
     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 
     (Unaudited)         

Revenue

     

Rental revenue

   $ 274       $ 365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     274         365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain expenses

     

Certain expenses

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

   $ 274       $ 365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statements of revenue and certain expenses.

 

6


Ooltewah Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

The Ooltewah (“Property”) is a single tenant retail property located in Chattanooga, TN. The accompanying statements of revenue and certain expenses (“Statements”) relate to the operations of the Property.

Prior to December 18, 2012, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On December 18, 2012, the Property was acquired by LWAG Ooltewah LLC, an entity consolidated by Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Statements have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

 

   

Depreciation and amortization

 

   

Interest income and expense

 

   

Amortization of above and below market leases

 

   

Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

(b) Revenue Recognition

Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. Real estate held for investment is primarily leased to others on a net basis whereby the tenant is generally responsible for all operating expenses relating to the property, including property taxes, insurance, maintenance, repairs, renewals and improvements. These leases are for fixed terms of varying length and provide for annual rentals with no rent escalations.

(c) Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(d) Unaudited Interim Statement

The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the period from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

 

7


Ooltewah Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

 

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which commenced on February 1, 2008 and has an expiration date of January 31, 2033.

Future minimum base rentals over the next five years under the non-cancelable operating lease at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

    

Amount

 

2013

   $ 365   

2014

     365   

2015

     365   

2016

     365   

2017

     365   

Thereafter

     5,505   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,330   
  

 

 

 

The above future minimum lease payments exclude amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property’s revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through April 29, 2013 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

 

8


Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Partners of

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses for the Johnson City Property (the “Property”) for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Management’s Responsibility for the Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the statement of revenue and certain expenses based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenue and certain expenses is free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the statement of revenue and certain expenses. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the statement of revenue and certain expenses, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Property’s preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Property’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Property present fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses described in Note 2 of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2011 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

We draw attention to Note 2 to the statement of revenue and certain expenses, which describes that the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the filing of Form S-4 of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP) and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property’s revenue and expenses. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

April 29, 2013

 

9


Johnson City Property

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Period from
January 1, 2012 to
September 30, 2012
     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 
     (Unaudited)         

Revenue

     

Rental revenue

   $ 256       $ 341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     256         341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain expenses

     

Certain expenses

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

   $ 256       $ 341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statements of revenue and certain expenses.

 

10


Johnson City Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

The Johnson City (the “Property”), is a single tenant retail property located in Johnson, City, TN. The accompanying statements of revenue and certain expenses (“Statements”) relate to the operations of the Property.

Prior to December 21, 2012, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On December 21, 2012, the Property was acquired by LWAG Johnson City LLC, an entity consolidated by Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Statements have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

 

   

Depreciation and amortization

 

   

Interest income and expense

 

   

Amortization of above and below market leases

 

   

Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

(b) Revenue Recognition

Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. Real estate held for investment is primarily leased to others on a net basis whereby the tenant is generally responsible for all operating expenses relating to the property, including property taxes, insurance, maintenance, repairs, renewals and improvements. These leases are for fixed terms of varying length and provide for annual rentals with no rent escalations.

(c) Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(d) Unaudited Interim Statement

The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the period from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

 

11


Johnson City Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

 

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which commenced on October 1, 2007 and has an expiration date of September 30, 2032.

Future minimum base rentals over the next five years under the non-cancelable operating lease at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

    

Amount

 

2013

   $ 341   

2014

     341   

2015

     341   

2016

     341   

2017

     341   

Thereafter

     5,030   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,735   
  

 

 

 

The above future minimum lease payments exclude amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property’s revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through April 29, 2013 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

 

12


Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Partners of

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses for the Satsuma Property (the “Property”) for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Management’s Responsibility for the Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the statement of revenue and certain expenses based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenue and certain expenses is free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the statement of revenue and certain expenses. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the statement of revenue and certain expenses, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Property’s preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Property’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Property present fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses described in Note 2 of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2011 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

We draw attention to Note 2 to the statement of revenue and certain expenses, which describes that the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the filing of Form S-4 of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP) and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property’s revenue and expenses. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

April 29, 2013

 

13


Satsuma Property

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Period from
January 1, 2012 to
March 31, 2012
     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 
     (Unaudited)         

Revenue

     

Rental revenue

   $ 21       $ 80   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     21         80   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain expenses

     

Certain expenses

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

   $ 21       $ 80   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statements of revenue and certain expenses.

 

14


Satsuma Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(1) Organization

The Satsuma (“Property”) is a single tenant retail property located in Satsuma, FL. The accompanying statements of revenue and certain expenses (“Statements”) relate to the operations of the Property.

Prior to April 19, 2012, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On April 19, 2012, the Property was acquired by LDGSSFL LLC, an entity consolidated by Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Statements have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

 

   

Depreciation and amortization

 

   

Interest income and expense

 

   

Amortization of above and below market leases

 

   

Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

(b) Revenue Recognition

Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. Real estate held for investment is primarily leased to others on a net basis whereby the tenant is generally responsible for all operating expenses relating to the property, including property taxes, insurance, maintenance, repairs, renewals and improvements. These leases are for fixed terms of varying length and provide for annual rentals with no rent escalations.

(c) Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(d) Unaudited Interim Statement

The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the period from January 1, 2012 to March 31, 2012 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which commenced on January 27, 2011 and has an expiration date of January 27, 2026.

 

15


Satsuma Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Future minimum base rentals over the next five years under the non-cancelable operating lease at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

     Amount  

2013

   $ 86   

2014

     86   

2015

     86   

2016

     86   

2017

     86   

Thereafter

     692   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,122   
  

 

 

 

The above future minimum lease payments exclude amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property’s revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through April 29, 2013 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

 

16


Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Partners of

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses for the Aiken Property (the “Property”) for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Management’s Responsibility for the Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the statement of revenue and certain expenses based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenue and certain expenses is free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the statement of revenue and certain expenses. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the statement of revenue and certain expenses, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Property’s preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Property’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Property present fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses described in Note 2 of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2011 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

We draw attention to Note 2 to the statement of revenue and certain expenses, which describes that the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the filing of Form S-4 of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP) and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property’s revenue and expenses. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

April 29, 2013

 

17


Aiken Property

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Period from
January 1, 2012 to
September 30, 2012
     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 
     (Unaudited)         

Revenue

     

Rental revenue

   $ 288       $ 384   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     288         384   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain expenses

     

Certain expenses

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

   $ 288       $ 384   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statements of revenue and certain expenses.

 

18


Aiken Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

The Aiken (“Property”) is a single tenant retail property located in Aiken, SC. The accompanying statements of revenue and certain expenses (“Statements”) relate to the operations of the Property.

Prior to December 21, 2012, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On December 21, 2012, the Property was acquired by LWAG Aiken LLC, an entity consolidated by Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Statements have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

 

   

Depreciation and amortization

 

   

Interest income and expense

 

   

Amortization of above and below market leases

 

   

Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

(b) Revenue Recognition

Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. Real estate held for investment is primarily leased to others on a net basis whereby the tenant is generally responsible for all operating expenses relating to the property, including property taxes, insurance, maintenance, repairs, renewals and improvements. These leases are for fixed terms of varying length and provide for annual rentals with no rent escalations.

(c) Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(d) Unaudited Interim Statement

The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the period from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

 

19


Aiken Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

 

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which commenced on March 1, 2008 and has an expiration date of February 28, 2033.

Future minimum base rentals over the next five years under the non-cancelable operating lease at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

    

Amount

 

2013

   $ 384   

2014

     384   

2015

     384   

2016

     384   

2017

     384   

Thereafter

     5,824   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,744   
  

 

 

 

The above future minimum lease payments exclude amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property’s revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through April 29, 2013 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

 

20


Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Partners of

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses for the Middleburg Property (the “Property”) for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Management’s Responsibility for the Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the statement of revenue and certain expenses based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenue and certain expenses is free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the statement of revenue and certain expenses. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the statement of revenue and certain expenses, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Property’s preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Property’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Property present fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses described in Note 2 of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2011 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

We draw attention to Note 2 to the statement of revenue and certain expenses, which describes that the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the filing of Form S-4 of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP) and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property’s revenue and expenses. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

April 29, 2013

 

21


Middleburg Property

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Period from
January 1, 2012 to
March 31, 2012
     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 
     (Unaudited)         

Revenue

     

Rental revenue

   $ 23       $ 83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     23         83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain expenses

     

Certain expenses

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

   $ 23       $ 83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statements of revenue and certain expenses.

 

22


Middleburg Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(1) Organization

The Middleburg (“Property”) is a single tenant retail property located in Middleburg, FL. The accompanying statements of revenue and certain expenses (“Statements”) relate to the operations of the Property.

Prior to April 19, 2012, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On April 19, 2012, the Property was acquired by LDGMBFL LLC, an entity consolidated by Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Statements have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

 

   

Depreciation and amortization

 

   

Interest income and expense

 

   

Amortization of above and below market leases

 

   

Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

(b) Revenue Recognition

Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. Real estate held for investment is primarily leased to others on a net basis whereby the tenant is generally responsible for all operating expenses relating to the property, including property taxes, insurance, maintenance, repairs, renewals and improvements. These leases are for fixed terms of varying length and provide for annual rentals with no rent escalations.

(c) Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(d) Unaudited Interim Statement

The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the period from January 1, 2012 to March 31, 2012 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

 

23


Middleburg Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

 

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which commenced on February 7, 2011 and has an expiration date of February 7, 2026.

Future minimum base rentals over the next five years under the non-cancelable operating lease at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

    

Amount

 

2013

   $ 92   

2014

     92   

2015

     92   

2016

     92   

2017

     92   

Thereafter

     749   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,209   
  

 

 

 

The above future minimum lease payments exclude amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property’s revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through April 29, 2013 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

 

24


Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Partners of

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses for the Abingdon Property (the “Property”) for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Management’s Responsibility for the Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the statement of revenue and certain expenses based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenue and certain expenses is free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the statement of revenue and certain expenses. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the statement of revenue and certain expenses, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Property’s preparation and fair presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Property’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the statement of revenue and certain expenses. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Property present fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses described in Note 2 of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2011 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

We draw attention to Note 2 to the statement of revenue and certain expenses, which describes that the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the filing of Form S-4 of Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP) and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property’s revenue and expenses. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

April 29, 2013

 

25


Abingdon Property

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 

       Period from
January 1, 2012 to
September 30, 2012
     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 
     (Unaudited)         

Revenue

     

Rental revenue

   $ 225       $ 300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     225         300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain expenses

     

Certain expenses

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

   $ 225       $ 300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statements of revenue and certain expenses.

 

26


Abingdon Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

The Abingdon (the “Property”), is a single tenant retail property located in Abingdon, VA. The accompanying statements of revenue and certain expenses (“Statements”) relate to the operations of the Property.

Prior to December 18, 2012, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On December 18, 2012, the Property was acquired by LWAG Abingdon LLC, an entity consolidated by Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Statements have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

 

   

Depreciation and amortization

 

   

Interest income and expense

 

   

Amortization of above and below market leases

   

Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

(b) Revenue Recognition

Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. Real estate held for investment is primarily leased to others on a net basis whereby the tenant is generally responsible for all operating expenses relating to the property, including property taxes, insurance, maintenance, repairs, renewals and improvements. These leases are for fixed terms of varying length and provide for annual rentals and no rent escalations.

(c) Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(d) Unaudited Interim Statement

The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the period from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

 

27


Abingdon Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

 

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which commenced on July 1, 2006 and has an expiration date of June 30, 2031.

Future minimum base rentals over the next five years under the non-cancelable operating lease at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

    

Amount

 

2013

   $ 300   

2014

     300   

2015

     300   

2016

     300   

2017

     300   

Thereafter

     4,050   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,550   
  

 

 

 

The above future minimum lease payments exclude amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property’s revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through April 29, 2013 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

 

28


The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements have been prepared to provide pro forma information with regard to real estate acquisitions, as applicable, under Regulation S-X Rule 3-14.

An unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet is not presented, because each of the real property and financing transactions described above occurred on or prior to December 31, 2012 and any pro forma adjustment would be inconsequential. The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 combine our historical operations with the purchase of each of the real estate acquisitions described above, as if those transactions had occurred on January 1, 2012.

This pro forma information should be read in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2012, and the notes thereto. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of income has been prepared by our management based upon our historical financial statements and certain historical financial information of the acquired properties. This pro forma statement may not be indicative of the results that actually would have occurred if these transactions had been in effect on the dates indicated, nor do they purport to represent our future financial results. The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of income does not contemplate certain amounts that are not readily determinable, such as additional general and administrative expenses that are probable, or interest income that would be earned on cash balances.

 

29


Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income (unaudited)

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

       Company
Historical
     Acquisitions     Company Pro
Forma
 

Net interest income

       

Interest income

   $ 136,198,204       $ —        $ 136,198,204   

Interest expense

     36,472,578         —          36,472,578   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     99,725,626         —          99,725,626   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income

       

Operating lease income

     8,331,338         9,569,531        17,900,869   

Sale of securities, net

     19,013,960         —          19,013,960   

Sale of loans, net

     154,613,009         —          154,613,009   

Sale of real estate, net

     1,275,235         —          1,275,235   

Fee income

     8,787,695         —          8,787,695   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     192,021,237         9,569,531        201,590,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net interest income and other income

     291,746,863         9,569,531        301,316,394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses

       

Net result from derivative transactions

     35,650,989         —          35,650,989   

Operating expenses

     72,623,705         (912,043     71,711,662   

Depreciation

     3,640,619         4,822,991        8,463,610   

Provision for loan losses

     448,833         —          448,833   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     112,364,146         3,910,948        116,275,094   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before earnings from investment in equity method investee

     179,382,717         5,658,583        185,041,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings from investment in equity method investee

     1,256,109         —          1,256,109   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     180,638,826         5,658,583        186,297,409   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax expense

     2,583,999         —          2,583,999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     178,054,827         5,658,583        183,713,410   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     49,084         —          49,084   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to preferred and common unit holders

   $ 178,103,911       $ 5,658,583      $ 183,762,494   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

30


Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited)

Years Ended December 31, 2012

 

1. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

Ladder Capital Finance Holdings LLLP serves as the holding company for its wholly-owned subsidiaries that collectively operate as a specialty finance company that provides comprehensive financing solutions to the commercial real estate industry.

The Company’s pro forma consolidated income statement for the year ended December 2012 is presented as if the acquisition of our retail properties located in Abingdon, VA, Johnson City, TN, Chattanooga, TN, Aiken, SC, Middleburg, FL, Satsuma, FL, Palmview, TX, Columbia, SC, Wichita, KS, Mt. Juliet, TN, North Dartsmouth, MA, Mooresville, NC, Saratoga Springs, NY, Sennett, NY, Tilton, NH, Vineland, NJ, and Waldorf, MD had occurred on January 1, 2012.

Company Historical

Reflects the Company’s historical consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Acquisition

Reflects the acquisition adjustments made to present the Company’s income statement for the year ended December 31, 2012 as though the acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2012.

The most significant adjustments made in preparing the unaudited pro forma information were to: (i) include the operating lease income, (ii) include the incremental depreciation and, (iii) exclude transaction costs. The details are provided below.

Included in operating lease income is base rent, presented on a straight-line basis, which approximates actual rent.

 

 

     For the Year ended
December 31, 2012
        
     Operating
Lease
Income
     Depreciation      Acquisition
Cost
 

Retail Property in Abingdon, VA

   $ 289,516       $ 122,231       $ 105,373 (1) 

Retail Property in Johnson City, TN

     331,837         137,930         60,112 (1) 

Retail Property in Chattanooga, TN

     352,248         146,365         113,834 (1) 

Retail Property in Aiken, SC

     373,677         133,713         60,949 (1) 

Retail Property in Middleburg, FL

     27,988         14,528         48,596 (1) 

Retail Property in Satsuma, FL

     25,957         14,427         45,238 (1) 

Retail Property in Palmview, TX

     422,895         180,438         102,178 (1) 

Retail Property in Columbia, SC

     168,062         57,476         104,334   

Retail Property in Wichita, KS

     570,665         224,024         111,807   

Retail Property in Mt. Juliet, TN

     689,918         227,437         117,223   

Retail Property in North Dartsmouth, MA

     1,503,360         885,826         6,057   

Retail Property in Mooresville, NC

     885,182         520,886         6,057   

Retail Property in Saratoga Springs, NY

     1,014,594         586,002         6,057   

Retail Property in Sennett, NY

     426,839         230,472         6,057   

Retail Property in Tilton, NH

     414,285         229,004         6,057   

Retail Property in Vineland, NJ

     1,129,155         619,472         6,057   

Retail Property in Waldorf, MD

     943,353         492,760         6,057   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,569,531       $ 4,822,991       $ 912,043   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Financial statements included herein.

 

31